§ 3-01 Sealing and Protection of Vacant and Unguarded Buildings.
Where buildings are vacant, unguarded, open to unauthorized entry and are required to be sealed pursuant to the provisions of an unsafe building order issued by the Department of Buildings or a determination by the Department of Housing Preservation and Development that the condition is dangerous to life, health and safety, they shall be sealed and protected in the following manner:
(1) All exterior openings including door openings, which are in the cellar, basement and first story, or which are less than ten (10) feet from grade, shall be sealed with concrete block or stucco on plywood as provided below. All exterior openings which are on the course of a fire escape or are above the first story and less than six (6) feet measured horizontally from an opening in an adjoining building shall be sealed with concrete block or stucco on plywood as provided below. One door opening, readily visible from the street, may, at the discretion of the owner, be sealed with a padlocked metal roll-up door, one (1) hour fire rating metal door or an exterior door of one (1) and three-quarter (3/4) inch solid wood covered with twenty-six (26) U.S. gauge galvanized metal with edging turned over and nailed with flat head galvanized nails. The door of solid wood shall be hung in such a manner that no screws are exposed on the outside of the door on either the hinges or the hasps. Hinges shall not have removable hinge pins. Two hasps and locks shall be provided, located so as to divide the height of the door in equal sections.
(2) Concrete Block Seal.
(i) Concrete block shall conform to the provisions of Reference Standard RS-10 of the New York City Building Code.
(ii) All door and window frames shall be removed before concrete blocks are installed. Brickwork which new concrete blocks will abut, shall be cleaned and thoroughly wetted before blocks are installed.
(iii) Doors and windows, not exceeding three (3) feet in width, shall be sealed with concrete block at least four (4) inches in thickness. Openings exceeding three (3) feet in width shall be sealed with concrete blocks at least eight (8) inches in thickness.
(iv) Concrete blocks shall be laid in masonry cement mortar with a mix of not more than three (3) parts of sand for each part of masonry cement by volume. Joints in masonry shall be broken and exterior faces shall be struck. Blocks shall not extend beyond the brickline. Masonry cement shall conform to the provisions of Reference Standard RS-10 of the Building Code.
(3) Stucco on Plywood Seal:
(i) If the window frame is in a condition whereby plywood can be secured to it, five-eighth (5/8) inch CDX grade plywood shall be nailed into such frame openings with eight d (8d) common nails every twelve (12) inches. Galvanized wire lathe shall then be nailed to plywood using one (1) inch roof nails every twelve (12) inches. Wire lathe shall be covered by a one (1) inch coat of portland cement with a float finish. Cement shall not extend beyond the opening’s brickline.
(ii) If a window or door frame is in a condition whereby such plywood cannot be secured to it, the frame shall be removed. The opening shall then be framed-out with new grade one (1) wood or metal two (2) × four (4) inch top and bottom plates with wood or metal studs every sixteen (16) inches on center.
(iii) Openings exceeding three (3) feet shall be framed-out with new grade one (1) two (2) × four (4) inch top and bottom plates with wood or metal studs every sixteen (16) inches on center.
(1) Ventilating equipment and similar protruding structural elements in roofs shall be completely removed, except that dumbwaiter shafts extending above roof level need not be removed if the door opening into the shaft is sealed with concrete blocks or stucco on plywood. Openings remaining after removal of such equipment and/or protruding structural elements shall be sealed with one (1)-inch thick tongue and groove boards, not less than six (6) inches in nominal width or with five-eighth (5/8) inch CDX plywood, nailed onto three (3)-inch by eight (8)-inch joists, not more than sixteen (16) inches on center. Joists shall be secured to the roof timbers framed about the openings in a sound and secure manner. Boards shall be covered with ninety (90) pound roofing felt secured by one (1) inch roofing nails every twelve (12) inches or roofing cement to provide a watertight durable cover. Skylights at the top of the dumbwaiter shafts shall be sealed by removing the assembly, framing out the opening with new grade one (1) two (2) × four (4) inch joists on edge, sixteen (16) inches on center and then covered with five-eighth (5/8) inch CDX grade plywood. Such plywood shall then be covered with ninety (90) pound roofing felt secured by one (1) inch roofing nails every twelve (12) inches or roofing cement to provide a watertight durable cover.
(2) Roof skylights shall be secured by constructing a frame which encloses all sides of the skylight. The frame shall be constructed using new grade one (1) two (2) × four (4) inch single bottom plate and double top plate with wood or metal studs every sixteen (16) inches on center. Bottom plates shall be nailed to the building’s roof joists with sixteen d (16d) common nails or sixteen d (16d) concrete nails every twelve (12) inches. Top plates shall overlap at the corners. New grade one (1) two (2) × six (6) inch joists on edge with headers, every sixteen (16) inches on center, shall bear on top plates. The entire frame shall then be covered with five-eighth (5/8) inch CDX grade plywood. A watertight durable cover shall be provided on the top of the frame using ninety (90) pound roofing felt secured by one (1) inch roofing nails every twelve (12) inches or roofing cement. A diagram for enclosure of roof skylight is provided at Detail “B”.
(3) Public hall roof bulkheads shall be sealed as follows: Windows of bulkheads shall be removed and sealed with concrete blocks or stucco on plywood as provided in this section. Doors of bulkheads may be secured shut if the frame and door are in a condition whereby the door may be adequately secured. If not in such condition, the door and frame shall be removed and the opening shall be sealed with concrete blocks or stucco on plywood as provided in this section. Openings at top of roof bulkheads shall be sealed by removing the assembly, framing out the opening with new grade one (1) two (2) × eight (8) inch joists on edge, sixteen (16) inches on center and then covered with five-eighth (5/8) inch CDX grade plywood. Such plywood shall then be covered with ninety (90) pound roofing felt secured by one (1) inch roofing nails every twelve (12) inches or roofing cement to provide a watertight durable cover.
§ 3-02 Obtaining Access to Keys of Sealed Premises.
(a) Submission of Request. Persons wishing to have access to the keys to a premises sealed by the Department of Buildings must appear in person at the Executive Offices of the New York City Department of Buildings. At this time they must submit form OP-14, "Request for Access to Sealed Premises," with section "A – Ownership Interest" and "B – Statement of Intent" both completed and notarized. Copies of the form are available at the Executive Offices of the Department of Buildings.
(1) The General Counsel’s Office reviews the form to verify an ownership or leasehold interest in the premises. The person seeking to obtain access must provide the General Counsel’s Office with some identification including a photograph (e.g. driver’s license, passport) and whatever document establishes the person’s ownership or leasehold interest in the premises. Examples of such documents include the following:
(i) a copy of a recorded deed;
(ii) a signed lease, along with the owner’s name(s), address(es) and telephone number(s);
(iii) a mortgage agreement;
(iv) a State certified Certificate of Incorporation;
(v) signed partnership documents; and
(vi) any other document deemed acceptable by the Commissioner.
(2) A representative of the General Counsel’s Office will review the above documentation to verify ownership interest. If ownership interest is verified, the representative will sign and date the form where indicated. This representative gives a copy of the signed form to the person seeking to obtain access and gives the original form to the office of Borough Operations.
(1) Once the General Counsel’s Office signs the form verifying ownership interest, the person seeking to obtain access must bring the following documents to the Office of the Executive Chief Inspector to substantiate the affirmations required by subdivision c of Section 26-127.1 of the Administrative Code:
(i) a copy of Form OP-14 signed by the General Counsel’s Office;
(ii) a copy of the computer index sheet listing the application and violations for the premises;
(iii) a copy of the vacate order;
(iv) a copy of all relevant outstanding violations;
(v) a copy of any relevant work permit issued by the Department of Buildings; (vi) a copy of all relevant plans approved by the Department; and
(vii) any other document deemed necessary by the Commissioner.
(2) A representative of the office of the Borough Operations will review the above documentation to determine if the person has the requisite need to gain access to the premises. If it is determined that access should be granted, the representative of the office of the Borough Operations will:
(i) have a photograph taken of the person seeking to obtain access, initial the photograph and attach it to the form;
(ii) obtain a copy of the identification including a photograph (e.g. drivers license, passport) and attach it to the form;
(iii) indicate on the form reasons for granting access;
(iv) specify on the form the date by which the keys must be returned;
(v) sign the form; and
(vi) give a copy of both sides of the completed form to the person receiving the key.
(1) All keys must be returned to the office of Borough Operations by the date indicated on the form.
(2) If a vacate order has been rescinded, all locks and chains must be returned with the keys.
(3) In order to obtain an extension of time for keeping the key, the person seeking access must appear in person at the Executive Offices with a notarized letter stating the reason for this request. A representative from the office of Borough Operations will review the request and, if accepted, will note the new return date on the original form and initial the change. The notarized letter will be attached to the original form.
§ 3-03 Hearings to Determine Whether Sealing Orders Were Properly Issued.
(a) Hearings to determine whether sealing orders were properly issued by the Department of Buildings may be arranged through the General Counsel's office. A person challenging a sealing order may obtain a hearing by submitting a written request to the office of the General Counsel.
§ 3-04 Obtaining Access to Keys of Premises Sealed Pursuant to § 26-127.2 of the Administrative Code.
(a) Submission of Request. Persons wishing to have access to the keys to a premises sealed by the Department of Buildings pursuant to § 26-127.2 of the Administrative Code must appear in person at the Executive Offices of the New York City Department of Buildings. At this time they must submit the form, "Request for Access to Premises Sealed for Zoning Violations," with section "A – Ownership Interest" and "B – Statement of Intent" both completed and notarized. Copies of the form are available from the Administrative Enforcement Unit ("AEU") at the Executive Offices of the Department of Buildings.
(1) The AEU reviews the form to verify an ownership or leasehold interest in the premises. The person seeking to obtain access must provide the AEU with some identification including a photograph (e.g. driver’s license, passport) and whatever document establishes the person’s ownership or leasehold interest in the premises. Examples of such documents include the following:
(i) a copy of a recorded deed;
(ii) a signed lease, along with the owner’s name(s), address(es) and telephone number(s);
(iii) a mortgage agreement;
(iv) a State certified Certificate of Incorporation;
(v) signed partnership documents; and
(vi) any other document deemed acceptable by the Commissioner.
(2) A representative of AEU shall review the above documentation to verify ownership interest. If ownership interest is verified, the representative will sign and date the form where indicated. A copy of the signed form shall be provided to the person seeking to obtain access.
(1) Once the AEU signs the form verifying ownership interest, the person seeking to obtain access must submit copies of the following documents to the AEU:
(i) Form entitled “Request for Access to Premises Sealed for Zoning Violations,” with section A signed by AEU;
(ii) the sealing order;
(iii) any other document deemed necessary by the commissioner.
(2) A representative of the AEU will review the above documentation to determine if the person has the requisite need to gain access to the premises. If it is determined that access should be granted, the representative of the AEU will:
(i) have a photograph taken of the person seeking to obtain access, initial the photograph and attach it to the form;
(ii) obtain a copy of the identification including a photograph (i.e. driver’s license, passport) and attach it to the form;
(iii) indicate on the form reasons for granting access;
(iv) specify on the form the date by which the keys must be returned;
(v) sign the form; and
(vi) give a copy of both sides of the completed form to the person receiving the key.
(1) All keys must be returned to the AEU by the date indicated on the form.
(2) If a sealing order has been rescinded, all locks and chains must be returned with the keys.
(3) In order to obtain an extension of time for keeping the key, the original person seeking access must appear in person at the AEU with the key and a notarized letter stating the reason for this request and, if accepted, will note the new return date on the original form and initial the change. The notarized letter will be attached to the original form.
§ 4-01 Posting Requirements.
(a) A copy of the Certificate of Occupancy indicating the live loads and occupant loads shall be posted within every building for which a Certificate of Occupancy has been issued, except in one and two-family dwellings, and such posted Certificate of Occupancy shall be deemed in full compliance with § 27-225 of the Administrative Code. In a commercial or industrial structure for which no Certificate of Occupancy was issued, a sign shall be posted and maintained in a conspicuous place on each floor stating the live loads.
(1) the weight of any piece of machinery or equipment weighing more than 1,000 pounds and its identifying description and location.
(2) the maximum design wheel load and the total maximum weight of any vehicle that may be brought into the building.
(3) the equivalent uniform partition loads, or in lieu of this, a statement to the effect that the design was predicated on actual partition loads. A diagrammatic key plan shall not be required where the above information is clearly noted on the posted Certificate of Occupancy. Section 4-01(j) shall not apply to any structure or portion thereof erected and altered in compliance with any code in effect prior to December 6, 1968. Notice of the permitted floor loads in such buildings shall be posted as required by the former code.
§ 5-01 Conveyance by Pumping Methods
(a) Specified compressive strength. The specified compressive strength f'c, of concrete conveyed by pumping methods shall not exceed 5,000 pounds per square inch.
(1) All controlled concrete to be pumped shall:
(i) Comply with all provisions of § 27-605: Mixes
(ii) For Normal and Heavyweight Concrete be proportioned in accordance with ACI 211.1-74, utilizing Table 1.
Table 1. Volume of Course Aggregate per Unit of Volume of Concrete*
| Maximum size of aggregate, in. | Volume of dry-rodded coarse aggregate per unit. Volume of concrete for different fineness moduli of sand** | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2.40 | 2.60 | 2.80 | 3.00 | |
| 3/8 | .475 | .456 | .437 | .418 |
| 1/2 | .561 | .542 | .523 | .504 |
| 3/4 | .627 | .608 | .509 | .570 |
| 1 | .675 | .656 | .637 | .617 |
| 11/2 | .712 | .693 | .675 | .655 |
| 2 | .741 | .722 | .703 | .684 |
| 3 | .779 | .760 | .741 | .722 |
~
*Values established at Median-Point (reduced 5%). See footnote Table 5.3.6 ACI 211.1-74.
**The type and graduation of the course aggregate, delivery system and job conditions may require these values to be varied. However in no event shall the variations exceed the maximum allowance noted in ACI 211.1-74 Table 5.3.6.
(iii) For sand lightweight concrete be proportioned in accordance with ACI 211.2.-69 utilizing Table 2 except that the air dry unit weight of the concrete may exceed 115 lb. per cu. ft. when tested at age 56 days in accordance with procedure in ASTM C 567.
Table 2. Volume of Coarse Lightweight Aggregate per Cubic Yard of Concrete***
| Maximum size lightweight aggregate, in | Fineness Modules of Natural Sand | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2.40 | 2.60 | 2.80 | 3.00 | |
| Course aggregate cu. ft. per yard**** | ||||
| 3/8 | 9.3 | 8.9 | 8.5 | 8.1 |
| 1/2 | 11.1 | 10.7 | 10.3 | 9.9 |
| 3/4 | 13.2 | 12.8 | 12.4 | 12.0 |
~
***Volumes are based upon lightweight aggregate at a total moisture content of 8 percent in loose conditions as described in ASTM C29.
****These values may be increased based on the type, graduation and moisture content of the aggregates, delivery system and job conditions.
(2) (i) The type, graduation and moisture content of the aggregate delivery system and job conditions may affect the slump necessary at the mixer for the proper conveying of the concrete. For these reasons in addition to the recommended mix established from the preliminary trial mix data obtained in accordance with § 27-605(a)(2), two alternative mixes also shall be recommended. These alternate mixes shall be based upon the water cement ratio curve in the preliminary test data to produce concrete having slumps greater than the maximum specified in § 27-605(a)(2) in increments of l-inch for concrete manufactured with gravel or stone aggregate best not to exceed 8 inches or increments of 2 inches for concrete manufactured with lightweight aggregates but not to exceed 9 inches.
(ii) It shall be permissible to use these mixes interchangeably during the course of the work, providing the slump as the mixer is equal to or less than that provided for the applicable recommended mix.
(iii) The recommended preliminary trial mix shall indicate the design unit weight in lbs. per cu. ft. of the fresh concrete and the estimated air dry unit weight at 56 days.
(1) Those samples of concrete for test purposes required by RS 10-3, § 4.3.1. which are designated to be “taken out of the bucket, hopper or forms” shall be obtained by passing a receptacle completely through the discharge stream of the delivery line or by completely diverting the discharge into a container. Transport the sample concrete to the place where fresh concrete tests of slump, air content, temperature and unit weight are to be performed and where specimens for strength tests are to be molded in accordance with RS 10-51 and RS 10-52 as directed by the Architect or Engineer designated for controlled concrete inspection. Each of the foregoing three (3) test cylinders per one hundred and fifty (150) cubic yards required under § 4.3.1 of RS 10-3 shall be taken from a different delivery vehicle.
(2) Where the concrete is discharged directly into the forms by pumping methods the slump taken at the end of the delivery line shall be used to determine conformance with the slump specified for the work.
(3) The results of tests of samples taken at the end of the pump delivery line shall be shown on the same report with corresponding tests of samples taken from the same batch at the mixer.
(4) (i) Included in the duties of the on-site inspector as provided by § 27-607 shall be:
(A) That water is added only to the mixer or under the following circumstances to the hopper of the pump: When a portion of the concrete is discharged from the mixer into the pump hopper at a slump below that specified in the preliminary trial mix and too low for pumpability, water may be added to this concrete in the pump hopper to bring it to the specified slump provided all pumping action is stopped. Before pumping is resumed the concrete in the hopper must be thoroughly remixed for a minimum period of 2 minutes after all of the water has been added. If the concrete cannot be properly remixed it shall be removed from the hopper and discarded. The balance of the batch in the mixer shall be adjusted to the specified slump before further discharge.
(B) Examination of the conveying line for leakage of cementitious material.
(C) Verify that no aluminum pipe is used.
(ii) Included in the duties of the batch plant inspector as provided for in § 27-605(a).
(5) A.B., shall be:
(i) To make adjustments for variations in fineness modulus of the fine aggregate as per ASTM C 33, Section 3.4. When the difference of fineness modulus of the fine aggregate is more than 0.2 for each 0.2:
(A) Below the Design Fineness Modulus deduct 50 lbs. from the dry batch weight of the fine aggregates and add 50 lbs. for normal weight (20 lbs. lightweight) to the dry batch weight of the coarse aggregates.
(B) Above the Design Fineness Modulus add 50 lbs. to the dry batch weight of the fine aggregate and deduct 50 lbs. for normal weight (20 lbs. lightweight) from the dry batch weight of the coarse aggregates.
(ii) To test lightweight aggregates for total moisture content each day before the first concrete for the project is batched and thereafter at appropriate intervals during the day or whenever a moisture change may be evident. The moisture content of each test shall be reported on the corresponding inspection ticket accompanying each load of concrete.
(iii) To immediately notify the concrete producer and the contractor when the total moisture content of the lightweight is 8 percent or less, that a change to an alternate mix may be necessary to maintain the water cement ratio and the slump specified for the work as determined at the end of the delivery line.
(1) Slump shall be maintained as uniformly as possible from batch to batch in conformance with the specified slump.
(2) Delivery systems shall be in good condition. No dented or worn thin section shall be used.
(3) All connections shall have clean grooves, be equipped with gaskets and securely coupled except at the end of the system where sections are being reconnected gaskets may be omitted.
(4) All vertical risers shall be straight and firmly secured. Pipe bends shall also be restrained against movement caused by the pumping action.
(5) Clean out procedures shall assure that there is no uncontrolled ejection of concrete or clean out devices at the end of the delivery line. If pressure water is used for cleanout, care shall be taken that the water is not deposited into the form.
(6) Care shall be taken that portland cement and sand slurry used to prime the delivery line shall not be deposited in the form without the approval of the architect or engineer designated for Controlled Inspection. All other types of printing liquids shall not be permitted to be placed in the form.
(7) Pumping aids, coloring agents, and all other admixtures shall be permitted only when included in the preliminary trial mix design.
(8) Flexible hose, used in the system shall be handled so as to permit the full flow of the concrete without restriction, reduction of cross sectional area of kinking.
(9) Free hanging, coupling connected sections of flexible delivery line shall have additional restraint between each section across each joint.
(10) Personnel shall avoid standing close to the outlet end of the concrete pump.
(1) The engineer who designed the structure shall specify on his plans, or an amendment thereto, that concrete may be conveyed by pumping.
(2) The placement of concrete by pumping shall be suspended on any project where required test reports are not submitted to the Borough Superintendent within six weeks from the date of placement and sampling.
§ 5-02 Licensing of Concrete Testing Laboratories.
(a) General.
(1) Each laboratory shall have in responsible charge a Director who shall be professionally qualified and who shall personally supervise all technical functions of the laboratory relating to testing of concrete and concrete materials. Sections 27-605 and 27-607 of the Administrative Code require that a licensed Professional Engineer or a Registered Architect supervise the testing of materials and the inspection of concrete construction.
(2) All technicians shall be qualified to perform all tests they may be required to conduct under the supervision of the Director.
(3) The laboratory shall annually furnish to the Department of Buildings a list of all personnel who are supervising and performing tests and their qualifications. Note: 1 RCNY § 5-02(b)(6) shall also be complied with.
(4) The laboratory shall furnish to the Department of Buildings a list of all the equipment used to perform tests on concrete and concrete materials.
(5) The laboratory shall request and have an inspection made of its procedure and equipment by the “Cement and Concrete Reference Laboratory” whenever the “Cement and Concrete Reference Laboratory” is inspecting laboratories in this area on its cyclical tour of inspection. These inspections shall be made at the cost and expense of the laboratory seeking a license. A copy of the inspection report shall be promptly submitted to the Department of Buildings.
(6) The laboratory shall correct within 10 days any condition ordered by the Department of Buildings which in its judgment may adversely affect the results of any test.
(7) A license shall be issued to each applicant upon proof of compliance with these rules and upon payment of a fee of one hundred dollars ($100).
(8) The annual renewal fee shall be fifty dollars ($50).
(9) A violation of any of these rules or the falsifying or misrepresentation of any fact in any required report shall constitute cause for revocation or suspension of the license by the Commissioner, after a hearing upon prior notice of at least ten calendar days. However, notwithstanding the foregoing, when the public safety may be imminently jeopardized or when false report has been made, the Commissioner shall have the power, pending a hearing and determination of charges, to forthwith suspend the license for a period not exceeding five working days. The presence of batch tickets at a plant filled in on any day other than the day the specific batch is to be delivered to the construction site, whether signed or unsigned, shall constitute a false report.
(10) All reports submitted by the laboratory shall bear its name and its license number.
(11) Renewal of licenses or certificates of qualification, heretofore issued, and issuance of new licenses shall be conditioned upon and subject to the provisions of §§ 26-131 through 26-139 and 26-200 through 26-204 of the Administrative Code.
(12) The laboratory shall display a copy of its license on its premises.
(13) The Director shall furnish all of his employees an identification card with a photograph of the employee affixed thereto.
(14) The Director shall maintain a daily record of the activities of all of his employees, indicating the time of departure to and return from batch plant or construction site inspections, the construction project to which the employee is assigned, and the batch plant visited. This record shall be maintained for 2 years and shall be made available to the department personnel.
(1) The Director shall be qualified by virtue of education and experience to supervise all tests of concrete and concrete materials conducted by the laboratory. He shall be qualified to practice Professional Engineering or Architecture in the State of New York.
(2) All technicians performing tests on the chemical composition of cement shall be qualified analytical chemists.
(3) All other technicians, field personnel, and all personnel having direct supervision of technical staff shall be qualified by education and experience to take samples and perform required tests. Qualifying education and experience may include a degree in engineering, suitable experience in concrete construction, suitable training in concrete industry sponsored programs and the like.
(4) Satisfactory proof of such qualifications for concrete field testing technicians shall include certification resulting from the ability to pass a qualification test following the guidelines of the American Concrete Institute as set forth in ACI publication CP-2(82).
(5) All concrete field testing technicians shall be qualified pursuant to 1 RCNY § 5-02(b)(4) on or before July 1, 1985.
(6) The Department of Buildings shall annually publish in The City Record, on or before the first of July, a listing of concrete field testing technicians qualified pursuant to 1 RCNY § 5-02(b)(4).
(7) The Director shall submit to the department an affidavit that all technicians and field personnel are qualified to perform their designated tasks and shall keep on the premises a record of the qualifications of all personnel, which shall be made available to the department upon request.
(1) The following specifications of the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) shall be considered as part of these rules:
| C29-78 | Test for Unit Weight and Voids in Aggregate. |
|---|---|
| C31-85 | Methods of Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. |
| C39-84 | Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. |
| C40-84 | Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for Concrete. |
| C42-84a | Methods of Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete. |
| C70-79 | Standard Method of Test for Surface Moisture in Fine Aggregate. |
| C88-83 | Test Method for Soundness of Aggregates by Use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate. |
| C109-86 | Test Method or Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars (Using 2-inch or 50-mm cube Specimens). |
| C114-85 | Method of Chemical Analysis of Hydraulic Cement. |
| C115-79b | Standard Method of Test for Fineness of Portland Cement by the Turbidimeter. |
| C117-84 | Test Method for Material Finer than 75-um (No. 200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates by Washing. |
| C127-84 | Test Method for Specific Gravity and Absorption of Coarse Ag- gregate. |
| C128-84 | Test Method for Specific Gravity and Absorption of Fine Aggregate. |
| C136-84a | Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates. |
| C138-81 | Standard Method of Test for Unit Weight, Yield and Air Content (Gravimetric) of Concrete. |
| C143-78 | Test Method for Slump of Portland Cement Concrete. |
| C151-84 | Test Method for Autoclave Expansion of Portland Cement. |
| C172-82 | Method of Sampling Fresh Mixed Concrete. |
| C173-78 | Standard Method of Test for Air Content of Freshly-Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method. |
| C183-83a | Method of Sampling and Acceptance of Hydraulic Cement Mortar. |
| C184-83 | Test for Fineness of Hydraulic Cement by the 150-um (No. 100) and 75-um (No. 200) Sieves. |
| C187-86 | Test Method for Normal Consistency of Hydraulic Cement. |
| C190-85 | Test Method for Tensile Strength of HydraulicCement Mortars. |
| C191-82 | Test Method for Time of Setting of Hydraulic Cement by Vicat Needle. |
| C192-81 | Method of Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Laboratory. |
| C204-84 | Test Method for Fineness of Portland Cement by Air Permeability Apparatus. |
| C230-83 | Specification for Flow Table for Use in Tests of Hydraulic Cement. |
| C231-82 | Standard Method of Test for Air Content of Freshly-Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method. |
| C260-86 | Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. |
| C266-77 | Test for Time of Setting of Hydraulic Cement by Gillmore Needles. |
| C494-86 | Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. |
| C131-81 | Resistance to Abrasion of Small-Size Coarse Aggregate by Use of Los Angeles Machine. |
| C535-81 | Resistance to Degradation of Large-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine, Test for |
| C803-82 | Penetration Resistance to Hardened Concrete, Test for |
| E4-83a | Practices for Load Verification of Testing Machines. |
~
(2) All testing of cement shall be conducted in accordance with the Standard Specifications of the American Society for Testing and Materials (A.S.T.M.).
(1) The laboratory shall be equipped with a suitable size enclosed room for the curing of all concrete test specimens. It shall be of such size that specimens can be easily handled during storage and preparation for testing. The room shall be equipped with the necessary equipment to maintain a temperature of 73.4 degrees 3.0 degrees F. at all times, as per A.S.T.M. C-192. The room also shall be equipped to maintain a relative humidity of 95 percent plus in order that the specimens will be maintained in a moist condition in which free water is on the surface at all times. The test specimen shall not be exposed to a stream of running water.
(2) The laboratory shall have equipment for determining relative humidity and temperature of the room and recording devices to monitor them.
(3) The laboratory shall be equipped with a power operated testing machine with a variable speed control. It shall be of sufficient capacity and capable of applying load without shock at a rate of loading prescribed in § 4(b) of A.S.T.M. C-39.
(4) The testing machine shall be equipped with two steel bearing blocks with hardened faces, one of which is a spherically seated block that normally will bear on the upper surfaces of the specimen and the other a plain rigid block on which the specimen will rest. The bearing faces of these blocks used for compression testing of concrete shall have a Rockwell hardness of not less than 55 HRC. The bearing faces shall be at least as large and preferably slightly larger than the surface of the specimen to which the load is applied. The bearing faces when new shall not depart from a plan by more than 0.0005-inch at any point and they shall be maintained within a permissible variation limit of 0.001-inch. The movable portion of the spherically seated block shall be designed so that the bearing face can be rotated freely and tilted through small angles in any direction.
(5) The machine, if hydraulic, shall be equipped with a dial gauge having a sufficient diameter to allow the increments of load to be read within plus or minus 1/2 percent of the load being applied.
(6) The machine shall show a certificate of calibration or verification within the time limits set by requirements of A.S.T.M. E-4. If any major repairs have been made on the testing machines, the machine shall be re-calibrated.
(1) Necessary for concrete mix designs:
(i) Concrete mixer
(A) 1 1/2 cubic foot capacity
(B) 3 1/2 cubic foot total drum volume
(ii) Slump cone 8-inches in diameter at the base and 4-inches at the top of a height of 12-inches and conforming to A.S.T.M. C143.
(iii) A tamping rod consisting of a round, straight steel rod 5/8-inch in diameter.
(iv) Cylindrical metal measures of 1/2 cubic foot and a cubic foot capacity conforming to the requirements of A.S.T.M. C138.
(v) A sturdy, flat plate about 15-inches square for striking off the concrete in the measure.
(vi) Appropriate air meter.
(vii) Necessary scoops, wood floats, trowels.
(viii) A balance or scale sensitive to 0.1 pound, having a capacity of not less than 100 pounds.
(2) Necessary equipment for preparation of concrete test cylinders:
(i) For compression tests:
(A) Capping plates for cement or plaster caps. Plate glass at least 1/4-inch thick, or machined metal plates at least 1/2-inch thick or polished stone plates of suitable materials, such as granite or diabase and at least 3-inches thick. A capping plate shall be at least l-inch greater in diameter than the specimen.
(B) Capping plates for use with mixtures of sulphur and granular materials, or similar materials and dimensions, recessed to retain the molten mixture.
(C) The surface of any capping plate shall not depart from a plane by more than .002-inch in the diameter of the specimen.
(D) Straight edge and feeler gauges to check planeness of capping plates and caps.
(E) Calipers and rule for checking size of cylinders.
(F) Controlled temperature melting pot if sulphur mixtures are to be used. Mixing pans, scoops, spoons, trowels, spatulas, etc., if cement or plaster caps, are to be used.
(G) Appropriate grinding equipment may be substituted for the capping equipment.
(ii) Materials required:
(A) For cement or plaster caps, any of the following: Type I Portland Cement High Alumina Cement (Lumnite) Type III Portland Cement High strength gypsum plasters such as: Hydrostone and Hydrocal White (Note: Plaster of Paris is not satisfactory).
(B) For sulphur caps either of the following: Laboratory prepared mixtures of sulphur and granular materials. Proprietary mixtures such as: Vitroband, Leadite, Cylcap, etc. (Note: See A.S.T.M. C1982 for limitations of various type caps).
(3) Necessary for analysis of fine and coarse aggregates:
(i) Square or round mesh sieves, Pan Nos. 200, 100, 50, 30, 16, 8, 4, 1/4-inch, 3/8-inch, 1/2-inch, 3/4-inch, 1-inch, 1 1/2-inches, 2-inches, 3-inches, 3 1/2-inches, No. 12.
(ii) Sieve shaking equipment.
(iii) Scales:
(A) Gram scale sensitive to at least 0.1 gram.
(B) Gram scale with at least 5,000 gram capacity and sensitive to 1 gram.
(C) Pound scale sensitive to 1/4-ounce.
(D) Steel brush to brush sieves.
(E) Oven-heat continuously between 221 degrees and 230 degrees F.
(F) Containers for holding solutions.
(G) Perforated containers for immersing aggregates in solutions - wire baskets.
(H) Calibrated Volumetric (milliliters) graduate, 500 milliliters capacity.
(I) Conical metal mold 1 1/2-inches diameter at top, 3 1/2-inches diameter at bottom, 2 7/8-inches high.
(J) Tamping rod - 12-ounces, having a flat circular tamping face l-inch in diameter.
(K) Tamping rod - 5/8-inch diameter, 24-inches length.
(L) Cubic foot cylindrical measure either 1/2 cubic foot, 1/4 cubic foot, 1/3 cubic foot, 1/10 cubic foot or 1 cubic foot.
(M) 500 milliliters flask.
(N) Thermometer - heats over 100 degrees C.
(4) Necessary for field testing and inspection:
(i) Thermometer, 0 degrees - 200 degrees F.
(ii) Scale, 100 lbs. capacity.
(iii) 6-inch round by 12-inch long container.
(iv) Slump cone and 5/8-inch by 24-inch rod.
(v) Air meter.
(vi) Rule, 12-inches.
(1) Introduction. Cement testing shall be done in laboratories equipped to make the basic tests required for evaluating cement.
(2) Division into physical and chemical tests. These tests are divided into two parts, physical and chemical and all physical test specimens shall be prepared in a room or area where the temperature is controlled within the limits of 20 to 27.5 degrees C. and the humidity at not less than 50 percent.
(3) Physical test equipment:
(i) Analytical balance complete with calibrated weights.
(ii) Scale of 2,000 gram capacity accurate to 0.1 percent.
(iii) Wagner Turbidimeter or Blaine permeability apparatus calibrated with standard cement from the Bureau of Standards.
(iv) One 325 mesh sieve as well as 100, 50, 30 and 16 mesh sizes.
(v) Electrically driven mixer bowl and paddle.
(vi) Flow table and flow mould.
(vii) Trowel and tamper for cubes.
(viii) Cube moulds and sealing compound.
(ix) Autoclave, moulds and comparator with steel reference bar.
(x) Vicat apparatus and moulds.
(xi) Gilimore needles and glass plates for samples.
(xii) LeChatelier flask.
(xiii) Supply of graded Ottawa Sand.
(xiv) Glass graduates of 100, 150 and 200 ml. capacity.
(xv) Cylindrical measure of 400 ml.
(xvi) Straight edge and spatula.
(xvii) Calibrated testing machine of not less than 30,000 lbs., capacity equipped with spherically seated upper steel block of not more than 31/2 diameter.
(4) A.S.T.M. standard tests for cements. Standard tests for cements as required by A.S.T.M. are as follows:
Fineness Soundness Time of setting Air content of mortar Compressive tests of 2-inch by 2-inch cubes.
(5) Chemical composition of cement:
(i) The laboratory shall be equipped with an analytical balance and standard weights, platinum and porcelain crucibles, curettes, pipettes, etc.
(ii) Distilled water and all reagents necessary for the determination of the oxides of silica, iron, aluminum, magnesium, sulphur, calcium, and insoluble residue by one of approved.
(iii) All tests shall be performed in a room equipped with fume chamber, gas burners, working benches, by a qualified analytical chemist.
(iv) Special tests such as the alkalies of sodium and potassium shall be made as outlined by the A.S.T.M.
§ 5-03 Approval of Prequalified Concrete Mixes.
(a) Source of concrete mixes. Concrete proportioned according to prequalified mixes shall be produced only from batch plants, approved by the Commissioner pursuant to rules and regulations of the department.
(1) A compilation of the proposed mix designs listing the batch weights, types of aggregates and other ingredients together with a numbering system that will provide identification of each mix for testing and recording purposes. Each compilation shall contain a title sheet upon which a master list of all the mixes shall be designated. Opposite each mix a space shall be provided for the signature of the examiner and the date of the approval of that particular mix. When a mix has been approved for use as a “PREQUALIFIED MIX,” the examiner shall affix his signature and the date in the space provided, and then he shall affix the approval stamp of the Commissioner of Buildings.
(2) For each mix utilizing a different combination of aggregates, admixtures, cement type, water-cement ratio, etc., a report of preliminary trials made by a testing laboratory licensed under § 26-200 together with an attestation by the Architect or Engineer who supervised the making of the preliminary tests. The laboratory report shall include the following information:
(i) Fine and coarse aggregate.
Type (natural or manufactured sand, gravel, stone, etc.). Weight per. cu. ft. dry rodded. Specific gravity. Percentage of voids. Percentage of absorption. Fineness modulus (see ASTM Definitions C125). Gradation and comparison to ASTM C-33; also size of coarse aggregate.
(ii) Cement-type.
(iii) Batch weights.
(iv) Admixtures-type and amount.
(v) Test results of each particular mix design being submitted for approval. Separate tests shall be made for each compressive strength.
(vi) Attestation of the Architect or Engineer engaged by the producer or producers to supervise the tests.
(vii) Board of Standards and Appeals Cal. No. for items requiring Board approval, such as lightweight aggregate admixtures, etc.
(viii) Such other information required by §§ 27-605(a)(1), (2) and (3).
(3) Each concrete producer or group of producers that submits for approval the information required hereabove, shall be assigned an application number which is to be known as the “PREQUALIFIED MIX REFERENCE NUMBER.” This REFERENCE NUMBER shall be valid only for the calendar year for which it is issued. All applications shall be submitted before November 1 of each year for review and for prequalification for the calendar year next following. When the concrete proposed for use is to be produced using the mix designs from a summary compilation that has been approved, the architect or engineer who has been retained to make or supervise the Controlled Inspection shall verify that the mixes have been approved as “PREQUALIFIED MIXES” and shall file a statement for each project setting forth the PREQUALIFIED MIX REFERENCE NUMBER from which the concrete mix proportions are to be selected.
(1) Each concrete producer making an application shall be assigned a PREQUALIFIED MIX REFERENCE NUMBER in the same manner as designated in 1 RCNY § 5-03(b)(3).
(2) The application shall set forth the details of location, date and laboratory that pertained to the previous project. It also shall include a statement setting forth the average strength obtained from tests made at the job, together with a summary of the total number of tests made and, of those tests, how many fell below the specified strength.
(3) A copy of the laboratory report that was originally accepted shall be submitted. It shall contain the information listed under 1 RCNY § 5-03(b)(2). (Reports with the water-cement ratios selected at a point on the curve established by preliminary mix tests corresponding to a strength of concrete 15% higher than the minimum ultimate strength called for on the plans shall not be accepted, unless the water-cement ratio complying with § 27-605(a)(2) can be determined.)
(4) The Architect or Engineer retained for the Controlled Inspection shall file a statement similar to the one mentioned in 1 RCNY § 5-03(b)(3).
§ 5-04 Approval of Concrete Production Facilities.
(a) The scope of these rules relating to facilities for the production of concrete under Article 5 of Subchapter 10 of Chapter 1 of Title 27 of the Administrative Code shall be applicable to batch plant installations of either a permanent or temporary nature, located on or off the site of construction.
§ 6-01 Erection and Dismantling of Climber/Tower Cranes. [Repealed]
§ 8-01 Commencement of Demolition. [Repealed]
§ 9-01 Supervisory Responsibilities of a Licensed Master or Special Rigger.
(See 1 RCNY § 104-20]
§ 9-02 Supervisory Responsibilities of a Licensed Master or Special Sign Hanger.
(See 1 RCNY § 104-21]
§ 10-01 Requirements.
Drums for derrick load and boom hoists shall be contained on the same bedframe operated independently by one or more engines. Each drum shall have a separate hand brake and clutch or power down mechanism in lieu of a clutch, as well as a positive dog on the drum and a dog on the brake pedal. The hoisting mechanism shall be in full view and under the control of a licensed hoisting machine operator at all times.
§ 11-01 Rules for the Certification and Qualification of Private Elevator Inspection Agencies and for the Performance of Inspections and Filing of Inspection Reports for Elevators and Escalators by such Agencies. [Repealed]
*§ 11-02 Elevator and Escalator Violations Constituting a Condition Dangerous to Human Life and Safety.* ::
(1) Elevator out-of-service when there is only one elevator in the building or building section.
(2) Fireman service not functioning in premises.
(3) Badly worn, defective, or damaged hoist cables and/or governors cables.
(4) Defective hoistway doors.
(5) Defective hoistway door interlocks.
(6) Defective car door/gate.
(7) Defective car door/gate switch.
(8) Defective/missing vision panels.
(9) Defective car safety devices.
(10) Defective brake assembly.
(11) Defective hoist machine.
(12) Defective selector/assembly.
(13) Missing top emergency covers.
(14) Defective escalator fire shutters.
(15) Defective escalator comb plates.
(16) Defective escalator stop switch.
(17) Excessive escalator skirt panel clearances.
(18) Defective or non-functional safety switches.
(19) Badly worn, defective, or damaged relays or controllers and/or selector.
(20) Defective, badly worn, or damaged car safety device parts.
(21) Defective car and/or counterweight buffers.
(22) Any damaged, badly worn or defective equipment, which could result in elevator breakdown.
§ 11-03 Cease Use Orders for Elevators, Personnel Hoists, Escalators and Moving Walks.
A cease use order should be issued for all elevators, personnel hoists, escalators, and moving walks pursuant to § 26-127 of the Administrative Code of the City of New York whenever an imminently hazardous condition exists. In addition, the device should be tagged as unsafe. This tag may not be removed without prior approval from the Department of Buildings. Such imminently hazardous conditions include but are not limited to:
§ 11-04 Departmental Inspections of Elevators, Escalators and Other Devices. [;Expired];
If any of the provisions of these rules are found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or ineffective in whole or in part, the effect of such decision shall be limited to those provisions that are expressly stated in the decision to be invalid or ineffective, and all other provisions of these rules shall continue to be separately and fully effective.
§ 11-05 Certification of Completion of Work After Issuance of Temporary Use Permit for an Elevator, Escalator, and Other Device, Except Amusement Devices, Listed in §§ 27-185(b) or 27-982 of the Administrative Code.
(a) Where the department has issued a temporary use permit pursuant to § 27-188 of the Administrative Code for an elevator, escalator or other device listed in § 27-185(b) and § 27-982 of the Code subject to the completion of alteration or installation work as specified by the department, a certified elevator inspection agency director, professional engineer or registered architect may certify to the department that such work has been completed in conformity with the requirements of Subchapter 18 of Chapter 1 of Title 27 and Reference Standard 18-1. The department shall issue an equipment use permit upon the satisfactory filing of such certification.
§ 11-06 Elevators, Escalators or Other Devices, Except Amusement Devices, Listed in § 27-185(b) or § 27-982 of the Administrative Code Renewal of Temporary Use Permits and Fees.
(a) Renewal of a temporary use permit for an elevator, escalator, or other device, except amusement devices, listed in § 27-185(b) or § 27-982 of the Administrative Code.
(1) A temporary use permit issued pursuant to § 27-188 of the Administrative Code for an elevator, escalator or other device listed in § 27-185(b) or § 27-982 of the Code may be renewed subject to the following:
(i) Each renewal application shall be submitted on forms furnished by the department not later than five business days prior to the expiration date of the temporary use permit;
(ii) Such application shall state the reason for renewal and be accompanied by the required fee as set forth in subdivision (3) of this section; and
(iii) Such application shall be submitted on behalf of the owner and signed by the owner or its authorized representative.
(2) The commissioner will automatically renew a temporary use permit every thirty days for up to 120 days unless informed otherwise by the applicant. After 120 days, a renewal application must be filed and accompanied by the required fee.
(3) The department may require a department inspection prior to the issuance of a renewal.
(4) Each application for renewal shall be accompanied by a fee of $100 per device.
(1) Scheduled appointments for the inspection or tests of an elevator, escalator or other device listed in § 27-185(b) and § 27-982 of the Code may be canceled provided that notice of cancellation is received by the department no later than 3 business days prior to the scheduled appointment.
(2) Where a department inspector arrives at the site of a scheduled inspection or test and is unable to perform the scheduled inspection or witness the test because the owner or its authorized representative has failed to keep or is unprepared for the scheduled appointment, then the department shall impose a fee for the missed appointment in the amount of $200. The fee shall be due and payable within thirty days after the date of the missed appointment or prior to the scheduling of a new appointment, whichever is earlier.
(1) An owner or its authorized representative may request the department to perform a pre-inspection clearance of an elevator, escalator, or other device listed in § 27-185(b) and § 27-982 of the Administrative Code within five business days of the department’s receipt of such request and payment of the required fees set forth in subdivision (2) of this section. The department reserves the right to schedule the requested pre-inspection clearance during non-regular or off-peak hours.
(2) A request for a pre-inspection clearance shall be accompanied by a non-refundable fee in the amount of $200 per device.
§ 15-01 Communication and Alarm Systems (“Mini-Class ‘E’ Systems”) for Certain Buildings Under 100 Feet in Height.
(a) Number of occupants. The subject subsection (27-972(h)) of the Building Code states that a communication and alarm system, acceptable to the Commissioner of Buildings, shall be provided in buildings classified in occupancy group E, less than 100 feet in height, occupied or arranged to be occupied for an occupant load of more than one hundred persons above or below the street floor or more than a total of five hundred persons in the entire building. The provisions regarding occupant load are to be interpreted to apply where one or more of the following prevail:
(1) The sum of the occupants on all the floors below the street floor exceeds 100 persons; or
(2) The sum of the occupants on all the floors above the street floor exceeds 100 persons; or
(3) A total of more than 500 persons in the entire building including the street floor.
(1) areas enclosing stairs.
(2) public corridors.
(3) elevators and shafts.
(4) rest rooms.
(5) storage rooms.
(For example, a net floor area of 10,100 square feet is capable of an occupancy of 101 persons.)
The communication and alarm system, acceptable to the Commissioner of Buildings, shall have the following capabilities and components:
(1) Fire command station. A communications center, located in the lobby of the building on the entrance floor as part of the elevator control panel if such exists, or located in the immediate vicinity of the elevators if they exist, to provide:
(i) Individual two-way voice communication from the fire command station to a fire warden station on each floor and to the regularly assigned location of the fire safety director, to consist of a telephone handset or approved speaker microphone system or other approved voice communication system. Initiation of a call from the fire command station shall sound a loud and distinctive sound or an audible device, selectively on the entire floor which is being called or at all floors throughout the building, through the use of a general all call button. This call shall be immediately answered by the fire wardens of the floors involved.
(ii) Manual pull station located adjacent to the fire command station to transmit a fire alarm signal to the fire department via a central station of a franchised operating company.
(iii) Annunciation of associated fire safety systems at the fire command station is optional; however, such annunciation shall not be connected to the mini-class “E” system.
(iv) This system shall be a “supervised” system. A “supervised” system is one that is electrically monitored so that the occurrence of a single open or single ground fault condition of its wiring which prevents the required normal operation of the system or causes the failure of its primary (main) power supply source is indicated by a distinctive trouble signal.
(2) Fire Warden Station. A station located on each floor within view of the passenger elevator lobby if such exists; however, when an elevator lobby does not exist, the station shall be located in the path of egress to an existing stairway. The fire warden station shall have two-way communication with the Fire Command Station and:
(i) Shall consist of telephone handset or a speaker microphone system or other approved equivalent voice communication system.
(ii) The initiation of a call from a fire warden shall cause a loud and distinctive sound at the Fire Command Station and at the Fire Safety Director’s Office, which call shall be immediately answered by the Fire Safety Director from the Fire Command Station.
(3) Fire Safety Director’s Office. A station located within the building at the principal work location of the Fire Safety Director arranged the same as a warden’s station. There shall be a two-way voice communication system to the Fire Command Station. A two-way voice communication system described above shall also be provided at the mechanical control center should one exist.
(4) General requirements.
(i) The components of the system shall require New York City Department of Buildings Material Equipment Acceptance (“M.E.A.”) approval.
(ii) A. SOURCES OF ELECTRICAL POWER Two sources of electrical power shall be provided as follows:
1. The primary source shall be generated electric power not exceeding 277/480 volts, supplied by utility company power, or isolated plant.
2. The secondary source shall be an emergency power system (as per Section 27-396 of the Building Code), an emergency generator and/or battery power.
3. One source of power shall be connected to the system at all times. The primary and secondary power sources shall be so arranged and controlled by automatic transfer switches and/or circuitry that when the primary source of power fails, the secondary source will be connected automatically to the fire alarm signal system. Intermediary devices between the system supply and the source of power, other than fused disconnect switches, transformers, fused cutouts and automatic transfer switches, are prohibited. Such disconnect switches, cutouts, transformers and automatic transfer switches shall supply only the fire alarm system and other systems covered by this reference standard. When the utility company requires the installation of metering current transformers, the system supply shall be connected on the load side of the current transformers. All installations shall comply with the applicable sections of the New York City Electrical Code. The primary source of power and the secondary source (if said secondary source is an emergency power system or generator) shall each be provided with a means of disconnect from the fire alarm system. For buildings supplied at 120/208 volts, each disconnect shall consist of a fused cutout panel, utilizing cartridge fuses, with provision for interrupting the unfused neutral and all ungrounded conductors. The neutral shall be provided with a removable solid copper bar. The incoming service neutral shall be bonded to the metallic housing of the cutout panel on the line side of the removable bar. The fused cutout panel housing shall consist of a locked metallic cabinet with hinged door, painted fire department red, and permanently identified as to the system served. For buildings served at 265/460 volts, the primary and secondary service disconnects shall be fused disconnect switches (in lieu of fused cutout panels) in locked, red painted, permanently identified enclosures. The service voltage shall be transformed to 120/208 volts and a fused cutout panel provided within 5 feet of the transformer on the 120/208 volt side. The incoming supply connections shall comply with the New York City Electrical Code, and the fused cutout panel shall comply with the requirements specified herein before.
B. PRIMARY POWER SOURCE The primary service to the fire alarm system shall be so arranged that the building source of supply can be disconnected without de-energizing the fire alarm supply. To accomplish this, the primary fire alarm supply shall be connected ahead of all building over current protection and/or switching devices.
C. SECONDARY POWER SOURCE The secondary service to the fire alarm system shall be provided as follows:
1. If the building has a required emergency power system, the secondary source shall be the emergency power system, regardless of whether the primary source is utility company power or an isolated plant.
2. If the building has an emergency generator supplying power to any of the loads listed in Section 27-396.4 of the Building Code, the secondary source shall be the generator.
3. For all other buildings, the secondary source shall be a battery supply provided in accordance with Reference Standard 17-5 for storage batteries. The battery shall be designed for 24-hour supervisory operation of the system, followed by 15 minutes of total system load.
(iii) WIRING
A. Power Conductors (Above 75 volts) shall be:
1. Copper: THHN, THWN/THHN, TFFN, TFN, FEP, RHH, RHW-2, XHH, or XHHW minimum 600 volts; 90 C; for installation in rigid metallic conduit (RMC), intermediate metallic conduit (IMC) or electric metallic tubing (EMT).
2. Cable type MI, M.E.A. approved for fire alarm service.
B. Low Voltage Conductors (75 volts and less) shall be:
1. Copper: THHN, THWN/THHN, TFFN, TFN, FEP, RHH, RHW, XHH, or XHHW minimum 600 volts; 90 C; for installation in rigid metallic conduit (RMC), intermediate metallic conduit (IMC) or electric metallic tubing (EMT).
2. Minimum wire size No. 18 AWG.
3. Multi-conductor cables run in raceways, or exposed as described hereinafter, shall meet the following additional requirements:
(a) Type FPLP only; minimum insulation thickness 15 mils; minimum temperature 150 C; colored red.
(b) Red colored jacket overall; minimum thickness 25 mils.
(c) Cable printing as per UL 1424; must bear additional description “ALSO CLASSIFIED NYC CERT. FIRE ALARM CABLE” legible without removing jacket.
C. Installation of Conductors and Raceway shall be in accordance with the following:
1. Power conductors shall not be installed in common raceways with low voltage conductors.
2. Comply with applicable requirements of New York City Electrical Code, except where requirements are exceeded by this Reference Standard.
3. Conductors other than M.I. cable shall be run in raceway, except as specifically described below.
4. Multi-conductor cables may be installed without raceway protection where cable is protected by building construction. Where not protected by building construction, cables shall be located 8 feet or more above the finished floor and not subject to physical tampering or hazard. Locations within eight feet of the finished floor that are deemed as “protected by building construction” shall include raised floors, shafts, telephone and communication equipment rooms and closets, and rooms used exclusively for fire alarm system equipment.
5. All wiring within mechanical and elevator equipment rooms shall be run in raceways.
6. Raceways run within 8 feet of finished floor in garage areas, loading docks, mechanical rooms, and elsewhere where subject to mechanical damage, shall be rigid galvanized steel conduit only.
7. Where wiring is required to be run in raceway, install conductors in rigid metallic conduit (RMC), intermediate metallic conduit (IMC) or electric metallic tubing (EMT), except that multi-conductor cables may also be run in surface metal raceway. Conductors for other electrical systems shall not be installed in raceways containing REFERENCE STANDARD 17 conductors.
8. Where allowed to be run without raceway protection, multi-conductor cables shall be installed as follows:
(a) Cables shall not depend on ceiling media, pipes, ducts, conduits, or equipment for support; Cables must be supported independently from the building structure.
(b) Cables must be secured by cable ties, straps or similar fittings, so designed and installed as not to damage the cable. Cables must be secured in place at intervals not exceeding 5’-0” on centers and within 12” of every associated cabinet, box or fitting.
9. Installation of raceways, boxes and cabinets shall comply with the following general requirements:
(a) Covers of boxes and cabinets shall be painted red and permanently identified as to their use.
(b) Penetrations of fire-rated walls, floors or ceilings shall be fire stopped.
(c) Within stairways, raceways within 8 feet of the floor shall not be installed so as to reduce or obstruct the stairway radius.
(d) Raceways or cables shall not penetrate top of any equipment box or cabinet.
10. All conduits supplying 120-volt power to the fire alarm control unit and/or to outlying control cabinets, shall contain a green insulated grounding conductor sized in accordance with the New York City Electrical Code (#10 AWG minimum). The grounding conductor shall be connected to the ground bus or other suitable grounding terminal in each box and cabinet in which it enters. At the fuse cutout panel supplying the fire alarm system, provide a grounding electrode conductor sized and installed in accordance with the New York City Electrical Code (#10 AWG minimum).
11. For cabinets whose 120 volt supply is not derived from the main fire alarm system cutout panel, provide green insulated separate grounding electrode conductors, sized and installed as per New York City Electrical Code (#10 AWG minimum). In steel-framed buildings, a connection to local steel structure will be acceptable.
12. Splices and terminations of wires and cables shall be as follows:
(a) Permitted only in boxes or cabinets specifically approved for the purpose.
(b) Utilize mechanical connections specifically approved by UL 486 A & C for the conductors, or if soldered, first joined so as to be mechanically and electrically secure prior to soldering and insulating. Temperature rating of completed splices shall equal or exceed the temperature rating of the highest rated conductor.
13. Wiring for audible notification devices shall be arranged so that a loss of a portion of the wiring on a floor will not render more than 60% of the devices inoperative, and the devices shall be so connected to the circuitry (i.e. by means of alternate circuits) as to maintain at least partial audibility throughout the entire floor.
(iv) The name and telephone number of the central office company shall be displayed at the manual pull station.
(v) There shall be a Fire Safety Director on duty at all times that the premises is actually occupied by the number of persons specified in the opening paragraphs of these rules. The Director shall have a Certificate of Fitness issued by the New York City Fire Department.
(vi) Applications shall be filed and permits obtained as required by departmental memoranda concerning fire alarm systems.
§ 15-02 Interior Fire Alarm and Signal System for Place of Assembly Used as a Cabaret and for Stages, Dressing Rooms, and Property Rooms.
(a) Number of occupants. Subdivisions 27-968(a)(10)(a) and (b) of the Building Code state that an interior fire alarm and signal system shall be provided in any room, place or space occupied or arranged to be occupied by 75 or more persons and in which either any musical entertainment, singing, dancing or other form of amusement is permitted in connection with the restaurant business or the business of directly or indirectly selling to the public food or drink, or where dancing is carried on and the public may gain admission, with or without payment of a fee, and food or beverages are sold, served, or dispensed, and any new or altered catering place as of April 4, 1979 having 300 or more persons. This does not apply to eating or drinking places which provide incidental musical entertainment, without dancing, either by mechanical devices, or by not more than three persons playing piano, organ, accordion or guitar or any stringed instrument or by not more than one singer accompanied by himself or a person playing piano, organ, accordion, guitar or any stringed instrument.
| Occupancy | Net Floor Area Per Occupancy (Square Feet) |
|---|---|
|
10 |
|
12 |
|
4 |
|
|
|
Designated Number of Seats or Occupants |
|
10 |
~
(1) Fire Alarm System: shall be closed circuit, “electrically supervised”, individually coded and connected to an approved franchise/central office alarm company. A “supervised” system is one that is electrically monitored so that the occurrence of a single open or single ground fault condition of its wiring which prevents the required normal operation of the system or causes the failure of its primary (main) power supply source is indicated by a distinctive trouble signal.
(i) Manual fire alarm stations: shall be installed at each required natural path of egress from all levels from public assembly area.
(ii) Fire alarm gongs: shall be installed to provide adequate audibility throughout the Public Assembly area and all areas occupied in conjunction with the area at all levels including dressing rooms, rest rooms, coat rooms, etc. “Audibility” shall be loud and distinct under maximum sound system operation unless 1 RCNY § 15-02(c)(2)(ii) is complied with.
(iii) Sprinkler waterflow device: shall be installed to indicate flow of water in the sprinkler system and shall be made part of the interior Fire Alarm by interconnecting the waterflow device to the interior Fire Alarm so that actuation of the waterflow device shall sound a distinctive coded alarm via the fire alarm gongs.
(2) General requirements.
(i) The components of the system shall require New York City M.E.A. approval.
(ii) A device may be installed to automatically turn off the sound system and psychedelic and special effects lighting when a manual fire alarm and/or sprinkler waterflow device is activated in all public assemblies that require an interior fire alarm and signal system.
(iii) A. SOURCES OF ELECTRICAL POWER Two sources of electrical power shall be provided as follows:
1. The primary source shall be generated electric power not exceeding 277/480 volts, supplied by utility company power, or isolated plant.
2. The secondary source shall be an emergency power system (as per Section 27-396 of the Building Code), an emergency generator and/or battery power.
3. One source of power shall be connected to the system at all times. The primary and secondary power sources shall be so arranged and controlled by automatic transfer switches and/or circuitry that when the primary source of power fails, the secondary source will be connected automatically to the fire alarm signal system. Intermediary devices between the system supply and the source of power, other than fused disconnect switches, transformers, fused cutouts and automatic transfer switches, are prohibited. Such disconnect switches, cutouts, transformers and automatic transfer switches shall supply only the fire alarm system and other systems covered by this reference standard. When the utility company requires the installation of metering current transformers, the system supply shall be connected on the load side of the current transformers. All installations shall comply with the applicable sections of the New York City Electrical Code. The primary source of power and the secondary source (if said secondary source is an emergency power system or generator) shall each be provided with a means of disconnect from the fire alarm system. For buildings supplied at 120/208 volts, each disconnect shall consist of a fused cutout panel, utilizing cartridge fuses, with provision for interrupting the unfused neutral and all ungrounded conductors. The neutral shall be provided with a removable solid copper bar. The incoming service neutral shall be bonded to the metallic housing of the cutout panel on the line side of the removable bar. The fused cutout panel housing shall consist of a locked metallic cabinet with hinged door, painted fire department red, and permanently identified as to the system served. For buildings served at 265/460 volts, the primary and secondary service disconnects shall be fused disconnect switches (in lieu of fused cutout panels) in locked, red painted, permanently identified enclosures. The service voltage shall be transformed to 120/208 volts and a fused cutout panel provided within 5 feet of the transformer on the 120/208 volt side. The incoming supply connections shall comply with the New York City Electrical Code, and the fused cutout panel shall comply with the requirements specified in this rule.
B. PRIMARY POWER SOURCE
1. The primary service to the fire alarm system shall be so arranged that the building source of supply can be disconnected without de-energizing the fire alarm supply. To accomplish this, the primary fire alarm supply shall be connected ahead of all building over current protection and/or switching devices.
2. Partial systems such as strobe light control panels, partial fire alarm, automatic smoke/heat detection, and sprinkler alarm subsystems and/or other associated systems may be connected to an emergency supply riser panel via a tapped connection, and an identified, locked fused cutout box located within 5 feet of the tap. Where an emergency power system (E.P.S.) is provided in accordance with Section 27-396.4 of the Building Code, it shall be connected to the emergency supply riser. Where an E.P.S. is not available, the emergency supply riser shall be connected to a tap ahead of the service switch.
C. SECONDARY POWER SOURCE The secondary service to the fire alarm system shall be provided as follows:
1. If the building has a required emergency power system, the secondary source shall be the emergency power system, regardless of whether the primary source is utility company power or an isolated plant.
2. If the building has an emergency generator supplying power to any of the loads listed in Section 27-396.4 of the Building Code, the secondary source shall be the generator.
3. For all other buildings, the secondary source shall be a battery supply provided in accordance with Reference Standard 17-5 for storage batteries. The battery shall be designed for 24-hour supervisory operation of the system, followed by 15 minutes of total system load.
(iv) WIRING
A. Power Conductors (Above 75 volts) shall be:
1. Copper: THHN, THWN/THHN, TFFN, TFN, FEP, RHH, RHW-2, XHH, or XHHW minimum 600 volts; 90 C; for installation in rigid metallic conduit (RMC), intermediate metallic conduit (IMC) or electric metallic tubing (EMT).
2. Cable type MI, M.E.A. approved for fire alarm service.
B. Low Voltage (75 volts and less) shall be:
1. Copper: THHN, THWN/THHN, TFFN, TFN, FEP, RHH, RHW, XHH, or XHHW minimum 600 volts; 90 C; for installation in rigid metallic conduit (RMC), intermediate metallic conduit (IMC) or electric metallic tubing (EMT).
2. Minimum wire size No. 18 AWG.
3. Multi-conductor cables run in raceways, or exposed as described hereinafter, shall meet the following additional requirements:
(a) Type FPLP only; minimum insulation thickness 15 mils; minimum temperature 150 C; colored red.
(b) Red colored jacket overall; minimum thickness 25 mils.
(c) Cable printing as per UL 1424; must bear additional description “ALSO CLASSIFIED NYC CERT. FIRE ALARM CABLE” legible without removing jacket.
C. Installation of Conductors and Raceway shall be in accordance with the following:
1. Power conductors shall not be installed in common raceways with low voltage conductors.
2. Comply with applicable requirements of New York City Electrical Code, except where requirements are exceeded by this Reference Standard.
3. Conductors other than M.I. cable shall be run in raceway, except as specifically described below.
4. Multi-conductor cables may be installed without raceway protection where cable is protected by building construction. Where not protected by building construction, cables shall be located 8 feet or more above the finished floor and not subject to physical tampering or hazard. Locations within eight feet of the finished floor that are deemed as “protected by building construction” shall include raised floors, shafts, telephone and communication equipment rooms and closets, and rooms used exclusively for fire alarm system equipment.
5. All wiring within mechanical and elevator equipment rooms shall be run in raceways.
6. Raceways run within 8 feet of finished floor in garage areas, loading docks, mechanical rooms, and elsewhere where subject to mechanical damage, shall be rigid galvanized steel conduit only.
7. Where wiring is required to be run in raceway, install conductors in rigid metallic conduit (RMC), intermediate metallic conduit (IMC) or electric metallic tubing (EMT), except that multi-conductor cables may also be run in surface metal raceway. Flexible metallic conduit, not exceeding 36” in length, shall be permitted for final connections to initiating and notification devices. Conductors for other electrical systems shall not be installed in raceways containing REFERENCE STANDARD 17 conductors.
8. Where allowed to be run without raceway protection, multi-conductor cables shall be installed as follows:
(a) Cables shall not depend on ceiling media, pipes, ducts, conduits, or equipment for support; Cables must be supported independently from the building structure.
(b) Cables must be secured by cable ties, straps or similar fittings, so designed and installed as not to damage the cable. Cables must be secured in place at intervals not exceeding 5’-0” on centers and within 12” of every associated cabinet, box or fitting.
9. Installation of raceways, boxes and cabinets shall comply with the following general requirements:
(a) Covers of boxes and cabinets shall be painted red and permanently identified as to their use.
(b) Penetrations of fire-rated walls, floors or ceilings shall be fire stopped.
(c) Within stairways, raceways within 8 feet of the floor shall not be installed so as to reduce or obstruct the stairway radius.
(d) Raceways or cables shall not penetrate top of any equipment box or cabinet.
10. All conduits supplying 120-volt power to the fire alarm control unit and/or to outlying control cabinets, shall contain a green insulated grounding conductor sized in accordance with the New York City Electrical Code (#10 AWG minimum). The grounding conductor shall be connected to the ground bus or other suitable grounding terminal in each box and cabinet in which it enters. At the fuse cutout panel supplying the fire alarm system, provide a grounding electrode conductor sized and installed in accordance with the New York City Electrical Code (#10 AWG minimum).
11. For cabinets whose 120 volt supply is not derived from the main fire alarm system cutout panel, provide green insulated separate grounding electrode conductors, sized and installed as per New York City Electrical Code (#10 AWG minimum). In steel-framed buildings, a connection to local steel structure will be acceptable.
12. Splices and terminations of wires and cables shall be as follows:
(a) Permitted only in boxes or cabinets specifically approved for the purpose.
(b) Utilize mechanical connections specifically approved by UL 486 A & C for the conductors, or if soldered, first joined so as to be mechanically and electrically secure prior to soldering and insulating. Temperature rating of completed splices shall equal or exceed the temperature rating of the highest rated conductor.
13. Wiring for audible and visual alarm notification devices shall be arranged so that a loss of a portion of the wiring on a floor will not render more than 60% of the devices of each type inoperative, and the devices shall be so connected to the circuitry (i.e. by means of alternate circuits) as to maintain at least partial audibility/visibility throughout the entire floor.
(v) The equipment shall be colored RED and enclosed in suitable housing permanently fastened to the structure at the appropriate locations. A diagonal white stripe one inch wide from upper left corner to lower right corner shall be painted or applied to sending stations. The stripe shall not render any lettering illegible or obliterate the station number.
(vi) The name and telephone number of the central office company shall be displayed at all manual pull stations and at all central office transmitters.
(vii) There shall be a fire guard on duty at all times that the Place of Assembly is open and functioning as a cabaret. The fire guard shall have a Certificate of Fitness issued by the New York City Fire Department.
(viii) Emergency Lighting and Sprinkler Systems shall be installed and maintained as required by law.
(ix) A Fire Alarm System in a Place of Assembly subject to this rule in a high rise (Class E) office building shall interface with a Fire Alarm and Communication System required by Local Law No. 5/1973.
(x) Applications shall be filed and permits obtained as required by Departmental Memorandum.
§ 15-03 Extension of Time to Complete Installations for Buildings in Occupancy Group E Over 100 Feet in Height. [Repealed]
(a) Definition. Existing J-1 Residential Hotel. An existing J-1 residential hotel is defined as a single room occupancy multiple dwelling, in which at least seventy-five (75) percent or more of the total number of occupied individual dwelling units:
(1) have had no more than two (2) separate tenancies for at least three (3) years preceding the date on which the application for residential hotel status is made or, preceding the date of submission of an annual certification as set forth below or
(2) have been used by a religious not-for-profit organization as a residency for its members who maintain residency for at least one (1) year and have no more than two (2) separate tenancies for at least one (1) year preceding the date on which the application for residential hotel status is made, provided that a fire safety plan for fire drill and evacuation procedures in accordance with the requirements of the Fire Commissioner shall be submitted to the Fire Department and the approval of the Fire Commissioner shall be obtained.
(1) § 27-382(b) Power source – Exit lights.
(2) § 27-384(b) Power source – Exit signs.
(3) § 27-954(w) Required sprinklers.
(4) § 27-989(b) Elevator in readiness.
(5) § 27-996.2(a)(2) Firemen service operation in existing elevators.
(1) The certification of residential hotel status may be obtained only by the filing of an alteration application for residential hotel certification. Such application shall contain the supporting documentation required in 1 RCNY § 15-04(d) below. Certification of residential hotel status as defined in 1 RCNY § 15-03(a) above shall be issued by the borough superintendent. Certification shall be valid for a period of one (1) year from the date of initial certification. Thereafter, the owner of the residential hotel shall engage a registered architect or licensed professional engineer to certify annually through the filing of a building notice application that the residential hotel is in compliance with the requirements of 1 RCNY § 15-03(a) above.
(2) Owners of residential hotels shall keep a copy of their residential hotel certification on site at the hotel. Failure to timely renew a hotel’s residential certification may result in the issuance of violations for the hotel’s failure to comply with the requirements of Local Law 16 of 1984 and Local Law 16 of 1987 for a J-l occupancy.
(1) Certificate of Occupancy or, if unavailable;
(2) Occupancy and Arrangement Card from the Department of Housing Preservation and Development and Department of Housing Preservation and Development Computer Printout;
(3) List all rooms occupied by tenants who have resided at the premises for six months or longer or who are in occupancy pursuant to a lease of six months or longer, together with the name of the tenant in each of the aforementioned rooms and copies of any and all existing leases for the period stated in 1 RCNY § 15-03(a) of this section; and
(4) For each dwelling unit in the premises subject to rent control or hotel stabilization, copies of the annual registration statement filed with the New York State Division of Housing and Community Renewal; and
(5) Copies of any relevant documents filed by the owner with the Hotel Stabilization Association; and
(6) Any other documentation deemed relevant by the borough superintendent, in his or her discretion.
(1) A building owner may contend that his/her building is a dormitory and therefore as a J-2 occupancy need only provide stair and elevator signs, and if a high-rise building also remove locks on elevator and hoistway doors. To qualify as a dormitory, the building’s current Certificate of Occupancy must indicate use as a dormitory. Where the Certificate of Occupancy indicates both dormitory and J-l occupancy, those portions which are J-l must comply with LL 16/84 requirements for J-1 occupancies.
(2) When an owner seeks to amend his building’s Certificate to provide for dormitory occupancy, he must submit an affidavit stating he will use the dormitory space only for sleeping accommodations of individuals on a month-to-month or longer-term basis (Adm. Code § 27-265) and that the dormitory will be owned and operated by either a not-for-profit corporation or a school. Such amended Certificates of Occupancy shall provide that the dormitory may only be owned or operated by either a not-for-profit corporation or a school.
§ 15-05 Filing and Approval of a Fire Safety Plan for Buildings Containing Transient Occupants Such as Hotels and Motels.
(a) Number of occupants. These rules and regulations shall apply to buildings or parts thereof classified in Article 11 of Subchapter 3 of Chapter 1 to Title 27 of the Administrative Code of the City of New York as occupancy group J-l, J-2 occupied or arranged to be occupied in whole or part by a transient occupancy. For the purpose of these rules and regulations, buildings or parts thereof which contain a total of more than 30 sleeping rooms or can accommodate a total of more than 30 lodgers, or contains more than 15 sleeping rooms or can accommodate more than 15 lodgers above the first or ground story, used for living or sleeping purposes by the same person or persons for a period of ninety days or less shall be considered as being occupied by a transient occupancy. Such buildings shall include but are not limited to buildings occupied as hotels, motels, lodging houses, dormitories and single room occupancies. All such buildings occupied or arranged to be occupied in whole or part by a transient occupancy, regardless of the number of sleeping rooms or accommodations, over 75 feet in height, shall comply with these rules and regulations. The owner or other person having charge of such building shall file a Fire Safety Plan with the Fire Department indicating compliance with 1 RCNY § 15-05(b) within 30 days after the effective date of these rules and regulations. The owner or other person shall resubmit the revised Fire Safety Plan for approval within 30 days after receiving comments from the Fire Department. Upon approval, the Fire Safety Plan shall be immediately put into effect. The owner or other person having charge of such building shall comply with 1 RCNY §§ 15-05(c)(1) to 15-04(c)(5) within 30 days of the effective date of these rules and regulations.
(1) A fire safety plan for fire drill and evacuation procedures in accordance with the requirements of the Fire Commissioner shall be submitted to the Fire Department and the approval of the Fire Commissioner shall be obtained. The applicable parts of the fire safety plan shall be distributed to the building service employees. All employees of the building shall participate and cooperate in carrying out the provisions of the fire safety plan.
(2) Fire safety director and deputy fire safety director.
(i) One employee shall be designated as fire safety director and a sufficient number of employees shall be designated as deputy fire safety directors. Such employees shall have a knowledge of the building’s fire protection systems and shall have a certificate of fitness, in accordance with the requirements of the Fire Commissioner, qualifying him to conduct fire drills, evacuations and related activities such as organizing, training and supervising a fire brigade when required. In the absence of a fire safety director, when a fire safety director is required to be on duty in the building, such deputy ffire safety director shall act as fire safety director.
(ii) As the building is continuously occupied, there shall be a fire safety director continuously on duty in the building with the required certificate of fitness. During fire emergencies, the primary responsibility of the fire safety director shall be the manning of the fire command post and the direction and execution of the evacuation as provided in the fire safety plan and to assist the Fire Department with his knowledge of the building’s fire protection systems. Such activities shall be subject to the Fire Department control.
(3) If sufficient personnel are available, as determined by the Fire Department, a fire brigade shall be organized.
(4) Fire drills shall be conducted, in accordance with the fire safety plan, at least once every three months on each shift. A written record of such drills shall be kept on the premises for a three year period and shall be readily available for inspection by the Fire Department.
(5) In buildings where compliance would cause practical difficulty or undue hardship, the Fire Commissioner may waive or modify the requirements of this subdivision and accept alternatives fulfilling the intent of these requirements consistent with public safety.
(1) Elevator landings. A sign shall be posted and maintained on every floor at the elevator landing. The sign shall read “IN CASE OF FIRE, USE STAIRS UNLESS OTHERWISE INSTRUCTED.” The lettering shall be at least one-half inch block letters and of contrasting color from the background or as otherwise approved by the Commissioner of Buildings. Such lettering shall be properly spaced to provide good legibility. The sign shall also contain a diagram showing the location where it is posted and the location and letter identification of the stairs on the floor. The sign shall be at least eight inches by ten inches, located directly above a call button and securely attached to the wall or partition. The top of such sign shall not be above six feet from the floor level. The diagram on such sign may be omitted provided that signs containing such diagram are posted in conspicuous places on the respective floor. In such case, the sign at the elevator landing shall be at least two and one-half inches by ten inches and the diagram signs shall be at least eight inches by ten inches.
(2) Floor numbering. A sign shall be posted and maintained with each stair enclosure on every floor, indicating the number of the floor. The numerals and background shall be in contrasting colors. The sign shall be securely attached to the stair side of the door.
(3) Stairs and elevators. Each stair and each bank of elevators shall be identified by an alphabetic letter. A sign indicating the letter of identification for the elevator bank shall be posted and maintained at each elevator landing directly above or as part of the sign specified in 1 RCNY § 15-05(c)(1). The stair identification sign shall be posted and maintained on the occupancy side of the stair door. The letter on the sign shall be at least three inches high, of bold type and of contrasting color from the background. Such signs shall be securely attached.
(4) Sign material. Signs shall be of metal or other durable material.
(5) Placing, size and content of signs. A sign shall be posted and maintained on the inside of every door opening onto a public corridor giving access to a sleeping room. The sign shall contain a diagram showing the location where it is posted and the location and letter identification of the exit stairs on the floor. The diagram shall indicate the number of doors opening onto the public corridor which must be passed to reach each exit stair. The sign shall be at least eight inches by ten inches, located on the inside of the door and securely attached thereto. The top of such signs shall not be above six feet from the floor level. These signs are in addition to the signs required in 1 RCNY § 15-05(c)(1). These signs may contain such additional information as the Fire Department may require.
(6) Additional sign requirements. When floors or parts of floors are used as accessory to a J-l and J-2 transient occupancy, “Elevator Landings” 1 RCNY § 15-05(c)(1), “Floor Numbering” 1 RCNY § 15-05(c)(2) and “Stairs and Elevators” 1 RCNY § 15-05(c)(3) shall be required.
§ 15-06 Design of Composite Construction with Metal Decks or Lightweight Concrete.
(a) Metal deck construction is to be approved strictly in accordance with Board of Standards and Appeals or MEA approval in all respects, with no interchangeability or equivalent materials authorized except as noted in these rules.
(1) Similar full scale tests conforming with A.S.T.M. E119-1988; or,
(2) A combination of small scale and/or half scale tests and engineering evaluation acceptable to the commissioner in conjunction with evaluation of full scale tests conforming with ASTM E119-1988 for a variety of assemblies of combination of materials, or
(3) A combination of small scale, half scale or full size tests representative of the actual fire exposure of the occupancy and engineering evaluations, all acceptable to the commissioner.
(1) Concrete in the ribs of metal decks is to be completely excluded in flexural computations, in the composite T-beam design. However, it may be included for bond calculations (which is to be based on allowable stresses of 20 p.s.i.) as well as shear stresses for slab action exclusively.
(2) Slab designs shall be required to comply with all applicable requirements of Reference Standards RS 10-3, and RS 10-5A with structural calculations submitted in all cases in regard to n ratios (see § 1102(b) of RS 10-3), fibre stresses, shear stresses, bond stresses, length-deep and/or deflection limitations, and shear connection loads.
(3) The capacity of shear connectors in lightweight concrete shall only be rated at 80 percent of the values specified in Table 1.11.4 of Reference Standard RS 10-5 for normal weight aggregate. When metal decks with ribs not exceeding 1 and 1/2 inches in depth are used, the capacity of the shear connectors is to be further reduced by 15 percent, so as to have a total rated capacity of 65 percent of the values stated in Table 1.11.4 when lightweight concrete is used in composite construction with metal decks, and 85 percent when normal aggregate is used in such construction, unless prequalified load tests pursuant to § 27-599 warrant higher values. Shear connectors not listed in Table 1.11.4, or differing on length or size may not be used without specific Board approval for specific loads.
(4) When metal decks having ribs exceeding 1 and 1/2 inches in height are employed with composite construction, prequalified load tests of the slab and beam, pursuant to § 27-599, shall be required before any approval is granted.
(5) All welding or shear connectors shall be performed by licensed welders, except as otherwise authorized in an intradepartmental memorandum dated June 6, 1967.
§ 15-07 Fire-Retarding of Entrance Halls, Stair Halls and Public Halls in Old Law Tenements and Converted Dwellings.
(a) Intent. The fire-retarding rules herewith set forth are approved by the Department of Buildings for old law tenements and converted dwellings where their entrance halls, stair halls and public halls are required, by § 189, subdivisions 1 and 4, § 238, subdivision 4, and § 218, subdivisions 5 and 6, Multiple Dwelling Law, and by § 27-2044, Housing Maintenance Code, to be fire-retarded in a manner approved by the Department of Buildings.
(1) All entrance halls, stair halls and public halls, including service halls and stairs, shall be fire-retarded to the extent required by the Multiple Dwelling Law and the Housing Maintenance Code.
(2) It is the intent that all wood structural members of partitions, ceilings and stair soffits shall be completely protected with fire-retarding materials where they may be exposed to fire in entrance, stair and public halls. To this extent these rules and regulations cover only general conditions and are not designed to cover specific or special cases. Where such may occur the owner is required to consult the Department of Buildings and receive instructions before work is started.
(3) Where existing dumbwaiter shafts are located in, or open on public halls which are required to be fire-retarded, such dumbwaiter shafts, when not constructed of fireproof or fire-retarding materials, shall be fire-retarded on the inner side, from the lowest story to the roof inclusive, in accordance with the requirements of 1 RCNY § 15-07(b)(1) or (b)(2), except in cellar where such shafts shall be enclosed with fireproof materials. All doors opening from such dumbwaiter shafts shall be self-closing, and doors and assemblies when of wood or other non-fireproof construction shall be lined on both sides with No. 26 U.S. gauge metal, except in cellar where doors and assemblies shall have a fire-resistive of at least one (1) hour.
(4) It is not intended that these rules and regulations in themselves require plans to be filed. However, should any work involve structural changes, then plans are required to be filed in the Department of Buildings and such changes shall be subject to all other rules and regulations applicable thereto.
(5) Work shall not commence until satisfactory evidence has been submitted to the Department of Buildings that compensation insurance has been obtained in accordance with the provisions of the Workmen’s Compensation Law. It is the intent of § 238, subdivision 4, Multiple Dwelling Law, that every entrance hall, public hall and stair hall in every old law tenement four stories or more in height shall be fire-retarded. Every old law tenement three stories and a basement, or three stories, basement and cellar in height shall be deemed to be four stories in height when the main entrance from the grade is to the basement, and every entrance hall, public hall and stair hall in such building shall be fire-retarded. In old law tenements where the entrance halls, public halls and stair halls are required to be fire-retarded, existing wood stairs shall be fire-retarded in conformity with the requirements of these rules and regulations, whether or not such halls had been fire-retarded in accordance with plans filed with and approved by the former Tenement House Department or Department of Buildings, prior to the enactment of subdivision 4 of § 238 of the Multiple Dwelling Law.
(1) Metal lath and cement of gypsum mortar. Completely remove all existing materials to face of studs or other structural members on hall side of partitions and recover with metal lath and two coats of cement of gypsum mortar. If cement mortar is used it shall be three-quarters inch (3/4”) thick, if gypsum mortar is used it shall be one inch (1”) thick. The second coat of mortar shall not be applied until the first coat has thoroughly set and in no case shall the second coat be applied on the same day that the first coat of mortar is applied. In lieu of the above method, completely remove all combustible materials from plaster face of partitions on hall side and repair existing plaster. After inspection, cover existing plaster with herringbone or similar approved type metal lath with rigid rib reinforcement to provide good bond between new and existing plaster. Cover lath with two coats (scratch and brown) of cement of gypsum mortar as above. The first coat of cement mortar (scratch) shall be composed of one (1) part of Portland cement to one and one-half (1 1/2) parts of sand, with an additional volume of hydrated lime not greater than ten (10) percent of the volume of Portland cement. The second coat (brown) shall be composed of one (1) part of Portland cement to three parts (3) of sand, with an additional volume of hydrated lime not greater than ten (10) percent of the volume of Portland cement. The first coat (scratch) of gypsum mortar shall be composed of one (1) part of gypsum to one (1) part of sand. The second coat (brown) of gypsum mortar shall be composed of one (1) part of gypsum to one and one-half (1 1/2) parts of sand.
(2) Plaster boards and gypsum mortar or stamped metal. Completely remove all existing materials to face of studs or other structural members on hall side of partitions and recover with plaster boards or perforated rock lath three-eighths inch (3/8”) thick, covered with two coats of gypsum mortar (scratch and brown) so that the aggregate thickness shall be at least one inch (1”), or in lieu thereof, recover same with plaster boards one-half inch (1/2”) thick, covered with No. 26 U.S. gauge stamped metal. In lieu of the above method, completely remove all combustible material from plaster face of partitions on hall side and repair existing plaster. After inspection, plaster boards or perforated rock lath may be applied directly over the existing plaster face of partitions on hall side. Cover plaster boards or perforated rock lath with two coats of gypsum mortar as above, or plaster boards may be covered with No. 26 U.S. gauge stamped metal.
(3) Mineral wool. Fill solidly between partition uprights, from underside of flooring to ceiling with mineral wool blown in place by the pneumatic method, packed solidly to fill all spaces and voids.
(4) Brick, gypsum, etc. Fill solidly between partition uprights from underside of flooring to ceiling with brick, gypsum, or other acceptable material packed solidly to fill all spaces and voids. Where brick, gypsum, or other masonry material is intended to be used, application must be filed before installation with the Department of Buildings for approval of strength of existing members intended to support the proposed masonry fire-retarding.
(5) Other methods. No other method may be used unless same is acceptable to the Department of Housing and Buildings.
(6) Removal of windows in public hall partitions. When windows in walls or partitions are removed, both sides of the openings shall be sealed with fire-retarding materials, except that wood lath and plaster may be used on the room side of the opening when the existing surface of the room is constructed of wood lath and plaster.
(7) Electric meters. Where direct current (DC) electric meters of public utility companies are present or installed on partitions of public halls the fire-retarding shall continue unbroken behind the meters or the meters shall be mounted on a heavy slate back or non-magnetic fireproof equivalent, such as transite, asbestos board, etc., against which fire-retarding finished up tightly.
(8) Partitions in Class B converted dwellings. Where fire retarding is required in any Class B converted dwelling referred to in 1 RCNY § 15-07(a)(7), both sides of all enclosure partitions of entrance halls, stair halls and public halls throughout such building shall be fire-retarded in accordance with the method set forth in 1 RCNY §§ 15-07(b)(1) or (b)(2) or said partitions shall be fire-retarded in accordance with the provisions of 1 RCNY §§ 15-07(b)(3) or (b)(4).
(9) Partitions in altered old law tenements. In any old law tenement where the occupancy is increased on any story, the enclosing partitions of any entrance hall, stair hall or public hall on the story where the occupancy has been increased, shall be fire-retarded on both sides. Such requirements shall apply only to the walls of the entrance hall, stair hall or public hall adjoining the altered apartment. The enclosing partitions of such halls other than those adjoining the altered apartment and the partitions on any story where the occupancy has not been increased, shall be fire-retarded on the hall side. The method of fire-retarding shall be as set forth in 1 RCNY §§ 15-07(b)(1) or (b)(2), or said partitions shall be fire-retarded in accordance with the provisions of 1 RCNY §§ 15-07(b)(3) or (b)(4).
(10) Newly constructed partitions. In any entrance hall, stair hall or public hall where any partition or part thereof is newly constructed, and where the plaster has been removed from any partition or part thereof, such partition shall be fire-retarded on both sides.
(1) Where any entrance hall, public hall or stair hall, or any portion thereof, in any part of any old law tenement of converted dwelling is required to be fire-retarded that portion of any ceiling directly underneath any such entrance hall, public hall or stair hall shall be fire-retarded. Where such ceiling is located in any store, apartment or other space it shall also be fire-retarded as required for partitions by 1 RCNY §§ 15-07(b)(1) or (b)(2). Where the above method is impractical due to the existing ceiling construction in any such store, apartment or other space, the Department of Buildings may permit the fire-retarding of such ceilings to be applied from above by removing the floor of any such entrance hall, public hall or stair hall and installing between the floor beams, and directly against the ceiling below, a layer of heavy building paper over which there shall be placed a basket made of reinforced ribbed expanded metal lath weighing at least 3.4 pounds per square yard. Such basket shall be lined with Portland cement or gypsum mortar not less than one inch (1”) in thickness. The building paper, metal lath and cement or gypsum mortar shall be carried at least halfway up on the sides of the beams. However, this method will not be accepted for the fire-retarding of any such ceiling located in a space used for a hazardous purpose or business, nor will it be accepted for the fire-retarding of any such ceiling located in the cellar or for the fire-retarding of any ceiling located in any store, apartment or other space when such ceiling is constructed of wood or of wood and metal applied directly to the beams. In such cases the ceilings shall be fire-retarded according to the requirements of 1 RCNY § 15-07(b)(1) or (b)(2).
(1) In old law tenements where the number of apartments is not being increased, existing wood doors opening into public halls, entrance halls or stair halls may remain provided such doors are made to be self-closing (“Butterfly” spring hinges are not acceptable) and, provided further, all glazed transoms and panels in every such door are glazed with wire glass. All such transoms shall be made stationary.
(2) Where, in any old law tenement, the number of apartments is being increased on one or more stories, door openings into public halls, entrance halls or stair halls on each story or stories shall be equipped with self-closing protective assemblies having a fire-resistive rating of at least one hour. In such old law tenements existing wood doors opening into public halls, entrance halls or stair halls may remain on any story where there is no increase in the number of apartments, provided such doors and every transom and panel in same are made to conform to the requirements set forth in 1 RCNY § 15-07(h).
(3) All doors shall be properly fitted to their assemblies and there shall be no unnecessary spaces between doors and door bucks or saddles.
(1) Metal lath. Metal lath shall weigh at least 30 pounds per square yard, except lath used over existing plaster which lath shall weigh at least 3.4 pounds per square yard and be reinforced with rigid ribs not less than three eighths inch (3/8”) deep, spaced not more than eight (8”) on center running full length of sheets. Where ribs exceed 4.8 inches on center, same shall have at least one intermediate one eighth inch (1/8”) inverted rib running the full length of sheets. Metal lath fastened to stubs shall be attached at least six inch (6”) intervals with 4-penny nails or one inch (1”) roofing nails or No. 14 steel wire gauge wire staples, and to wood joists by at least 6-penny nails, one and one-quarter inch (1 1/4”) roofing nails, or one inch (1”) No. 14 steel wire gauge wire staples. When metal lath is applied over existing plastered surfaces, same shall be fastened with nails or staples of the same gauge and such nails or staples shall have anchorage of at least one-half inch (1/2”) in studs and three-quarters inch (3/4”) in joists. Laps between the studs or joists shall be securely tied or laced. Stiffened metal lath on wood studs, or joists, shall be nailed or stapled at least at eight inch (8”) intervals, and the laps between studs similarly tied or laced. Metal lath shall be galvanized or painted.
(2) Plaster boards or perforated rock lath. Plaster boards or perforated rock lath shall be of type and manufacture acceptable to the Department of Buildings. Each board shall bear the name of manufacturer and brand stamped thereon for inspection after erection. Plaster boards or perforated rock lath nailed directly to wood studding or joists shall be fastened with one and one-eighth inches (1 1/8”) wire nails of at least No. 13 steel wire gauge, with flat three-eighth inch (3/8”) heads. When such boards are applied over existing plastered surfaces, same shall be fastened with nails of the same gauge and such nails shall have anchorage of at least one-half inch (1/2”) in studs and three-quarters inch (3/4”) in joists. The maximum space between nails shall be four inches (4”). The joints shall be broken at every other board. The wetting of such boards before plastering is forbidden.
(3) Stamped metal. Stamped metal shall be No. 26 U.S. gauge (equivalent thickness .018 inches or 3/160 inches) with one inch (1”) lapped seams. Size of sheets shall be not more than twenty-four inches by ninety-six inches (24” × 96”), having a selvage consisting of a half-round bead sufficient to create a one inch (1”) overlap at both seams. Nailing shall be secured direct to studs or joists with 6-penny smooth box nails (two inches (2”) or No. 12 1/2 gauge) with nails on end seams spaced not more than three inches (3”) apart. Nailing to plaster is forbidden and in all cases nails shall have anchorage of at least one-half inch (1/2”) in studs and three-quarters inch (3/4”) in joists. All beads at seams shall be chisel sealed, making a tight joint. All sheets shall be marked “26 U.S. Gauge” for identification and inspection after erection.
(4) Mineral wool. Mineral wool shall be of a type and manufacture acceptable to the Department of Buildings. Holes shall be cut approximately three inches (3”) in diameter through the wood lath and plaster near the ceiling, in the panels between each two adjacent studs. As an alternative, holes may be cut approximately three inches by six inches (3” × 6”) on every second stud. Check each stud panel with weight and line to find out whether there is any obstruction. If any cross-bridging or other obstruction is encountered additional holes shall be cut until access has been gained to all open spaces within the stud panel in all specified partitions. Mineral wool shall then be blown into all spaces by the pneumatic method with air pressure sufficient to pack the insulation to a density acceptable to the Department of Buildings. Mineral wool for this work shall be in bags or containers marked with the manufacturer’s name and label specifying its type.
(5) Other materials. No other material may be used unless same is acceptable to the Department of Buildings.
§ 15-08 Fire-Retarding of Cellar Ceilings in Old Law Tenements and Converted Dwellings.
(a) Intent. The fire-retarding rules herewith set forth are approved by the Department of Buildings for the existing multiple dwellings where the ceilings of the cellar or other lowest story is required, by § 85 and § 240, subdivision 3, Multiple Dwelling Law, and by § 27-2044, Housing Maintenance Code, to be fire-retarded in a manner approved by the Department of Buildings.
(1) It is the intent of the law to provide a continuous fire-retarded covering over the entire ceiling of the cellar, or other lowest story, so as to prevent fire communicating with upper stories of a multiple dwelling. Where there is a space less than four feet six inches (4’-6”) in height from the ground or floor level to the underside of the first tier of beams, such space shall be considered as an “air space” and not as a cellar. However, when such space opens to a cellar where fire-retarding of the ceiling is required, then such space shall be separated from the cellar with a partition constructed of incombustible material in which there is provided self-closing door and assembly having a fire-resistive rating of at least one hour. Where the ceiling of the cellar or other lowest story is required to be fire-retarded, all openings in such ceilings for stairways not located directly under a main stair, also openings in ceiling such as pipe shafts, vent shafts, unenclosed dumbwaiter shafts, disused flues, etc., shall be properly closed. (Private stairs within duplex apartments extending into cellar or basement are not required to be enclosed.) New partitions erected to enclose existing stair referred to in the preceding paragraph shall be of incombustible materials. Existing partitions enclosing any such stair will be acceptable where same are of incombustible materials or where same are fire-retarded on both sides in accordance with the methods set forth in 1 RCNY § 15-07(b)(1) or (b)(2) and with materials conforming with the requirement of 1 RCNY § 15-07(i). Door openings in such enclosure partitions shall be equipped with self-closing protective assemblies having fire-resistive ratings of at least one hour. When existing shafts, including dumbwaiter shafts, extend below the ceiling a distance less than one-half (1/2) the height of the cellar, such shafts shall be considered as being part of the cellar ceiling and the enclosures of said shafts shall be fire-retarded in the same manner as required for cellar ceilings. All existing shafts, including dumbwaiter shafts, which extend below the ceiling a distance more than one-half (1/2) the height of the cellar shall be enclosed with incombustible materials. All shafts referred to in this paragraph shall have adequate cleanout at base consisting of fire-proof self-closing door and assembly having a fire-resistive rating of at least one hour. Where new partitions or enclosures are erected in a cellar they shall be constructed of incombustible materials.
(2) Wood girders, columns, posts, etc. The fire-retarding material of ceiling of cellar or other lowest story shall be carried down and around all non-fireproof ceiling projections, such as wood girders, etc., which are less than six inches by six inches (6” × 6”) in dimension. The fire-retarding material also shall be turned down at least three inches (3”) on all non-fire-retarding columns, posts, etc., which are less than six inches (6”) in diameter.
(3) Non-fire-retarded cellar partitions. When non-fire-retarded partitions in cellar, or other lowest story, extend to the ceiling, the fire-retarding material of the ceiling shall be turned down at least three inches (3”) on said partitions, or the partitions shall be cut off at top to permit the fire-retarding of the ceiling to be continuous. Where, in any old law tenement three (3) stories and basement in height, there is also a cellar under the basement story, the ceiling of such cellar shall be fire-retarded; and also, in any such old law tenement, where the main entrance from the grade is to the first story that portion of the basement ceiling which is directly under the first story entrance hall, public hall and stair hall shall be fire-retarded. In every old law tenement three (3) stories and basement in height with no cellar under the basement, where the main entrance from the grade is to the basement story, the ceiling of the basement story shall be fire-retarded throughout. In any such old law tenement where the main entrance from the grade is to the first story no such fire-retarding will be required.
(4) Heating appliances. The portion of the ceiling over any furnace, boiler or hot water heater shall be fire-retarded in accordance with the methods set forth in 1 RCNY §§ 15-07(b)(1) or (b)(2), and such fire-retarding shall extend for a distance of at least four feet (4’-0”) beyond the sides and rear, and eight feet (8’-0”) in front of such furnace or boiler.
(5) It is not intended that these rules and regulations in themselves require plans to be filed. However, should any work involve structural changes, then plans are required to be filed in the Department of Buildings and such changes shall be subject to all other Rules and Regulations applicable thereto.
(6) Work shall not commence until satisfactory evidence has been submitted to the Department of Buildings that compensation insurance has been obtained in accordance with the provisions of the Workmen’s Compensation Law.
§ 15-09 Fire-Retarding of Cooking Spaces in All Multiple Dwellings.
(a) Intent. The rules herewith set forth are approved by the Department of Buildings for the protection of cooking spaces under §§ 33 and 176 of the Multiple Dwelling Law. As set forth in § 33 of the Multiple Dwelling Law, nothing in these rules shall be construed as permitting fire-retarding partitions in fireproof multiple dwellings.
§ 15-10 Fire Escapes, Fire Stairs and Fire Towers.
(a) Intent. These rules have been approved by the Department to supplement the provisions of § 53 of the Multiple Dwelling Law in relation to Fire Escapes, fire-stairs, etc. Where fire escapes serve as a means of exit from other than multiple dwellings, such fire escapes shall comply with the laws governing such occupancy. The voluntary erection of fire escapes on private residence buildings or business and residence buildings shall be in conformity with these rules and regulations unless otherwise directed by the Borough Superintendent of the Department of Buildings. It is the intent of these rules to cover only general conditions and they are not designed to cover specific or special cases. When such may occur the owner is required to consult the Department of Buildings and receive instructions before starting of work.
(1) Fire escapes on multiple dwellings requiring new certificate of occupancy. Except as provided in 1 RCNY § 15-10(g)(2) re lodging houses, double-rung ladder type fire escapes will not be accepted when a new Certificate of Occupancy is required.
(2) Alterations for increased occupancy. Where an alteration is made increasing occupancy on any story and a fire escape is required such fire escape shall conform to the provisions of § 53 of the Multiple Dwelling Law and to the applicable provisions of these rules.
(1) Caution. No fire escapes shall be removed from any apartment without due precaution against leaving occupants without fire escape protection as required by subdivision 9 of § 53 of the Multiple Dwelling Law.
(2) Entrance story, etc. – second means of egress. Where the distance to safe landing, from the window sill of any apartment on any story, including the entrance story, is more than twelve feet (12’-0”), a balcony and sliding drop-ladder or other approved second means of egress shall be provided for such apartment. Safe egress to street or other safe place shall be provided from the termination of such means of egress.
(3) Application blanks and plans. Before the erection of new fire escapes or alteration of existing fire escapes upon any multiple dwelling, application must be filed with and approved by the Department of Buildings.
(4) Projections beyond the building line. Every part of fire escapes or balconies erected on the fronts of multiple dwellings shall be at least ten feet (10’) above the sidewalk when such fire escapes or balconies project beyond the building line.
(1) New party-wall balconies. The erection of new party-wall balconies shall be subject to the discretion and jurisdiction of the Department of Buildings, provided, however, that there shall be no doors or openings in the wall between the buildings served by such balconies other than windows in fireproof airshafts. New party-wall balconies will not be permitted on adjoining frame multiple dwellings.
(2) Existing party-wall balconies. Party-wall balconies existing on any multiple dwelling shall afford safe egress, be kept in good order and repair, be constructed so as to be structurally strong and shall be maintained in conformity with all other applicable laws, rules and regulations. Such fire escapes are acceptable on occupied multiple dwellings.
(1) Any existing party-wall fire escape (stairways) connection with and used in common by a multiple dwelling and a non-multiple dwelling is acceptable when such fire escape is maintained in good order and repair and affords safe egress.
(1) Double-rung ladders will not be permitted on new fire escapes.
(2) Any fire escape existing prior to the enactment of the Multiple Dwelling Law on any multiple dwelling that does not require a certificate of occupancy resulting from an alteration, if structurally sound and in good condition and provided with existing ladders inclined at an angle not exceeding eighty (80) degrees and equipped with double-rung steps and which affords safe egress, shall be deemed to be a legal fire escape. When a Certificate of Occupancy is requested or required in connection with a lodging house which is equipped with a double-rung ladder Fire Escape and such fire escape is in good repair and adequate, except as to type, and only minor violations exist the correction of which will make the premises conform to all other law requirements, the existing double-rung ladder fire escape may be accepted.
(3) Except as provided in 1 RCNY § 15-10(g)(2) re lodging houses, double-rung ladders are not acceptable when a new Certificate of Occupancy is to be issued.
(1) Egress from apartments used for “Single Room Occupancy”. No room in any apartment shall be so occupied for “single room occupancy” unless each room therein shall have free and unobstructed access to each required means of egress from the dwelling without passing through any sleeping room, bathroom or water-closet compartment. In apartments used for “single room occupancy” there shall be access to a second means of egress within the apartment without passing through any public stair or public hall. On and after July 1, 1957, every tenement used or occupied for single room occupancy in whole or part under the provisions of § 248, Multiple Dwelling Law, and which does not have at least two means of egress accessible to each apartment and extending from the ground story to the roof, shall be provided with at least two means of egress, or, in lieu of such egress, every stair hall or public hall, and every hall or passage within an apartment, shall be equipped on each story with one or more automatic sprinkler heads approved by the department. Elevator shafts in such tenements shall be completely enclosed with fireproof or other incombustible material and the doors to such shafts shall be fireproof or shall be covered on all sides with incombustible material. In apartments used for “single room occupancy” where access to a required means of egress is provided through a room such access to such room shall be through a clear opening at least thirty inches (30”) wide extending from floor to ceiling and such opening shall not be equipped with any door frame, or with any device by means of which the opening may be closed, concealed or obstructed.
(1) Steel casement sash. Steel casement sash opening outward onto any fire escape balcony three feet six inches (3’-6”) in width will be permitted, provided such sash is equipped with approved extension hinges so that, when opened, the sash will be flat against the wall, and further provided that there will be no adjusters on the sash as part of its equipment. Passageway of fourteen inches (14”) clear width is required to be maintained between the sash or hinges and any portion of the fire escape when the sash lies flat against the wall. When casement sash is set at right angle to the fire escape stairway a clear radial width of twenty inches (20”) must be provided.
(2) Wire screens and storm windows. Wire screens are permitted on a door or window giving access to a fire escape. Such screens may be of the rolling type, casement or of a type that slides vertically or horizontally in sections, providing that there shall be a clear unobstructed space two feet (2’) in width and two feet six inches (2’-6”) in height when the screens are opened and further provided that no such screen shall be subdivided with muntins or other dividing or separating bars into spaces less than two feet (2’) in width by two feet six inches (2’-6”) in height. Storm sash and storm doors are permitted on openings giving access to fire escapes provided they are arranged so as to be easily and readily opened from the inside and do not obstruct or interfere with safe egress.
(1) Hereafter erected extension roofs. Where the roof of an extension hereafter erected is to be used as a means of egress from a fire escape, or where a fire escape balcony is located directly above said roof, such roof shall be of fireproof construction.
(2) Existing extension roofs. Except in converted dwellings where sprinklers may be installed, in every multiple dwelling where a fire escape balcony is situated over and not more than eight feet (8’) above a non-fireproof roof, or where a non-fireproof roof of an extension is to be used as egress from fire escapes, the entire ceiling of said extension must be fire-retarded with metal lath and cement or gypsum mortar in the manner prescribed in 1 RCNY § 15-07(b)(1) and (i)(1), or with one-half inch (1/2”) approved plaster boards lined with No. 26 U.S. gauge stamped metal. In buildings requiring the issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy as a result of being altered structurally, the only approved method shall be with cement of gypsum mortar and metal lath weighing not less than three (3.0) pounds per square yard which shall be applied directly to the beams or other structural members. Where the roof of an existing extension is used as fire egress, a balcony shall be provided at the level of the roof and, if the distance between the said balcony and a safe landing is more than sixteen feet (16’-0”), a landing platform must be provided not more than ten feet (10’-0”) from said safe landing and this landing platform and the balcony on the roof level must be connected by a regulation stairway. From the landing platform a drop-ladder in guides must be provided so as to reach the safe landing. A balcony and drop-ladder in guides as per 1 RCNY § 15-10(r)(11) shall be provided for every two fire escape stacks or fraction thereof using an extension roof for landing and fire egress.
(3) Skylights on extensions. Any existing skylights in said roof must be constructed of incombustible material whenever deemed necessary. Where skylights exist or are hereafter constructed on the roof of an extension used as a means of egress from a fire escape, they must not interfere with egress in any way and if in the line of said egress, they must be provided with a substantial guard-rail not less than three feet six inches (3’-6”) high.
(1) Fire escapes in court (side yard). Except as provided in 1 RCNY § 15-10(bb)(6) where an apartment has a street frontage and extends also to a yard, fire escapes may be permitted to be placed in a court (side yard) if the court (side yard) is not less than seven feet (7’-0”) wide. In any multiple dwelling where exterior structural conditions are such as to prevent the erection of a fire escape on the street front or yard, new fire escapes may be permitted to be erected in a lot-line court (side yard) providing the lot-line court (side yard) extends from street to rear yard and is not less than three feet (3’-0”) in width for its full length. Fire escapes erected in such court may be three feet (3’-0”) wide when the width of such court does not permit balconies three feet four inches (3’-4”) in width. The width of stairways and passageways and other arrangement details affected by the permitted reduction in the width of balconies will be determined and furnished to contractor by the Department upon request.
(2) Where an existing apartment in a tenement erected prior to April 12, 1901, is located entirely on a court and has no rooms opening on the street or yard, fire escapes hereafter provided for such apartments may be located in courts under the same conditions as prescribed for existing fire escapes in 1 RCNY § 15-10(d).
(1) Definition of “Type A” and “Type B” fire escapes. A “Type A” fire escape is one which has a supporting bracket at each end of the balcony or platform. A “Type B” fire escape is one which has brackets not more than four feet (4’) apart supporting the balcony or platform.
(2) Cantilever brackets will not be accepted for new fire escapes on existing buildings.
(3) Details of other types of structural supports for fire escapes must be submitted to and approved by the Department before being used in the construction of fire escapes.
(4) “Type A” fire escapes are not permitted on frame buildings, walls or hollow masonry constructions, on walls of solid masonry less than eight inch (8”) in thickness nor on hollow walls of solid masonry unless complete construction details are submitted to and approved by the Department before the construction of fire escapes.
(1) Passageway. Seventeen inches (17”) in width is required between the strings of stairs and the wall, or between the strings of stairs and railings, clear of all projections to a height of six feet six inches (6’-6”). Fourteen inches (14”) clear width is required between the hatchway railing and the window sill. Seventeen inches (17”) in width is required between the gooseneck ladder and the hatchway on the upper balcony.
(2) Openings. The openings for stairways in all balconies shall be not less than twenty-one inches (21”) wide, and of such length as to provide at least six feet six inches (6’-6”) clear headroom on all stairways at every tread, and shall have no covers of any kind. A round, iron guard rail, three-quarters inch (3/4”) in diameter shall be provided around all hatchways on all new balconies, and also, when necessary, around hatchways on existing balconies. Such guard rails shall be at least two feet six inches (2’-6”) high and shall be properly braced at intervals of three feet (3’). The brace from guard rail to the front top rail shall be so arranged to allow six feet six inches (6’-6”) of headroom on the stairway. Openings are not permitted in the floor of the lowest balcony of any new fire escapes. Egress must be from a gateway in the front or end rail.
(3) Top rails. New top rails must be one and three-quarters inches by one-half inch (1 3/4” × 1/2”) wrought iron or steel. Angle iron top rails will not be accepted. Separate bolt ends must be one and one-half inches by one-half inch (1 1/2” × 1/2”) at connection with top rails and secured to the same by two three-eighths inch (3/8”) bolts well upset. No welded connections, other than shop welding, for top rails, will be permitted. Top rails must go through the wall. When the wall is of brick, stone or concrete they must be anchored on the inner face thereof by means of nuts and four-inch by four-inch by three-eighths inch (4” × 4” × 3/8”) washers. Where a masonry wall is eight inches (8”) in thickness the washers shall be continuous and shall extend vertically from four inches (4”) below the bracket anchorage to four inches (4”) above the top rail. Bolt ends must be at least three-quarters inch (3/4”) in diameter. Top rails must be anchored in the wall at least nine inches (9”) from the window or door opening. On recess fire escapes the top rails need not go through the wall, but must be hot leaded six inches (6”) in brick or stone and at least twelve inches (12”) from the outside face of the wall. The front and return top rail, unless in one (1) piece, must be secured at the angle in the following manner: (1) with lap joint, by one-half inch (1/2”) rivet and a strap of same dimension as the top rail, with one (1) three-eighths inch (3/8”) rivet or bolt in each end of the strap; (2) with butt joint, by a triangular plate four inches by six inches by three-eighths inch (4” × 6” × 3/8”) secured to each member of the top rail by two (2) three-eighths inch (3/8”) rivets or bolts. Top rails may be spliced with iron of the same dimensions as the rails with two (2) three-eighths inch (3/8”) rivets or bolts on each side of the splice, or may be overlapped not less than eight inches (8”) and secured by two (2) three-eighths inch (3/8”) bolts or rivets. Where front rails are not rigid they must be braced with outside braces. Said braces must be wrought iron not less than one and three-quarters inches by one-half inch (1 3/4” × 1/2”) placed on edge. The braces must be properly spaced and secured to the extended brackets and top rails by three-eighths inch (3/8”) rivets or bolts. Where brackets are extended to receive outside braces the extended portion must never be less than two inches by one-half inch (2” × 1/2”) and secured to the bracket by two (2) three-eighths inch (3/8”) rivets or bolts. Bow braces and over head braces will not be accepted.
(4) Bottom rails. Bottom rails must be one and one-half inches by three-eighths inch (1 1/2” × 3/8”) wrought iron and front rail of same must be secured to brackets by three-eighths inch (3/8”) rivets or bolts. Return bottom rails must be leaded or cemented in the wall when the latter is of brick, or may be secured to the brackets when this is practicable. The bottom front and return rails must be connected at angles by at least one (1) three-eighths inch (3/8”) rivet or bolt well burred. They may be spliced as in case of top rails.
(5) Standards. Standards must be not less than one-half inch (1/2”) round or square set vertically, riveted to the top and bbottom rails, not more than six inches (6”) apart on centers. Special designs must be submitted for any variation, and approved before work is begun.
(6) Floor slats. Floor slats must be of wrought iron one and one-half inches (1 1/2”) in width and three-eighths inch (3/8”) thick and placed not more than one and one-quarter inches (1 1/4”) apart. In new balconies floor slats shall not project more than six inches (6”), and in old balconies not more than eighteen inches (18”), beyond the end bracket and shall not be supported by the bottom rail. All floors must be well secured to the brackets by three-eighths inch (3/8”) “U” or damp bolts. Floor slats may be spliced with a four-inch (4”) splice late three-eighths inch (3/8”) thick, secured by three-eighths inch (3/8”) countersunk or round-head bolts or rivets on each side of the joint. The ends of the floor slats must not project over stairs so as to overhang the top tread more than one-half inch (1/2”). The ends of such floor slats shall not be cut or burned off so as to be jagged or uneven. The floor slats shall be in true alignment.
(7) Battens. Battens must be one and one-half inches by three-eighths inch (1 1/2” × 3/8”) not more than three feet (3’) apart, riveted to the slats by five-sixteenth inch (5/16”) rivets and so spaced as to secure rigidity. No welded connections, other than shop welding, for top rails will be permitted. Top rails must go through the wall. When the wall is of brick, stone or concrete they must be anchored on the inner face thereof by means of nuts and four-inch by four-inch by three-eighths inch (4” × 4” × 3/8”) washers. Where a masonry wall is eight inches (8”) in thickness the washers shall be continuous and shall extend vertically from four inches (4”) below the bracket anchorage to four inches (4”) above the top rail. Bolt ends must be at least three-quarters inch (3/4”) in diameter. Top rails must be anchored in the wall at least nine inches (9”) from the window or door opening. On recess fire escapes the top rails need not go through the wall, but must be hot leaded six inches (6”) in brick or stone and at least twelve inches (12”) from the outside face of the wall. The front and return top rail, unless in one (1) piece, must be secured at the angle in the following manner: (1) with lap joint, by one-half inch (1/2”) rivet and a strap of same dimension as the top rail, with one (1) three-eighths inch (3/8”) rivet or bolt in each end of the strap; (2) with butt joint, by a triangular plate four inches by six inches by three-eighths inch (4” × 6” × 3/8”) secured to each member of the top rail by two (2) three-eighths inch (3/8”) rivets or bolts. Top rails may be spliced with iron of the same dimensions as the rails with two (2) three-eighths inch (3/8”) rivets or bolts on each side of the splice, or may be overlapped not less than eight inches (8”) and secured by two (2) three-eighths inch (3/8”) bolts or rivets. Where front rails are not rigid they must be braced with outside braces. Said braces must be wrought iron not less than one and three-quarters inches by one-half inch (1 3/4” × 1/2”) placed on edge. The braces must be properly spaced and secured to the extended brackets and top rails by three-eighths inch (3/8”) rivets or bolts. Where brackets are extended to receive outside braces the extended portion must never be less than two inches by one-half inch (2” × 1/2”) and secured to the bracket by two (2) three-eighths inch (3/8”) rivets or bolts. Bow braces and over head braces will not be accepted.
(8) Landings. Landings at the head and foot of stairs shall be at least forty inches by twenty inches (40” × 20”), except on the balcony on the top story where the gooseneck ladder is located such landing shall be not less than forty inches by thirty inches (40” × 30”). On the lowest balcony where the opening to drop-ladder is in the return rail at front of the lowest tread the landing must be at least forty inches by thirty-six inches (40” × 36”).
(9) Egress from lowest balcony. The gateway in the rail must be of sufficient width to permit the proper installation of the drop-ladder and guide-rods. Where the opening to the drop-ladder is in the return rail and at front of the lowest step, the landing at the foot of the stairs must be at least three feet by three feet, four inches (3’ × 3’ × 4”). Top rails must be well braced at the gateway.
(10) Distance from lowest balcony to ground. The distance from the lowest balcony to the ground or safe landing shall be not more than sixteen feet (16’-0”), except that in existing multiple dwellings where due to structural conditions, such as plate glass store fronts, etc., it is not possible to erect such lowest balcony within sixteen feet (16’-0”) of the ground, the Department of Buildings may permit such balcony to be erected at a height of not more than eighteen feet (18’-0”) above the ground.
(11) Termination of fire escapes on extension roofs. Where fire escape stairs or ladders rest upon a fireproof roof, no balcony need be provided at the foot of such stairs or ladders. Where fire escapes terminate on the roof of an existing extension, a guide-rod drop-ladder shall be provided at the level of the roof of such extension. Where the distance from such roof to a safe landing is more than sixteen feet (16’-0”), an intermediate balcony not more than ten feet (10’-0”) above a safe landing shall be provided, and such intermediate balcony shall be equipped with a guide-rod and drop-ladder and connected by means of a regulation stairway and balcony at the level of the extension roof. Balconies, where required, must be anchored and constructed in a manner satisfactory to the Department of Buildings. The roof of every extension used for egress, or upon which fire escapes terminate, shall be fireproof or fire-retarded according to the provisions of 1 RCNY § 15-10(m).
(1) “Type A”. All horizontal members of brackets and all cross beams shall be not less than four-inch (4”) channels weighing not less than seven and one-quarter (7.25) pounds to the linear foot. The end bracket members shall enter the wall at a point not less than nine inches (9”) from a door or window and shall be anchored on the inside face of the wall with an eight-inch by eight-inch by three-eighths inch (8” × 8” × 3/8”) washer and a one-inch (1”) bolt and nut. Where the wall is eight inches (8”) in thickness the washer shall be continuous and shall extend across all brackets and cross beams. The bolt end shall be wrought iron not less than two inches by one-half inch (2” × 1/2”) which shall be drawn out to form the necessary bolt end without welded connections. The bolt end shall be secured to the bracket with two (2) one-half inch (1/2”) rivets. On eight-inch (8”) walls the bolt end shall not be less than nine inches (9”) long. On twelve-inch (12”) walls the bolt end shall not be less than eleven inches (11”) long. On sixteen-inch (16”) walls the bolt end shall not be less than fifteen inches (15”) long. When the wall is eight inches (8”) in thickness the bracket member shall enter the wall not less than seven inches (7”). When the wall is twelve inches (12”) in thickness the bracket member shall enter the wall not less than eleven inches (11”). When the wall is sixteen inches (16”) in thickness the bracket member shall enter the wall not less than fifteen inches (15”). The intermediate cross beams shall enter the wall not less than eight inches (8”) except where they enter the wall under a window. In such case the cross beam shall enter the wall not less than four inches (4”). The member forming the hatchway opening shall be a four-inch (4”) channel iron weighing not less than seven and one-quarter (7.25) pounds per foot. It shall be secured to the intermediate cross beam with a three-inch by three-inch by one-quarter inch (3” × 3” × 1/4”) lug and two (2) one-half inch (1/2”) rivets or bolts. The front bottom member of the fire escape shall be of the following size and weights:
| Length of Balcony | Weight of Channels | Size of Channels |
|---|---|---|
| Up to 11 feet | 9.0 pounds per foot | 5 inches |
| Up to 13 feet | 10.5 pounds per foot | 6 inches |
| Up to 15 feet | 12.25 pounds per foot | 7 inches |
| Up to 17 feet | 13.75 pounds per foot | 8 inches |
~
The bracket braces shall be angle iron not less than two and one-half inches by two and one-half inches by one-quarter inch (2 1/2” × 2 1/2” × 1/4”). The braces shall drop not less than twenty-four inches (24”) from the top of the bracket and shall extend out to a point not less than three-quarters (3/4) of the length of the bracket. Each member of the brace shall be secured to the bracket with two (2) one-half inch (1/2”) rivets. The drop member of the brace shall be secured to the extended member with two (2) one-half inch (1/2”) rivets. The heel of the brace shall be cut out one-half inch (1/2”) to allow for the drainage of water. Where, owing to cornices, water-tables and porticos, it is impossible to use the standard brackets, inverted brackets may be used. When inverted brackets are used they shall be constructed with an upright wall member and a diagonal member. The wall member shall be an angle iron not less than three inches by four inches by three-eighths inch (3” × 4” × 3/8”) and the diagonal member shall be an angle iron not less than three inches by three inches by three-eighths inch (3” × 4” × 3/8”). Each member shall be secured to the bracket with two (2) one-half inch (1/2”) rivets. The wall members shall be secured to the wall with two (2) one-inch (1”) bolts which shall pass through the wall and be anchored on the inside face of the wall with a washer four inches by three-eighths inch (4” × 3/8”) which shall extend across the two (2) bolts. A one-inch (1”) nut shall secure the washer to the bolt. The bolts shall be placed sixteen inches (16”) apart on centers. The four-inch (4”) member of the wall brace shall bear against the wall and shall extend from the bracket to and above the top return rail of the balcony. The top return rail of the balcony shall be secured to the wall member of the brace with two (2) one-inch (1”) rivets or nuts and bolts. When inverted braces are used the bracket member shall enter the wall not less than four inches (4”). All other portions of “Type A” fire escapes, except roof balconies, shall be constructed and erected as specified for the construction and erection of “Type B” fire escapes.
(2) “Type B”. The horizontal members of brackets shall consist of a one-piece wrought iron bar two inches by one-half inch (2” × 1/2”) set so that the two inch (2”) dimension is vertical. Brackets shall be not more than four feet (4’-0”) apart. Welded brackets will not be accepted. Angle iron brackets will not be accepted. The top member of the bracket must be drawn out to form the necessary bolt end without welded connection. Brackets shall be placed not less than eight inches (8”) nor more than sixteen inches (16”) below the window sill, except by special permission from this Department. The top member of the bracket must go through the wall, and when the wall is of brick, must be anchored as specified for brackets in new buildings. Brackets on buildings in course of erection must be built into the wall. They must be carried through the wall and turned down three inches (3”), or the top member must be drawn out so as to form a bolt end one inch (1”) in diameter and provided with nuts and with washers four inches by six inches (4” × 6”) and three-eighths inch (3/8”) in thickness, or where brackets on existing buildings or buildings in the course of erection pass through the walls under window or door openings, such brackets shall be anchored on the inside face of the wall with a four-inch by three-eighths inch (4” × 3/8”) plate extending across the opening and bearing nine inches (9”) on the inner face of each pier. In such case an additional one-half inch (1/2”) bolt passing through wall and anchored to plate with one-half inch (1/2”) nut shall be provided. If wall is recessed said bar must be shaped so as to bear on inner face of recessed wall and the ends of said bar to bear nine inches (9”) on inner face of each pier. In addition a four-inch (4”) steel channel stiffener must be provided to extend across the entire recessed portion. Blocking the recessed portion will not be permitted. Where walls are eight inches (8”) in thickness the four-inch by three-eighths inch (4” × 3/8”) plate must extend across and take in all brackets. Special designs must be submitted for fire escape framing other than standard and for masonry openings not included in above schedule. Horizontal members of brackets must be braced with one-inch (1”) square braces and shall rest on a shoulder. The braces shall be secured to the horizontal member with a rivet one-half inch (1/2”) in diameter, at a point two-thirds (2/3”) of the length of the horizontal member from the wall. The heel of the brace must be secured to the top member by a rivet of the same size. The brace when entering the wall must be hot leaded in brick or stone three inches (3”) and have a proper bearing on the face of the wall for at least eight inches (8”). If wedges are used to obtain full bearing against the wall, they must be of iron and well secured to the brace and must fill in solidly the space between brace and wall. Anchorage in or bracing in terra cotta is not permitted. Braces must drop at least one-third (1/3) of the length of the long brackets and must drop not less than eight inches (8”) for short brackets. Where a bracket is to receive additional weight on account of suspension rod for lower balconies, said bracket must be reinforced by an additional one-inch (1”) square brace running from the end of the bracket parallel to the regulation brace. Where it is impossible to brace the brackets in the manner described above, angle iron and tie rod supports must be used.
(3) Anchorages for mullion windows, both “Type A” and “Type B”.
| Masonry Span | Brackets | Anchorage Member |
|---|---|---|
| 5’-0” | 3’-6”long | 6”channel 10.5 pounds or 6”×4”×9/16”angle |
| 6’-0” | 3’-6”long | 7”channel 9.8 pounds or 6”×4”×11/16”angle |
| 7’-0” | 3’-6”long | 8”channel 11.5 pounds or 7”channel 12.25 pounds |
| 8’-0” | 3’-6”long | 8”channel 11.5 pounds |
| 9’-0” | 3’-6”long | 8”channel 13.75 pounds |
| 5’-0” | 4’-0”long | 8”channel 11.5 pounds or 6”×4”×3/4”angle |
| 6’-0” | 4’-0”long | 8”channel 11.5 pounds |
| 7’-0” | 4’-0”long | 8”channel 13.75 pounds |
| 8’-0” | 4’-0”long | 8”channel 16.25 pounds |
| 9’-0” | 4’-0”long | 8”channel 21.25 pounds |
~
Notes: l – Working stresses taken at 16,000 pounds per square inch.
Notes: 2 – Load taken at 100 pounds per sq. ft. and includes live and dead loads.
Notes: 3 – Loads on anchorage members due to bracket reaction placed for maximum bending moment produced in member.
Notes: 4 – Bearing plates of suitable size must be provided for brackets taking ladder load and for anchorage members.
6” × 49/16” angle weighs 18.1 pounds per lin. ft.
6” × 411/16” angle weighs 21.8 pounds per lin. ft.
6” × 43/4” angle weighs 23.6 pounds per lin. ft.
Angle irons to support balconies where regulation braces cannot be used shall not be less than four inches by four inches by three-eighths inch (4” × 4” × 3/8”). Tie rods shall not be less than one inch (1”) in diameter and shall be anchored through the wall in the same manner as brackets. The angle iron support in such cases shall be set so that the tie rods will pull toward the heaviest part of the webs. When it becomes necessary to shift a bracket from one location to another in order to carry the stairs, a new regulation two inch by one-half inch (2” × 1/2”) bracket shall be installed. No welded brackets, corroded brackets or brackets set flat with cast iron under-bracing will be accepted. Such brackets shall be replaced, wherever found, by a two-inch by one-half inch (2” × 1/2”) rregulation bracket. However, when a two inch by one-half inch (2” × 1/2”) bar bracket with cast iron under-bracing is found, said bracket may be permitted to remain if proper one inch (1”) square under-bracing is provided.
(1) Treads. Treads of such construction as may be approved by the Department from time to time will be permitted. Flat iron bars forming treads must be one and one-half inches by three-eighths inch (1 1/2” × 3/8”) and spaced not more than three-quarters of an inch (3/4”) apart. Bars forming treads must be secured to supporting angle irons by three-eighths inch (3/8”) rivets and these angle irons must be fastened to the strings by two (2) three-eighths inch (3/8”) rivets or bolts, well burred. Galvanized angle irons one and one-half inches by one and one-half inches by one-quarter inch (1 1/2” × 1 1/2” × 1/4”) will be accepted but if not galvanized, said angle irons shall be one and one-half inches by one and one-half inches by three-eighths inch (1 1/2” × 1 1/2” × 3/8”). In all cases the vertical legs of the angle irons must be set tightly against the strings so that there will be no intervening spaces. All treads must be set level and must not overhang so as to interfere with foot room on the tread below.
(2) Patented treads. Patented treads approved by the Department of Buildings or previously approved by the Board of Standards and Appeals for new installations will be accepted by the Department of Buildings as legal for use in buildings under its jurisdiction. Five samples of approved treads to be furnished to the Department of Buildings (one delivered to each borough) as a permanent record.
(3) Strings. Where the strings of the stairs are adjacent to the front rails the strings must be securely fastened to the top rails. Strings must be braced by round bars three-quarters inch (3/4”) in thickness, properly hot-leaded or secured by four inches by three-eighths inch (4” × 3/8”) expansion bolts in brick or stone wall at height of not less than six feet six inches (6‘6”) in the clear above the floor of the balcony. Strings of stairways shall be four inches by three-eighths inch (4” × 3/8”) wrought iron and shall rest on a bracket at the bottom and be bolted to a bracket at the top. Welded strings, other than shop welded, will not be accepted.
(4) Hand rails. Hand rails must be of wrought iron, three-quarters inch (3/4”) round or one and one-half inches by three-eighths inch (1 1/2” × 3/8”) bar, well braced with intermediate braces not more than five feet (5’-0”) apart, and of the same size and material as the hand rail, and secured to the strings with two (2) three-eighths inch (3/8”) rivets at each end and at each brace; or hand rails may be secured to the bottom rail of the upper balcony and top rail of the lower balcony by two (2) three-eighths inch (3/8”) rivets at each end. On all fire escapes hereafter erected double hand rails must be provided for all stairways.
(1) Guides. All drop-ladders shall have guides provided with stops so that the ladders cannot be raised above the same. The drop-ladder must be suspended from a point directly over the opening in the rail of the balcony and arranged to slide in the guides so as to drop in position for use. All drop-ladders shall be provided with a shoe at the bottom. The guides shall be constructed of one and one-half inches by one and one-half inches by one-quarter inch (1 1/2” × 1 1/2” × 1/4”) angle iron, and shall be not less than twenty-one inches (21”) apart.
(2) Strings. Strings of drop-ladders must be one and one-half inches by three-eighths inch (1 1/2” × 3/8”) bar. No welded drop-ladders will be accepted unless shop welded.
(3) Rungs. The rungs must be five-eighths inch (5/8”) in thickness, not over twelve inches (12”) apart and must be riveted to the strings.
(v) Gooseneck ladder. The top balcony of every fire escape shall be provided with a stair or with a gooseneck ladder leading from said balcony to and above the roof, except that no such stairs or gooseneck ladders will be required in the following locations or under the following conditions:
(1) On multiple dwellings with peak roofs having a pitch of more than twenty (20) degrees.
(2) Where fire escapes are located on the fronts or in street courts of multiple dwellings facing upon the street. Where a multiple dwelling does not face upon the street, such as a multiple dwelling located at the rear of a lot upon which there is another building, every fire escape on such multiple dwelling shall be provided with a stair or gooseneck ladder as required above, except where the roof of such building has a pitch of more than twenty (20) degrees as stated in exception (1) above. Except as provided in exceptions (1) and (2) above, every fire escape on every hereafter erected or converted multiple dwelling, and every new Fire Escape hereafter provided on every existing multiple dwelling shall be provided with a regulation stairway from the top balcony to the roof when such buildings exceed four (4) stories in height. In such multiple dwellings exceeding four (4) stories in height when due to special structural conditions which would not permit the erection of a stair from the top balcony to the roof or where the height from the top balcony to the roof may be such as to make the installation of a stair impractical, the Department of Buildings may accept a gooseneck ladder in lieu of a regulation stairway. The top balcony of a fire escape on every multiple dwelling not exceeding four (4) stories in height may be equipped with a gooseneck ladder.
(i) Construction and location of gooseneck ladders. The gooseneck ladder shall be fifteen inches (15”) wide and shall be so located that it will not obstruct egress from the apartment or apartments on the top floor. The effective opening between the side of any window and the string of gooseneck ladder shall be not less than twenty-four inches (24”). The gooseneck ladder must be fourteen inches (14”) from the front rail on existing balconies and twenty-one inches (21”) on balconies hereafter erected.
(ii) Strings. The gooseneck ladder must be constructed with one piece strings of two inch by one-half inch (2” × 1/2”) wrought iron. Strings must be directly secured to the brackets or secured to a two inch by one-half inch (2” × 1/2”) bar bearing on two (2) brackets and well secured to strings and brackets by three-eighths inch (3/8”) bolts or rivets. Strings must spread at the parapet wall or roof to give a passageway of eighteen inches (18”). Strings must be tied through the wall by braces going through the parapet immediately above the roof, or, in the absence of the parapet wall, the said braces must go through the wall immediately below the ceiling of the top floor and be secured by three-quarters inch (3/4”) bolts and four inches by four inches by three-eighths inch (4” × 4” × 3/8”) washers. The gooseneck ladder strings must extend thirty inches (30”) above the roof level. Where there is a parapet, a gateway at the roof level shall be provided. The strings of the gooseneck ladder must be secured to and braced at the roof.
(iii) Rungs. Rungs shall be of wrought iron five-eighths inch (5/8”) thick, spaced not more than twelve inches (12”) apart and shall be riveted through the strings. The top rung of all gooseneck ladders shall be level with the roof.
(1) Brackets. Horizontal members of brackets must be one and three-quarters inches by one-half inch (1 3/4” × 1/2”) wrought iron set on edge; one inch (1”) bolt end through a four inches by three-eighths inch (4” × 3/8”) iron plate, long enough to take in all brackets, secured to and bearing directly on the inside of the studs. Spaces between the studs behind such plates shall be filled in solidly with timber secured to the studs. The heel of bracket braces must rest against one and three-quarter inches by one and three-quarter inches by one-quarter high (1 3/4” × 1 3/4” × 1/4”) angle iron extended across and well secured to studs.
(2) Top rails. Top rails shall be anchored by three-quarters inch (3/4”) bolt ends, through a four inch by three-eighths inch (4” × 3/8”) wrought iron plate spanning at least two (2) studs. Space behind plate and between studs shall be blocked solidly.
(3) Bottom rails. Bottom rails shall be secured to the siding in a substantial manner with two (2) one and one-quarter inch (1 1/4”) No. 14 wood screws, or may be secured to the brackets where practicable.
(4) Stairways. Stair braces shall be secured to the wall of the building by two (2) No. 14 wood screws.
(aa) Fire towers. Fire towers shall be constructed according to approved plans and applications filed with the Department of Buildings.
(bb) Egress. Hotels and certain other class A and class B dwellings which are subject to the provisions of § 67, Multiple Dwelling Law.
(1) Exceptions. Any such multiple dwelling, altered or erected after April fifth, nineteen hundred forty-four, and which is required to conform to the provisions of articles one, two, three, four, five, eight, nine and eleven of Multiple Dwelling Law, shall not be required to conform to the provisions of 1 RCNY § 15-10(bb)(1)(i), (2), (3) and (4).
(i) Except in fireproof class A multiple dwellings erected under plans filed after January first, nineteen hundred twenty-five, and which were completed before December thirty-one, nineteen hundred thirty-three, and except as otherwise provided in paragraph (4) of subdivision (bb) of this section, in every such dwelling three (3) or more stories in height there shall be from each story at least two (2) independent means of unobstructed egress located remote from each other and accessible to each room, apartment or suite.
(2) First means of egress. The first means of egress shall be an enclosed stair extending directly to a street, or to a yard, court or passageway affording continuous, safe and unobstructed access to a street, or by an enclosed stair leading to the entrance story, which story shall have direct access to a street. That area of the dwelling immediately above the street level and commonly known as the main floor, where the occupants are registered and the usual business of the dwelling is conducted, shall be considered a part of the entrance story; and a required stair terminating at such main floor or its mezzanine shall be deemed to terminate at the entrance story. An elevator or unenclosed escalator shall never be accepted as a required means of egress.
(3) Second means of egress. The second means of egress shall be by an additional enclosed stair conforming to the provisions of 1 RCNY § 15-10(bb)(2), a fire-stair, a fire-tower or an outside fire escape. In a non-fireproof dwelling when it is necessary to pass through a stair enclosure which may or may not be a required means of egress to reach a required means of egress, such stair enclosure and that part of the public hall or corridor leading thereto from a room, apartment or suite, shall be protected by one (1) or more sprinkler heads; in a fireproof dwelling only that part of the hall or corridor leading to such stair enclosure need be so protected.
(4) Required second means of egress – impractical. Where it is impractical in such existing dwellings to provide a second means of egress, the department may order additional alteration to the first means of egress and shafts, stairs and other vertical openings as the department may deem necessary to safeguard the occupants of the dwelling, may require the public halls providing access to the first means of egress to be equipped on each story with one (1) or more automatic sprinkler heads, and, in non-fireproof dwellings, may also require automatic sprinkler heads in the stair which serves as the only means of egress.
(5) Public halls and corridors providing access to fire escapes. Public halls and corridors providing access to fire escapes, existing and new, are acceptable when a direct and uninterrupted line to travel to the fire escape is provided. Public halls and corridors providing access to fire escapes shall be fire-retarded or shall be equipped with automatic sprinkler heads. The fire-retarding and sprinkler installation shall be in conformity with the rules and regulations of this department and as required by § 67(3) of the Multiple Dwelling Law. All openings which provide direct access to an existing fire escape from a public hall or corridor shall be equipped with fireproof doors and assemblies with the doors self-closing or fireproof windows glazed with clear wire glass. Access to new fire escapes from such halls or corridors shall be by means of fireproof doors and assemblies with doors self-closing. Doors providing access to fire escapes from public halls or corridors may be glazed with clear wire glass.
(6) Fire Escapes – existing and new. Existing fire escapes which are structurally strong and in good repair, having connecting stairways set at an angle of not more than sixty-five (65) degrees, may be accepted as a secondary means of egress. Except as otherwise required herein, new and existing fire escapes shall be provided with a safe landing and the termination shall lead directly to a street or to a passageway which provides access to a street. When it is impractical to provide a termination for fire escapes as specified in these rules, the Department may accept a termination from such fire escapes which leads to safety.
(7) Supplementary means of egress. A stair, fire-stair, fire-tower, or fire escape which is supplementary to the egress requirements of 1 RCNY § 15-10(bb)(2), (3) and (4), need not lead to the entrance story or to a street, or to a yard or a court which leads to a street, provided the means of egress therefrom is approved by the Department. Fire escapes which are supplementary to the required second means of egress, including fire escapes of the inclined ladder and vertical ladder types, may remain on the dwelling if maintained in good order and repair, are structurally strong and safe and are provided with safe landing and the termination thereof leads to safety in a manner satisfactory to this Department.
(8) Signs – supplementary means of egress. Supplementary stairs, fire-stairs, fire-towers or fire escapes which do not lead to tthe entrance story or to a street, or to a yard or court leading to a street, shall be clearly marked “NOT AN EXIT” in black letters at least four inches (4”) high on a yellow background and at the termination of each such stair, fire-stair, fire-tower or fire escape, there shall be a directional sign indicating the nearest means of egress leading to a street. All signs shall be constructed, located and illuminated in a manner satisfactory to the department.
(9) Signs – general provisions. Every means of egress shall be indicated by a sign reading “EXIT” in red letters at least eight inches (8”) high on a white background, or vice versa, illuminated at all time during the day and night by a red light of at least twenty-five (25) watts or equivalent illumination. Such light shall be maintained in a keyless socket. On all stories where doors, openings or passageways giving access to any means of egress are not visible from all portions of such stories, directional sign shall be maintained in conspicuous locations, indicating in red on a white background, or vice versa, the direction of travel to the nearest means of egress. At least one sign shall be visible from the doorway of each room or suite of rooms. Existing signs and illumination may be accepted if, in the opinion of the Department, such existing signs and illumination serve the intent and purpose of this subdivision.
(10) Stairs, fire-stairs and fire-towers. Stairs, fire-stairs and fire-towers hereafter provided shall be constructed according to plans and applications approved by the Department of Buildings.
(1) Arrangement. There shall be at least two (2) means of unobstructed egress from each lodging-house story, which shall be remote from each other. The first means of egress shall be to a street either directly or by an enclosed stair having unobstructed direct access thereto. If the story is above the entrance story, the second means of egress shall be by an outside fire escape constructed in accordance with the provisions of section fifty-three, Multiple Dwelling Law, or by an additional enclosed stair. Such second means of egress shall be accessible without passing through the first means of egress.
(2) Doors and windows. All doors opening upon entrance halls, stair halls, other public halls or stairs, or elevator, dumbwaiter or other shafts, and the door assemblies, shall be fireproof with the doors made self-closing by a device approved by the department, and such doors shall not be held open by any device whatever. All openings on the course of a fire escape shall be provided with such doors and assemblies or with fireproof windows and assemblies, with the windows self-closing and glazed with wire glass, such doors or windows and their assemblies to be acceptable to the department.
(3) Aisles. There shall be unobstructed aisles providing access to all required means of egress in all dormitories. Main aisles, approved as such by the department to provide adequate approaches to the required means of egress, shall be three feet (3’-0”) or more in width, except that no aisles need be more than two feet six inches (2’-6”) wide if it is intersected at intervals of not more than fifty feet (50’-0”) by cross-over aisles at least three feet (3’-0”) wide leading to other aisles or to an approved means of egress.
(4) Signs. Every required means of egress from the lodging-house part of the dwelling shall be indicated by a sign reading “EXIT” in red letters at least eight inches (8”) high on a white background illuminated at all times during the day and night by a light of at least twenty-five (25) watts or equivalent illumination. Such light shall be maintained in a keyless socket. On all lodging-house stories where doors, openings, passageways or aisles are not visible from all portions of such stories, and in other parts of the dwelling which may be used in entering or leaving the lodging-house part and in which a similar need exists, signs with easily readable letters at least eight inches (8”) in height, and continuously and sufficiently illuminated by artificial light at all times when the natural light is not sufficient to make them easily readable, shall be maintained in conspicuous locations, indicating the direction of travel to the nearest means of egress. At least one (1) such sign shall be easily visible from the doorway of each cubicle.
(5) Roof egress. Access from the public hall at the top story to the roof shall be provided by means of a bulkhead or a scuttle acceptable to the Department. Every such scuttle and the stair or ladder leading thereto shall be located within the stair enclosure.
(6) Persons accommodated. The number of persons accommodated on any story in a lodging house shall not be greater than the sum of the following components:
(i) Twenty-two (22) persons for each full multiple of twenty-two inches (22”) in the smallest clear width of each means of egress approved by the Department, other than a fire escape.
(ii) Twenty persons (20) for each lawful fire escape accessible from such story if it is above the entrance story.
(7) In view of the fact that § 66, Subdivision 3 (formerly § 13, subdivision m), Multiple Dwelling Law, required lodging houses to be sprinklered throughout, including the public halls, the Department will accept existing double-rung ladder type fire escapes on the condition that such fire escapes are maintained in a good state of repair.
(dd) Ladders leading to roof scuttles. Ladders to roof scuttles as required under the provisions of §§ 187 and 233 of the Multiple Dwelling Law, shall be of incombustible material, not less than fifteen inches (15”) wide, with strings not less than one and one-half inches by three-eighths inch (1 1/2” × 3/8”), with five-eighths inch (5/8”) rungs not more than twelve inches (12”) apart. Strings of such ladders shall be secured at top and bottom and ladder must be so arranged as to permit sufficient toe hold.
§ 16-01 Controlled Inspection of the Stability and Integrity of Existing Structures During Construction Operations.
(a) (1) All alterations to existing structures in which loads are transferred from one system of structural elements to another such as in the installation of columns or girders to replace existing bearing walls, the creation of openings or slots in existing bearing walls, girders or floors, or where the stability or integrity of a structural system is to be temporarily diminished, shall be conducted under controlled inspection.
(2) The Department of Buildings will not approve any plans or amendments thereto where work, as described in 1 RCNY § 16-01(a)(1), is to be performed unless a registered architect or professional engineer (hereinafter referred to as “controlled inspection architect or engineer”) retained by the contractor or owner and approved by the registered architect or professional engineer seeking approval of such plans submits to the Department a Technical Report: Statement of Responsibility (“TR-1”) or any similar document which the Department may use in the future whereby the controlled inspection architect or engineer assumes responsibility for the controlled inspection of the existing structure during construction operations to determine its stability and integrity.
(i) Shown on the structural plans that are submitted to and approved by the Department, or
(ii) Prepared in the form of shop or detail drawings by a registered architect or professional engineer authorized, retained, or hired by the owner, contractor, or sub-contractor, and reviewed by the registered architect or professional engineer who prepared the structural plans.
(i) address of the premises, job number, contractor name and address, and
(ii) date and time of each inspection including
(A) names of personnel who inspected the site, and
(B) any significant observations or instructions given relating to any of the following:
((a)) deviations from the documents described in 1 RCNY § 16-01(b);
((b)) anticipated field conditions;
((c)) proper execution of the work;
((d)) good engineering practice;
((e)) safe job-site conditions;
((f)) precautions taken to maintain safe conditions if work is stopped for any reason.
(iii) the date of and participants in any conversations with the controlled inspection architect or engineer occurring off-site and relating to any significant observations or instructions specified in 1 RCNY § 16-01(e)(1)(ii)(B)((a)) through ((f)).
§ 17-01 Acceptance of Testing Laboratories and Testing Services.
(a) Applications for acceptance as a testing service or testing laboratory shall be submitted to the Commissioner of Buildings on forms provided by the Department.
§ 18-01 Considerations and Evaluation. [Repealed]
§ 19-01 Examination, License and Conduct of the Business of Master Plumbers and Master Fire Suppression Piping Contractors.
(a) Applicability. This rule shall be applicable to the examination, licensure and conduct of the businesses of master plumber and 1 master fire suppression piping contractor.
(1) Upon the certification that an applicant has satisfactorily passed a written and a practical examination, the Commissioner of Buildings shall issue to the applicant a Master Plumber’s license or Master Fire Suppression Piping Contractor’s license together with a plate and seal upon the following conditions:
(i) Payment of a certificate fee pursuant to § 26-147 of the Administrative Code and
(ii) Representation by the applicant, subject to verification by the Department of Buildings, that the applicant has an established “place of business” within the City of New York, and
(iii) Payment of “licensed plumber” or “licensed fire suppression piping contractor’s license” plate and seal fees as required by § 26-147 of the Administrative Code, for which the Department of Buildings shall issue a plate for use at the premises designated by the applicant as his or her “place of business.”
(iv) For purposes of renewal of said license, thirty to sixty calendar days prior to the license’s expiration date, the applicant shall present to the Department of Buildings, in such manner as the Commissioner may require, proof that the applicant has satisfactorily completed a seven hour continuing education course approved by the Department of Buildings within two years prior to the renewal date, as required by § 26-150.1 of the Administrative Code, and such identification and other documentation supporting his or her right to renewal as the Commissioner may require. All applicants for renewal shall be of good moral character at the time of renewal. The applicant for renewal shall pay the renewal fee required by § 26-147 of the Administrative Code. The license plate and seal shall be renewed every two years.
(2) Where the plate or seal has been lost, and an affidavit is submitted to this effect, a new plate or seal shall be issued by the Commissioner of Buildings upon an application and payment of a fee as required by § 26-147 of the Administrative Code.
(1) A “place of business” shall mean the location of a plumbing establishment or fire suppression piping establishment where a Licensed Master Plumber or Licensed Master Fire Suppression Piping Contractor conducts his or her business. A plumbing or fire suppression piping establishment may be conducted by a Licensed Master Plumber or Licensed Master Fire Suppression Piping Contractor under a trade name, or by a partnership or corporation, or other business association duly authorized to conduct a plumbing or fire suppression piping business.
(2) The “place of business” is the location of the office and shop of a plumbing or fire suppression piping establishment where the office and shop are at the same location.
(3) The “place of business” where the location of the office portion of a plumbing or fire suppression piping establishment is different from the shop portion, shall be the place where the office portion is located.
(4) The “place of business” where no plumbing or fire suppression piping shop exists shall be the location of the office from where the Licensed Master Plumber or Licensed Fire Suppression Piping Contractor conducts his or her business.
(5) The office portion of a plumbing or fire suppression piping establishment which is located at a different location than the shop portion, shall be the place of calling of the plumbing or licensed fire suppression piping establishment, where business mail and telephone calls are normally received, where customers and salesmen are interviewed and where the records of the business are kept.
(6) All the limitations and restrictions for the use of “Contractor’s Establishment” as required by the Zoning Resolution shall apply to the “place of business” of a plumbing or fire suppression piping establishment where the office portion and the shop portion are at the same location.
(7) All the limitations and restrictions for the use of “Office” as required by the Zoning Resolution shall apply to the office portion of a plumbing or fire suppression piping establishment where its location is different than the shop location. The shop location must comply with the limitation and restrictions for the use of “Contractor’s Establishment” as required by the Zoning Resolution.
(8) All the limitations and restrictions for the use of “Office” as required by the Zoning Resolution shall apply to the office of a business where no plumbing or fire suppression piping shop exists.
(1) The use of the license by the holder thereof shall be in accordance with §§ 26-138 and 26-141 of the Administrative Code.
(2) Only one plate and seal shall be issued to a Licensed Master Plumber or Licensed Master Fire Suppression Piping Contractor for a “place of business” the location of which is in a district permitted by the Zoning Resolution. (See 1 RCNY §§ 19-01(f)(6), (7) and (8)).
(3) A Licensed Master Plumber or Licensed Master Fire Suppression Piping Contractor conducting a business shall display prominently to the public in the window of the “place of business” designated in his or her application or on a sign securely attached to the said premises, his or her full name with words “Licensed Plumber” or “Licensed Master Fire Suppression Piping Contractor” immediately thereunder. If the business is conducted under a trade name, or by a co-partnership or corporation, such trade name or co-partnership or corporation name shall be placed immediately above the full name or names of the licensee(s) conducting the business as provided by § 26-148(f) of the Administrative Code.
(4) The plate shall be kept prominently displayed to the public at the “place of business” designated in the application. The plate shall not be transferred to another address without notifying the Commissioner of Buildings and receiving his or her written approval thereof, nor shall it be transferred to or displayed in connection with any trade name, co-partnership or corporation of which the holder of such plate may become a partner or officer. Where the license is used by the holder thereof for or on behalf of a partnership, corporation or other business association as provided by § 26-138 of the Administrative Code, documents shall be filed with the Commissioner of the Department of Buildings to indicate the control or voting capital stock of such partnership, corporation or other business association.
(5) A person retiring from the business or trade as a Master Plumber or Master Fire Suppression Piping Contractor or, in the event of the decease of a Master Plumber or Master Fire Suppression Piping Contractor, his or her legal representative shall immediately surrender the plate and license to the Commissioner of Buildings in accordance with § 26-148(h) of the Administrative Code.
(6) A Licensed Master Plumber or Licensed Master Fire Suppression Piping Contractor to whom a plate has been issued and any corporation or partnership with which he or she is associated shall not loan, rent, sell, or transfer the privileges of such license and plate to any person for the performance of plumbing work in accordance with § 26-138 of the Administrative Code.
§ 19-02 Continuing Education Requirements for Master Plumbers and Licensed Master Fire Suppression Piping Contractors. [Repealed]
*§ 19-03 Exemptions from Inspection and Testing Requirements. [Repealed]* ::
§ 19-04 Master Plumber and Master Fire Suppression Piping Contractor License Board – Qualification Recommendations. [Repealed]
§ 20-01 Witnessing Tests of Gas Piping Systems.
(a) Persons witnessing tests of gas piping systems in accordance with § 27-921(b) of the Administrative Code, other than authorized plumbing inspectors of the Department of Buildings, shall be acceptable to the Commissioner of Buildings and shall meet the following prerequisites:
(1) Be either a registered architect, licensed professional engineer, licensed master plumber, or employee of a utility company; and,
(2) Have at least five years experience in inspection and testing of gas piping systems, or hold a current master plumbers license.
§ 20-02 High Pressure Steam Piping Systems.
These regulations shall apply to high pressure steam piping system which is defined as a system operating at a steam pressure of more than fifteen (15) psi. In the application of these rules and regulations, loops, bends or offsets of the piping shall not be considered expansion joints.
(1) All expansion joints, anchorage and guides which are presently not accessible to permit a complete visual inspection, shall be made accessible. Where the integrity of any shaft enclosure is impaired hereby, proper means shall be provided to maintain its integrity. All joints, including the joints so exposed, shall be inspected for any signs, visual or audible, or any escaping steam or condensation. Where there is evidence of such escaping steam in a bellows joint, immediate appropriate action shall be taken including expeditious replacement of the joint. If the escaping steam is immediately adjacent to a tenanted area, the occupants of this area shall be evacuated and shall not be permitted to return until the joint has been replaced or removed. In all cases, the joint shall be kept under intensive surveillance by the owner until such replacement or removal. In the event that the leak is progressive and has progressed to an extent as to present a hazard, the steam system or any part thereof serviced by the affected joint shall be shut down and the Department of Buildings shall be notified immediately. The Commissioner may waive the requirement for the exposure of the structural attachments to the building of the anchorage or guides upon the certification of a professional engineer to the effect that the exposure would impair a structural element of the building and specifying the basis on which he predicates his conclusion as to the adequacy of the structural attachments to the buildings of the anchorage or guides without such exposure. Upon exposure and initial inspection of the joints, the Commissioner shall be notified in writing by registered or certified mail. Such notification shall specify the type and location of the joints and the date inspected. The notification shall also contain the name of the person responsible for seeing that the inspections are made and properly recorded. Such inspections and exposure shall be made within two weeks from the effective date of this requirement. The initial inspection of the anchorage and guides shall be made within two months from the effective date of this requirement. The Commissioner shall be notified in the same manner described above of any subsequent change of the person responsible for seeing that the inspections are made and records kept. The notifications required in this paragraph shall be addressed to the Borough Superintendent of the Borough in which the system is located.
(2) Maintenance inspections.
(i) Expansion joints shall be inspected weekly.
(ii) The anchorage and guides shall be inspected annually. Exposure of the structural attachments to the buildings of the anchorages or guides shall not be required where the inspection reveals no improper movement or defects in the system.
(iii) A record of such inspections shall be kept by the person in charge of the mechanical equipment of the building or other qualified person designated by the owner and acceptable to the Commissioner. The records shall be available at the premises and subject to inspection by the Commissioner.
(3) No joint, anchorage or guides shall be repaired, replaced or relocated, unless and until an application has been filed and the approval of the Department is obtained. The application shall contain all pertinent information and shall be filed by a licensed professional engineer, knowledgeable as to high pressure steam piping systems. He shall be responsible for the controlled inspection of the proposed work in accordance with the approval of the Department. This provision shall not apply to tthe repacking of a slip or ball joint, however, records of such repacking shall be kept in the inspection records as hereinabove provided. When, in the opinion of the professional engineer, the requirement for prior approval by the Department of Buildings would create an imminent health or safety hazard, the professional engineer may permit the work to proceed without prior approval. In such cases, he shall, prior to the repair, replacement or relocation, notify by telephone the Borough Superintendent of the borough in which the building is located; and, if the emergency occurs at other than normal working hours, he shall notify the Emergency Section by telephone at 312-8298. This shall be followed up by the filing of the application and obtaining the approval specified above.
(4) The Commissioner, where he deems it necessary, shall require the replacement or relocation of any joints, guides or anchors. The Commissioner shall cause the joints in potentially hazardous locations such as those which are located adjacent to tenant occupied spaces to be relocated, unless means exist or are provided for eliminating the hazard.
(5) Applicability upon completion of new high pressure Steam piping systems. Upon the completion of a new high pressure steam piping system and the approval of same by the Department, the rules relating to existing high pressure steam piping systems affecting maintenance requirements and the keeping of records shall apply.
(1) Design.
(i) The system shall be designed by a registered architect or licensed professional engineer. An application and plans shall be filed and the approval of the Department obtained. The plans and application shall contain, but not be limited to the following information:
(A) Size and location of all steam piping.
(B) The operating pressures and temperatures.
(C) The location, type, specifications and details of all expansion joints.
(D) The design, size, material and location of all anchors, guides and auxiliary steel, and the stresses thereon.
(ii) Systems using utility street steam shall be designed for a pressure of 200 psig and 413F up to and including the steam pressure reducing valve or valves which reduce the pressure of 90 psig or below. For steam pressures between 90 psig and 16 psig the system shall be designed for 125 psig.
(2) Installation.
(i) Installations (including any welding for same), shall be under controlled inspection by the engineer responsible for the design, or by a Professional Engineer acceptable to him.
(ii) Systems using utility street steam shall be designed for a pressure of 200 psig and 413F up to and including the steam pressure reducing valve or valves which reduce the pressure of 90 psig or below. For steam pressures between 90 psig and 16 psig the system shall be designed for 125 psig.
(iii) Welders shall be qualified for all required pipe sizes, wall thicknesses and positions in accordance with the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, Welding and Brazing Qualification, Section IX, Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code 1980, . Requalification is required every three years; or, if there is a specific reason to doubt the welders ability to make sound welds.
(iv) Welder qualification testing shall be performed by an agency listed with the Department of Buildings, and if the testing is by radiography, the inspection shall have a minimum radiography qualification of Level II in accordance with the American Society for Non-destructive Testing, 3200 Riverside Drive, Columbus, Ohio 43221, Recommended Practice, Document No. SNT-TC-1A-1980.
(v) Copies of the certified welder qualification reports shall be maintained by the responsible welding agency and the company performing the welding, and shall be made available upon request to the Department of Buildings.
(vi) No reports from any welding inspection agency shall be accepted unless such agency has first requested and obtained from this Office in accordance with 2 RCNY § 25-01(q)(1) of the Board of Standards and Appeals Welding Rules.
(vii) (A) All piping over 3 inches shall be butt welded. Piping 3 inches and under may be socket welded or threaded.
(B) Threaded piping may continue to be used for existing construction in sizes of 6 inches and under.
(C) The Borough Superintendent may determine where welding is not feasible and that an acceptable alternative has been provided.
(viii) Radiographic examination, when required, shall be performed on butt welds in accordance with the following standard:
(ix) The percentage of butt welds subject to radiographic examination shall be based on the piping pressure and shall be as follows:
AMSI/ASME B 31.1 – 1980
| Piping Pressure | Percentage |
|---|---|
| 90 psig or below | Not Required |
| 91 psig to 150 psig | 10% at Random |
| Over 150 psig | 100% |
~
However, if in the opinion of the engineer responsible for Controlled Inspection radiographic examination is not required for piping at pressure between 90 psig and 150 psig, he shall so specify in writing, and his final report on the installation may omit the foregoing, and be predicated on all of the other requirements noted above, as well as a hydrostatic test.
(x) Testing – Hydrostatic test the completed installation at 150 percent of the design pressure for all piping pressure. Where the changes in an existing steam system involve less than 30 percent of the piping in the system, the testing may be in accordance with the ASME Power Piping Code, .
§ 20-03 Standards for Non-Mercury Gauges.
(a) Applicability. In accordance with Local Law 17 for the year 2001, the rules in this section establish minimum standards for non-mercury gauges to test gas piping, drainage and vent systems.
(1) The gauge shall be manufactured and used in accordance with the ASME B40.100-1998 Standard for Pressure Gauges and Gauge Attachments, which incorporates ASME B40.1-1998 and ASME B40.7-1998, and the manufacturer shall provide with the gauge a written statement that the gauge is manufactured in accordance with such ASME standard;
(2) The gauge shall be labeled with the name of the manufacturer;
(3) The gauge shall be kept in a padded separate rigid box and the manufacturer’s instructions for use and protection of the gauge shall be complied with;
(4) The units of measurement “psi” shall appear on the face of the gauge; and
(5) The gauge shall be kept in good working order.
(1) The face of the gauge shall not be smaller than 21/4 inches in diameter;
(2) The gauge shall have a minimum of 270-degree dial arc;
(3) The gauge shall be calibrated in increments of not greater than one-tenth of a pound;
(4) The range of the gauge shall not exceed 5 psig when a 21/4 inch diameter gauge is used;
(5) The 1/10th psig interval on the gauge shall not be smaller than 1/10th of an inch of arc;
(6) The gauge shall be provided with an effective stop for the indicating pointer at the zero point;
(7) The gauge shall be protected from excessive pressure with a shut off valve and prior to using the 5-psig gauge the snifter valve shall be tested with a tire gauge to determine the magnitude of pressure; and
(8) The gauge shall have a calibration screw.
(1) The face of the gauge shall not be smaller than 21/4 inches in diameter;
(2) The gauge shall have a minimum of 270-degree dial arc;
(3) The gauge shall be calibrated in increments not greater than one-fifth of a pound;
(4) The range of the gauge shall not exceed 10 psig when a 21/4 inch diameter gauge is used;
(5) The 1/5th psig interval on the gauge shall not be smaller than 1/10th of an inch of arc;
(6) The gauge shall be provided with an effective stop for the indicating pointer at the zero point;
(7) The gauge shall be protected from excessive pressure with a shut off valve and prior to using the 10-psig gauge the snifter valve shall be tested with a tire gauge to determine the magnitude of pressure; and
(8) The gauge shall have a calibration screw.
(1) The gauge shall have a minimum reading of 1/100th of a psig; and
(2) An extra charged battery shall be readily available for immediate use with the gauge.
§ 21-01 Limited Supervisory Check and/or Professional Certification Program for Applications and Plans.
(a) Definitions. For the purposes of this section, the following definitions shall apply:
(1) Architect. “Architect” shall mean a person licensed and registered to practice the profession of architecture under the education law of the state of New York.
(2) Engineer. “Engineer” shall mean a person licensed and registered to practice the profession of engineering and use the title “Professional Engineer” and the initials “P.E.” under the education law of the state of New York.
(1) That complete and coordinated architectural, structural and mechanical plans are or have been filed.
(2) That, where applicable, the portion for limited supervisory check be clearly and specifically identified. However, such identified portion shall not include compliance with the zoning resolution nor the exit requirements of the building code or other applicable laws.
(3) That, where applicable, the necessary certifications and appropriate approvals have been obtained regarding the following topics or from the following agencies:
(i) Landmarks, landmark sites and historic districts.
(ii) Sewers.
(iii) Urban Renewal Areas.
(iv) Transit Authority for the effect on subways.
(v) Compliance with General City Law, Section 35.
(vi) Liability Insurance.
(vii) Board of Standards and Appeals.
(viii) Department of Environmental Protection.
(ix) Department of Housing Preservation and Development.
(x) Department of Transportation.
(xi) Fire Department.
(xii) Loft Board.
(xiii) Department of City Planning.
(xiv) U.S. Department of State.
(xv) Department of Cultural Affairs.
(xvi) Any other approval or certification of which the professional knows or should know is required prior to submitting an application.
(4) That the architect or engineer of record and associate architects or engineers, if any, are aware that the Commissioner, in the exercise of his or her discretion in accordance with § 27-143 of the Administrative Code, will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the statements contained in the construction application made by them, and any amendments submitted in connection therewith, as to compliance with the provisions of the Zoning Resolution, the Building Code and other applicable laws and regulations.
(5) That the architect or engineer of record and associate architects or engineers, if any, shall comply with the provisions of the Zoning Resolution, the Building Code and other applicable laws and regulations or shall resolve any non-compliance as provided in paragraph 6, below.
(6) That, prior to the limited supervisory check and/or professional certification, any non-compliance shall be resolved by reconsideration or otherwise. Such reconsideration or other resolution shall be in writing and shall be submitted with the application that qualifies for limited supervisory check and/or professional certification.
(7) That, should Department audit indicate a non-compliance with the Zoning Resolution, the Building Code and/or other applicable laws and regulations, the architect or engineer of record shall take the necessary remedial measures to obtain compliance.
(8) That the owner is aware of the application and the conditions under which it is being submitted and agrees to comply with any requirement for remedial measures, if necessary.
§ 21-02 Exclusion from Limited Supervisory Check and/or Professional Certification Programs.
(a) Grounds for exclusion. The Commissioner may exclude an architect or engineer from the Department's programs for limited supervisory check and/or professional certification of applications, plans and removal of objections if the Commissioner finds that the architect or engineer has:
(1) Displayed negligence or incompetence with regard to, or lack of knowledge of, the Building Code, the Zoning Resolution, the Department’s regulations, or other applicable laws, rules or regulations as demonstrated by plans, applications, certifications, or inspection reports submitted by the architect or engineer to the Department; or
(2) Submitted plans, applications, certifications or inspection reports to the City that were required to be prepared by the architect or engineer or under his or her supervision but that were not prepared by the architect or engineer or under his or her supervision; or engaged in conduct evidencing a delegation of professional responsibilities to a person where the architect or engineer knew or had reason to know that such person was not qualified, by training, by experience or by licensure, to perform them; or
(3) Knowingly or negligently made false or misleading statements on or knowingly or negligently falsified, altered or allowed a person under his or her control and/or supervision to falsify or alter any certificate, form, signed statement, application or report filed with the City, or knowingly or negligently failed to file a report or obtain any approval, certification, waiver or reconsideration required by law or the City or willfully impeded or obstructed such filing, or induced another person to do so; or
(4) Been convicted of a criminal offense where the underlying act arises out of the architect or engineer’s professional occupation or business dealings; or
(5) Had knowledge that any project or application filed with the Department with which the architect or engineer is involved in any capacity was fraudulent or dishonest in character and failed to report such fraudulence or dishonesty to the Department, the Department of Investigation or other relevant authority; or
(6) Engaged in misconduct regarding his or her Department-issued Photo Identification Card; or
(7) Engaged in any conduct related to any activity performed in connection with his or her profession that evidences a failure to comply with the provisions of Federal, State or local law, rules or regulations or a Department order or requirement; or
(8) Impeded, obstructed or failed to cooperate with an investigation or inquiry of or failed to provide documents requested by the Commissioner or his or her designee or the Department; or
(9) Made a material misrepresentation to persons not affiliated with the Department regarding the status of applications and/or plans filed with the Department; or
(10) Altered, defaced or destroyed Department property, or removed Department property, including permitted folders, from Department premises; or
(11) Offered or attempted to offer a bribe or unlawful gratuity to a Department employee or other public servant; or
(12) Failed to maintain a copy of plans and/or related documents approved by the Department for six years after the applicant has been issued a letter of completion, a Certificate of Occupancy, or an application sign-off, whichever occurs later; or
(13) Permitted the improper use of, or had knowledge of or failed to promptly report to the Department any improper use of his or her professional stamp, signature, or license number; or
(14) Within a period of six months, failed two Department audits that resulted in revocations.
(1) Administrative charges outlining the basis for such action to exclude from the limited supervisory check and/or professional certification program shall be served upon the architect or engineer by certified mail, return receipt requested, pursuant to the Office of Administrative Trials and Hearings’ (OATH’s) Rules of Practice (Title 48 of the Rules of the City of New York).
(2) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Commissioner finds that continued use of the programs for limited supervisory check and/or professional certification by the architect or engineer would likely create a serious and immediate threat to public safety or property, the Commissioner shall have the power, pending service of administrative charges, to issue an order immediately suspending the architect or engineer and his or her associates, if applicable, from limited supervisory check and/or professional certification.
(1) Upon a filing of the administrative charges, the architect or engineer will be scheduled for a hearing upon submitting any written objections to the administrative charges and the grounds for such objections to the Commissioner within fifteen days after the date that the notice of charges is served.
(2) All hearings are to be held at OATH. The architect or engineer may be represented by counsel or by a duly authorized representative and may present evidence on his or her behalf.
(3) When the Commissioner suspends an architect’s or an engineer’s limited supervisory check and/or professional certification privileges pursuant to 1 RCNY § 21-02(b)(2), the architect or engineer shall have fifteen days from the date the order is served to object and request a hearing on the order and any forthcoming administrative charges. The written objection shall include the grounds for such objection(s). Failure to make a timely objection shall result in a waiver of the right to a hearing and the Commissioner’s order shall thereupon be considered a final determination. Upon receipt of a timely objection to the order, the Commissioner or his or her representative shall promptly schedule a hearing at OATH, with due consideration given to the current OATH calendar, and serve the architect or engineer with charges and notice of such hearing pursuant to OATH’s Rules of Practice.
(4) After the conclusion of a hearing, the OATH Administrative Law Judge shall issue proposed findings of fact and proposed conclusions of law, along with a report and recommendation to the Commissioner. The Commissioner shall review the report and recommendation issued by the OATH Administrative Law Judge and shall issue a final determination. The Commissioner shall notify the architect or engineer in writing of the final determination. Such notice shall include a written statement indicating the reason for the final determination.
(5) After the Commissioner has rendered a final determination excluding a particular professional, all applications and plans submitted by that architect or engineer shall be subject to full review by the Department.
§ 22-01 Installation and Maintenance of Pressure Tanks Operating at a Pressure in Excess of 15 PSI and Their Proximity to Gas Supply or Service Lines.
(a) Applicability. These regulations shall apply to tanks containing water and air in combination, under pressure exceeding 15 psi above atmospheric pressure, where the pressure is supplied and maintained by pumps connected directly to the tanks.
(1) Size and location of high pressure tanks.
(2) The operating pressures and temperatures.
(3) The location, type and specifications of pressure relief valves.
(1) All high pressure tanks shall be located a clear distance of at least five feet horizontally from a gas service or distribution line or its vertical projection upon the floor.
(2) All new high pressure tanks installations shall be located in rooms separated from gas service or distribution lines.
(3) In cases where the spatial relationship between tanks and gas services does not comply with the regulations, it shall be the responsibility of the party responsible for the last installation to correct the violation.
(1) Installation with the exception of welding, shall be under controlled inspection by the engineer responsible for the design, or by a Professional Engineer acceptable to him.
(2) The welding shall be under controlled inspection of an Engineer, supervising a welding inspection agency acceptable to the Department of Buildings.
(3) Welders shall be qualified for all pipe sizes, wall thicknesses and positions in accordance with either the American Petroleum Institute, 1801 K Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006, Standard for Welding Pipelines and Related Facilities, Fourteenth Edition, January 1977, , or the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, Welding and Brazing Qualification, Section VIII, Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, 1980, , and requalified on an annual basis.
(4) The qualification testing shall be performed by an agency listed with the Department of Buildings, and the inspector shall have a minimum radiography qualification of Level II in accordance with the American Society for Nondestructive Testing, 3200 Riverside Drive, Columbus, Ohio 43221, Recommended Practice, Document No. SNT-TC-1A-1980.
(5) Copies of the certified welder qualification reports shall be maintained by the responsible welding agency and shall be made available upon request to the Department of Buildings.
(6) No reports from any welding inspection agency shall be accepted unless such agency has first requested and obtained approval from this Office, in accordance with Rule 2511(G)(1) of the Board of Standards and Appeals Welding Rules.
(7) All welded piping shall be butt welded.
(8) Radiography shall be performed on all butt welds in accordance with API STD 1104-1977 or ANSI/ASTM BPV-IX-1980.
(9) Testing – A hydrostatic test of the completed installation at 150 percent of the design pressure adjusted to compensate for the difference in gas or fluid pressure and the ambient temperature shall be conducted. Where the changes in an existing system incorporating high pressure tanks involves less than 30 percent of the piping system, the testing may be in accordance with Standard Power Piping, ANSI B31.1-1980.
§ 23-01 Noncommercial Greenhouses Accessory to Residential Uses as a Permitted Obstruction in Required Rear Yards or Rear Yard Equivalents.
(a) Definitions.
Greenhouse. A greenhouse shall be defined as a glass or slow burning plastic enclosed building used for cultivating plants.
(1) no portion of the greenhouse is located in a rear yard equivalent which also is a required front or side yard,
(2) the greenhouse does not exceed ten feet above the level of the rear yard or rear yard equivalent,
(3) the floor area of the greenhouse is included in the total floor area on the zoning lot,
(4) the greenhouse use does not create offensive odors or dust,
(5) the wall of the greenhouse closest to the appurtenant residential use building shall be a minimum distance of six feet from the exterior wall of such residential use building,
(6) the greenhouse shall not be located less than 3 feet from a lot line,
(7) the greenhouse shall be constructed of non-combustible materials and glazed with plain or wire glass or slow burning plastic,
(8) the glass or slow burning plastic constructed roof shall be capable of supporting the live load prescribed in § 27-561(a) of the Building Code.
(1) no portion of the greenhouse is located in a rear yard equivalent which also is a required front or side yard,
(2) the greenhouse roof shall be no higher than the level of the floor above the lowest residential level,
(3) the floor area of the greenhouse is included in the total floor area on the zoning lot,
(4) the greenhouse use does not create offensive odors or dust,
(5) in no event shall the greenhouse project more than six feet from the plane surface of the building wall,
(6) the greenhouse shall be constructed of noncombustible materials and glazed with plain or wire glass or slow burning plastic. The floor of the greenhouse shall be constructed as required in Table 3-4 of the Building Code, for the construction classification of the building to which it is attached and if not on grade shall be capable of sustaining a minimum live load of 75 pounds per square foot,
(7) the roof of the greenhouse shall be constructed of glass or slow burning plastic and capable of supporting the live load prescribed in § 27-561(a) of the Building Code,
(8) the depth of the greenhouse need not be included in the maximum permitted depth of a room, pursuant to § 30(3) of the Multiple Dwelling Law,
(9) the greenhouse shall be provided with operable windows or jalousies, whose free openable area shall be equal to at least five percent of the combined floor area of the greenhouse, as prescribed in § 27-750 of the Building Code.
§ 24-01 Construction and Maintenance of Refuse Chutes and Refuse Rooms.
(a) Refuse chute enclosures. Refuse chutes used for conveyance of garbage and rubbish from upper floors of a building to a cellar or other location shall be constructed with an enclosure of brick masonry at least eight inches in thickness or of reinforced concrete at least six inches in thickness, except as otherwise provided in this section.
(1) Adequate lighting shall be provided in refuse rooms.
(2) Refuse chutes, refuse rooms, hoppers and all parts of the refuse collecting system shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition at all times, free of vermin, odors and defects, and shall be maintained in good operating condition. Fused sprinkler heads shall be replaced promptly.
(3) The owner shall establish a program to ensure that the refuse chute and the refuse room and appurtenances will be treated as often as may be necessary to prevent infestation with insects or rodents. The owner shall maintain a record of such treatments which shall be available at all times for inspection by the Department.
(1) Collection and disposal of refuse within premises. The collection and disposal of refuse within any building or on any premises shall be performed as deemed necessary to provide for the safety, health and well being of the occupants of buildings and of the public. The construction, operation, maintenance, cleanliness and sanitation of refuse chutes and refuse rooms and extermination treatment for insects and rodents, and the keeping of records of such treatments for refuse chutes and refuse rooms shall be in accordance with regulations established by this Department in consultation with the Department of Health.
§ 25-01 Licensing Persons as Climber or Tower Crane Rigger. [Repealed]
§ 27-01 Stair and Elevator Signs in Buildings Which Have at Least One Elevator.
(a) Applicability. These rules and regulations shall apply to all buildings which have at least one elevator including:
(1) Any existing office buildings occupied or arranged to be occupied for an occupant load of more than one hundred (100) persons above or below the street level or more than a total of five hundred (500) persons in the entire building, and
(2) All other existing buildings which have at least one elevator, pursuant to § 27-390 of the Administrative (Building) Code, as enacted by Local Law 16 of 1984.
(1) Elevator landing sign. On all floors other than the main entrance floor, a sign shall be posted and maintained on every floor at the elevator landing. The sign shall read “IN CASE OF FIRE, USE STAIRS UNLESS OTHERWISE INSTRUCTED.”
(2) Floor diagram sign. The sign shall contain a floor diagram showing the location where it is posted and the location and letter identification of the stairs on the floor and each elevator bank.
(3) J-2 multiple dwellings. The floor diagram sign may be omitted on all residential floors in J-2 multiple dwellings provided that:
(i) The stair is in the line of sight from the elevator call button, and
(ii) The stair is located a maximum of twenty (20) feet from the elevator call button, and
(A) There is not more than one stair, or
(B) Two sissor stairs, or
(C) A stair or fire escape serves only an individual apartment and directional signs with arrows and reading “TO STAIRS” are provided.
(1) Directly above the call button, and
(2) Its top shall not be above six (6) feet from the floor level.
(3) The sign(s) may be placed on the wall or an adjacent conspicuous place where there is insufficient wall space at the call button, or
(4) The sign(s) may be placed on the elevator door(s) where there is insufficient wall space or an adjacent conspicuous place at the elevator landing. Exception: Raised signs on horizontal sliding flush type elevator doors.
(1) Where no re-entry is provided:
(i) Where no re-entry is provided from the stairs to any floor, the sign shall read “NO RE-ENTRY FROM THIS STAIR” and such sign shall be posted and maintained on the occupancy side of the stair door at each floor. No re-entry sign shall be required on the stair side of the door.
(ii) On every floor where failsafe re-entry locking devices are installed on exit doors, a sign reading “NO RE-ENTRY FROM THIS STAIR EXCEPT DURING FIRE OR EMERGENCY” shall be posted on the occupancy side of the stair door.
(2) Where re-entry is provided to specified floors:
(i) On the stair side of the door at floors where re-entry is provided, the sign shall read “RE-ENTRY ON THIS FLOOR.”
(ii) Where no re-entry is provided on that floor, the sign on the stair side of the door shall read, “NO RE-ENTRY, NEAREST RE-ENTRY ON THE ____ AND ____ FLOORS.” The floor numbers of the nearest re-entry below and the nearest re-entry floor above shall be entered in the blank spaces.
(1) Signs for new buildings shall be limited to combined elevator landing and floor diagram signs, conforming with paragraph (4) below. Signs for existing buildings in Occupancy Group J-2 may be either independent signs as required or combined signs, conforming with the size requirements as set forth in the following subdivisions.
(2) Elevator landing signs. Elevator landing signs shall be at least two and one-half (2 1/2) inches by ten (10) inches.
(3) Floor diagram signs. Floor diagram signs shall be at least eight (8) inches by twelve (12) inches.
(4) Combined elevator landing and floor diagram signs. Combined elevator landing and diagram signs shall be at least ten (10) inches by twelve (12) inches.
(1) Lettering and background shall be in contrasting colors.
(2) Lettering shall be of bold-type and properly spaced to provide good legibility.
(3) The lettering and numerals of the signs shall be at least one-half inch high, except that:
(i) Floor numbering sign numerals shall be at least three inches high.
(ii) Elevator identification sign letters shall be at least three inches high.
(1) Signs shall be of metal or other durable materials.
(2) Fire resistive pressure sensitive vinyl decals may be permitted if the plastic is printed on the reverse side.
(1) Signs installed prior to March 27, 1984 may be accepted by the Commissioner, provided that such signs will adequately accomplish the intended purpose.
(2) In buildings existing prior to March 27, 1984, the Commissioner may modify the requirements as to location of signs where compliance would cause practical difficulty or undue hardship.
(3) All existing buildings not already subject to the requirements of Local Law 5 as of January 18, 1983 shall comply with these requirements on or before October 1, 1985.
§ 27-02 Caution Sign Tapes Required on Elevators Being Serviced.
(a) In all buildings, when an automatic passenger elevator is being serviced by an elevator maintenance company, elevator maintenance personnel or other persons and there are no maintenance personnel available to remain in the elevator car. "CAUTION" sign tapes shall be placed across the car door jamb. One strip of "CAUTION" sign tape shall be placed at a height of eighteen (18) inches from the car floor and another strip of "CAUTION" sign tape shall be placed at a height of fifty-four (54) inches above the floor.
§ 27-03 Signs on any Sidewalk Shed, Fence, Railing, Footbridge, Catch Platform, Builder’s Sidewalk Shanty, and Over-the-Sidewalk Chute Erected at Demolition or Construction Sites. [Repealed]
*§ 27-04 311 Advisory Signs Required on Construction Sites. [Repealed]* ::
§ 28-01 Required Smoke Detecting Devices and Systems. [Repealed]
*§ 28-02 Required Carbon Monoxide Detecting Devices and Systems. [Repealed]* ::
§ 29-01 Installation of Automatic Sprinklers in Halls and Rooms in Class “A” Multiple Dwellings Used for Single-Room Occupancy Under the Provisions of Subdivision 7-A of § 4 and § 248 of the Multiple Dwelling Law.
(a) Before the installation of any sprinkler system in any single-room occupancy building is begun, an application, together with plans and specifications for such installation shall be filed with and approved by the Department of Buildings. Plans shall show accurately, both horizontally and vertically, the arrangement and dimensions of the private halls and rooms and the areas to be sprayed by each sprinkler head. Application and specification forms may be obtained at the borough office of the Department of Buildings. Applications shall be filed in the department office in the borough in which the premises are located. Applications and specifications shall be in triplicate. Preliminary plans may be on paper. Final plans shall be filed in triplicate on paper and microfilmed. When it is proposed to supply a sprinkler system by means of a direct connection to a public water supply main, the specifications shall be accompanied by a letter from the Department of Environmental Protection, establishing the fact that the water-supply conditions and pressures are suitable to meet the requirements of these rules for water supplies for sprinklers.
| Size of pipe diameters | Maximum number or sprinkler heads allowed |
|---|---|
| 1 inch | 2 heads |
| 1 1/4 inch | 3 heads |
| 1 1/2 inch | 5 heads |
| 2 inch | 10 heads |
| 2 1/2 inch | 30 heads |
| 3 inch | 60 heads |
| 3 1/2 inch | 100 heads |
| 4 inch | Unlimited heads |
~
§ 29-02 Installation of Automatic Wet-Pipe Sprinklers in Certain Class A and Class B Multiple Dwellings, Including Hotels, Under the Provisions of § 67, Multiple Dwelling Law.
Effective February 25, 1949, automatic wet-pipe sprinklers used in certain Class A and Class B multiple dwellings, including hotels, shall be installed in conformity with the provisions of the Administrative Code, Subchapter 17 of Chapter 1 of Title 27, except as modified herein. These rules do not apply to sprinkler installations in converted dwellings, lodging houses or multiple dwellings used for single room occupancy.
(1) It can be established from information obtainable from the Department of Environmental Protection that the pressure at the top of the highest riser will be 15 pounds per square inch (except as provided in 1 RCNY § 29-02(f).
(2) If the pressure from this source is insufficient to provide a pressure of 15 pounds at the highest line of sprinklers, but is sufficient to supply a pressure of 15 pounds or more at the highest line of sprinklers, an automatic booster pump is provided, the capacity of which shall be sufficient to supply 25 percent of the standard one-half inch (1/2”) heads in the sprinkler area having the maximum number of heads, and in no event shall such supply be less than 250 gallons per minute at a pressure of at least 15 pounds at the highest sprinkler line.
(3) A local approved type of water-flow alarm is provided, the gong so located that when it operates it may be heard by the occupants or employees, and the gong also plainly marked “Sprinkler Alarm”, in red letters one inch in height on a white background. Exception: In a sprinkler area which does not contain more than 36 heads, no water-flow alarm shall be required.
(4) A sprinkler shut-off valve is provided conveniently accessible and its purpose clearly indicated by the words “Automatic Sprinkler Shut-Off Valve” on a sign affixed thereto.
(5) The size of the domestic water supply line is at least equal to the size of the main sprinkler connection. Note: The provisions of Paragraph c of § 27-964 shall not apply to sprinklers installed in conformity with the provisions of 1 RCNY § 29-02(a).
(1) Such shafts are not exposed to freezing temperatures;
(2) If ventilating louvres, windows or skylights are present in such shafts, the highest head is located a sufficient distance from such openings to prevent freezing;
(3) One head is centered at the top of such shaft at the level of the highest ceiling;
(4) In shafts constructed in incombustible materials, excepting windows or doors opening thereon, sprinkler heads are placed at each floor level and are staggered at alternate levels;
(5) In shafts constructed of combustible materials, and which exceed 60 square feet in cross-sectioned area, sprinkler heads are placed at each floor level and are staggered at alternate floor levels.
§ 29-03 Installation of Automatic Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems and Alarm Systems in Certain Class B Multiple Dwellings (Lodging Houses).
(a) Notice is hereby given that, pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 713 of the Laws of 1929, and Section 4 of Chapter 553 of the Laws of 1944, effective April 5, 1944, automatic wet pipe sprinkler systems installed in "lodging houses", shall be installed in conformity with the provisions of the Administrative Code of the city of New York.
§ 29-04 Installation of Automatic Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems and Alarm Systems in Certain Class B Multiple Dwellings (Lodging Houses).
(a) Automatic wet-pipe sprinkler systems installed in lodging houses in compliance with Subdivision 3, of § 66, of the Multiple Dwelling Law shall be in conformity with the provisions of the Administrative Code, Subchapter 17 of Chapter 1 of Title 27, only to the extent that such article is not inconsistent with these amended rules.
(1) Sprinkler systems shall be automatic wet-pipe with one automatic source of water supply.
(2) Acceptable automatic sources of water supply shall be any one of the following:
(i) Elevated gravity tank having a minimum capacity of 5,000 gallons and installed in accordance with § 27-965 of the Administrative (Building) Code. Effective capacity shall be determined by the largest number of heads in any floor area multiplied by 75 gallons, and shall never be less than 5,000 gallons.
(ii) Pressure tank having a minimum capacity of 2,500 gallons and installed in accordance with § 27-965 of the Administrative (Building) Code. Effective water capacity shall be determined by the largest number of heads in any floor area multiplied by 37.5 gallons, and shall never be less than 2,500 gallons.
(iii) Automatic fire pump having a capacity of not less than 250 gallons per minute and installed in accordance with § 27-964 of the Administrative (Building) Code.
(iv) A direct connection to the public water main, provided it is capable of maintaining a pressure of at least 15 pounds per square inch at the top of the highest sprinkler riser, with 250 gallons of water flowing per minute at a 2-1/2-inch outlet from a hydrant at the street level within 250 feet of the building. The hydrant test shall be made between the hours of 8 a.m. and 5 p.m. on a working day. If the public water main pressure is incapable of maintaining a minimum pressure of 15 pounds per square inch as specified herein, a booster pump may be installed in conformity with these rules; or, in lieu of such booster pump, the sprinkler spacing and pipe sizes for the area not having the required minimum water pressure of 15 pounds per square inch shall be in conformity with the provisions of § 27-956 of the Administrative (Building) Code, provided that in no event the minimum water pressure at the highest sprinkler riser be less than 2 pounds per square inch. Booster pumps, if required, shall have a capacity sufficient to supply 250 gallons per minute, at a pressure of at least 15 pounds at the top of the highest sprinkler riser. All shall be installed in accordance with § 27-964 of the Administrative (Building) Code. A letter from the Department of Environmental Protection shall be filed with the application for the installation of a sprinkler system, stating the water pressure and supply conditions of the street main to which the sprinkler supply is to be connected.
(3) One common source of water supply shall be acceptable for any contiguous buildings under the same ownership or leasehold and under the same lodging-house management, provided that each such building is fully separated by fire walls with automatic fire doors on any connecting openings. Supply mains shall be at least the size of the largest main riser in any one building and shall be arranged to be centrally located and run as directly as possible from the source of water supply to the respective risers in each building. Each building shall be provided with a separate alarm valve in accordance with 1 RCNY § 29-04(a)(8). In all other respects, the installation in each building shall comply with these rules. Supply mains shall be increased in size as may be required for adequate water supply and pressure requirements in accordance with 1 RCNY § 29-04(a)(2).
(4) Sprinkler spacing for standard 1/2-inch heads under sheathed or plaster ceilings shall not exceed 168 square feet of protection area, with the distance between lines and between sprinklers on lines not in excess of 14 feet.
(5) The maximum permissible number of standard 1/2-inch sprinkler heads on a given pipe-size, in one fire area, on any one story shall be as follows:
| 1 inch pipe | 2 sprinkler heads |
|---|---|
| 1 1/4 inch pipe | 3 sprinkler heads |
| 1 1/2 inch pipe | 5 sprinkler heads |
| 2 inch pipe | 10 sprinkler heads |
| 3 inch pipe | 30 sprinkler heads |
| 4 inch pipe | 60 No Limit |
~
Branch lines should not exceed eight sprinkler heads on either side of a cross main. Areas within fire walls may be subdivided into separate fire areas by one-hour partitions. Openings in such partitions shall be protected with fireproof doors and assemblies, and such doors shall be self-closing. Areas within such subdivisions may be considered independent fire areas.
(6) Each riser shall be of sufficient size to supply all the sprinkler heads on that riser in any one fire area according to 1 RCNY § 29-04(a)(5). The supply main shall be at least the size of the riser it serves, except that no main shall be less than two inches and shall be installed in accordance with § 27-956 of the Administrative (Building) Code.
(7) Taps in the public water main may be one standard pipe-size smaller than the required supply main according to 1 RCNY § 29-04(a)(6), provided the supply main immediately increases at the tap to its full required size. All water main installations shall be subject to the approval of the Department of Environmental Protection.
(8) Systems shall be equipped with an alarm valve so constructed that any flow of water in any part of the system, or the closure of any valve controlling water supply will automatically cause the interior fire alarm system and the central station alarm to operate.
(9) Prior to the issuance of a letter of approval from the Department of Buildings as to the satisfactory installation of any system, a letter from the Department of Environmental Protection must be filed with the Department as to the size of tap and service main and its satisfactory installation.
§ 29-05 Installation of Automatic Wet-Pipe Sprinklers in Fireproof Multiple Dwellings Converted to Business Use.
(a) Except as otherwise provided herein, automatic wet-pipe sprinklers used in fireproof multiple dwellings, converted in a whole or in part to business use under the provisions of § 27-248 of the Administrative (Building) Code, in effect prior to December 6, 1968, and in fireproof multiple dwellings that are altered under the provisions of § 9, Subdivision 5, Paragraph b of the Multiple Dwelling Law (subdivision of large apartments) shall be installed in conformity with Subchapter 17 of Chapter 1 of Title 27 of the Administrative (Building) Code.
(1) It can be established from information obtainable from the Department on Environmental Protection that the minimum static pressure at the top of the highest riser will be at least 15 pounds per square inch, except as otherwise provided in 1 RCNY § 29-05(g).
(2) If the pressure from this source is insufficient to provide a minimum static pressure of 15 pounds per square inch, at the highest line of sprinklers, but is sufficient to supply a pressure of 5 pounds per square inch or more at the highest line of sprinklers, and that an automatic booster pump is provided, the capacity of which shall be sufficient to supply 250 gallons per minute at a pressure of at least 15 pounds per square inch at the highest sprinkler line.
(3) A sprinkler shut-off valve is provided conveniently accessible, and its purpose clearly indicated by the words “Automatic Sprinkler Shut-Off Valve” on a sign affixed thereto, and that such valve is sealed open.
(4) The size of the domestic water supply line is at least equal in size of the main sprinkler connection.
(5) The provisions of Paragraph c of § 27-964 shall not apply to sprinklers installed in conformity with the provisions of 1 RCNY § 29-05(b).
(6) Where the length of pipe from the furthermost sprinkler to the riser exceeds 100 feet, the pipe beyond the 100 foot distance shall be increased in size one pipe size above the size otherwise required for each 100 feet of additional length or part thereof. This provision shall not require an increase in the size of the risers.
(7) A separate riser shall be provided in each required stair enclosure, separately controlled.
§ 29-06 Installation of Automatic Sprinklers in the Public Halls of Multiple Dwellings Under the Provisions of § 187 (Converted Dwellings) and § 218, Subdivision 5 (Old-Law Tenements), of the Multiple Dwelling Law, and of the Sprinklers in Cooking Spaces in all Types of Multiple Dwellings Under the Provisions of § 33 of the Multiple Dwelling Law.
(a) Certification from the Department of Environmental Protection. When it is proposed to supply a sprinkler system by means of a direct connection to a public water supply main, the specifications shall be accompanied by a letter or other approved certification from the Department of Environmental Protection, establishing the fact that the water supply conditions and pressure are such that will meet the requirements of these rules for water suppliers for sprinklers.
(1) The rated capacity of the pump shall be not less than 250 gallons per minute and shall be sufficient to supply at least 25 percent of the total number of sprinklers, or where there is insufficient pressure in the top story only, all the sprinklers on the top floor, at the rate of 20 gallons per minute per sprinkler. A 2 1/2-inch diameter test tee shall be attached to the discharge pipe from the pump for the purpose of testing its capacity.
(2) There shall be a pressure regulator attached to the pump which shall be set so that the pump will automatically start operating when the water pressure at the highest sprinkler falls below 20 pounds per square inch, and cease to operate when the said pressure reaches 30 pounds per square inch.
(3) The pump shall be attached on bypass properly valved to the sprinkler main on the house side of the main control valve. The intake and discharge pipes to the pump shall be of sufficient size to deliver the required volume of water to the system at the stated minimum pressure.
(4) Drain valves shall be installed on the main between the main (O.S.&Y.) control valve and the intake connection to the pump and on the house side of the discharge connection to the pump. Such drain valves shall be closed by means of screw plugs.
(5) A check valve shall be installed on the main on the inside service between the intake and discharge connections to the pump.
(6) The intake and discharge pipes from the pump shall each be provided with an O.S.&Y. valve.
(7) A variation of not more than two pounds per square inch, in the minimum pressure, in the street supply below the required pressure for the sprinkler system without the introduction of a booster pump or increased size in piping may be accepted by the Superintendent if in his opinion the supply is adequate. There shall be sufficient actual water volume to supply 25 percent of the heads for a period of 20 minutes at 20 gallons per minute.
| Diameter of Pipe | Maximum number of sprinklers allowed |
|---|---|
| 1 inch | 2 sprinklers |
| 1 1/4 inch | 3 sprinklers |
| 1 1/2 inch | 5 sprinklers |
| 2 inch | 10 sprinklers |
| 2 1/2 inch | 30 sprinklers |
| 3 inch | 60 sprinklers |
| 3 1/2 inch | 100 sprinklers |
| 4 inch | Unlimited sprinklers |
~
The sprinkler main shall not be less in size than the sprinkler riser and shall not be less in size than any branch it serves. Except as otherwise specifically provided in 1 RCNY § 29-06(h), the total number of sprinklers in a structure shall determine the required size of the tap, service main, risers and branches, but in no case shall the size of the main supply be less than two inches. The following sprinklers will not be counted in computing the size of the taps, mains and risers:
(1) One sprinkler of the required sprinklers placed under the soffits of the stairs in each story when more than one sprinkler is provided.
(2) Sprinklers placed in any closet or telephone booth opening upon a public hall.
(3) Sprinklers placed (in lieu of fire retarding) on the underside of public stairhalls, stair landings and soffits not within the stair enclosure. The permissible number of heads may at the discretion of the Superintendent be increased by not more than 10 percent.
§ 29-07 Installation of Wet-Pipe Sprinklers.
Rules and Regulations for the Installation of Wet-Pipe Sprinklers under the provisions of § 248, Subdivision 4, Paragraph b, Multiple Dwelling Law, in Certain Fireproof Multiple Dwellings Erected before May 16, 1913, and Converted in Whole or in Part to Single Room Occupancy Prior to December 9, 1955.
Extract from the Multiple Dwelling Law Section 248, Subdivision 4, Paragraph b. “There shall be access to a second means of egress within the apartment without passing through any public stair or public hall. On and after July first, nineteen hundred fifty-seven, every tenement used or occupied for single room occupancy in whole or part under the provisions of this section, and which does not have at least two means of egress accessible to each apartment, and extending from the ground story to the roof, shall be provided with at least two means of egress or, in lieu of such egress, every stair hall or public hall, and every hall or passage within an apartment, shall be equipped on each story with one or more automatic sprinkler heads approved by the department. Elevator shafts in such tenements shall be completely enclosed with fireproof or other incombustible material and the doors to such shafts shall be fireproof or shall be covered on all sides with incombustible material.”
(1) It can be established from the information obtainable from the Department of Environmental Protection that the minimum static pressure at the top of the highest riser will be at least 15 pounds per square inch, except as otherwise provided in 1 RCNY § 29-07(g).
(2) If the pressure from this source is insufficient to provide a minimum static pressure of 15 pounds per square inch, at the highest line of sprinklers, but is sufficient to supply a pressure of 5 pounds per square inch or more at the highest line of sprinklers, an automatic booster pump shall be provided, the capacity of which shall be 250 gallons per minute at a pressure of at least 15 pounds per square inch at the highest sprinkler line.
(3) A sprinkler shut-off valve is provided conveniently accessible, and its purpose is clearly indicated by the words “Automatic Sprinkler Shut-Off Valve” on a sign affixed thereto, and that such valve is sealed open.
(4) The side of the domestic water supply line is at least equal to the size of the main sprinkler connection.
(5) The provisions of Paragraph c of § 27-964 shall not apply to sprinklers installed in conformity with the provisions of this 1 RCNY § 29-07(b).
(6) Where the length of pipe from the furthermost sprinkler to the riser exceeds 100 feet, the pipe beyond the 100 foot distance shall be increased in size one pipe size above the size of otherwise required, for each 100 feet of additional length or part thereof. This provision shall not require an increase in the size of the risers.
Sprinkler area. The term “sprinkler area” as used in these rules shall mean any floor space within a structure enclosed on all sides by exterior walls, fire walls, fire partitions, or fire-proof partitions and self-closing doors acceptable to the Department of Buildings.
§ 29-08 Installation of Sprinklers in Rooms of Class B Non-Fireproof Converted Dwellings and in Rooms Used for Class B Occupancy in Non-Fireproof Class A Converted Dwellings Under the Provisions of § 194 of the Multiple Dwelling Law.
(a) Applicability. Sprinklers installed in rooms of class B non-fireproof converted dwellings, and in rooms used for class B occupancy in non-fireproof class A converted dwellings shall conform to the "sprinkler rules governing the installation of automatic sprinklers in the public halls of multiple dwellings under the provisions of § 187 (Converted Dwellings) and § 218(7) (Old Law Tenements) of the Multiple Dwelling Law, and of sprinklers in cooking spaces in all types of multiple dwellings under the provisions of § 33 of the Multiple Dwelling Law," except as provided otherwise in these rules.
§ 29-09 Installation of Chlorinated Poly Vinyl Chloride (CPVC) Sprinkler Pipe and Fittings.
(a) Storage and handling. CPVC piping shall be stored and carried in the original shipment containers whenever possible. Reasonable care should be exercised in handling the pipes. If improper handling results in splits, gouges or cuts and scratches that are not superficial in nature, the damaged section shall be cut out and discarded. Pipes must be covered with non-transparent material when stored outdoors without the original containers.
(1) General. Sprinkler piping systems shall be laid out so that the piping is not located adjacent to heat producing sources such as light fixtures and ballasts, steam lines, etc. which can produce an ambient temperature exceeding 150°F (66°C). CPVC pipes shall not be threaded, grooved or drilled.
(2) Concealed installation.
(i) For concealed installation, the minimum protection shall consist of one layer of 3/8” (10mm) gypsum wallboard or a suspended membrane ceiling with lay-in panels or tiles having a weight of not less than 0.35 pounds per square foot (1.71kg/m2) when installed with metallic support grids, or 1/2” (13mm) plywood pipe enclosure. Plywood used for pipe enclosure shall be fire-retardant treated when used in buildings of non-combustible construction.
(ii) When pipes and fittings are installed in a plenum space, they shall not be positioned directly over open ventilation grills.
(iii) System risers shall not be installed exposed, and shall be provided with minimum protection for concealed installation as stated above.
(3) Exposed installation.
(i) Exposed sprinkler piping shall be installed below a smooth, flat, horizontal ceiling construction. Positioning of sprinkler heads relative to obstructions such as, but not limited to, beams, light fixtures or decorations shall be in accordance with Reference Standard RS 17-2, 17-2A and 17-2B.
(ii) Only quick-response sprinkler heads shall be used on exposed piping.
(iii) Deflectors of pendent sprinklers when installed shall be not more than 4” (102mm) from the ceiling, and sidewall sprinklers not more than 6” (152mm) from the ceiling and not more than 4” (102mm) from the sidewall.
(iv) Upright quick-response sprinklers when installed on exposed piping shall meet the following conditions:
(a) The deflectors shall be not more than 4” (102mm) from the ceiling.
(b) The maximum temperature rating shall be 155°F (68°C).
(c) The maximum distance from the ceiling to the centerline of the main run of pipe shall be 71/2” (191mm).
(d) The maximum distance from the centerline of a sprinkler head to a hanger shall be 3” (76mm).
(4) Hangers and supports. The pipe hangers shall comply with all the requirements of RS 17-2, 17-2A and 17-2B. The hanger shall not have rough or sharp edges which come in contact with the pipe. Hangers shall not bind the pipe from movement.
(i) The support spacing shall be as shown on the following tables and diagram:
| Hangers and Supports | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Nominal Pipe Size | Maximum Support Spacing | ||
| Inches | (millimeters) | Feet | (meters) |
| 13/4 | 51/2 | (1.675) | |
| 13/4 | 61/2 | (1.830) | |
| 11/4 | 61/2 | (1.980) | |
| 11/2 | 71/2 | (2.135) | |
| 21/2 | 81/2 | (2.440) | |
| 21/2 | 91/2 | (2.745) | |
| 31/2 | 101/2 | (3.050) |
~
Table A Maximum Support Spacing Distance End Line Sprinkler Head Drop Elbow
| Nominal Pipe Size (In) | Less than 100 psi (689kPa) | More than 100 psi (689kPa) |
|---|---|---|
| 3/4”(19mm) | 9”(229mm) | 6”(152mm) |
| 1”(25mm) | 12”(305mm) | 9”(229mm) |
| 11/4”(32mm) | 16”(406mm) | 12”(305mm) |
| 11/2”-3”(38-76mm) | 24”(610mm) | 12”(305mm) |
~
Table B Maximum Support Spacing Distance Inline Sprinkler Head Drop Tee
| Nominal Pipe Size (In) | Less than 100 psi (689kPa) | More than 100 psi (689kPa) |
|---|---|---|
| 3/4”(19mm) | 4’ (1.220m) | 3’ (0.915m) |
| 1”(25mm) | 5’ (1.525m) | 4’ (1.220m) |
| 1-1/4”(32mm) | 6’ (1.830m) | 5’ (1.525m) |
| 1-1/2”-3”(38-76mm) | 7’ (2.135m) | 7’ (2.135m) |
~
(ii) Vertical pipes shall be supported at each floor level or at 10 feet (3.050m) intervals whichever is less.
(iii) Other methods of pipe support shall be as recommended by the manufacturer.
(5) Pipe cutting. Pipes shall be cut with a wheel-type plastic-tubing cutter. If any indication of damage or cracking is evident cut off at least 2” (51mm) beyond any visible crack. Burrs and filings can prevent contact between pipe and fittings during assembly, and must be removed from the outside and inside of the pipe. A slight bevel shall be placed at the end of the pipe to ease entry of the pipe into the socket.
(6) Pipe joints.
(i) Primer and cement application. The pipe and fittings shall be clean and free of any moisture and debris. Primer and cement shall be applied to the joining surfaces using an applicator. Puddling of cement or primer on or within fitting and pipe must be avoided. When cementing in temperatures below 40°F (4.4°C) make certain cement has not gelled. Gelled cement must be discarded. A bead of cement should be evident around the pipe and fitting juncture. If this bead is not continuous around the socket shoulder, it should be rejected and the joint must be cut out, discarded and begun again.
(ii) Set and cure time. The assembly must be allowed to set, without any stress on the joint, in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations, which may vary from 1 to 5 minutes depending upon the pipe size and temperature. Refer to manufacturer’s recommendation for minimum cure times prior to pressure testing.
(7) Sprinkler installation. Sprinklers shall be installed only after all pipes and fittings, including sprinkler head adopters, are solvent welded to the piping system and allowed to cure for a minimum of 30 minutes. Sprinkler head fittings should be visually inspected and probed with a wooden dowel to insure that the waterway and threads are clear of any excess cement. Only Teflon tape or equivalent approved by the Commissioner shall be used when installing the sprinkler heads. If a leak is detected on the sprinkler head drop when the system is pressure tested, the sprinkler head must be removed and the joint redone before reinstalling the head.
(8) Firestopping. Pipe penetration through fire rated construction shall be firestopped as per § 27-343 of the Building Code.
§ 30-01 Enclosures of Premises Used for Automobile Wrecking, Storage of Scrap Metal, Junk, Scrap Paper or Rags, Storage of Lumber, and Building Material or Contractors’ Yards.
(a) All existing or hereafter established yards or areas used for automobile wrecking, storage of scrap metal, junk, scrap paper or rags, including sorting of same, storage of lumber and other building materials, and open contractors' yards, unless the use is conducted entirely within a building enclosed on all sides, shall be completely enclosed by a solid fence or wall, of suitable uniform material and color at least eight feet high conforming to these rules, the Administrative Code and the applicable provisions of the Zoning Resolution.
(1) Electrical, glazing, heating, painting, paper hanging, plumbing, roofing, or ventilating contractors’ establishments, open or enclosed with open storage limited to 5,000 square feet of lot area.
(2) Fuel, ice, coal, or wood sales, open or enclosed limited to 5,000 square feet of area per establishment.
§ 30-02 Open Lots Used for Storage or Sale of Motor Vehicles.
(a) General.
(1) (i) These rules shall apply to all open premises used for the storage or sale of more than four motor vehicles except as otherwise noted, including public parking lots, motor vehicle sales lots, accessory open parking spaces, etc. hereafter established and to all such existing premises hereafter enlarged or changed in location.
(ii) Before any premises is occupied for the storage or sale of motor vehicles, plans or diagrams and application shall be filed with the Department of Buildings by an applicant and a Certificate of Occupancy obtained from the Department. Application shall be made on forms furnished by the Department. Such Certificate of Occupancy shall contain inter alia, the maximum number of vehicles to be accommodated and the type of vehicle (private passenger or commercial).
(2) An application for or including an open parking lot shall be accompanied by a plan showing:
(i) dimensions of the plot and its location in relation to adjoining streets;
(ii) any structure existing or to be erected on the plot;
(iii) the relative elevations of the parking area, curbs and adjoining yards or courts;
(iv) the nature of the walls of adjoining structures, if any, i.e., whether masonry, frame, metal, etc.;
(v) retaining walls to be built;
(vi) retaining walls and open spaces, if any, on adjoining premises;
(vii) existing curb cuts and fences;
(viii) method of providing drainage of the lot;
(ix) material used to surface lot;
(x) etc. The application shall also submit such other information as may be requested by the Commissioner.
(3) (i) Construction of curb cuts and sidewalks shall comply with the provisions of § 27-558 of the Administrative Code. No Certificate of Occupancy shall be issued unless a drop curb permit has been obtained.
(ii) Curb cuts must be a minimum of five feet from the intersection of two street lines.
(iii) For passenger vehicles with a capacity of not more than nine persons, the minimum width of a curb cut shall be 10 feet including splays, and the minimum width of all entrances and driveways leading to parking spaces shall be eight feet. For all other motor vehicles the minimum width of all driveways shall be 10 feet.
(iv) No motor vehicle may be stored or parked in any location where it would obstruct a required window or required exit.
(4) Openings in enclosures shall be restricted to vehicular entrances and exits on the street frontages. The width of a vehicular entrance and exit shall not exceed the length of the curb cut plus eight feet on each side or 46 feet, whichever is smaller.
(5) (i) Open parking lots shall be graded to conform approximately to the elevation of the abutting sidewalks and properties and shall be maintained so that no drainage will flow onto abutting sidewalks and adjoining properties. Grade separation between the parking lot and properties may be established if masonry retaining walls approved by the Commissioner are installed.
(ii) No resurfacing of porous surfaces shall be done which would increase the thickness to more than 1 1/2 inches after compaction. Maintenance repairs to maintain level surface or to insure adequate drainability of porous surfaces shall be preceded by breaking up and removal of existing asphaltic concrete. The Commissioner of Buildings may require suitable tests to be submitted of the materials used.
(iii) The entrance and exit driveways between the curb line and the open parking lot shall be paved in accordance with the provisions of § 27-558 of the Administrative Code. The width of the driveway shall be the width of the opening in the enclosure.
(6) A sign which does not comply with all the requirements of the Administrative Code and the Zoning Resolution shall not be erected or maintained. Signs which may be erected shall be made secure, neatly lettered and properly maintained.
(7) (i) An open parking lot shall be occupied and used for the purpose stated on the Certificate of Occupancy; no other use, occupancy or service shall be conducted on the premises.
(ii) Space used for parking shall be entirely within the lot lines of the premises. Vehicles shall not encroach upon the sidewalks. Where a zoning restriction limits parking to a portion of the plot, the limit of the parking area shall be defined by a fence, wall milling or screening erected and maintained to the satisfaction of the Commissioner.
(iii) Every open parking lot shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition. The accumulation of rubbish or the storage of any kind of junk or waste is prohibited. Where a wood frame shelter, wood fence or railing are permitted, they shall be painted periodically in neat, workmanlike manner and shall be properly maintained.
(1) Curb cuts shall conform to the requirements of § 27-480(b), except for additional street frontage over 100 feet, there may be an additional curb cut for each 50 feet of frontage or major fraction thereof.
(2) (i) The premises shall have an enclosure on all interior lot lines and on street lines consisting of a substantial woven wire fence, iron picket fence, or masonry wall. A wood fence or railing may be acceptable at the discretion of the Commissioner in sparsely settled areas or outlying sections of the City. All enclosures shall be substantial and at least four feet high but may be omitted in cases where masonry walls of adjoining buildings abut the parking space. Such fences shall be installed in a permanent manner.
(ii) Bumpers shall be situated not less than one foot from adjacent property liens when vehicles are parked parallel to such adjacent property lines. Bumpers shall be situated not less than four feet from adjacent property lines when parked other than parallel to such adjacent property lines.
(iii) A steel guard rail or other substantial barrier designed in accordance with the provisions of § 27-558(b) of the Administrative Code which will prevent any part of a vehicle from extending across a property line, may be accepted m lieu of bumpers.
(3) (i) Open parking lots which are to be operated during any portion of the time from 6 p.m. through 6 a.m. shall be adequately illuminated, and the minimum illumination shall be one-tenth of one watt per square foot of parking area, distributed over the entire area. Lights shall be provided with reflectors arranged so that the illumination is directed downward and away from adjacent buildings. Floodlights may also be used where such floodlights do not project light upon adjacent or nearby property.
(ii) For a public parking lot, an attendant’s shelter conforming to the Construction Classification I-E of § 27-271 of the Administrative Code, 100 square feet or less in area may be erected three feet from a lot line with no fire rating of the exterior walls required. Within three (3) feet, a fire resistive rating of at least two hours is required for the wall nearest the lot line.
(iii) Where there is an attendant’s shelter, a copy of the Certificate of Occupancy shall be posted and maintained under glass in the shelter and a copy of the plan or diagram approved by the Department of Buildings shall be kept on the premises. Certified, reduced size, legible copies may be used for this purpose.
(4) Where strict compliance with any of these rules and regulations will create unnecessary hardship or will serve no useful purpose, the Commissioner may modify any part of these rules and regulations in a specific case if, in his opinion, the public health, safety and general welfare will not be endangered thereby, and such modification is in conformity with the general purpose of these rules and regulations.
(1) Public Parking Lots, filed with City Clerk October 13, 1964.
(2) Use of Vacant Land for Outdoor Motor Vehicle Sales Lot, filed with City Clerk April 22, 1955.
(3) Parking Spaces Accessory to Permissible Uses, filed with City Clerk, January 11, 1955.
(4) Accessory Garages and Parking Spaces for Dwellings, filed with the City Clerk January 22, 1951.
(5) Open Parking Lots – Proposed Rules as published in November, 1968.
§ 32-01 The Design and Installation of Curtain Wall and Panel Wall (Non-Loadbearing Exterior Wall) Systems. [Repealed]
(See 1 RCNY § 103-04)
Subchapter A: Phase-in of Electrical Code Technical Standards
§ 34-01 Phase-in of New Standards for Electrical Work. [Repealed]
*§ 34-02 Review of Applications for Electrical Permits and Certificates of Electrical Inspection During the Phase-in Period. [Repealed]* ::
§ 34-03 Temporary Certification to Perform Low Voltage Electrical Work. [Repealed]
*§ 34-04 Definitions.* ::
For the purposes of this chapter, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
Electrical Code. The term “Electrical Code” means Chapter 3 of Title 27 of the Administrative Code of the City of New York. Such term shall include the Electrical Code Technical Standards.
Electrical Code Technical Standards. The term “Electrical Code Technical Standards” means the edition of the National Fire Protection Association NFPA 70 National Electrical Code (“NEC”) currently adopted by New York City with such amendments as may be enacted by local law.
§ 34-05 Electrical Advisory Board. [Renumbered]
* Editor's note: See 1 RCNY § 4000-01 for current provisions.
§ 34-06 Electrical Code Revision and Interpretation Committee.
In accordance with section 27-3005(a)(7) of the Administrative Code, the Commissioner shall appoint a special committee to be known as the “electrical code revision and interpretation committee”. The committee may propose to the commissioner local amendments to the NEC and shall, upon request, provide interpretations and clarifications of the Electrical Code Technical Standards. The number of members and their organizational affiliations shall be at the discretion of the Commissioner. The members of the committee shall be appointed annually and shall serve at the pleasure of the Commissioner. The Committee shall have a Chair, Vice-Chair and Secretary appointed annually by the Commissioner. All proposed local amendments to the NEC adopted or considered for adoption by the city shall be submitted to the committee for review.
§ 34-07 Electrical Code Advisory Committee.
In accordance with section 27-3005(a)(7) of the Administrative Code the Commissioner shall appoint a special committee to be known as the “electrical code advisory committee”. The committee shall advise the Commissioner regarding the approval of local amendments to the NEC proposed by the Electrical Code Revision and Interpretation Committee and the implementation of such amendments, and shall act as a conduit between the Department and the electrical industry regarding such proposed amendments and their implementation. The members of the committee shall be appointed annually and shall serve at the pleasure of the Commissioner. The number of members and their organizational affiliations shall be at the discretion of the Commissioner. The Committee shall have a Chair, Vice-Chair and Secretary appointed annually by the Commissioner. The Commissioner shall submit all local amendments to the edition of the National Fire Protection Association NFPA 70 NEC currently adopted or being considered for adoption by the city to the committee for review.
§ 35-01 Designation of Private Agencies to Perform Electrical Inspections in the City of New York.
(a) Grounds for certification and renewal of certification. The commissioner may grant and each January thereafter renew certification of private electrical inspection agencies, provided:
(1) the agency applying for certification certifies in writing that each of the inspectors it shall employ to conduct the inspections permitted by § 27-3005(2)(b) of the Administrative Code shall possess five years experience as an electrician or inspector of electrical installation; or three years of experience as an electrician or inspector of electrical installation plus two years of education at an accredited college technical school in a program emphasizing courses in electrical installations or education toward a baccalaureate degree in Electrical Engineering or Engineering Technology with an emphasis on electrical installation or repair. Two of the requisite years of working experience as an electrician or inspector of electrical installation shall be experience in the installation of lighting, heating and power. Experience and education must be acceptable to the Department of Buildings and is subject to the Commissioner’s review and approval; and
(2) the agency possesses
(i) a general liability insurance policy in excess of $5 million, and
(ii) worker’s compensation insurance for its employees and submits copies of the Insurance Certificates to the Commissioner; and
(3) the agency furnishes the names of its inspectors and documentation supporting the experience required by 1 RCNY § 35-01(a)(1) hereof, and thereafter promptly advises the commissioner of any changes in personnel affecting the inspection permitted; and
(4) the agency prohibits its inspectors and other employees from accepting any gratuities or other benefit for work performed pursuant to these regulations and § 27-3005(2)(b) of the Administrative Code; and
(5) the agency does not conduct an inspection pursuant to § 27-3005(2)(b) of the Administrative Code of any work performed by any of its own officers, employees, or any other person associated with the agency; and
(6) the agency has a legal place of business within the city of New York (P.O. Box not acceptable).
(1) The commissioner or his designee may deny or revoke certification where investigation reveals any of the following:
(i) the agency has failed to comply with any of the provisions enumerated in 1 RCNY § 35-01(a);
(ii) the agency has knowingly made false or misleading statements, or knowingly falsified or allowed to be falsified any certificate, form, signed statement, application, or report filed with the department, or failed to file a report required by law or the department or willfully impeded or obstructed such filing, or induced another person to do so; (iii) the agency engages in any other conduct evidencing a willful or grossly negligent failure to comply with provisions of state or local law, or rules or regulations promulgated pursuant to statutory authority; or
(iv) the agency engages in any other conduct evidencing a departure from the standard or good character applicable to the trade of licensed electrician.
(2) Where the commissioner or his designee, in his or her discretion, deems the certification of the agency shall be revoked, the agency shall be entitled to a hearing before the Office of Administrative Trials and Hearings as provided by rules promulgated by the department.
(3) Where the commissioner or his designee, in his or her discretion, deems that continued certification of the agency would be likely to create a condition of imminent peril to public safety, the revocation determination shall be effective immediately. In such an instance, the agency shall be entitled to a hearing pursuant to 1 RCNY § 35-01(b)(2) at the next available scheduled hearing session before the Office of Administrative Trials and Hearings.
(1) A contractual agreement between the agency and the City of New York is required in order for the agency to perform electrical inspections for the City of New York.
(2) Certification by the Commissioner is a prerequisite for participation in the contracting process.
§ 35-02 Payment of Fees for Certificates of Electrical Inspection.
(a) All applications for a certificate of electrical inspection for electrical work filed with the Department of Buildings shall specify a completion date for such work. No certificates of electrical inspection, other than temporary certificates for electrical service, shall be issued, unless and until the required total application fee or fees therefor shall have been paid to the commissioner.
(1) The filing fee set forth in 27-3018, subdivision (b) of the Administrative Code shall be paid upon the filing of the application for a certificate of electrical inspection.
(2) (i) The licensee shall schedule an inspection within thirty (30) days after the completion date specified on the application in accordance with procedures established by the Department. The remainder of the total fee, based upon the work listed on the application, shall be due and payable upon completion of the scheduled inspection by the Department. Upon completion of the inspection and the Department’s determination that the work performed is complete and in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Electrical Code and upon the Department’s having received full payment of applicable fees, including any additional fee payable under paragraph (4) of this subdivision, a certificate of electrical inspection shall be issued to the licensee.
(ii) if the licensee fails to schedule an inspection in accordance with Department’s procedures within thirty days after the completion date specified on the application for a certificate of electrical inspection, or such date as extended by the Department, or cancels a scheduled inspection appointment with less than forty-eight (48) hours notice, or cancels a scheduled inspection more than forty-eight (48) hours prior to the inspection without scheduling an alternative date in accordance with Department procedures, or fails to provide access for the scheduled inspection, or if upon inspection it is determined by the Department that the work is not complete, or the scope of the work exceeds the scope of work indicated on the application or the work is not in compliance with the Electrical Code, the remainder of the total fee shall be due and payable immediately.
(3) Where the remainder of the total fee is due and payable immediately, as provided in paragraph (2)(ii) above, the licensee shall continue to be required to schedule an inspection(s) in the same manner as the initial inspection until the Department determines that the work performed conforms with the scope of the work indicated on the application and is in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Electrical Code. Upon such a determination and upon the Department’s having received full payment of applicable fees, including any additional fee payable under paragraph (4) of this subdivision, a certificate of electrical inspection shall be issued to the licensee.
(4) Any additional fee, based on amendments to the original application that include additional work, must be paid prior to the issuance of a certificate of electrical inspection.
§ 36-01 Evaluation of Educational Experience of Applicants for Electrical Contractor Licenses.
(a) Experience. Any applicant for an electrical contractor's license must have experience in the installation, alteration and repair of wiring and appliances for electrical light, heat and power in or on buildings as set forth in New York City Administrative Code § 27-3010. In evaluating this experience, credit may be given for the educational experience of applicants who have attended courses in a recognized vocational, industrial or trade school in electrical wiring, installation and design, or applied electricity.
(1) A recognized vocational, industrial or trade school in electrical wiring, installation and design, or applied electricity, is one offering a comprehensive curriculum of classes and practical laboratories taught in a logical progression to complete a specific course of study in electricity, as set forth in the description of the instructional program in residential, industrial and commercial electricity contained in the New York State Education Department guidelines for trade and industrial education, or the equivalent as determined by the Commissioner of Buildings upon the recommendation of the New York City Electrical License Board.
(2) A curriculum year of credit shall be no less than 200 classroom hours comprised of 20 percent lecture hours and 80 percent practical laboratory hours, or the equivalent as determined by the Commissioner of Buildings upon the recommendation of the New York City Electrical License Board.
§ 36-02 Impact of Periods of Unemployment upon Applications for Electrician’s Licenses.
(a) Applicability. Pursuant to New York City Administrative Code § 27-3010, any applicant for a master or special electrician's license shall have had, immediately preceding his or her application, at least seven and one-half (71/2) years of experience in the installation, alteration and repair of wiring and appliances for electric light, heat and power in or on buildings. In evaluating this experience, the Department recognizes that periods of unemployment may make continuous employment for the seven and one-half (71/2) years preceding his or her application impossible. Thus, in evaluating whether a master or special electrician's license applicant has sufficient work experience, the Department may exclude periods of unemployment when considering whether work experience immediately preceded the application date, as set forth in this rule.
§ 37-01 Rules of Procedure for Amending, Revising or Promulgating Reference Standards. [Repealed]
§ 38-01 Ventilation of Garage Spaces Below Grade.
(a) [Applies only to buildings constructed before effective date of Local Law 76 of 1968; Dec. 6, 1968]. Wherever the floor of a garage designed for the live storage of five (5) or more motor vehicles is more than two (2) feet below curb, ventilation shall be provided as required by the provisions of subdivision a of [former] § C26-267.0 of the Administrative Code.
§ 39-01 Cooling Towers and Evaporative Condensers. [Repealed]
Subchapter A: Scope
§ 40-01 Installation and Maintenance of Gas-Fueled Water and Space Heaters in all Portions of Dwellings Used or Occupied for Living Purposes.
These rules shall govern the installation and maintenance of gas-fueled space and water heaters in the residence portions of multiple dwellings in the City of New York, including but not limited to the installation of such devices in multiple dwellings which are installed in lieu of centrally supplied heat and hot water under the provisions of § 27-2028 and § 27-2032 of the Administrative Code and in one and two family residences not heated by a central heating system.
Subchapter B: Departmental Procedure
§ 40-11 Applications and Plans.
(a) Before commencing the installation of a gas-fueled space or water heater in a dwelling an application, as specified below must be filed in the borough office of the Department of Buildings where the installation is to be made, giving the address of the dwelling and all pertinent information required on the forms.
§ 40-12 Examination and Approval of Applications.
(a) Applications, when filed, shall be processed in the usual manner and forwarded to the inspectors of plumbing.
§ 40-13 Commencement of Work.
(a) It shall be unlawful to commence any construction for which an application has been filed until a permit for the proposed work has been issued by the borough superintendent, and it shall be unlawful to commence the installation of piping of any gas appliance until a registered plumber has filed a signed statement with the borough superintendent containing the address of said plumber and stating that he is duly authorized to proceed with the work.
§ 40-14 Inspection of Gas-Fueled Space and Water Heaters.
(a) Where an application has been filed it shall be the responsibility of the inspectors of plumbing to see that gas-fueled space and water heaters are installed in dwellings, apartments and rooms where such heaters are permitted to be installed in lieu of central heat or supply of hot water. They shall see to it that the appliances are of types approved by the Department of Buildings and the American Gas Association, and are installed in compliance with these rules.
§ 40-15 Issuing Approvals.
(a) A gas-fueled space or water heater installed after December 18, 1957, and a gas-fueled space heater installed prior to that date, in the residence portion of a multiple dwelling and installed after October 1, 1964, in one and two family dwellings, shall be approved by the Department of Buildings only if it is of a type approved by the Department of Buildings and the American Gas Association, and if it has been installed in compliance with these rules. A gas-fueled water heater installed in a multiple dwelling prior to December 18, 1957, and in a one or two family dwelling prior to October 1, 1964 shall be approved by this department only after it has been made to comply with all the requirements of these rules. The certification of approval of type of appliance by the Department of Buildings of such water heaters shall be attached to the application.
Subchapter C: Where Heaters May Be Used
§ 40-21 Substitution for Central Heating or Hot Water Supply.
Gas-fueled or water heaters may be used in lieu of centrally supplied heat or hot water only in an apartment in a dwelling which complies with all the following requirements:
Subchapter D: Installation of Gas-fueled Heaters
§ 40-31 Required Approvals of Appliances.
Gas-fueled space and water heaters, installed after December 18, 1957, in apartments in multiple dwellings, in lieu of centrally supplied heat or hot water where such centrally supplied heat or hot water supply is required by the Multiple Dwelling Code, and in one and two family dwellings installed after October 1, 1964 shall be of types approved by the Department of Buildings and the American Gas Association.
§ 40-32 Prohibited Types of Water Heaters.
On and after December 18, 1957, it shall be unlawful to install in any apartment in any multiple dwelling, and after October 1, 1964 in a one or two family dwelling a gas-fueled water heater, so designed and arranged that it heats water in pipe coils placed at a distance from the hot water storage tank.
§ 40-33 Number and Capacity of Gas-Fueled Heaters.
(a) Where gas-fueled heaters are permitted to be installed in lieu of the required centrally supplied heat, each "living room," as such term is defined in subdivision 18 of § 4 of the Multiple Dwelling Law, shall be heated by a heater placed in such room or in an adjoining room which connects with it except that a room whose exterior walls are exposed only on a fully enclosed inner court may be heated by a heater located one room removed from such room. For this purpose, an inner court shall be considered fully enclosed even though some of the enclosure walls are located on an adjoining lot. The aggregate input capacity of the heater or heaters installed in any apartment shall not be less than the number of living room times ten thousand (10,000) British thermal units per hour.
§ 40-34 Capacity of Water Heaters.
Gas-fueled water heaters shall be automatic storage types having a capacity of not less than twenty gallons and shall, in any event, be adequate to provide a supply of hot water as defined in § 27-2031 and § 27-2034 of the Housing Maintenance Code, and 24 RCNY Health Code § 131.042.
§ 40-35 Shut-Off Devices.
Each gas-fueled space or water heater installed in an apartment in a dwelling shall be equipped with an effective device which will automatically shut off the gas supply to such heater in the event that its pilot light or other constantly burning flame is extinguished, or in the event of an interruption of the gas supply to such heater. Such automatic gas shut-off device shall be of a type which, after it has shut off the supply of gas to a heater, will not permit such heater to be relighted unless such shut-off device is first reset manually.
§ 40-36 Gas Piping.
(a) The sizes of gas piping shall be such as to give an adequate volumetric flow of gas to all appliances. The minimum diameter of gas piping shall be three-quarters of an inch (3/4") except that a branch supplying only one appliance may be one-half inch (1/2") diameter.
§ 40-37 Appliances in Sleeping Rooms.
(a) Gas-fueled water heaters shall not be installed in a room occupied for sleeping purposes, in bathrooms, or in any occupied room normally kept closed.
(1) Obtains combustion air directly from the outside of the building or through a duct leading to the outside.
(2) It vents directly to space outside of the building other than an inner court, or is connected through a flue or outlet pipe with an outside chimney which conforms with the requirements of Subchapter 15 of Chapter 1 of Title 27 of the Administrative Code (Building Code). A flue in an existing brick chimney may be used if it is in good condition and tests show that it will provide adequate draft.
§ 40-38 Clearances from Combustible Materials.
(a) Space heaters and water heaters approved by the American Gas Association Laboratories, shall have clearance from combustible materials in accordance with the terms of their approval.
§ 40-39 Venting of Gas Appliances.
(a) Definitions.
Flue, vent or outlet pipe. A “flue, vent or outlet pipe” is a conduit or passageway, vertical or nearly so, for conveying flue gases to the outer air.
Vent connector. A “vent connector” is a pipe connecting an appliance with the flue, vent, outlet pipe or chimney.
§ 40-40 Gas-Fueled Space Heaters Installed Prior to December 18, 1957.
(a) Gas-fueled space heaters installed prior to December 18, 1957, if of a type not approved by the Department of Health and the American Gas Association, shall be replaced by centrally supplied heat or by gas heaters approved by the said authorities on or before November 1, 1958, in any tenement and converted dwelling which contains ten or more apartments, and on or before November 1, 1959, in other tenements and converted dwellings.
§ 40-41 Gas-Fueled Water Heaters Installed Prior to December 18, 1957.
(a) On or before November 1, 1958, in any tenement and converted dwelling which contains ten or more apartments, and on or before November 1, 1959, in other tenements and converted dwellings, any gas-fueled water heater installed prior to December 18, 1957, if of a type not approved by the Department of Health, shall be replaced by a supply of hot water or by a water heater approved by said department.
§ 40-42 Maintenance of Space and Water Heaters.
(a) The owner of the tenement or converted dwelling and of the one and two family dwelling in which gas-fueled space and water heaters have been installed by him shall maintain each such appliance in a condition of good repair and in good operating condition.
§ 40-43 Existing Appliances in Ineligible Locations.
Where a gas-fueled space heater or water heater has heretofore been installed in a dwelling not complying with all the requirements of 1 RCNY § 40-21, nothing in these rules shall be construed to relieve the owner of his responsibility to provide for such dwelling centrally supplied heat and supply of hot water.
§ 40-44 [Reserved]
Where there is a practical difficulty in carrying out the strict letter of the provisions of these rules, the Borough Superintendent may vary such provisions for a specific installation, provided the necessary safety is secured and the variance is not in conflict with Administrative Code.
§ 41-01 Venting of Gas Water Heaters and Other Gas Appliances in Multiple Dwellings.
(a) This section shall apply to vents for gas burning water heaters within apartments of multiple dwellings as required by § 27-887(d) of the Administrative Code (Building Code) and to gas appliances in rooms or spaces without a window opening to the outer air, used for living or sleeping within a multiple dwelling, where required by the provisions of § 64 of the Multiple Dwelling Law.
(1) Several vents may be connected to a flue if the cross-sectional area of the flue is equal to or greater than the total cross-sectional area of all vents so connected. No vent from a water heater or other gas appliance within an apartment may be connected to a flue serving a central heating plant.
(2) Vents may be connected to a flue serving appliances burning other than gas fuel provided the connection of the gas appliance to the flue is at least nine (9) inches above the connection of the other heat producing device, or through a suitable “Y” connection in a common vent pipe of proper diameter.
(3) Every flue to which a vent from a gas water heater is attached, shall extend to a distance of not less than four (4) feet above a flat roof, or two (2) feet above a pitched roof. Such flues on the exterior of a building, and the portions of the vent pipes on the exterior of a building, shall consist of standard water, steam or soil pipe, cement-asbestos pipe, metal-asbestos pipe, or other corrosion resistant material satisfactory to the Department. Flues and vent pipes on the exterior of buildings shall be adequately supported and braced. Flues within buildings shall be constructed as low temperature chimneys.
(4) Vents leading to an outside flue or terminating at the exterior of the building may pass through the upper part of a window if the vent is adequately secured in place and provided the vent is so arranged as to give minimum interference with the operation of the window, provided the area of the windows in the room after alteration equals or exceeds that required by law. Vents may also pass through an exterior wall by means of a metal sleeve placed in the wall. The metal sleeve shall consist of standard water, steam, or soil pipe, cement-asbestos pipe, or other approved material. The space between the sleeve and the vent shall be filled with incombustible material.
(5) Vent pipes may be terminated at the exterior of an outside wall of a building in which case the vents shall be turned upward for not less than ten (10) inches, except that for any vent pipes installed after June 30, 1955, the vertical rise of the vent pipe shall not be less than one and one-third times the length of the horizontal run of the vent pipe. No vent pipe shall terminate below the level of the top of a window unless at least three (3) feet distant from any part of the window. Vents shall be capped with an approved tee. Vents on the exterior of a building shall comply with the provisions of paragraph (4), subdivision (d) of this section as to the material that may be used.
§ 42-01 Entrance Doors, Locks and Intercommunication Systems.
(a) Bulkhead doors and scuttles shall have no key locks and shall not be locked by a key at any time. The only permissible and acceptable means of securing a bulkhead door or scuttle is by means of a movable bolt or hook on the inside.
§ 43-01 Installation of Peepholes.
(a) These new peepholes, or door interviewers, must bear a label showing the approval of the Department of Buildings or the previous approval of the Board of Standards and Appeals.
§ 43-02 Installation of Two 50 Watt Lights at Front Entrance Way.
(a) All electrical work shall be done in accordance with the requirements and approval of the Department of Buildings.
§ 43-03 Installation of Viewing Mirrors in Self-Service Elevators.
(a) Mirrors shall be made of polished metal.
§ 43-04 Installation of Lights in Rear Yards, Side Yards, Front Yards and Courts.
(a) All electrical work shall be done in accordance with requirements and approval of the Department of Buildings.
§ 45-01 Microfilming of Application Folders and Associated Documentation for Temporary and Final Certificates of Occupancy and Letters of Completion.
(a) Purpose.
(1) To provide the procedure whereby the Department of Buildings will microfilm application folders and associated documentation for certificates of occupancy, temporary certificates of occupancy and/or letters of completion.
(1) The Department requires that the contents of approved folders be microfilmed twice.
(i) Prior to permit, the contents of approved folders, including but not limited to application plans and documents, must be microfilmed by the applicant using an outside vendor.
(ii) At the time of request for the first temporary and final certificate of occupancy and/or letter of completion, a second microfilming must be performed by the Department of Buildings.
(2) The minimum fee for microfilming by the Department shall be $35.00 and shall be paid at the time the initial job application is filed. This fee covers microfilming of the application file at the time a certificate of occupancy or letter of completion is issued. In the event filming requires more than two fiche, an additional $10.00 per fiche will be charged at the time the temporary or final certificate of occupancy or letter of completion is issued. In the event the Department has microfilmed the folder and associated documentation upon issuance of a temporary certificate of occupancy, there will be no charge for the microfilming of those documents added to the folder for the final certificate of occupancy if less than twenty (20) pages. If the added documents are more than 20 pages, the excess will be charged at $10.00 per fiche.
(3) The Department will send a copy of the microfilm of the application, associated documentation and certificate of occupancy or letter of completion to the applicant after a certificate of occupancy or letter of completion is issued.
§ 46-01 Persons Authorized to Perform Inspections, Tests, Certifications, and Other Functions on Behalf of the Department.
(a) Authorized representatives. Persons authorized to perform inspections, other than officers and employees of the Department, shall include the following:
(1) Professional engineers and registered architects licensed under the New York State Education Law are authorized to review plans and satisfy objections issued at plan examination and perform tests and inspections required by title 26 and 27 of the New York City Administrative Code (“the code”), in accordance with code requirements and all applicable rules and regulations of the Department;
(2) Professional engineers and registered architects licensed under the New York State Education Law and master plumbers and master fire suppression piping contractors licensed by the Department are authorized to inspect and witness tests for plumbing, standpipes, and sprinklers in accordance with the code, to the extent they are qualified by the terms of their licenses and experience;
(3) Professional engineers, registered architects, licensed master plumbers, and representatives of utility companies may also witness tests of gas piping systems in accordance with the code and applicable rules and regulations of the Department;
(4) Other persons and entities licensed by the Department under title 26 of the code are authorized to perform inspections of work performed under their licenses pursuant to the code and applicable rules and regulations of the Department;
(5) Land surveyors and landscape architects licensed under the New York State Education Law are authorized to review plans and to perform inspections of work performed under their licenses pursuant to the code and applicable rules and regulations of the Department;
(6) Qualified boiler inspectors are authorized to perform boiler inspections under section 27-793(b) of the code and rules promulgated thereunder;
(7) Private elevator inspection agencies certified under 1 RCNY § 11-01 are authorized to perform and witness elevator inspections and tests in accordance with code provisions; and
(8) Private electrical inspection agencies certified under 1 RCNY § 35-01 are authorized to perform electrical inspections.
§ 48-01 General Provisions. [Repealed.]
*§ 48-02 Duties. [Repealed.]* ::
§ 48-03 Registration of Construction Superintendents. [Repealed.]
*§ 48-04 Disciplinary Actions. [Repealed.]* ::
§ 48-05 Obligations of Others. [Repealed.]
*§ 48-06 Severability. [Repealed.]* ::
Subchapter A: General Provisions
§ 49-01 Definitions.
For the purposes of this chapter, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
Accessory sign. The term “accessory sign” shall mean an accessory sign within the meaning and intent of the term “accessory use” as defined in § 12-10 of the Zoning Resolution.
Advertising sign. The term “advertising sign” shall mean an “advertising sign” as defined in § 12-10 of the Zoning Resolution.
Affiliate outdoor advertising companies. The term “affiliate outdoor advertising companies” or “affiliate OACs” shall mean two or more outdoor advertising companies interrelated with one another such that one or more of such outdoor advertising companies maintains an interest in the others as hereinafter described: An outdoor advertising company (“OAC”) (A) has an interest in another OAC (B) where one or more of the following are present:
(1) A owns 10 percent or more of the voting stock of B, where B is a stock-issuing entity;
(2) A is a general partner in B, where B is a partnership or joint venture;
(3) A has an ownership interest of 10 percent or more in B, in a form not otherwise described in (1) or (2) above, where such ownership interest confers a power or right to vote or exercise similar control over the affairs of B proportionate to such ownership interest;
(4) A has one or more officers in common with B;
(5) A has one or more key managers (chief executive officer; chief financial officer; chief operating officer; or persons with equivalent functions, irrespective of organizational title) in common with B;
(6) A, by agency or other agreement, whether written or oral, conducts part or all of B’s outdoor advertising business or has the power or right to direct part or all of B’s outdoor advertising business;
(7) A, by way of advertising, promotions or other methods, holds itself out as having the authority to, via a shared inventory arrangement, sell or lease space on signs situated on buildings or premises within the city, for outdoor advertising purposes, where the ownership, leasehold, license or other form of site control with respect to such signs is held by B. For the purposes of this chapter both A and B shall be known and referred to individually by the term “affiliate OAC” or “affiliate” and collectively by the term “affiliate OACs” or “affiliates.” Affiliates shall be jointly and severally liable for compliance with this chapter. Where affiliation is established only by virtue of a shared inventory of signs, sign structures or sign locations as described in example (7) above, responsibility for compliance and any resulting liability shall be limited to the extent of such shared inventory.
Affiliated outdoor advertising company. The term “affiliated outdoor advertising company” or “affiliated OAC” shall mean a single OAC that has authorized a responsible affiliate to act on its behalf for registration in accordance with this chapter.
Applicant. The term “applicant” shall mean an OAC that has filed an application for registration with the Department as required by § 26-260 of the Administrative Code and subchapter B of this chapter. Except where application is made pursuant to 1 RCNY § 49-12(a)(3), the party holding fee or the dominant lease to a sign, sign structure or sign location, shall act as the applicant. With respect to an application for registration filed on behalf of an affiliated OAC the term “applicant” shall mean the responsible affiliate.
Approach. The term “approach” as found within the description of arterial highways indicated within appendix C of the Zoning Resolution, shall mean that portion of a roadway connecting the local street network to a bridge or tunnel and from which there is no entry or exit to such network.
Arterial highways. The term “arterial highways” shall mean arterial highways as defined by § 26-253(c) of the Administrative Code.
Commissioner. The term “Commissioner” shall mean the Commissioner of Buildings or his/her designee.
Days. The term “days” shall mean calendar days.
Department. The term “Department” shall mean the Department of Buildings.
Material change. The term “material change” shall mean a change in information supplied to the Department on an application form where the Department has indicated on such form by asterisk or otherwise that the information to be supplied is considered by the Department to be significant.
Non-conforming sign. The term “non-conforming sign” shall mean a sign that is “non-conforming” as defined by § 12-10 of the Zoning Resolution. The extent of the “non-conforming” use status shall be as set forth in §§ 32-66, 42-55, and 42-58 of the Zoning Resolution.
Outdoor advertising business. The term “outdoor advertising business” shall mean “outdoor advertising business” as defined by § 26-259(c) of the Administrative Code. For the purposes of this rule, property owners and managers shall not be considered engaged in the outdoor advertising business where they are involved strictly to the extent of leasing space on property they control to an independent registered OAC that has registered the sign within its sign inventory. Such exclusion shall not apply where the property owner/manager has any interest in an OAC or role in any aspect of the OAC’s operation or management.
Outdoor advertising company. The term “outdoor advertising company” or “OAC” shall mean “outdoor advertising company” as defined by § 26-259(b) of the Administrative Code.
Responsible affiliate. The term “responsible affiliate” shall mean the applicant that is authorized, by written instrument filed with the Department, to file an application for registration and to otherwise act on behalf of an affiliated OAC and receive all notices required to be sent under this chapter on behalf of such affiliated OAC. For the purposes of this chapter any direction or requirement imposed upon an OAC shall, with respect to an affiliated OAC, be undertaken by the responsible affiliate on behalf of the affiliated OAC and such affiliated OAC shall be bound by the act or failure to act of such responsible affiliate.
Responsible officer. The term “responsible officer” shall mean an officer or official of an OAC who is authorized to bind and commit such OAC and any affiliate(s).
Sign. The term “sign” shall mean a sign as defined in § 12-10 of the Zoning Resolution. Such term shall not include any sign erected upon property not subject to Department jurisdiction. Each sign face shall be a sign.
Sign inventory. The term “sign inventory” shall mean the list of signs, sign structures and sign locations under the control of an OAC, responsible affiliate or affiliated OACs as required and specified by § 26-261 of the Administrative Code and 1 RCNY § 49-15.
Sign location. The term “sign location” shall mean sign location as defined by § 26-259(f) of the Administrative Code.
Sign structure. The term “sign structure” shall mean the supports or uprights, including the sign face(s), whether attached to a building or other structure or freestanding, of a sign.
Within view. The term “within view” shall mean that part or all of the sign copy, sign structure, or sign location that is discernable.
Work permit. The term “work permit” shall mean a permit to erect, alter or install signs or sign structures issued pursuant to § 27-177 of the Administrative Code.
§ 49-02 Obligation to Cooperate with Inquiries.
All OACs and all principals thereof, shall cooperate with Department investigations into the conduct of the outdoor advertising business within the City of New York, and shall provide prompt, accurate and complete responses to reasonable inquiries by the Department about the conduct of such business.
§ 49-03 Obligation to Comply with an Order of the Commissioner.
OACs shall be obligated to comply with any order issued by the Commissioner pursuant to this chapter.
§ 49-04 Severability.
If any clause, sentence, paragraph, section or part of this rule or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall for any reason be adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, such judgment shall not affect, impair or invalidate the remainder of this rule or the application thereof to other persons or circumstances, but shall be confined in its operation to the clause, sentence, paragraph, section or part thereof directly involved in the controversy in which such judgment shall have been rendered and to the person or circumstance involved.
Subchapter B: Registration of Outdoor Advertising Companies
§ 49-11 Effective Dates.
(a) On and after the 60th day after the effective date of this chapter, it shall be unlawful for an OAC to engage in the outdoor advertising business, or, by way of advertising, promotions or other methods, hold itself out as engaging in the outdoor advertising business, unless such OAC is registered with and has been issued a registration number by the Department and such registration has not expired or been revoked. Notwithstanding the foregoing provision, an OAC that is in existence on the effective date of this chapter may continue to do business as an OAC pending the issuance of a registration number if such OAC has filed a registration application pursuant to 1 RCNY § 49-12 on or prior to the 60th day after the effective date of this chapter and such application has not been rejected by the Department in accordance with subdivision c of such section.
§ 49-12 Application for Registration.
(a) The application for registration or the renewal of registration shall contain all of the information required by the application form and these rules. Except where an application is filed pursuant to subsection (3)* below, the party holding fee or the dominant lease to the sign, sign structure or sign location, shall act as the applicant for registration. An applicant shall:
(1) file an application for registration and be issued an OAC registration number; or,
(2) where an affiliated OAC exists, file an application for registration on behalf of itself and any affiliated OAC only to the extent of their shared control of any sign(s), sign structure(s), and sign location(s), and each such shared inventory shall be issued the OAC registration number that has been assigned to the applicant; or,
(3) file a single application for registration on behalf of itself and every affiliated OAC, including all signs, sign structures, and sign locations under the control of the applicant and every affiliated OAC. A responsible officer of the applicant shall certify the completeness and accuracy of the application and accompanying documents. A responsible officer of the affiliated OAC shall authorize the applicant to submit an application and act on behalf of the affiliated OAC. The Department shall act upon the application either by accepting the application or by notifying the applicant of deficiency in accordance with subdivision c of this section promptly but not later than 60 days after the date of receipt of the application, except that on or before such 60th day, the Commissioner may on good cause shown and upon notification to the applicant, extend such time for an additional 45 days. If the Department fails to act upon the application within such 60-day period or, where applicable, within such further 45-day period, the application shall be deemed accepted.
§ 49-13 Term and Fees.
(a) The term of the registration shall be for two years commencing on the date of issuance of an OAC registration number. The fee for the initial registration shall be $1,500 per applicant, plus $125 for each: sign; sign structure vacant of signage; and tax lot vacant of both signage and sign structures, listed in the sign inventory. The biennial registration renewal fee shall be $750 per applicant, plus $50 for each: sign; sign structure vacant of signage; and tax lot vacant of both signage and sign structures, listed in the sign inventory. The fee per material change shall be $25.
§ 49-14 Acceptable Type of Security.
(a) An applicant shall maintain security in the form of a letter of credit from an issuing bank or other security acceptable to the Department for all signs included in its inventory. Proof of such security must be filed with the Department with the initial application for registration and with all registration renewal applications. OACs may post one letter of credit or other security acceptable to the Department with respect to all affiliates or separate security for each affiliated OAC. The maximum number of letters of credit or other security acceptable to the Department shall not exceed the total number of signs in the inventory. The security must be in full force and effect from and after the date of registration. When a letter of credit or other security acceptable to the Department expires, is cancelled, is not renewed or for any reason becomes unenforceable, it shall be replaced forthwith and notice of such replacement shall be filed with the Department within 30 days thereafter. The bank shall be required to notify the Department promptly in the event of cancellation, failure to renew or other event that would render the security unavailable to the Department.
§ 49-15 Sign Inventory to be Submitted with Registration Application.
(a) In addition to the information and documentation required by 1 RCNY § 49-12(a), an applicant shall submit, pursuant to § 26-261 of the Administrative Code, a sign inventory that shall include all signs, sign structures and sign locations located (1) within a distance of 900 linear feet from and within view of an arterial highway; or (2) within 200 linear feet from and within view of a public park of one-half acre or more. Such sign inventory shall be filed together with the registration application and each renewal registration application. The sign inventory submitted in connection with the renewal registration application shall include all material changes since the last registration or renewal registration application, and shall be accompanied by a statement that identifies all material changes since such prior registration. A registration application or renewal application submitted without such sign inventory or statement shall not be considered complete and may be rejected in accordance with subdivision (c) of 1 RCNY § 49-12.
(1) an affiliated OAC, in accordance with subdivision (a)(2) of 1 RCNY § 49-12, shall include all signs, sign structures and sign locations under the shared control of such responsible affiliate and affiliated OAC; or,
(2) every affiliated OAC, in accordance with subdivision (a)(3) of 1 RCNY § 49-12, shall include all signs, sign structures and sign locations under the control of such responsible affiliate and every affiliated OAC.
(1) For each sign, sign structure and sign location, the public park and/or arterial highway to which it is proximate pursuant to 1 RCNY § 49-15(a) shall be identified, and its distance in feet from such public park or arterial highway shall be listed. Such distance shall be calculated as the length of a horizontal plane extending between a vertical plane reflecting the edge of the sign, sign structure or sign location closest to the park or arterial highway and a vertical plane reflecting the portion of the park or highway closest to the sign, sign structure or sign location. Where a sign location is vacant of buildings or other structures to support signage, the measurement shall be from the edge of its tax lot closest to the public park and/or arterial highway.
(2) The block and lot numbers and the address, if one exists, for the premises of each sign, sign structure and sign location.
(3) The size of each sign and sign structure described in linear feet and inches.
(4) The height in feet and inches of the highest portion of each sign and sign structure above the curb level.
(5) Each sign shall be identified as either “advertising” or “non-advertising.” To the extent a sign is a non-conforming sign, it must further be identified as “non-conforming advertising” or “non-conforming non-advertising.” A sign identified as “non-conforming advertising” or “non-conforming non-advertising” shall be submitted to the Department for confirmation of its non-conforming status, pursuant to 1 RCNY § 49-16.
(6) For each accessory sign, the name and mailing address of the business to which the sign directs attention, the nature of such business and the square footage of the floor space occupied by such business on the zoning lot.
(7) The name and address of all parties with an interest in the premises where each sign, sign structure and sign location is situated.
(8) The name and address of all parties with an interest in the sign or sign structure.
(9) A diagram, labeled with the information required by (1), (2) and (3) above, eight and one-half by eleven inches in size, that shows the position of the sign, sign structure or sign location on the lot with the distance in feet to the proximate highway or park.
(10) Digitized and printed eight inch by ten inch color photographs, clearly showing a front view and, if practicable, a rear view of the entire sign and sign structure and the building or other structure to which the sign or sign structure is attached.
(11) The work permit for the erection, installation, or most recent alteration of the sign or sign structure. To the extent such document is unavailable, the Department may accept a statement of diligent search.
(12) For each conforming sign, the name and license number of the master or special sign hanger who hung or erected each sign.
(13) Whether the sign is illuminated and if so whether such illumination is indirect as such term is defined in § 12-10 of the Zoning Resolution. If the sign is illuminated, the sign inventory shall include the permit number assigned by the Electrical Division of the Department for the associated power connection and if applicable, the illuminated sign permit number.
(14) Where a sign inventory is submitted on behalf of affiliated OACs, the legal name of the OAC that markets or manages each sign, sign structure or sign location and the legal name of the OAC with an ownership interest in each such sign, sign structure or sign location, if different, shall be identified.
(15) With respect to each sign that has been identified in the sign inventory as a non-conforming sign, the following additional information shall be included with the registration application:
a. The Zoning Resolution section that establishes the sign as a non-conforming sign.
b. Evidence that the non-conforming sign existed and the size of the sign that existed as of the relevant date set forth in the Zoning Resolution to establish its lawful status. Acceptable evidence may include permits, sign-offs of applications after completion, photographs and leases demonstrating that the non-conforming use existed prior to the relevant date. Affidavits, Department cashier’s receipts and permit applications, without other supporting documentation, are not sufficient to establish the non-conforming status of a sign. The submitted evidence must specifically establish the non-conforming aspect of the sign. For example, where evidence is submitted to establish that a sign is a non-conforming advertising sign, proof that the sign was erected, but that does not establish that it was advertising, will not be sufficient.
c. Affidavit signed by the registered architect or professional engineer, that he or she reasonably believes the sign to be non-conforming based on the evidence submitted.
(1) A responsible officer of the OAC shall co-sign the affidavit, that he or she reasonably believes the sign to be non-conforming based on the evidence submitted, and that to the best of his or her knowledge there has not been any discontinuance of the non-conforming use for two or more years.
§ 49-16 Non-Conforming Signs.
(a) With respect to each sign identified in the sign inventory as non-conforming, the registered architect or professional engineer shall request confirmation of its non-conforming status from the Department based on the evidence submitted in the registration application. The Department shall review the evidence submitted and accept or deny the request within a reasonable period of time. A sign that has been identified as non-conforming on the initial registration application may remain erected unless and until the Department has issued a determination that it is not non-conforming. The registration of the OAC and remaining sign inventory shall continue unimpeded while such a determination is pending.
§ 49-17 Information Required on Signs.
On and after the 90th day after the approval of the OAC registration, all signs included in an OAC’s inventory shall have posted thereon the name of the OAC to which it is registered, the OAC registration number and, unless a permit is not required, the permit identification number for the installation, alteration or erection of such sign and, if applicable, for the maintenance of such sign. All required information shall contrast with the background and be visible from the arterial highway and/or public park.
Subchapter C: Administrative Remedies of the Department Pursuant To Section 26-260(d) of the Administrative Code
§ 49-21 Department’s Discretionary Power to Revoke, Suspend or Refuse to Renew Registration and Impose Fines Pursuant to § 26-260(d) of the Administrative Code.
(a) The Department may revoke, suspend or refuse to renew the registration of an OAC on the grounds specified in § 26-260(d) of the Administrative Code. For the purposes of this section it shall be presumed that an OAC knew or should have known that such inventory was incomplete or inaccurate if the OAC or, if applicable, an affiliated OAC thereof, owns or has a contract for control of the sign, sign structure or sign location that is omitted from or inaccurately described in the sign inventory.
(1) The Department shall serve notice on the OAC by regular mail, to the address and name provided in the most recent application for registration or renewal, listing the instances of liability by date, tribunal, section of law or rule found to have been violated, and title, caption, index number or other identifying indicator of the violation proceeding, if any.
(2) The notice shall advise the OAC of its right to submit papers in opposition to revocation, suspension of or refusal to renew the registration, and the deadline to do so, which shall not be less than 10 days after the date of mailing of such notice.
(3) Such notice, when the Department seeks to revoke or suspend the registration, also shall advise the OAC of its right to a hearing at the Office of Administrative Trials and Hearings (“OATH”), pursuant to the provisions of 1 RCNY Chapter 13.
Subchapter D: Removal, Storage, and Disposal of Signs and Sign Structures
§ 49-31 Applicability.
The provisions of this subchapter shall apply to signs and sign structures removed by the Department or its authorized representatives pursuant to Administrative Code §§ 26-127.3 and 26-262(d).
§ 49-32 Procedure.
(a) Where the signs and sign structures are physically removed, they shall be vouchered and maintained in a secure location.
§ 49-33 Disposal of Abandoned Signs and/or Sign Structures.
Signs and/or sign structures that are not claimed in accordance with the procedure set forth above within 30 days after removal shall be deemed abandoned and shall be sold at public auction or turned over to the Department of Sanitation in accordance with subdivision i of § 26-127.3 of the Administrative Code.
Subchapter E: Application For Sign Work Permit
§ 49-41 Application Requirements.
(a) An application to erect, alter or install a sign and/or sign structure in an area that is subject to inclusion on the sign inventory as set forth in 1 RCNY § 49-15 that is larger than 200 square feet shall be accompanied by the following documentation:
(1) A detailed description and/or drawing of the proposed sign, including its size;
(2) A plot plan indicating the block and lot, zoning lot and exact location and size of the proposed sign and/or sign structure, as well as the location, size, and, if available, sign permit and OAC identification numbers for all other signs on the zoning lot, with their size in square feet;
(3) A statement indicating whether the proposed sign and/or sign structure will be within view of a public park of one-half acre or more or of an arterial highway.
(4) A statement indicating the distance in feet to each public park of one-half acre or more that is within 200 feet of the proposed sign, and to each road designated as an arterial highway, that is within 900 feet of such proposed sign. Distance to the public park or arterial highway shall be calculated as set forth in 1 RCNY § 49-15(d)(1);
(5) A statement whether the proposed sign is to be “advertising,” “accessory” to a business, or “non-commercial.”
(6) For accessory signs, the following items shall be submitted with the application in addition to the other required items listed in this section:
a. The corporate name and D/B/A name of the use on the zoning lot that the proposed sign is to advertise and the name of the owner or principal of such business.
b. A written description of the existing or proposed business operation on the zoning lot, including the size of the business operation in square feet and average number of daily employees regularly on-site, signed and notarized by a principal or officer of such business;
c. A drawing and/or description of the proposed sign copy;
d. A complete lease signed by a principal or officer of the business, demonstrating the amount of space leased at the zoning lot by the business being advertised. If the business being advertised at the zoning lot owns the subject premises, a copy of the deed is to be provided;
e. A statement signed by the property owner indicating the parties with ownership, lease or creditor interest in the sign and sign structure;
f. An approved alteration application and/or a certificate of occupancy or satisfactory historical evidence acceptable to the Borough Commissioner demonstrating that the specified business use to which the sign directs attention is permitted on the zoning lot;
g. A restrictive declaration, signed by a fee owner of the real property, that binds the owner and its successors to remove the sign and sign structure if at any time the use of the premises is changed, or an occupant of the premises ceases tenancy, such that the sign is no longer an accessory sign. The declaration shall further provide that if the sign is not removed, the Declarant consents to allow the City to enter onto the premises to remove the sign and sign structure and the Declarant agrees to reimburse the City for all actual costs associated with such removal. Proof of recording of the restrictive declaration must be submitted prior to approval of the sign work permit application; and
h. Financial statements detailing actual or projected income from the business at the zoning lot and demonstrating that no income or financial benefit shall be derived or expected from the sign.
§ 49-42 Accessory Sign Permits.
(a) A sign permit for an accessory sign shall only be issued to a sign with non-changeable copy, except that the Borough Commissioner may, upon review, accept changeable copy for a digital sign, provided the name of the business to which the sign is directing attention appears prominently at all times on the sign, the changeable copy directs attention only to products sold at the premises, and the Department is provided with a direct access means to monitor the copy.
§ 49-43 Advertising Signs.
Absent evidence that revenue from the sign is clearly incidental to the revenue generated from the use on the zoning lot to which it directs attention, the following signs are deemed to be advertising signs for purposes of compliance with the Zoning Resolution:
§ 50-01 Requirements for the Installation of High-Pressure Natural Gas-Fired Microturbine Systems.
(a) General requirements. All microturbine systems shall comply with the following general requirements:
(1) Description.
(i) The Microturbine System shall include one or more combustion-based turbine-driven electrical generators with 500 kW or less capacity, natural gas compressing equipment, heat recovery devices, electrical power distribution devices, gas vents or chimneys and associated appurtenances.
(ii) Microturbine systems shall utilize natural gas at an inlet pressure to the system of not greater than 3 psig, and shall boost the gas pressure to an inlet pressure to the combustion device of greater than 15 psig within the unit or room enclosure.
(iii) The total nominal electrical capacity at standardized operating conditions of all microturbine systems located within a single building shall not exceed 2,000 kW.
(2) Listing or MEA approval. For microturbines with external compressors, the compressor shall be MEA-approved and all components of the compressor and the microturbine shall be listed by a nationally recognized testing laboratory approved by the Commissioner. For microturbines with the compressor integrated with other elements into the unit, the integrated unit as well as each of its components shall be listed by a nationally recognized testing laboratory approved by the Commissioner.
(3) Utility ruling. The applicant shall consult the appropriate utility company regarding the characteristics of existing gas and electrical service to the site before installing the microturbine system. The applicant shall provide to the Department prior to plan approval either documentation from the utility company confirming that the electrical interconnection requirements have been preliminarily satisfied or an affidavit from the owner that there will be no interconnection with the electrical grid.
(4) Filing and permit. Plans for the complete microturbine system installation shall be approved by the New York City Department of Buildings and a work permit shall be obtained. A set of the approved plans shall be provided to the Fire Department.
(5) Installation.
(i) Regulation. Installation of microturbine systems shall be in accordance with all applicable requirements of the New York City Building Code, the New York City Electrical Code, and Reference Standards. NFPA 37 shall also apply, except where the Codes or these Rules are more restrictive. Such regulations include, but are not limited to the following: fuel gas piping, egress, fire protection, fire detection, electrical power, ventilation, and gas vent or chimney.
(ii) External compressor. For microturbines with an external compressor, the following requirements shall be satisfied:
A. Gas connections between the compressor and the turbine shall be solid-welded; no threaded joints shall be permitted.
B. A flame arrestor shall be installed upstream of the gas compressor to prevent flame propagating to the natural gas fuel distribution lines.
C. The length of gas piping connecting the gas compressor with the combustion device, both of which shall be in the same room, shall not exceed 12 feet.
(iii) Annunciation. All annunciations shall be provided locally and remotely to indicate any abnormal conditions in the system. The remote panel shall be located in a continuously supervised area on the premises.
(iv) Automatic gas shut-off. Gas supply to the microturbine shall be provided with an automatic shut-off valve that is activated by a malfunction alarm from any component of the microturbine system.
(v) Remotely and manually controlled emergency gas shut-off. A normally closed solenoid gas shut-off valve shall be located immediately after the branch connection providing dedicated service to the microturbine installation. The valve shall be manually controlled at the valve and remotely controlled both outside the door(s) to the microturbine room and at a supervised location. The gas shut-off valve and the controls shall each be clearly identified with signage indicating “emergency gas shut-off to microturbine.”
(vi) Fuel shut-off valve diagram. A diagram shall be conspicuously posted on any door or gate leading to a microturbine indicating the locations of all manual and automatic fuel shut-off valves.
(vii) Security. The microturbine shall be provided with adequate protection from theft, tampering and unauthorized use. Access to microturbine systems shall be restricted by locked doors but shall be readily accessible for maintenance, repair and Fire Department access. Microturbines shall be adequately protected from vehicle impact.
(viii) Manufacturer’s requirements. All manufacturer’s requirements and recommendations shall be satisfied.
(ix) Signage. Signage clearly stating “HIGH PRESSURE GAS” shall be posted on or in front of the microturbine or microturbine system, and on the outside of all doors accessing any microturbine room.
(x) Existing buildings. For installation of microturbines in existing buildings, a structural evaluation of the method of support of the microturbine system shall be performed by a licensed engineer. Vibration isolation shall be provided for the microturbine system as required to mitigate vibration impact on the building structure.
(6) Inspection. Gas piping serving the microturbine shall be inspected by the Department. No self-certification of inspection shall be permitted. The inspection shall include a pipe integrity pressure test of all distribution piping. Installation and assembly of all system components shall be subject to a controlled inspection, in accordance with Section 27-132 of the New York City Building Code. Gas will be turned on only after successful completion of all testing.
(7) Fire Department permit. A Fire Department permit is required to operate the equipment.
(8) Fire Department Certificate of Fitness. A certificate of fitness (“C of F”) holder, as authorized by the Fire Department, shall be required on the premises during regular business hours. The C of F holder shall be trained by the manufacturer or his authorized agent to shut down the equipment in an emergency.
(9) Service contract. The owner shall obtain a service contract from the microturbine manufacturer or a service company qualified by the manufacturer upon approval of the microturbine installation, and shall maintain it during the life of the installation.
(1) Outdoors at grade, on a roof or on a roof setback, within an integral weatherproof or lightweight enclosure acceptable to the manufacturer, subject to the following:
(i) Clearances. All components of the microturbine system shall be located a minimum of 4 feet from a wall or parapet, 8 feet from any building opening, including any door, operable window or intake opening and 5 feet from any exhaust termination or chimney. All microturbine systems located at grade shall satisfy the following clearances:
A. 50 feet from any subway entrance, exit, vent or other opening;
B. 20 feet from any above-ground flammable or combustible liquid storage tank;
C. 10 feet from any lot line, except 4 feet from any lot line in and adjacent to a manufacturing district;
D. 5 feet from any vent or fill line of any flammable or combustible liquid storage tank;
E. 5 feet from any parked motor vehicle.
(ii) Enclosure. All microturbine system components shall be contained within integral weather-proof enclosures pursuant to the listing of the device. The unit enclosure or the lightweight constructed enclosure shall be provided with a gas detection system with an alarm that annunciates in a supervised location. Equipment not directly associated with the microturbine system shall not be permitted in the same enclosure.
(2) Within a dedicated Mechanical Equipment Penthouse classified as Occupancy Group D-2, and subject to the following:
(i) Enclosure. The mechanical equipment penthouse shall be enclosed within 2-hour fire-resistance rated walls.
(ii) Fire suppression. The equipment room shall be fully sprinklered or provided with an equivalent fire suppression system acceptable to the Commissioner.
(iii) Mechanical ventilation. Mechanical ventilation shall be provided for the mechanical equipment penthouse at a rate sufficient to dissipate sensible heat released from the microturbine system in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations, at a rate adequate to dilute the microturbine system rated flow rate of fuel gas below 25 percent of the lower flammability limit (LFL) of the fuel gas, or at an exhaust and make-up air rate of 80 times the maximum leakage rate of natural gas from the high-pressure system within the room at standard temperature and pressure based on the rated capacity of the gas compressor, whichever is greater. The ventilation rate shall not be less than required to maintain the ambient room temperature within the manufacturer’s recommendations but shall not exceed 104 degrees Fahrenheit. Proper distribution of exhaust and make-up air must be provided to prevent pockets of increased gas concentration, including exhaust points high in the room to address the lighter-than-air properties of natural gas. Mechanical ventilation shall operate continuously.
(iv) Gas detection and alarm. The mechanical equipment penthouse shall be provided with a gas detection system with an alarm that annunciates in a supervised location. The gas detection system shall also trip the microturbine.
(v) Lighting. The mechanical equipment penthouse shall be provided with adequate lighting in accordance with the New York City Building Code.
(vi) Other equipment. Equipment not directly associated with the microturbine system, including but not limited to gas meters, shall not be permitted within the mechanical equipment penthouse.
(vii) Storage. No combustible materials shall be stored in the mechanical equipment penthouse.
(3) Within a dedicated room in a building, subject to the following:
(i) Capacity. The total installed rated capacity of the microturbine system in the room shall not exceed 1,000 kW.
(ii) Enclosure. The microturbine room shall be enclosed within 2-hour fire-resistance rated walls.
(iii) Fire suppression. The equipment room shall be fully sprinklered or provided with an equivalent fire suppression system acceptable to the Commissioner.
(iv) Mechanical ventilation. Mechanical ventilation shall be provided for the microturbine room at a rate sufficient to dissipate sensible heat released from the microturbine system in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations, at a rate adequate to dilute the microturbine system rated flow rate of fuel gas below 25 percent of the lower flammability limit (LFL) of the fuel gas, or at an exhaust and make-up air rate of 80 times the maximum leakage rate of natural gas from the high-pressure system within the room at standard temperature and pressure based on the rated capacity of the gas compressor, whichever is greater. The ventilation rate shall not be less than required to maintain the ambient room temperature within manufacturer’s recommendations but not to exceed 104 degrees Fahrenheit. Proper distribution of exhaust and make-up air must be provided to prevent pockets of increased gas concentration, including exhaust points high in the room, to address the lighter-than-air properties of natural gas. Mechanical ventilation shall operate continuously.
(v) Gas detection and alarm. The microturbine room shall be provided with a gas detection system with an alarm that annunciates in a supervised location. The gas detection system shall also trip the microturbine.
(vi) Lighting. The microturbine room shall be provided with adequate lighting in accordance with the New York City Building Code.
(vii) Other equipment. Equipment not directly associated with the microturbine system, including but not limited to gas meters, shall not be permitted within the microturbine room.
(viii) Storage. No combustible materials shall be stored in the microturbine room.
(4) Within a boiler or other mechanical equipment room of a building, subject to the following:
(i) Capacity. The total installed rated capacity of the microturbine system in this room shall not exceed 500 kW.
(ii) Enclosure. The mechanical equipment room shall be enclosed within 2-hour fire-resistance rated walls.
(iii) Fire suppression. The mechanical equipment room shall be fully sprinklered or provided with an equivalent fire suppression system acceptable to the Commissioner.
(iv) Mechanical ventilation. Mechanical ventilation shall be provided for the mechanical equipment room at the rate sufficient to dissipate sensible heat released from all gas-burning equipment located within the mechanical equipment room in accordance with the microturbine manufacturer’s recommendations, at a rate adequate to dilute the microturbine system rated flow rate of fuel gas below 25 percent of the lower flammability limit (LFL) of the fuel gas, or at an exhaust and make-up air rate of 80 times the maximum leakage rate of natural gas from the high-pressure system within the room at standard temperature and pressure based on the rated capacity of the gas compressor, whichever is greater. The ventilation rate shall not be less than required to maintain the ambient room temperature within the manufacturer’s recommendations but shall not exceed 104 degrees Fahrenheit. Proper distribution of exhaust and make-up air must be provided to prevent pockets of increased gas concentration, including exhaust points high in the room, to address the lighter-than-air properties of natural gas. Mechanical ventilation shall operate continuously.
(v) Gas detection and alarm. The mechanical equipment room shall be provided with a gas detection system with an alarm that annunciates in a supervised location. The gas detection system shall also trip the microturbine.
(vi) Lighting. The mechanical equipment room shall be provided with adequate lighting in accordance with the New York City Building Code.
(vii) Gas meters shall not be permitted within the mechanical equipment room.
(viii) Storage. No combustible materials, including fuels, shall be stored in the mechanical equipment room.
§ 51-01 Classification of Student Dormitory.
(a) Applicability. Student dormitory is classified under the Zoning Resolution of the City of New York as a Use Group 3, community facility use. The Zoning Resolution allows residences of all kinds, including residences for students, under a Use Group 2 classification. This rule sets forth the criteria the Department shall use to designate a Class A building or part of a building as a Use Group 3 student dormitory. An owner that seeks to classify a rooming unit as a dormitory shall be subject to the provisions set forth in 1 RCNY 15-04(e).
(1) Proof of ownership or control.
(i) Copies of documents demonstrating that the owner of the building or part of the building for which such permit is sought is an educational institution that provides a course of study that meets the requirements of subdivision (b) of this section, or
(ii) Copies of a lease of the building or part of the building for a minimum ten year term by an educational institution that meets the requirements of subdivision (b) of this section, or
(iii) Copies of documents evidencing (A) the establishment of a non-profit entity, all of whose members, directors, trustees, or other individuals upon whom is conferred the management of the entity, are representatives of participating educational institutions that meet the requirements of subdivision (b) of this section to provide dormitory housing for students of such participating educational institutions; and (B) ownership or control of the building or part of the building by such non-profit entity for such purpose in the form of a deed or lease for a minimum ten-year term.
(2) Restrictive declaration. Proof of recording of a restrictive declaration executed by Owner of the real property and any other party who holds an enforceable recorded interest that could result in such holder obtaining possession of the building or part of the building designated as a student dormitory. The agreement shall be binding upon all such parties’ heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns. The Declaration shall be in a form acceptable to the Commissioner and shall include the following terms:
(i) The facility shall only be used as a student dormitory, as defined in this chapter, or other Use Group 3 use.
(ii) Under no circumstances shall the units in a student dormitory be offered for sale pursuant to a cooperative or condominium plan.
(iii) Owner agrees to forego defenses to the enforcement of the provisions of this section.
(iv) Owner agrees to prominently display the name(s) of the school(s) operating the student dormitory on the exterior of building.
§ 52-01 Notification to the Department of Commencement of Work Pursuant to an Earthwork Permit.
(a) Notification to the Department. Pursuant to § 27-195 of the Administrative Code and subject to the exceptions set forth in subdivision (e) herein, no earthwork within the property line shall commence unless the permit holder notifies the Department as here prescribed at least twenty-four (24) but no more than forty-eight (48) hours prior to the commencement of such work. The notification shall state the date that such earthwork is to commence. Should the notification date fall on a weekend or an official holiday, the permit holder shall notify the Department on the last business day before the commencement date.
(1) Hand excavation work that extends five (5) feet or less below the grade existing at the time of earthwork commencement and is two (2) feet or more from an existing foundation. This exception shall not apply to any hand excavation work performed anywhere in existing or demolished basements or cellars that adjoin existing foundations.
(2) Test pits for geotechnical observation that do not exceed ten (10) feet in length, width or diameter and that are excavated under the supervision of a licensed professional.
(3) Work on cemetery grounds for burials.
(4) Emergency work performed by the Department of Housing Preservation and Development (HPD) or other agency as directed by the Commissioner or work on unsafe buildings performed by HPD or other agency pursuant to a precept.
§ 310-01 Student Apartments.
(a) Scope. This rule establishes criteria for determining when dwelling units are classified as student apartments and when the fire safety provisions of Chapter 9 of the Building Code are applicable to such apartments. Student apartments shall not include buildings or portions thereof classified or recorded on a certificate of occupancy or in other records of the Department or other agencies as a dormitory pursuant to Chapter 3 of the 2008 Building Code or Subchapter 3 of Chapter 1 of Title 27 of the 1968 Building Code or as an equivalent classification pursuant to the building code in effect prior to December 6, 1968.
(1) Definition of “family” under the New York City Zoning Resolution. Where the Zoning Resolution limits the use of a building to either a one-family or two-family residence, the number of occupants in such residence occupied as a student apartment shall be limited to four unrelated persons in accordance with the definition of “family” in Section 12-10 of the Zoning Resolution.
(1) Apartments converted to student apartment use on or after July 1, 2009. An apartment first occupied as a student apartment on or after July 1, 2009 shall comply with the following requirements:
(i) where required by section BC 907.2.9.1, a fire alarm system complying with such section shall be installed;
(ii) the entire structure in which the dwelling unit is located shall be fully sprinklered, provided however, that a building previously approved as fully sprinklered in accordance with the laws in effect prior to July 1, 2009 shall suffice as fully sprinklered;
(iii) such occupancy shall not exceed the maximum occupancy contained in section 27-2075(a) of the New York City Housing Maintenance Code;
(iv) prior to commencement of such occupancy, and on an annual basis thereafter, such college or university shall submit a fire safety and evacuation plan for such dwelling units and other student apartments in the building that contains fire safety and evacuation procedures acceptable to the Fire Commissioner and is in compliance with any rules promulgated by the Fire Commissioner; and
(v) the dwelling unit shall comply with additional occupancy and construction requirements as may be established by rule by the Housing Preservation and Development Commissioner; and
(vi) an application for construction document approval shall be submitted to the Department indicating the dwelling unit numbers to be converted to student apartments within the job description of such application, regardless of whether or not any construction activity will occur. A permit shall be issued and the project signed off prior to use as student apartments.
(2) Apartments converted to student apartment use prior to July 1, 2009. The occupancy of an apartment first occupied as student apartment prior to July 1, 2009 may be continued without triggering the requirements of paragraph (1) of subdivision (d) of this section, provided that:
(i) the occupancy of such apartment is limited to no more than three students maintaining a common household; and
(ii) such apartment is thereafter occupied as a student apartment, although not necessarily by the same students, provided that such student apartment is not vacant for a period in excess of 12 months.
(3) Summary chart. The chart in Figure 1 summarizes the applicability of fire safety requirements, but is not intended to supersede the text of paragraphs (1) and (2) of subdivision (d) of this section.
Figure 1 Summary chart of fire safety requirements
| Pre-2008-code buildings (1968, 1938, etc) | 2008-code buildings | ||
|---|---|---|---|
| Unit converted to student apartment prior to July 1, 2009 | Units converted to student apartments on or after July 1, 2009 | Units created or converted to student apartments | |
| Undergraduate | |||
| 1 to 3 students in the apartment | Requirements of 1 RCNY § 310-01 (d)(1) are not applicable | Requirements of 1 RCNY § 310-01 (d)(1) are applicable | Requirements of 1 RCNY § 310-01 (d)(1) are aplicable |
| 4 to 7 students in the apartment | Requirements of 1 RCNY § 310-01 (d)(1) are applicable | Requirements of 1 RCNY § 310-01 (d)(1) are applicable | Requirements of 1 RCNY § 310-01 (d)(1) are applicable |
| Post-Graduate | |||
| 1 to 3 students in the apartment | Not deemed a student apartment | Not deemed a student apartment | Not deemed a student apartment |
| 4 to 7 students in the apartment | Requirements of 1 RCNY § 310-01 (d)(1) are applicable | Requirements of 1 RCNY § 310-01 (d)(1) are applicable | Requirements of 1 RCNY § 310-01 (d)(1) are applicable |
~
§ 403-01 Impact Resistant Stair and Elevator Shaft Enclosures. [Repealed]
§ 907-01 One-Way Emergency Voice Communication Systems. [Repealed]
(a) Scope. Pursuant to sections 908.7.2 and 908.7.3 of the Building Code (BC), listed carbon monoxide (CO) detectors required to be installed in E, I-2 and I-4 occupancies and in buildings equipped with a fire alarm system that contain Group A-1, A-2, A-3, B or M occupancies, as defined in BC Chapter 3, must be installed in accordance with the requirements of this section.
(1) These requirements do not apply to those R-2 occupancies that are adjacent to or above those occupancies classified in this section.
(2) Pursuant to BC section 908.7.3.1, existing buildings must comply with the requirements of this subdivision by January 1, 2021.
(1) Any room containing carbon monoxide-producing equipment, except kitchens and laboratories.
(2) Any corridor on the story where carbon monoxide-producing equipment unit is located, as well as one story above and one story below.
(3) Any corridor on the story where enclosed parking or a loading dock is located, as well as one story above and one story below.
(1) Any room containing CO-producing equipment, except kitchens.
(2) Any occupiable room or space on the same floor as, one story above, or one story below the CO-producing equipment that is at least 75 square feet and is not provided with mechanical ventilation.
(3) Any corridor on the story where enclosed parking or a loading dock is located, as well as one story above and one story below.
(4) Any parking attendant’s office or booth located within an enclosed garage or loading dock.
(5) As an alternative to installation as provided in paragraphs (1) through (4) of this subdivision and subject to the Department’s approval, in locations determined by a performance-based design that is in accordance with Section 5.8.5.3.2 of reference standard National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 720 and approved by the Department.
(1) Any room containing CO-producing equipment, except kitchens.
(2) Any corridor on the story where carbon monoxide-producing equipment unit is located, as well as one story above and one story below.
(3) Any corridor on the story where enclosed parking or a loading dock is located, as well as one story above and one story below.
(4) Any parking attendant’s office or booth located within an enclosed garage or loading dock.
(5) As an alternative to installation as provided in paragraphs (1) through (4) of this subdivision and subject to the Department’s approval, in locations determined by a performance-based design that is in accordance with Section 5.8.5.3.2 of reference standard National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 720 and approved by the Department.
(6) Detection zones:
(i) Detection zones less than 10,000 square feet. Where carbon monoxide detection is required to be provided in a detection zone having an area less than 10,000 square feet, the carbon monoxide detection shall be placed in a central location within such detection zone.
(ii) Detection zones 10,000 square feet or greater. Where carbon monoxide detection is required to be provided in a detection zone having an area 10,000 square feet or greater, carbon monoxide detection shall be placed in a central location within such detection zone and at such additional locations with such detection zone as may be necessary to assure that no point in the detection zone is more than 100 feet from carbon monoxide detection.
(7) Definition of detection zone. The term “detection zone” as used in this section means a story of a building.
Exceptions.
(i) If a story is arranged so that two or more separate carbon monoxide producing HVAC systems are used to serve separate portions of the story, each such portion of the story shall be deemed to be a separate detection zone.
(ii) If a portion of a story is used as a garage, the portion used as a garage shall not be deemed to be a detection zone and the portion not used as a garage shall be deemed to be a detection zone; and
(iii) If an entire story is used as a garage, such story shall not be deemed to be a detection zone.
(1) Section 2.1 is revised by adding the following at the end: “Where a referenced publication has been modified for the City of New York by the New York City Building Code, every reference to such publication shall be deemed to include all such modifications.”
(2) Section 2.2 is deleted and a new section 2.2 is added to read as follows:
2.2 NFPA Publications. National Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169-7471.
NFPA 70â, National Electrical Codeâ, as modified and incorporated into the New York City Electrical Code.
NFPA 72â, National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code, as modified and incorporated into Appendix Q of the New York City Building Code.
NFPA 101â, Life Safety Codeâ, as listed in Chapter 35 of the New York City Building Code.
NFPA 110, Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems, as listed in Chapter 35 of the New York City Building Code.
NFPA 111, Standard on Stored Electrical Energy Emergency and Standby Power Systems, as listed in Chapter 35 of the New York City Building Code.
(3) Section 2.3.4 is deleted and a new section 2.3.4 is added to read as follows:
Section 2.3.4 UL Publications. Underwriters Laboratories Inc., 333 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062-2096.
ANSI/UL 1971, Standard for Safety Signaling Devices for Hearing Impaired, 2002, revised 2013.
ANSI/UL 2034, Standard for Single and Multiple Station Carbon Monoxide Alarms, as listed in Chapter 35 of the New York City Building Code.
ANSI/UL 2075, Standard for Gas and Vapor Detectors and Sensors, as listed in Chapter 35 of the New York City Building Code.
(4) Section 4.4.1.1 is deleted and a new section 4.4.1.1 is added to read as follows:
Section 4.4.1.1 Carbon monoxide detection system plans and specifications must be developed in accordance with the New York City Building Code by persons who are New York State Registered Design Professionals and experienced in the proper design, application and testing of carbon monoxide detection systems.
(5) Sections 4.4.1.2, 4.4.1.3 and 4.4.1.4 are deleted in their entirety.
(6) Section 4.4.2.1 is revised to add the following at the beginning: “Carbon monoxide systems installations must be performed by a New York City Licensed electrical contractor.”
(7) Section 4.4.3.1 is revised to add the following at the beginning: “Carbon monoxide inspection, testing, maintenance and repair may be performed by a New York City Licensed electrical contractor holding a New York State registration for Business of Installing, Servicing or Maintaining Security or Fire Alarm Systems or by those fire alarm companies holding a New York State registration for Business of Installing, Servicing or Maintaining Security or Fire Alarm Systems. The rules and regulations of the Fire Department shall apply as appropriate.”
(8) Section 5.8.5.3.1 is amended by substituting 5.8.5.3.1(2) with the following:
(2) On every level requiring detection and in every HVAC zone of the space requiring detection.
(9) Section 9.4.1.1 is deleted in its entirety.
§ 1014-01 Masonry Equivalent Exit Enclosures.
(a) Scope. This rule provides the construction requirements for masonry equivalent exit enclosures in Groups R-1, R-2 and B occupancies.
(1) Prescriptive stud and wall board assembly. A compliant wall assembly shall be substantially identical to, and shall provide an impact resistance equivalent to or exceeding, the performance of one (1) of the following:
(i) Materials. Impact resistant wall board sheathed on the interior surface of the exit enclosure wall assembly shall be tested by an approved testing agency. The wall board used as the interior face panel shall be listed by an approved agency to ASTM C 1629-06, Standard Classification for Abuse-Resistant Nondecorated Interior Gypsum Panel Products and Fiber-Reinforced Cement Panels, Impact Classification Level 2, and the base layer panel shall be a minimum 5/8 inch (16 mm) gypsum wall board. Wall board applied to the interior surface of the exit enclosure wall shall not reduce the clear width of the exit stairs below that required for means of egress by Chapter 10 of the building code.
(ii) Assembly. The wall assembly shall be at least two-hour fire resistance rated.
(iii) Installation shall comply with the following:
(A) Studs shall be minimum 3-1/2 inch (89 mm) depth cold-formed steel framing, at least 33 mils thick (20 gauge).
(B) Vertical studs shall be spaced at a maximum distance of 24 inches (610 mm), on center.
(C) Runners shall be securely attached at the floor and ceiling to structural element members and shall comply with the structural requirements of the building code.
(D) Wall boards shall be attached with No. 8 self-drilling bugle-head screws, 12 inches (305 mm), on center maximum, with a minimum depth of 5/8 inch (16 mm) penetration into the wall cavity.
(E) Joints between adjoining sheets of wall board shall be staggered from base layer with face panel layer.
(2) Performance-based requirements. For a wall assembly not classified in subdivision (1) above, a masonry equivalent wall assembly shall satisfy the following requirements:
(i) Materials. Materials constituting the interior side of the exit enclosure wall assembly shall be tested by an approved testing agency to ASTM C1629, Hard Body Impact Classification Level 3.
(ii) Assembly. The wall assembly shall have a minimum two-hour fire resistance rating. The wall assembly shall be tested by an approved testing agency to ASTM C1629, Soft Body Impact Classification Level 2.
(iii) Installation. Wall assemblies shall be anchored to structural members and shall comply with the structural requirements of the building code.
§ 1101-01 Bathroom and Powder Room Design Prototypes.
(a) Applicable standard with modifications. For alterations in buildings originally occupied:
(1) on or before March 13, 1991, in accordance with Item 2.1 of Section 1101.3.2 of the New York City Building Code (“Building Code”), bathroom and powder room prototypes contained herein shall be constructed and equipped as set forth in ANSI A117.1-1986, American National Standard for Buildings and Facilities Providing Accessibility and Usability for Physically Handicapped People, subject to modifications provided in this rule.
(2) after March 13, 1991, or for bathrooms and powder rooms that do not fully comply with the prototypes in this section, the provisions of ANSI A117.1-2009, Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities, and Chapter 11 of the Building Code apply. If compliance with ANSI A117.1-2009 is a hardship, the applicant may request a waiver pursuant to the provisions of Section 1101.3.5 of the Building Code.
(1) The three basic required fixtures are within an area of 5’-5” by 7’-4” minimum finished dimensions, and
(2) Any additional bathing fixture is provided with reinforcements for the installation of grab bars, and
(3) If a door is provided for accessing the additional bathing fixture, it is 2’-8” clear or as close to that dimension as possible, and
(4) The additional bathing fixture contains all other required features, including, but not limited to, reinforcement for future mounting of shower seat, shower faucet and control and shower spray unit.
Figure 1
(1) The following items shall be indicated on the design drawings for the bathroom or powder room:
(i) Future outward swing of the bathroom door indicated by a dotted line on the drawings and indications that such outward door swing does not obstruct a wheelchair user’s access from the adjacent space.
(ii) Dimensions of grab bar reinforcement at all required locations.
(iii) Finished dimensions.
(2) General notes. The following notes shall be placed on the drawings:
(i) Future outward door swing indicated by dotted line on drawings.
(ii) Note on door schedule that the door and frames are provided with mortised hinge and latch blanks to permit future reversal of the door on the same frames using common hand tools and without further alterations to the door and frames.
Figure 2
Figure 3
Figure 4
Figure 5
Figure 6
Figure 7
Figure 8
Subchapter A: Amusement Devices
§ 3005-01 Scope and application.
This subchapter adopts all the national standards set forth in 1 RCNY § 3005-11 and is applicable to all amusement devices including, but not limited to, inflatable amusement devices, portable amusement devices and simulators operated within the City of New York, whether located on a permanent, temporary, or mobile foundation. An amusement device that is not in compliance with this subchapter must not be operated.
§ 3005-02 Definitions.
For the purposes of this subchapter, the following terms are defined as follows:
Amusement device or ride. A device or combination of devices or elements that carry, convey, or direct a person(s) over or through a fixed or restricted course, or within a defined area, for the primary purpose of amusement or entertainment.
Exceptions. For the purposes of this subchapter, the following are not considered to be amusement devices:
(a) Any single passenger, coin-operated amusement device that is manually, mechanically, or electrically operated, does not normally require the supervision or services of a device operator, and is customarily placed, individually or in groups, in a public location.
(b) Locomotives weighing more than 7 tons (3178 kg), operating on a track of any length, the gage of which is 3 feet (914 mm) or greater, and the weight of which is 60 pounds (927.24 kg) per yard (1006 mm).
Amusement device operator. Any person or persons actually engaged in or directly controlling the operations of an amusement device or ride, including the start, stop or speed of the amusement device.
Amusement park. A temporary or permanent entertainment complex or park, offering various forms of entertainment, such as arcade games and amusement devices as well as food, drink, and souvenirs.
Amusement park operator. A person who manages or is in charge of the operations of one or more amusement devices and also one or more device operators.
Certificate of competency. A certificate issued by the Department to an amusement park operator who demonstrates his or her competence in operating an amusement device.
Certificate of compliance (“Green card”). A certificate issued by the Department for an amusement device that passes inspection by the Department.
Certificate of operation. A certificate issued to a device operator for a specific amusement device to certify that training on that device was provided by an amusement park operator who has received his/her certificate of competency for the same device.
Child. A person twelve (12) years of age and under.
Containing device. A strap, belt, bar, gate or other safety device that is not intended to provide physical support, but is designed to prevent accidental or unintentional ejection of a passenger from an amusement device.
Entry area (to amusement device). The area or gate where passengers form a line and hand in tickets prior to arriving at the loading area to get on the amusement device or ride.
Exit area (from amusement device). The area or gate where passengers depart from the ride area after leaving the unloading area.
Guardian. Any parent, custodian, supervisory companion, or other person responsible for the well-being and safety of another amusement device rider such as a minor, disabled person, or elderly person, while entering, riding, and exiting the amusement device and/or park.
Guardian restriction. A requirement placed on an amusement device by the manufacturer or amusement park operator that a rider must be accompanied by a guardian.
Height restriction. A minimum height requirement of passengers permitted to ride an amusement device.
Inflatable. An amusement device designed for uses that may include, but are not limited to, bouncing, climbing, sliding, or interactive play. An inflatable is made of flexible fabric, is kept inflated by continuous air flow by one or more blowers, and relies upon air pressure to maintain its shape.
Kiddie ride. An amusement ride designed primarily for use by children.
Loading/unloading area (of amusement device). The area(s) immediately next to the recreational or moving portion of the amusement device where passengers get on/off the amusement device.
Lock-out. The placement of a device, such as a lock, on an energy isolating device so that the energy isolating device and the equipment being controlled cannot be operated until the device is removed, typically accompanied by tag-out.
Manual(s). Information and instructions related to the operation, maintenance, inspection and test requirements of the amusement device. A manual is prepared by the amusement device manufacturer or, where the manufacturer’s manual is not available, by a registered design professional.
Nondestructive test or testing (NDT). A general term used to identify inspection methods that allow for the evaluation of welds, structural members and joints without destroying their function.
Owner. A lessee or a person with legal title to one or more amusement devices.
Permanent. Lasting for a period of time exceeding fourteen (14) calendar days from the date of the issuance of a certificate of compliance.
Portable. An amusement device that may be relocated by mounting such a device on a motor vehicle or trailer; or an amusement device, including an inflatable amusement device, that requires additional assembly or support for its proper operation at the location where it is to be used.
Restraining device. A safety belt, harness, chair, bar or other device that provides actual physical support, retention or restraint to the passenger of an amusement device.
Signal person. A person who assists the amusement device operator in ensuring that all passengers have been loaded/unloaded and/or are secured with restraining/containing devices and signals the amusement device operator when the ride is safe to operate via hand or verbal signals.
Special amusement building. See Building Code Section BC 411.
Tag-out. The placement of a prominent warning device, such as a tag and means of attachment, on an energy isolating device to indicate that the energy isolating device and the equipment being controlled cannot be operated until the warning device is removed, typically accompanied by lock-out.
Temporary. Lasting for a period of time equal to or less than 14 calendar days from the issuance date of a certificate of compliance.
§ 3005-03 Administration.
(a) Filing requirements.
(1) License applications. All license applications for amusement devices are filed with the Department of Consumer Affairs (“DCA”) pursuant to the requirements of Title 20 of the Administrative Code.
(2) Permanent installations. No permanent amusement device may be installed, dismantled, removed, relocated, or reassembled unless an installation application is filed with the Department. The Department’s application form(s), along with all required construction documents, must be completed and filed by the owner, amusement park operator, or the owner’s representative. Such application must be approved by the Department prior to the initial use of the amusement device and include:
(i) The name, address and signature of the amusement device owner.
(ii) Complete application and engineering plans signed and sealed by a registered design professional including other reports required by 1 RCNY § 3005-10 and the manual. Engineering plans, dimensioned to scale, must identify parts and components of amusement devices including, but not limited to bars, cables, chains, ropes, rods, pipes, girders, braces, fittings, fasteners, trusses, pressure vessels, pressure piping, gears, clutches, speed reducers, welds, bearings, couplings, shaftings, axles, hangers, pivots, carriers (such as tubs, cars, chairs, gondolas, or seating and carrying apparatus of any description) and safety bars, belts, harnesses, chains, gates or other restraining, containing, or retaining devices.
(iii) Foundation support and details signed and sealed by a registered design professional.
(iv) Trade or descriptive name of the amusement device and model number, if any, together with any identifying numbers.
(v) The name and address of the manufacturer.
(vi) Passenger capacity of the amusement device.
(vii) An electrical permit, if applicable.
(viii) Associated estimated cost of the device and installation.
(ix) Commercial general liability insurance as required by DCA.
(3) Temporary and portable installations. The owner, amusement park operator, or owner’s representative of temporary and portable amusement devices, including inflatable devices, must file a registration application with the Department using forms created by the Department. Such registration information must be approved by the Department prior to the amusement device’s initial use and include:
(i) The name, address and signature of the amusement device owner.
(ii) Trade or descriptive name of the amusement device and model number, if any, together with any identifying numbers.
(iii) The name and address of the manufacturer.
(iv) Manufacturing date of the amusement device.
(v) Passenger capacity of the amusement device.
(vi) Commercial general liability insurance as required by DCA.
(1) Manuals. All relevant amusement device manuals must be kept on site and made available to the commissioner upon request.
(2) Records. All inspection and test records of amusement devices and equipment must be kept on site and made available to the commissioner upon request. Such records must contain the following:
(i) Date and nature of all inspections and tests, whether by the Department, the owner, or amusement park operator;
(ii) Any violation or notice of deficiency issued by New York City (NYC) and the action taken to fix the problem;
(iii) Any repairs and adjustments made to any part of the equipment to ensure safe operating conditions for the amusement device;
(iv) Any parts changed or repaired; and
(v) The inspectors’ names.
(3) Duration. The amusement park operator must retain current operation, maintenance, inspection, and test records for each amusement device for the preceding one (1) year in a maintenance log kept on site. Such records must be kept up-to-date and be made available to the commissioner upon request. The owner must maintain records for the past seven years and make them available to the commissioner on request.
(1) Certificate of competency for amusement park operators. Amusement park operators of permanent, temporary and portable amusement devices must obtain a certificate of competency from the Department by demonstrating an ability to operate an amusement device safely in normal and emergency situations. Each certificate must list every amusement device that the applicant will be operating.
(2) Certificate of competency for inflatable rides. In order to receive a certificate of competency for an inflatable ride, the amusement park operator must bring, set up, and operate such ride at a location and on a date and time determined by the Department.
(3) Duration and renewal. Certificates of operation and competency are valid for one (1) year from the date of issuance and can be renewed annually.
(4) Revocation. Following notice and an opportunity to be heard, the Department may revoke an amusement park operator’s certificate of competency for failure to comply with the requirements of these rules.
(1) Be eighteen (18) years of age or older, except for kiddie ride operators, who can be seventeen (17) years of age or older;
(2) Be free from any physical or mental conditions that could affect the performance of his/her duties;
(3) Be able to communicate and understand the English language;
(4) Hold a current certificate of operation from the amusement park operator as provided for in subparagraph (ii) of paragraph (4) of subdivision (j) of this section; and
(5) Be trained in accordance with ASTM F 770, by the amusement park operator, before being allowed to operate an amusement device.
(1) Owner responsibilities. Refer to general maintenance, device maintenance, and record keeping requirements set out in this rule.
(2) Amusement device operator responsibilities. The amusement device operator has the following responsibilities:
(i) The amusement device operator must maintain full and uninterrupted attention during the amusement device’s operation;
(ii) The amusement device operator may not use any personal telecommunication or listening device during the amusement device’s operation;
(iii) The amusement device operator may not operate more than one (1) amusement device at any given time;
(iv) The amusement device operator must have knowledge and training in the use and function of all normal and emergency operating controls of the amusement device;
(v) The amusement device operator must be within reach of the normal and emergency operating controls during the device’s operation. No other person may be permitted to handle such controls unless the amusement device is designed to be partially or entirely operated or controlled by a passenger;
(vi) The amusement device operator must not operate any amusement device while under the influence of alcohol or drugs;
(vii) The amusement device operator must operate the amusement device in accordance with the operating manual. An amusement device must not be operated at an unsafe speed or at a speed beyond that recommended by the manufacturer. The operating manual must be kept with the amusement device or in an office on the same location as the amusement device. The manual must be made available for inspection or use by the Department;
(viii) When restoration of electrical power to an amusement device could create a hazard to anyone during the performance of maintenance, repair, inspection, or an emergency evacuation of passengers, the amusement device’s electrical disconnect switch must be turned off and the device locked-out and tagged-out. The amusement device must remain locked-out and tagged-out until such time that the restoration of power will not create a hazard; and
(ix) The amusement device operator must not operate an amusement device that does not have a current certificate of compliance.
(3) Owner, amusement park operator and amusement device operator responsibilities. The owner, amusement park operator, or amusement device operator must refuse any member of the public admission to an amusement device if:
(i) The passenger’s health, physical condition, or conduct appears to make it unsafe for him/her to use the amusement device.
(ii) The passenger does not meet the amusement device specific requirements as stipulated by the posted height and guardian restrictions. Legible signs displaying these restrictions must be posted in an unobstructed location in full view of individuals seeking admission to the amusement device.
(4) Amusement park operator responsibilities. The amusement park operator has the following responsibilities:
(i) Training of device operators. The amusement park operator who holds a certificate of competency is responsible for training individual device operators in accordance with ASTM F770. All training must be documented in a log which must be kept at the site and made available upon the Department’s request.
(ii) Issuing a certificate of operation for amusement device operators. After training the amusement device operators in accordance with the provisions of subparagraph (i) of this paragraph, amusement park operators must issue certificates of operation to the amusement device operators.
(iii) Affidavit. The amusement park operator must provide an affidavit stating that the amusement device operators have been issued certificates of operation and that each amusement device operator meets the qualifications as set forth in subdivision (i) of this section. Such affidavit must include a government-issued photo identification card of each device operator as well as a list of the amusement devices that he/she has been trained to operate.
(iv) Ensuring compliance. The amusement park operator must ensure that the amusement device operators comply with the requirements of these rules. If the requirements are not met, or as directed by the Department, the amusement park operator must immediately revoke the certificate of operation and notify the Department in writing of the revocation.
(v) Inflatable amusement devices. Prior to an event, the amusement park operator must provide the Department with the event location, event dates, and written certification verifying that all of the installed inflatable amusement rides comply with the manufacturer’s manual and bulletins. The Department may perform an audit of the certificate of competency requirements at such event location.
§ 3005-04 Design guidelines.
(a) General requirements. All new and altered structures used in connection with amusement devices must be designed and constructed in accordance with ASTM F1159, F1193, F2374, F2375, and F2291 and relevant provisions of the Building Code to safely carry all loads to which such structures may normally be subjected.
(1) Stress analysis. All amusement devices must be designed, constructed, and installed to withstand any normal stresses to which they may be subjected. Stress analysis must include the effect of forces generated by acceleration, deceleration, centrifugal action, or by kinetic or other forces that are constant, reversible, or eccentric. Materials and other data pertinent to the design, factors of safety, or performance characteristics must be in accordance with accepted engineering practices, standards and specifications acceptable to the Department.
(2) Stability. Before being used by the public, amusement devices must be placed or secured with blocking, cribbing, outriggers, guys or other methods as required by the manual in order to be stable under all operating conditions.
(3) Foundations. The manual containing the recommended foundations must be kept with all permanent and temporary amusement devices. If the manual does not contain the required foundations, then a plan and design of the footings prepared by a registered design professional must be prepared and kept with the amusement device. Such plan must indicate the size and pressure under the footings and allowable soil bearing capacity.
(4) Passenger restraining or containing devices.
(i) Passenger restraining or containing devices must be provided and used by passengers on any amusement device where centrifugal and other forces or mechanical malfunction could unseat or eject a passenger. Such passenger restraining or containing devices must be designed, constructed, installed, and maintained to safely support the passenger.
(ii) Amusement devices equipped with a safety bar, cage, or other mechanically operated restraining device must be equipped with a device designed so that the safety bar, cage, or other mechanically operated device cannot be released except at the point of loading or unloading by the device operator.
(iii) Anchorage for the required restraining devices must have a minimum strength equal to the strength of the restraining device.
(iv) Fastenings of the restraining or containing device must be of a type that cannot be unintentionally released by the passenger.
(5) Passenger loading and unloading. Belts, bars, foot rests, and other equipment necessary for safe entrance and exit, and for support while the amusement device is in operation, must be provided and maintained in a safe condition. Such equipment and fastenings must be of sufficient strength to hold or support the passengers.
(6) Electrical work. When setting up amusement devices, the electrical work must conform to the requirements of the New York City electrical code. All amusement devices powered by electricity must be provided with a main disconnect switch capable of being locked only in the “off” position.
(7) New and modified amusement devices. For any new permanent, temporary, or portable amusement devices, or whenever any additions or alterations are made to any amusement device that change its structure, mechanism, or capacity, a registered design professional must submit signed and sealed plans of the amusement device to the Department for approval. Such plans must contain design data, safety factors, materials utilized, stress analysis and any other relevant data.
(8) Air compressors and equipment. Air compressors, air compressor tanks, and related equipment must be designed, constructed, and maintained to ensure safe operation at all times. Air compressor tanks and other air receivers used in connection with air compressors must have the maximum and minimum allowable working pressures noticeably and clearly marked on the tanks and receivers.
(9) Adequate clearance. There must be sufficient clearance in the path of travel of an amusement device to ensure that a passenger in the riding position cannot be injured by contact with any structural component or other fixed object.
(10) Handrails. Handrails for new stairs, stairways, ramps, and walkways associated with the amusement device must be in accordance with Section 1009.11 of the Building Code. Handrails must be of sufficient attachment strength in accordance with Section 1607.7.1 of the Building Code. Handrails of existing structures must be in compliance with the codes in existence at the time the structure was originally constructed.
(11) Stairways, landings and ramps. Stairways, landings and ramps must be designed, constructed, and maintained to safely support a minimum live load of 100 pounds per square foot (488.2 kg/m2).
(12) Surfaces. Stairways, landings and ramps must have non-slip surfaces.
(13) Flame resistant fabrics. Fabrics constituting part of an amusement device must be flame resistant as defined in Section 802 of the New York City Fire Code.
(1) Emergency brakes. If cars or other components of an amusement device are capable of colliding upon failure of normal controls, the device must be equipped with emergency brakes sufficient to prevent such collisions.
(2) Anti-roll back devices. Amusement devices that use inclined tracks must be equipped with automatic anti-roll back devices to prevent backward downward movement of the passenger-carrying units.
(3) Speed limiting devices. An amusement device capable of exceeding its maximum safe operating speed must be equipped with an electrical or mechanical maximum speed-limiting device.
(4) Emergency stop switches. The installation or modification of emergency stop (e-stop) switches must be in accordance with ASTM F2291, the manufacturer’s manual and/or bulletin, or as directed by the commissioner.
§ 3005-05 Assembly and disassembly of amusement devices.
The assembly and disassembly of an amusement device must be performed by or under the direct supervision of the owner or amusement park operator in accordance with the manual.
§ 3005-06 Information tags.
(a) Identification. Every amusement device must be identified by the name and address of the manufacturer, a trade or descriptive name of the device, and any Department issued amusement device identification number. Such identification information must be permanently attached to the device and placed in a visible location.
(1) The name and address of the amusement device manufacturer;
(2) The trade or descriptive name of the amusement device;
(3) The maximum allowable and safe load and passenger capacity of the amusement device;
(4) The maximum allowable and safe speed of the amusement device; and
(5) Weather restrictions. Additional information may be requested by the Department prior to the issuance of a certificate of compliance. If an amusement device or its supporting structure is altered, or if there is a change to any of the rating plate information, the existing rating plate must be replaced with a new metal plate with the correct information.
§ 3005-07 Posted warnings and restrictions.
(a) General restrictions. When the operation and use of an amusement device is subject to restrictions imposed by the manufacturer, such restrictions must be clearly posted next to the amusement device. Additional restrictions may also be imposed by the commissioner in order to ensure safe operation of the amusement device.
(1) Where an amusement device exposes a passenger to high speed, substantial centrifugal or gravitational force, or when directed by the commissioner, the owner or amusement park operator must post a prominent warning sign at the entrance to the amusement device advising the public of the risks to passengers. The sign must be at least 2 feet by 2 feet (610 mm by 610 mm), with the message displayed in a color that is sharply contrasting to the background. The sign must read as follows or express an equivalent warning:
~
(2) The following additional signs must be installed where applicable for the amusement device, or as directed by the commissioner:
(i) “Passengers must remain seated until the amusement device comes to a complete stop!”
(ii) “No Standing!”
(3) The following signs must be installed on all amusement devices:
(i) “No Smoking!”
(ii) “No Food or Drink!”
(iii) “No Cell Phone Use!”
(4) Special amusement buildings must also have the following signs installed:
(i) Capacity signs indicating the number of persons who may safely occupy the space. Where the occupancy of the space is seventy-five (75) or more persons, the sign must comply with Section 1024.1.2 of the Building Code, Public Assembly.
(ii) Illuminated exit signs. Such signs must comply with Section BC 411 and all other Building Code provisions in effect at the time of construction of the building or structure.
(iii) No smoking or open flame. A sign stating: “NO SMOKING OR OPEN FLAME,” must be prominently posted at all entrances.
§ 3005-08 General safety and maintenance.
(a) Cleanliness. A suitable number of metal containers for trash must be provided in and around amusement devices. Excessive trash or refuse must be promptly removed. All parts of amusement devices, buildings and structures must be maintained in a clean condition, including the underside of amusement devices where the buildup of leaves and trash poses a fire hazard.
(1) Protection from nearby hazards. Means of entry and exit must be protected from nearby hazards.
(2) Debris and other hazards. Passenger loading and unloading areas and means of entry and exit must be free from debris, obstructions and projections, and from slipping, tripping, and other hazards.
(3) Head clearance. The head clearance in passageways must not be less than 7 feet (2134 mm).
(4) Stairways and ramps. Means of entry and exit must be comprised of either stairways or ramps, and connecting landings or platforms with proper handrails and guards to prevent falls where the public enters or leaves an amusement device that is above or below grade.
(5) Special amusement buildings. All special amusement buildings must also comply with the means of egress requirements in Section BC 411.
(1) Fencing and barricading. An amusement device may not be used or operated if anyone from the public has access to unsafe areas when the device is in operation. Such areas must be fenced, barricaded, or otherwise guarded against public access.
(2) Machinery guards and maintenance. Machinery used in or with an amusement device must be enclosed, barricaded or otherwise guarded in accordance with the operating and maintenance manual. All guards removed for maintenance purposes must be replaced before normal operation is resumed. Maintenance may not be performed while the amusement device is being used by the public.
(3) Passenger protection. Passengers on loading and unloading areas must be protected from coming in contact with moving parts accidentally.
(1) Communication system of signals. Both the device operator and signal person must be familiar with any communication system of signals adopted for the operation of an amusement device. Anyone, including the amusement device operator, who may use these signals must be instructed in their use by the amusement park operator.
(2) Position of safety. Signals for movement or operation of an amusement device may not be given until all of the passengers and other affected individuals are in safe positions and locations where they are not endangered by the movement or operation of the device.
(1) Electrical transformer substations. All electrical transformer substations must be properly enclosed and proper warning signs must be posted.
(2) Outdoor wiring and equipment. Electrical wiring and equipment located outdoors must be protected from exposure to weather that may interfere with its normal operation.
(3) Lightning protection. Amusement rides must be protected from lightning strikes.
(4) Elevated power lines. Elevated power lines crossing access pathways or other roads within the grounds of an amusement park must be suspended high enough to provide a vertical clearance of at least 14 feet (4267 mm) from the road surface or 3 feet (914 mm) above any vehicle used within the grounds of such amusement park. A horizontal clearance of at least 3 feet (914 mm) must be provided on each side of the normal passage space of vehicles.
(5) Lighting fixtures. All lighting fixtures used for general illumination must be a minimum of 7 feet (2134 mm) above the normal walking surface to the bottom of such fixture, including its lamp. If lighting stringers are used, such stringers must also be suitably hung with fixture or lamp holders with bulb guards to protect the bulb from accidental contact or breakage.
(6) Protection from electrical shock. No person may be permitted to remain so close to an electric power circuit that he or she may come into physical contact with the circuit unless the person is protected against electrical shock by de-energizing the circuit, grounding it, or guarding it by effective insulation. If protection is provided by de-energizing the circuit, the switch controlling the circuit must be locked-out and tagged-out to prevent any unintentional energizing of the circuit.
(7) Emergency lighting. Emergency lighting must be in compliance with the code provisions in effect at the time of construction of the amusement device and be operable and in use in conjunction with the automatic fire detection and alarm/communication systems.
(8) Special amusement buildings. All special amusement buildings must also comply with the emergency voice/alarm communication requirements in Section BC 411.
(1) Fire extinguishers. The owner or amusement park operator must provide at least one listed 20-pound (9.07 kg) ABC multi-purpose portable type fire extinguisher for every amusement ride, in order to secure reasonable and adequate protection from fire hazards.
(2) Flammable items. Flammable waste, such as oily rags and other flammable materials, must be placed in listed containers with lids that are listed for such use. Such containers cannot be kept at or near exits or entrances to any amusement ride or the amusement park.
(3) Flammable liquids and gases. Gasoline and other flammable liquids and flammable gases, when stored, must be kept in reasonably cool and ventilated places. Such liquids must be stored in listed containers or tanks that comply with the requirements of Section FC 3404 of the New York City Fire Code. Smoking and/or the handling of lit cigars, cigarettes, pipes, or any open flame is prohibited in any area where such liquids or gases are stored or are transferred from one container to another.
(4) Special amusement buildings. The owner or amusement park operator must provide special amusement buildings with:
(i) No fewer than two (2) listed portable fire extinguishers of a 20-pound (9.07 kg) ABC multi-purpose type; and.
(ii) Automatic fire detectors and sprinklers in compliance with Section BC 411.
§ 3005-09 Maintenance of amusement devices.
(a) Protection of passengers.
(1) Passenger-carrying amusement devices, interior and exterior parts. All interior and exterior parts of passenger carrying amusement devices, with which a passenger may come in contact, must be smooth and rounded, free from sharp, rough or splintered edges and corners, and have no protruding studs, bolts, screws or other projections that might cause injury. Interior parts that a passenger may be thrown onto by the action of the amusement device must be sufficiently padded to prevent injury, in accordance with the device’s operating manual.
(2) Restraining devices and/or containing devices. Passenger restraining or containing devices must be inspected daily in accordance with paragraph (4) of subdivision (f) of 1 RCNY § 3005-10 and maintained as needed to ensure they are fully functional before the operation of the ride.
(3) Self-powered amusement devices. Amusement devices that are self-powered by the passenger must have the driving mechanism securely guarded to prevent passengers from gaining access to the mechanism. The driving mechanism must also be secured in a manner that will prevent passengers with long hair, clothing, or accessories from becoming tangled in the mechanism.
(1) Code in effect at the time the amusement device was manufactured;
(2) Code in effect at the time of alteration of the device;
(3) Manufacturer’s manual and bulletin. If no manual exists, then a registered design professional must create a manual for the device;
(4) There must be no pinch or nip points that may cause injury to a passenger;
(5) There must be no exposed electrical wiring creating unsafe conditions; and
(6) The safety of bystanders and passengers must be provided for when operating and loading/unloading the amusement device.
(1) Maintenance log and manual. All repairs must be entered into the maintenance log and performed in accordance with the manufacturer’s operation and maintenance manual and any other specific repair instructions.
(2) Life-supporting or suspending parts. A life-supporting or suspending part such as a pin, axle, or tension strap, that fails inspection must be removed and a new or repaired part must be used as a replacement in accordance with the manual’s specifications. No amusement device may be placed into operation until all necessary repairs are made and the repaired parts are reinspected and retested.
(3) Welds. A weld that fails inspection must be noted in the maintenance log and must be repaired before the device is placed in operation. Repairs must be completed by a welder licensed in accordance with Article 407 of Title 28 of the Administrative Code. Where the welding work is not performed in the city, welds must be made by American Welding Society (AWS) qualified welders.
(4) Notification. The owner or amusement park operator must notify the manufacturer of the amusement device of any defects. Before starting repairs, owners or amusement park operators must request an official repair procedure from the manufacturer. Where the manufacturer is no longer in business, the repairs must be made following a procedure prescribed by a registered design professional.
§ 3005-10 Inspections and tests.
(a) Scope. Every new altered, rebuilt, or modified amusement device, temporary or permanent, must be inspected and tested in accordance with the manufacturer's manuals, manufacturer's bulletins, and the requirements of this subchapter. In the case where such manuals are not available, a registered design professional must prepare the necessary operation, maintenance, inspection, and test manual(s) in accordance with ASTM F853, F770, F2374, and F2376.
Exception. Inflatable rides are not tested. Certificates of competency are issued instead, based on criteria described in paragraph (2) of subdivision (h) of 1 RCNY § 3005-03.
(1) Acceptance test required. Upon initial installation, the load capacity and safety of permanent amusement devices including, but not limited to all operating protective safety devices, the adequacy of the structural supports and anchorage to floors, walls, ceilings, and foundations must be inspected and tested in accordance with the manufacturer’s requirements documented in the operating manual. Inspections and testing must be done by the person or firm installing, assembling, altering or relocating the amusement device, and such tests must be witnessed by the Department.
(2) Relocated, disassembled and reassembled permanent amusement devices. Relocated, disassembled and reassembled permanent amusement devices must be inspected and tested. The inspection and tests must be conducted after relocation or reassembly and prior to its use and operation, regardless of the date of the previous inspection and tests. The commissioner may require inspections or tests to be performed during assembly or disassembly of amusement devices when such tests are necessary to ensure safety.
(3) Portable mechanical amusement devices. Portable mechanical rides must have an initial Department inspection performed after having registered with the Department prior to public use. During the initial inspection, the owner must submit all maintenance and repair logs. In order to pass inspection, all rides must be in compliance with manufacturer’s bulletins, if any. Any other alteration performed on the amusement device must be supported with certification from a registered design professional.
(4) Temporary devices. In order to obtain a Certificate of Compliance (green card), every temporary amusement device, except an inflatable and truck mounted amusement devices, must be inspected each time the amusement device is set up or a DCA license is issued.
(5) Additional tests and inspections. The commissioner may require additional tests and inspections of amusement devices regardless of the date of the previous inspection and tests, when such tests are necessary to ensure safety.
(1) Permanent. Every new and existing permanent amusement device is subject to periodic inspection and testing as follows:
(i) Rides operated seasonally. The Department will perform two (2) field inspections of all permanent amusement devices. The first inspection will take place prior to the initial use of the device for the season. The second inspection will take place no sooner than ninety (90) days and no later than one hundred and twenty (120) days after the first inspection. However, the commissioner may extend the periodic inspection and test for an additional two (2) months for such devices.
(ii) Rides operated year round. The Department will perform a minimum of three inspections on rides operated year round. Each subsequent inspection will take place no sooner than ninety (90) days and no later than one hundred and twenty (120) days after the previous inspection.
(2) Temporary. Every temporary amusement device must be retested by the Department upon renewal of the DCA license in order to receive a new Certificate of Compliance (or “green card”), if applicable.
(3) Portable mechanical. Every portable mechanical amusement device must be inspected and tested every year by the Department upon renewal of the DCA license in order to receive a new Certificate of Compliance (or “green card”).
(4) Additional tests and inspections. The commissioner may require additional tests and inspections of amusement devices regardless of the date of the previous inspection and tests, when such tests are necessary to ensure safety.
(1) Electrical: Operation of control devices, speed-limiting devices, wiring, lighting, control panel function and indicator lights, and emergency stop switches;
(2) Mechanical: Brakes, proper adjustment of brakes, drive systems, wheels, rollers, chains, bearings, bushings, gears, pulleys, drive-belts, clutches, anti-rollback features, listening for any unusual noises, and looking for unusual movements or actions by the amusement device;
(3) Amusement device setup: Blocking, leveling, ground conditions, fencing clearance, clearance to local hazards, trip hazards, and security issues;
(4) Structural components: Passenger enclosures, welds, cracks, pins, bolts, nuts, fasteners, harnesses, safety belts, lap-bars, hair guards, and passenger restraints; and
(5) Additional safety items: Checking sharp edges and the condition of fire extin- guishers.
(1) Permanent. Upon satisfactory completion of an inspection and test of a permanent amusement device, the Department will issue a Certificate of Compliance (“green card”) for ninety (90) to one hundred and twenty (120) days. Such certificate must be posted in plain sight next to the amusement device. The device must be retested to renew the Certificate of Compliance.
(2) Temporary. Upon satisfactory completion of the inspection and test of a temporary amusement device, the Department will issue a Certificate of Compliance (“green card”) for fourteen (14) calendar days. Such certificate must be posted in plain sight next to the amusement device. Green cards may be renewed by filing a license renewal application with the DCA and passing a Department inspection.
(3) Portable. Upon satisfactory completion of the inspection and test of a portable truck mounted amusement device, the Department will issue a Certificate of Compliance (“green card”) for the season. Such certificate must be posted in plain sight next to the amusement device.
(1) Annual. Where an annual load test is required by the manual, the following types of passenger-carrying amusement devices may not be used until they have passed an annual load test without material failure as witnessed by the Department:
(i) Amusement devices having suspended passenger seats or spaces;
(ii) Amusement devices normally operated at speeds or with movements creating severe gravity, inertial or centrifugal forces;
(iii) Amusement devices elevated in such a way that structural failure is likely to cause passengers to be injured by falling; and
(iv) Amusement devices that the Department has ordered to undergo such a test, when such a test is necessary to ensure safety.
(2) Load test procedure. Each passenger seat or space in the amusement device, other than an amusement device intended only for children, must be weighted with 170 pounds (77.1 kg) of dead weight. Each seat or space in an amusement device intended only for children must be weighted with 90 pounds (40.8 kg). When loaded, the amusement device must be operated at rated speed, as specified in the manual, to test the full operation of all control devices, anti-rollback devices, speed limiting devices, brakes, and other safety equipment. The amusement device must withstand the test without material failure. Additionally, the soil and foundation must not show any signs of breaking, cracking, or deterioration.
(3) Other jurisdictions. A load test complying with the requirements of this section and performed in another jurisdiction will be considered acceptable if the owner or amusement park operator of the amusement device files a statement with the Department that the amusement device withstood the test without material failure and that the manufacturer, or an inspector acceptable to the Department from another jurisdiction, performed the test. The owner or amusement park operator must submit other relevant information as the Department and commissioner may require. Until such a statement is filed and accepted by the Department, the device is presumed to have not withstood the required test.
(4) Load test failure. An amusement device that fails a load test is unsafe and must not be used until it passes a subsequent load test and an additional inspection witnessed by the Department.
(5) Rebuilt, altered, or modified amusement devices. If an amusement device is rebuilt, altered, or modified after the load test is performed, or if the commissioner orders such test, a subsequent load test must be performed. The rebuilt, altered, or modified amusement device must not be used until it passes such test and an additional inspection witnessed by the Department is completed.
(6) Air compressor load test. Air compressors, tanks and related equipment must be inspected and tested annually or more frequently if required by the manual. Air compressor tanks must be tested to demonstrate their ability to sustain a hydrostatic pressure specified by the manufacturer for a period of at least one (1) hour. A record of each inspection and the results of the air compressor tank test must be kept at the site where the device is used and made available to the commissioner upon request.
(i) Welding work. An inspector certified by the National Association of Amusement Ride Safety Officials (“NAARSO”), an inspector certified by the Amusement Industry Manufacturers and Suppliers (“AIMS”), or a registered design professional, must affirm, in a form acceptable to the Department, that any welding performed (new, replaced, or inspected) was done by a licensed welder. Such certified inspector or registered design professional must also affirm that all necessary weld maintenance, inspections and tests, required by either the ride manual or manufacturer, were performed within the last twelve (12) months prior to the amusement device’s scheduled inspection by the Department and are clearly listed in the amusement device’s maintenance log. Such an affirmation must be kept at the site and made available upon request of the Department.
(1) Permanent amusement devices. All permanent amusement devices require nondestructive tests (NDT) in accordance with the manual or pursuant to the commissioner’s request.
(i) Personnel performing nondestructive tests. All personnel performing NDT must be qualified by experience, education, and examination in accordance with ASNT/SNT-TC-1A-05 for Level II in the presence of a registered design professional.
(ii) Visual inspection. The amusement device must first be inspected in the disassembled configuration, where possible, to enable inspection of critical areas that cannot be seen or reached in the assembled configuration. Once assembled, the entire amusement device and supporting structure must be visually inspected prior to performing any tests.
(iii) Test procedures. The parts of the amusement device and supporting structure subject to NDT are those recommended for such testing by the manufacturer. Where the manufacturer’s recommendations are not available, a registered design professional must determine the parts of the amusement device and supporting structure that must be tested in accordance with applicable ASTM standards.
(iv) Test report. A special inspection report for the NDT performed must be filed with the Department. The test report must identify the ride by name, serial number and manufacturer and must include the part(s) tested and the location of the tested areas. If the manufacturer or the registered design professional does not recommend NDT for all or part of the device, an affidavit must be submitted by the owner or amusement park operator with evidence acceptable to the commissioner that such testing is not required.
(2) Temporary amusement devices. The requirements described in paragraph (1) of this subdivision are applicable to temporary amusement devices, unless an NDT was performed on such device within one (1) year prior to use of the amusement device in the city.
(3) Steel roller coasters. The requirements described in paragraph (1) of this subdivision are applicable to all steel roller coasters.
(4) Failure of test. An amusement device that fails an NDT is unsafe and must not be used until it passes a subsequent NDT and an additional inspection witnessed by the Department.
§ 3005-11 Referenced National Standards.
These standards are adopted in full, except to the extent there is a conflict with this subchapter, in which case the provisions of this subchapter will apply.
| Standard | Name | Year |
|---|---|---|
| ASNT/SNT-TC-1A | American Society for Nondestructive Testing (ASNT) Certification & Qualification Recommended Practice in NDT | 2011 |
| ASTM Vol 03.03 | Standards for Nondestructive Testing | 2013 |
| ASTM standards: | ||
| F1957 | American Standard Test Method (ASTM) for Composite Foam Hardness-Durometer Hardness | 2011 |
| F2137 | Standard Practice for Measuring the Dynamic Characteristics of Amusement Rides and Devices | 2013 |
| F747 | Standard Terminology Relating to Amusement Rides and Devices | 2006 |
| F1159 | Standard Practice for Design and Manufacture of Patron Directed, Artificial Climbing Walls, Dry Slide, Coin Operated and Purposeful Water Immersion Amusement Rides and Devices and Air-Supported Structures | 2011 |
| F1193 | Practice for Quality, Manufacture, and Construction of Amusement Rides and Devices | 2006 |
| F2291 | Standard Practice for Design of Amusement Rides and Devices | 2013 |
| F2375 | Standard Practice for Design, Manufacture, Installation and Testing of Climbing Nets and Netting/Mesh used in Amusement Rides, Devices, Play Areas and Attractions | 2009 |
| F853 | Standard Practice for Maintenance Procedures for Amusement Rides and Devices | 2005 |
| F2974 | Standard Guide for Auditing Amusement Rides and Devices | 2013 |
| F770 | Standard Practice for Ownership, Operation, Maintenance, and Inspection of Amusement Rides and Devices | 2013 |
| F2374 | Standard Practice for Design, Manufacture, Operation, and Maintenance of Inflatable Amusement Devices | 2010 |
| F2460 | Standard Practice for Special Requirements for Bumper Boats | 2011 |
| F2959 | Standard Practice for Special Requirements for Aerial Adventure Courses | 2012 |
| F2376 | Standard Practice for Classification, Design, Manufacture, Construction, and Operation of Water Slide Systems | 2008 |
| F2461 | Standard Practice for Manufacture, Construction, Operation, and Maintenance of Aquatic Play Equipment. | 2009 |
~
§ 3301-01 Construction Site Signs.
(a) References. See Sections 3307 and 3301.9 of the New York City Building Code (BC).
(1) Best construction site management program. A plan designed to help reduce construction impact on the surrounding community by monitoring certain activities at construction sites. This program must be developed and implemented by a party who is independent of the contractor.
(2) Contractor. A general contractor or, for a demolition site, the demolition contractor.
(3) Department’s acceptance logo. A logo provided by the Department that indicates the Department has accepted the best construction site management program and that may be displayed on the sidewalk shed parapet panel along with the program name or logo at a site utilizing an accepted best construction site management program.
(4) Designated responsible party. The person in charge of implementing the best construction site management program and authorized to receive notices from the Department. This party must be designated by the person, corporation or other legal entity operating the program.
(5) Project information panel. A project information panel required to be posted on a construction fence as set forth in BC Section 3301.9.1.
(6) Sidewalk shed parapet panel. A sidewalk shed parapet panel required to be posted on a sidewalk shed as set forth in BC Section 3301.9.2.
(7) Site. A construction or demolition site.
(1) Content of project information panels at government-owned sites and at sites with government funding. Project information panels at government-owned sites and at sites with government funding must include the following information (see Figures 1, 2, and 3):
(i) A rendering, elevation drawing, site plan, or zoning diagram of the building exterior that does not contain logos or commercially recognizable symbols; Exception: A rendering, elevation drawing, site plan or zoning diagram of the building exterior is not required for demolition projects.
(ii) A title line stating “Work in Progress:” and specifying the nature of the project;
(iii) Anticipated project completion date;
(iv) The name of the government entity owning the site and/or funding the project;
(v) Website address to contact for project information;
(vi) The corporate name and telephone number of the contractor;
(vii) The statement, in both English and Spanish, “TO ANONYMOUSLY REPORT UNSAFE CONDITIONS AT THIS WORK SITE, CALL 311” and
(viii) A copy of the primary project permit, with accompanying text “To see other permits issued on this property, visit: www.nyc.gov/buildings.” The permit must be laminated or encased in a plastic covering to protect it from the elements or shall be printed directly onto the project information panel. In addition to the above requirements, the name(s) of government official(s) may be incorporated into the panel in accordance with Figures 1, 2 and 3.
(2) Specifications for project information panels at government-owned sites and at sites with government funding. Project information panels must be 6 feet (1829 mm) wide and 4 feet (1219 mm) high, with the content required by paragraph (1) of this subdivision arranged in accordance with Figures 1, 2 and 3, as applicable. The content required by subparagraphs (ii) through (vii) of paragraph (1) of this subdivision must be written in the Calibri font or similar sans serif font style, with letters a minimum of 1 inch (25 mm) high, as measured by the upper case character. Such letters must be white, on a blue background, with such blue color of a shade matching Pantone 296, or RGB 15, 43, 84, or CMYK 100, 88, 38, 35.
Exceptions:
(i) The dimensions for a project information panel posted in conjunction with a demolition project must be 2 feet 4 inches (711 mm) wide and 4 feet (1219 mm) high, in accordance with Figure 1.
(ii) For construction sites with a street frontage less than 60 feet (18 288 mm), the dimensions for a project information panel, other than that posted in conjunction with a demolition project, must be 55 inches (1397 mm) wide and 36.5 inches (927 mm) high, in accordance with Figure 3.
Figure 1Fence Project Information Panel Text Detail
Figure 2Fence Project Information Panel Layout
Figure 3Fence Project Information Panel Layout for Small Lots
(1) Scope. This section outlines the requirements for Department-accepted best construction site management programs and the duties of the designated responsible party. Unless otherwise authorized under the Administrative Code or Department rules, only Department-accepted best construction site management programs may be identified on a sidewalk shed parapet panel.
(2) Application and acceptance.
(i) Application for acceptance msut be made on forms to be furnished by the Department and must contain such information as the Department prescribes, including, but not limited to, the name, address and contact information of the person, corporation or other legal entity operating the program and the name, address and contact information for the designated responsible party.
(ii) The Department may accept a best construction site management program if it receives a completed application that includes a detailed plan that demonstrates that the program is designed to ensure that its participating work sites are well-managed, clean and responsive to community concerns. The plan must include, at a minimum, the duties listed in paragraph (4) of this subdivision.
(iii) Applications must include a certification by the program’s designated responsible party that the plan will be implemented at all times at each of the program’s participating sites.
(3) Duties of the designated responsible party.
(i) The designated responsible party must monitor the contractor and the site to ensure the maintenance of publicly accessible areas within or surrounding the site and site operations, including, but not limited to, ensuring the contractor:
(A) Maintain the site free of any construction debris, or rubbish, materials and equipment;
(B) Maintains all areas and surfaces such that they are neat, clean and free of damage, illegal signage, graffiti and sharp objects;
(C) Maintains free of snow and ice on sidewalks and snow and ice that poses potential danger to the public.
(ii) The designated responsible party must monitor the contractor and the site to ensure that the community impact is minimized, which includes, but is not limited to, ensuring that the contractor:
(A) Installs enhanced netting systems and sidewalk protections.
(B) Reduces or shields the public from noise, vibration, dust and noxious substances;
(C) Protects street trees, plants, sidewalk amenities and furniture; and
(D) Addresses nuisance and environmental complaints.
(iii) The designated responsible party must promote community relations, including, but not limited to, the following:
(A) Establish a method to receive and provide responses to complaints or questions and to provide timely updates about on-going construction operations, including project scope and expected duration of the project;
(B) Provide notification to the respective Community Board prior to affixing the best construction site management program name or logo on a sidewalk shed parapet panel at a participating site; and
(C) For new buildings, alterations or demolitions of major buildings, as that term is defined in Chapter 33 of the New York city building code, provide live project updates to the respective community board within thirty (30) days of a site joining a best construction site management program and every six months thereafter.
(iv) The designated responsible party must conduct periodic reviews of its participating sites to verify program compliance. Such reviews must be conducted more frequently if so directed by the Department.
(v) The designated responsible party must maintain the following records until construction is complete and make them available to the Department upon request:
(A) Current list of the participating site addresses, contractor name, address and contact number and the owner name and address;
(B) Details of each review with respect to any program requirements set forth in paragraph (4) of this subdivision and any actions resulting therefrom; and
(C) Details of complaint resolution for each complaint, including mitigation strategies.
(vi) The designated responsible party must develop a process for:
(A) Notifying the Department of any changes to the best construction site management program, plan or the designated responsible party within ten days of such change; and
(B) Notifying the contractor and owner if the best construction site management program is no longer accepted by the Department or if an order has been issued by the Commissioner instructing that the program’s name or logo and the Department’s acceptance logo must be immediately removed from the sign.
(1) Failure to comply with duties. Following notice and an opportunity to be heard, the Department may revoke acceptance of a best construction site management program and order removal of the program’s name or logo and Department acceptance logo from the sidewalk shed parapet panel at a particular site or at all the program’s sites for failure to comply with the duties set forth in paragraph (3) of subdivision (d) of this section and the plan described in the accepted best construction site management program application.
(2) Failure to ensure compliance with plan. Following notice and an opportunity to be heard, the Department may order removal of the program’s name or logo and Department acceptance logo from the sidewalk shed parapet panel at a particular site where the best construction site management program fails to ensure that the participating work site is well-managed, clean and responsive to community concerns.
(3) Removal of logos. If the program’s name or logo and the Department’s acceptance logo are not removed from the sidewalk shed parapet panel within 10 days of the order, the Department may cover the program’s name or logo and the Department acceptance logo, at the owner’s expense.
(4) Continuation of program without logos. Revocation of the Department’s program acceptance or order to remove the program name or logo and the Department’s acceptance logo at a particular site, shall not affect the ability of the best construction site management program to continue its mission without inclusion of its name or logo on the sidewalk shed parapet panel and without reference to Department program acceptance.
§ 3301-02 Registration of Construction Superintendents.
Construction superintendents must be registered with the Department, in accordance with the following provisions.
(1) Is able to read construction plans and specifications; and
(2) Has satisfactorily completed, within two (2) years prior to the date of application, a course that is at least ten hours (10) in length and approved by the United States Department of Labor Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) in construction industry safety and health; and also meets one of the following:
(i) Is a registered design professional and has satisfactorily completed, within one (1) year prior to the date of the application, an 8-hour Site Safety Coordinator course approved by the department;
(ii) Holds a Construction Health and Safety Technician (“CHST”) designation from the Board of Certified Safety Professionals (“BCSP”) and has satisfactorily completed, within one (1) year prior to the date of the application, an 8-hour Site Safety Coordinator course approved by the department;
(iii) Has five (5) years of experience, within ten (10) years prior to the date of the application, as a building code enforcement official charged with enforcement of the provisions of the New York City Building Code, and has satisfactorily completed, within one (1) year prior to the date of the application, an 8-hour Site Safety Coordinator course approved by the department. The enforcement must have included inspections of buildings under construction or demolition and thus this basis for qualification excludes officials whose primary role is to perform inspections of occupied or vacant buildings;
(iv) Has five (5) years of full time field experience in the United States, within 10 years prior to the date of the application, working on buildings as a safety official for a governmental entity or construction firm or as a safety manager or safety engineer for a safety consulting firm specializing in construction or demolition and has satisfactorily completed, within one (1) year prior to the date of the application, an 8-hour Site Safety Coordinator course approved by the department; or
(v) Has five (5) years of full time experience in the United States, within ten (10) years prior to the date of the application, as verified by employer affidavit, working with plans in a relevant construction trade in furtherance of the construction, vertical or horizontal enlargement, or full demolition of a building or structure, and has satisfactorily completed, within one (1) year prior to the date of the application, a 40-hour Site Safety Manager course approved by the department.
(1) Renewals may be subject to the provisions of Article 401 of Chapter 4 of Title 28 of New York City Administrative Code. The fee for timely renewal is fifty dollars ($50.00). Renewals not submitted in a timely manner will be subject to a late surcharge of fifty dollars ($50.00).
(2) Timely renewal applications must be accompanied by proof that the applicant has, during the one-year prior to renewal, successfully completed an 8-hour Site Safety Coordinator course approved by the department.
(3) Renewals not filed within one year of registration expiration will be treated as a new application.
§ 3301-03 Worker Safety Information at Construction Sites.
(a) Required signs. Worker safety information signs are required at all construction sites where site safety training is required as set forth in BC Section 3321. Such signs must be posted by the general contractor.
(1) “As of December 1, 2019, workers will not be permitted to work on this site unless they have 30 hours of safety training, demonstrated by an OSHA 30 card, a Limited Site Safety Training Card, or a Site Safety Training Card.
As of December 1, 2019, workers serving as a site safety manager, site safety coordinator, concrete safety manager, construction superintendent or a competent person, as required by Section 3301.13.12 of the Building Code, will not be permitted to work on this site unless they have 62 hours of safety training, demonstrated by a Supervisor Site Safety Training Card.
As of September 1, 2020, workers will not be permitted to work on this site unless they have 40 hours of safety training, demonstrated by a Site Safety Training Card.
Visit www.nyc.gov/nycsafety or call 311 for more information.”
(2) The statement “TO ANONYMOUSLY REPORT UNSAFE CONDITIONS AT THIS WORK SITE, CALL 311”
(3) Any additional information related to safe work practices provided by the department.
(1) Such signs must be 44 inches wide and 30 inches high, with the content required by subdivision (b) of this section written in the Calibri font or similar sans serif font style, with letters a minimum of 1 inch (25 mm) high, as measured by the upper case character. Such letters must be white, on a blue background, with such blue color of a shade matching Pantone 296, or RGB 15, 43, 84, or CMYK 100, 88, 38, 35.
(2) Such signs must be constructed out of a durable and weatherproof material such as vinyl, plastic, or aluminum, and such material must be flame retardant in accordance with NFPA 701 or listed under UL 214.
(1) Visibility. Worker safety information signs must be posted within the site in a location that is readily visible to workers.
(2) Site areas with construction fencing. In site areas bound by construction fencing, at least one sign must be placed at each egress point on the inside of the fencing, including vehicle delivery fence gates and existing loading docks.
(3) Site areas without construction fencing. In site areas not bound by construction fencing, at least one sign must be placed at each egress point within the controlled access zone where construction is taking place and at each existing loading dock or location being used for construction delivery or access.
§ 3310-01 Site Safety.
(a) Site safety inspections for construction, alteration, or demolition projects. The primary site safety manager or coordinator for a construction, alteration, or demolition project must, at all times such site safety manager or coordinator is required to be present, perform the site safety inspections detailed in Tables 1 through 9, below, at the intervals prescribed in the tables, or ensure such inspections are performed by a site safety manager or coordinator. The requirements of this subdivision do not apply to a project whose scope is limited to facade work.
Table 1General Inspections
| Requirement | Minimum Schedule of Inspections | |
|---|---|---|
| When a building is being constructed or demolished at a height greater than 75 feet (22.86 m), verify that at least one elevator or personal hoist in a state of readiness is available for FDNY access. | As appropriate | |
| When a personnel hoist requires a jump, verify that all necessary permits are obtained and testing performed. | As appropriate | |
| When a building is being constructed or demolished at a height greater than 75 feet (22.86 m), verify that a standpipe system is available and in readiness at all times for use by the Fire Department. | Daily | |
|
Daily | |
|
Daily | |
|
Daily | |
|
Daily | |
|
Daily | |
|
Daily | |
|
Weekly | |
| If a construction shed is located within 30 feet (9.144 m) of the building, verify that it meets the requirements of section 3303.1.3 of the building code. | Once per shed | |
| Verify that interior and exterior guardrails and toeboards are provided and properly installed as required by the building code. | Daily | |
| Verify that all openings and/or holes in the floor are covered at all times. | Daily | |
| Verify that all stairwells have standard handrails. | Daily | |
| Verify that all signs required by section 3301.9 of the building code are installed and contain the required information. | Once per sign |
~
Table 2 Safety Netting Inspections
| Requirement | Minimum Schedule of Inspections | |
|---|---|---|
| Verify that horizontal safety netting is maintained not more than two stories below the stripping operation floor on concrete structures or the uppermost finished and walkable concrete floor on steel frame structures, provided that such floor is more than six stories or 75 feet (22.86 m) in height above the adjoining ground or adjoining roof level, whichever is applicable. | Daily | |
| Verify that horizontal safety netting projects outward horizontally from the edge of the floor a minimum of 10 feet (3.048 m). | Daily | |
| Verify that omitted horizontal safety netting in designated crane and derrick lifting areas is indicated and approved on the crane application and the site safety plan. | Weekly | |
| For steel frame construction, where the steel frame extends more than eight stories above the walkable concrete floor, verify that the vertical safety netting is provided on the floors at and below the topmost working metal deck where this deck is substantially completed and that the required guardrails and toeboards are in place. | Daily | |
| Verify that vertical safety netting is provided on all floors below the floor on which horizontal netting is required. | Daily | |
| Verify that vertical safety netting is secured and kept closed at all times, except during actual loading operations or perimeter construction operations. | Daily |
~
Table 3 Maintenance of Site and Adjacent Area Inspections
| Requirement | Minimum Schedule of Inspections | |
|---|---|---|
| Verify that all areas used by the public are maintained free from ice, snow, grease, debris, equipment, materials, projections, tools, or other items, substance, or conditions that may constitute a slipping, tripping or other hazard. | Throughout the day | |
| Verify that guards, shields or barricades surround all exposed, electrically charged, moving or otherwise dangerous parts of machines and construction equipment so as to prevent contact with the public. | Daily | |
| Verify that there are no exposed hose lines, wire, rope, or other items that may constitute a tripping hazard to the public. | Throughout the day | |
| Verify that adjoining property is protected when the height of the building exceeds that of the adjoining property. | Daily | |
| When the building is extended, enlarged or increased in height so that any portion of such building, except chimneys or vents, extends higher than the top of any previously constructed chimneys within 100 feet (30.48 m), verify that the chimneys conform to § 801 of the New York City mechanical code. | As appropriate |
~
Table 4 Housekeeping Inspections
| Requirement | Minimum Schedule of Inspections | |
|---|---|---|
| Verify that floors and stairs are clean from excess debris. | Throughout the day | |
| Verify that tools and equipment not in use are kept away from edges or openings. | Throughout the day | |
| Verify that the roof of the sidewalk shed and the street are free of debris. | Daily | |
| Verify that sufficient containers for the storage of garbage and debris are provided. | Daily | |
| Verify that containers are covered and secured when full. | Daily |
~
Table 5 Removal and Storage of Material Inspections
| Requirement | Minimum Schedule of Inspections | |
|---|---|---|
| Verify that combustible waste material and combustible debris have been removed from the site. | Daily | |
| Verify that chutes used for the removal of debris are installed and maintained in accordance with § 3303.5.5 of the building code. | Weekly | |
| Verify that material stored on floors of a building is secured when not being used. | Daily | |
| When exterior walls are not in place, verify that stored material is kept at least 10 feet (3.048 m) back from the perimeter of the building, or at least 5 feet (1524 mm) back from the perimeter of the building if the floor area is less than 1,000 square feet (304.8 m), or at least 2 feet (609.6 mm) back from the perimeter of the building on upper working floors located not more than two stories below the stripping operation on concrete structures or the uppermost concrete floor on steel structures. | Daily | |
| Verify that no material hangs over the edge of a building unless banded and braced for relocation by the end of the workday, except on the floor of the stripping operation and on floors designated as the lumber or steel mill. | Daily | |
| (i) On the floor of the stripping operation, verify that material that overhangs the floor is banded and braced, overhangs by not more than one-third of its length, and is relocated by the next workday for concrete operations. | Daily | |
| (ii) Where the steel mill and lumber mill are located, verify that any material that overhangs is relocated by the next workday. | Daily |
~
Table 6 Protection of Sidewalks Inspections
| Requirement | Minimum Schedule of Inspections | |
|---|---|---|
| Verify that valid permits for sidewalk sheds have been obtained, have not expired, and are posted in a central, visible area. | Periodic | |
| Verify that approved drawings of the sidewalk shed are at the construction site. | Periodic | |
| Verify that the designer and/or supplier of the sidewalk shed has certified that such shed has been erected in accordance with the approved plans and that the proper forms have been filed with the department. | Once | |
| Verify that sidewalk sheds extend the entire perimeter of the building. | Once | |
| Verify that when the building exceeds 100 feet (30.48 m) in height, the sidewalk sheds extend 20 feet (6.096 m) beyond the property line. | Once | |
| Verify that required sidewalk sheds remain in place until the structure is enclosed, all exterior work completed, the sash is gazed above the second story, the exterior facade is cleaned down, all outside handling of material equipment and machinery is completed, and dismantling of a hoist, crane, or the use of a derrick in their removal above the second story has been completed. | Weekly | |
| Verify that all openings in sidewalk sheds, fences and railings for loading purposes are kept closed, barricaded, protected, or guarded at all times. | Throughout the day | |
| Verify that sidewalk sheds are illuminated at night by the equivalent of 100-watt bulbs spaced 15 feet (4.572 m) apart at a minimum height of 8 feet (2.44 m) above the sidewalk. | Daily | |
| Verify that temporary footbridges and walkways for the public are at least 5 feet (1.524 m) in width. | Daily as appropriate |
~
Table 7 Warning Signs and Lights Inspections
| Requirement | Minimum Schedule of Inspections | |
|---|---|---|
| Verify that all areas that are dangerous or hazardous to the public or areas where work is performed near vehicular traffic are appropriately marked with warning signs and lights. | Daily | |
| Verify that steps necessary to protect the public are taken, including provisions for flagmen/flagwomen whenever intermittent operations are conduced on or across areas open to the public or when dangerous operations, such as blasting, may affect such areas. | Throughout the day, as appropriate |
~
Table 8 Scaffolds, Structural Ramps, Runways and Platform Inspections
| Requirement | Minimum Schedule of Inspections | |
|---|---|---|
| Verify that where they pose a risk to the public that all structural ramps, scaffolds, runways and platforms are provided with guardrails, toeboards, screening, or nets, unless otherwise specified by the building code. | Daily |
~
Table 9 Material Handling and Hoisting Equipment Inspections
| Requirement | Minimum Schedule of Inspections | |
|---|---|---|
| Verify that all certificates of approval, operation, and onsite inspection for all cranes, derricks, and/or cableways have been obtained and are available for inspection at the construction site. | As required | |
| Verify that all permits for highway and street closings are available for inspection at the construction site. | As required | |
| Verify that licenses of crane operators are available at the construction site. | Daily | |
| When a crane is to be jumped, verify that it is in accordance with the schedule submitted by the professional engineer and approved by the department. | As appropriate | |
| Verify that a means of communication exists between the responsible parties when the operator of hoisting machinery has no vision of the lift or loading areas. | Daily when operational | |
| Verify that a program has been established and is operational for the control of pedestrian and/or vehicular traffic around the construction site during all lifting and hoisting operations. | Daily when operational | |
| Verify that flagmen/women are present to stop pedestrian and/or vehicular traffic during the following intermittent operations: | As appropriate | |
| (i) During all lifting and hoisting operations; | ||
| (ii) When trucks enter and exit the site; | ||
| (iii) When materials are being lifted over the sidewalk shed; | ||
| (iv) When dangerous operations, e.g., blasting, occur; | ||
| (v) When the sidewalk and/or street is temporarily closed. |
~
Alteration. For the purposes of this section, the term “alteration” shall have the same meaning as set forth in section 28-101.5 of the Administrative Code.
Alternate site safety manager or coordinator. A site safety manager or coordinator who is acting on behalf of and is approved by, the primary site safety manager or coordinator in accordance with the provisions of section 3310.5.3 of the Building Code.
Construction. For the purposes of this section, the term “construction” shall have the same meaning as set forth in section 3302.1 of the Building Code.
Demolition. For the purposes of this section, the term “demolition” shall have the same meaning as set forth in section 3302.1 of the Building Code.
Facade work (facade project). The restoration of an existing facade to a safe and like new condition following decay, wear, or damage; the modification of an existing facade; or the recladding of a facade.
Facade recladding (recladding of a facade). The removal of the exterior building envelope and replacement with a new exterior building envelope; or the installation of a new exterior building envelope over the existing facçade.
Primary site safety manager or coordinator. The site safety manager or coordinator who has been designated as the primary site safety manager in accordance with the provisions of section 3310.5 of the Building Code.
Project. For the purposes of this section, the term “project” shall have the same meaning as set forth in section 28-101.5 of the Administrative Code.
Qualified person. For the purposes of this section, the term “qualified person” shall have the same meaning as set forth in section 3302.1 of the Building Code.
Rigging foreman. An individual working under the direct and continuing supervision of a licensed rigger and who meets the qualifications as a designated rigging foreman as set forth in 1 RCNY § 104-20.
Site safety coordinator. An individual who holds a valid site safety coordinator certificate from the department.
Site safety manager. An individual who holds a valid site safety manager certificate from the department.
(1) The primary or alternate site safety manager must, whenever he or she is present at the project site, perform the site safety inspections detailed in Table 10, below, at the intervals prescribed in the table.
(2) At all times when paragraph (1) of subdivision (e) of this section requires the presence of a qualified person, and the primary or alternate site safety manager is not present at the site, the qualified person as described by subdivision (e) must perform the site safety inspections detailed in Table 10, below, at the intervals prescribed in the table.
Table 10 Facade project inspections
| Requirement | Minimum Schedule of Inspections | |
|---|---|---|
| Verify that the approved site safety plan is on site. | Prior to the commencement of the project; and daily thereafter | |
| Verify that required sidewalk sheds, fences, pedestrian protection, roof and adjoining property protection, safety netting, guardrails, perimeter protection, and controlled access zones are in accordance with the approved site safety plan. | Prior to the commencement of the project; and daily thereafter | |
| Verify that all scaffolds, cranes, derricks, hoisting machines, mast climbers, sidewalk sheds, and fences possess a valid permit/certificate, and that such information is recorded in the permit log. (Note: certain types of scaffolds and cranes/derricks are exempt from permit/certificate requirements; see sections 3314.2 and 3319.3 of the building code for details.) | Prior to the commencement of the project; as each piece of equipment is brought to the site; and at the renewal or expiration of the permit/certificate | |
| Verify that, where required, Department of Transportation permits for street or sidewalk closings are available at the site. | Once per permit | |
| Verify that notice has been provided to the department prior to the installation or removal of a suspended scaffold or a mast climber. | Prior to each instance | |
| Verify that plans for all scaffolds, cranes, derricks, hoisting machines, mast climbers, sidewalk sheds, and fences are available at the site. (Note: certain types of scaffolds and cranes/derricks are exempt from design requirements; see sections 3314.3 and 3319.3 of the building code for details.) | Prior to the commencement of the project; as each piece of equipment is brought to the site; and monthly thereafter | |
| Verify that installation inspections have been completed for all scaffolds, tower/climber cranes, derricks, hoisting machines, mast climbers, and sidewalk sheds, and that a record of such inspection is available at the site. (Note, installation inspections may also be required when equipment is moved to a new location at the site, or when components are relocated - for example, when decking and guardrails on a supported scaffold are moved to a different level.) | Following the installation of each piece of equipment | |
| Verify that daily/pre-shift inspections have been completed for all scaffolds, cranes, derricks, hoisting machines, mast climbers, and sidewalk sheds and that a record of such inspection is available at the site. (Note: certain types of cranes do not require an inspection; see section 3319.3 of the building code for details.) | Daily | |
| Verify that inspections have been completed following an adjustment or repair to a scaffold, crane, derrick, hoisting machine, mast climber, or sidewalk shed. | Following each adjustment or repair | |
| Verify that the general contractor or sub-contractors, as appropriate, are verifying that workers have completed a course that is at least ten hours in length and approved by the United States Department of Labor Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) in construction industry safety and health, or an equivalent training, and that documentation of such verification is maintained at the site by the general contractor or sub-contractors. | Daily | |
| Verify that the general contractor or sub-contractors, as appropriate, are providing a site specific safety orientation to all workers employed at the site, and that documentation of such orientation is maintained at the site by the general contractor or sub-contractors. | Weekly | |
| Verify that contractors engaged in scaffold, mast climber, rigging, hoisting, or sign hanging work are checking that individuals engaged in such work possess training, certification, or licensing for such work, as appropriate, and that documentation of such check is maintained at the site by the contractor. | Daily | |
| Verify that flagpersons are present to stop pedestrian and/or vehicular traffic during the following intermittent operations: | Throughout the day | |
| (i) During all lifting and hoisting operations; | ||
| (ii) When trucks enter and exit the site; | ||
| (iii) When materials are being lifted over the sidewalk shed; | ||
| (iv) When dangerous operations, e.g., blasting, occur; and | ||
| (v) When the sidewalk and/or street is temporarily closed. | ||
| Verify workers are provided with and are utilizing required personal protection equipment (PPE), including but not limited to harness and life line. | Throughout the day | |
| Verify that a means of communication exists between the responsible parties when the operator of hoisting machinery has no vision of the lift or loading areas. | Prior to the start of any such hoisting operation; and throughout the day as such hoisting operation is ongoing | |
| Verify that all signs required by section 3301.9 of the building code are installed and contain the required information. | Prior to the commencement of the project; and upon the posting of any sign added after the commencement of the project | |
| Verify that scaffolds, sidewalk sheds, fences, and other pedestrian protection are free of signs or advertisements not directly related to the project. | Prior to the commencement of the project; and daily thereafter | |
| Verify that the standpipe system has passed its most recent hydrostatic pressure test and flow test, and that the sprinkler system has passed its most recent hydrostatic pressure test. | Prior to the commencement of the project; and, if applicable, when a new hydrostatic pressure test and/or flow test is required. | |
| Verify that where active work is occurring, where project material/debris/equipment is being stored, and where sidewalk sheds, fences, or other pedestrian protection is located: | Daily | |
| (i) Standpipe valves/hose connections/fire department connections are in place; and | ||
| (ii) Standpipe valves/hose connections/fire department connections are free from obstruction. | ||
| In areas where a sidewalk shed or fence has been installed, verify that the required red light marking the fire department connection is functional and the required sign identifying the fire department standpipe connection is visible. | Prior to the commencement of the project; and daily thereafter | |
| If”hot works”(welding, grinding operations producing sparks, torch operations, etc.) operations are performed, verify that fire extinguishers and dedicated personnel with valid FDNY fire watch certificate of fitness are on site at the location of”hot works”operations. | Prior to start of any”hot works”operations; and throughout the day as”hot works”operations are performed. | |
| Verify compliance with the provisions of section 3314.11.5 of the building code when welding operations are conducted from a suspended scaffold. | Prior to the start of any welding operation from a suspended scaffold; and throughout the day as welding operations occur from a suspended scaffold | |
| Verify that all flammable/combustible liquids and gases are located in a well-ventilated area, away from combustible materials, and away from open flame or sources of ignition in accordance with the requirements of the fire department. | Throughout the day | |
| Verify that, where active work is occurring, where project material/debris/equipment is being stored, or where sidewalk sheds, fences, or other pedestrian protection are located: | Throughout the day | |
| (i) Building egress is not obstructed; | ||
| (ii) Areas used by the public are maintained free from ice, snow, grease, debris, equipment, materials, projections, tools, hoses, wires, ropes, or other items, substances, or conditions that may constitute a slipping, tripping, or other hazard; and | ||
| (iii) Guards, shields or barricades surround all exposed, electrically charged, moving or otherwise dangerous parts of machines and equipment so as to prevent contact with the public. | ||
| Verify that: | Prior to the commencement of the project; and daily thereafter | |
| (i) Sidewalk shed lights are functioning; | ||
| (ii) No brace or rail is hanging unattached at one or more ends of the sidewalk shed; | ||
| (iii) No portions of the sidewalk shed support structure are disconnected; | ||
| (iv) No section of the sidewalk shed parapet is missing; and | ||
| (v) All legs of the sidewalk shed remain on their support and are supported to the ground. | ||
| Verify that contractor sheds and offices are in accordance with section 3303.16 of the building code. | Prior to the commencement of the project; and upon the installation of any contractor shed added after the commencement of the project | |
| Verify that chutes used for the removal of debris are installed and maintained in accordance with section 3303.5.5 of the building code. | As new chutes are installed at the site; as existing chutes are relocated at the site; and weekly thereafter | |
| Verify required safety netting is installed and in good repair. | Daily | |
| Verify required guardrails and toeboards on exterior scaffolds are installed and in good repair. | Daily | |
| Verify that sufficient containers for the storage of waste/debris generated by the project are provided, and that such containers are: | Daily | |
| (i) Covered at the end of the shift; | ||
| (ii) Covered anytime when full to near the rim; and | ||
| (iii) Wheels are secured at the end of the shift. | ||
| Verify that, at the end of the shift, all tools and loose materials have been secured, and that all waste/debris generated by the project, including but not limited to garbage/debris located on scaffolds, mast climbers, sidewalk sheds, roofs, and setbacks, has been placed into containers or removed from the site. | Daily, at the end of the shift | |
| Verify that combustible waste/debris generated by the project is not allowed to accumulate and is removed from the site. | Throughout the day | |
| Verify that tools and equipment not in use are kept away from edges or openings. | Throughout the day | |
| Verify that materials placed/stored on a sidewalk shed are placed/stored only in areas designated on the sidewalk shed plans, and such materials are secured against dislodgement, and there is no evidence of deflection or failure of the sidewalk shed in the vicinity of the storage. | Daily | |
| Verify that, at the end of the shift, suspended scaffolds have been lowered to the street, sidewalk shed deck, or building setback, or have been otherwise secured to the roof or the building in accordance with the scaffold plans. | Daily, at the end of the shift |
~
(1) Site safety manager presence at a facade project which does not constitute facade recladding. For a project that is limited in scope to facade work, and which does not constitute facade recladding:
(i) The primary site safety manager must, at a minimum, visit the site after required sidewalk sheds, fences, pedestrian protection, and roof and adjoining property protection have been installed, but prior to the commencement of the project.
(ii) The primary or alternate site safety manager must be present while the following work is performed:
(A) Supported scaffold installation or removal, but not including the relocation of existing deck planking or guardrails to a different level of the scaffold provided any such relocation is designated on the scaffold design documents;
(B) Mast climber installation or removal; or
(C) Other work as directed by the commissioner.
(iii) The primary or alternate site safety manager must visit the site within 24-hours of the issuance of a hazardous violation by the department.
(iv) The primary or alternate site safety manager must be present when the following rigging work is performed, and such rigging work is not performed by or under the direct and continuing supervision of a licensed rigger:
(A) Suspended scaffold installation or removal;
(B) Suspended scaffold use; or
(C) Hoisting machine installation/assembly/erection, climbing/jumping, removal/disassembly, or a relocation requiring modifications to tie-backs, counterweights, or connections to the base building/structure.
(2) Facade recladding. For a project that is limited in scope to facade work, and which constitutes facade recladding, the primary or alternate site safety manager is required to be present at the site during all times active work is occurring, through all phases of work, beginning with the commencement of the facade work and continuing until the building is enclosed and the sidewalk shed is removed, except that, the primary or alternate site safety manager is not required to be present at the site during the following activities, provided no other work is in progress:
(i) Surveying that does not involve the disturbance of material, structure, or earth;
(ii) Use of a hoist to transport personnel only;
(iii) Use of a material hoist that is fully enclosed within the perimeter of the building;
(iv) Finish trowelling of concrete floors;
(v) When personnel are provided for temporary heat, light, or water; or
(vi) Truck deliveries to the site where the sidewalk is closed and the entrance gate is within that closed sidewalk area.
(3) Multiple facade jobs. A site safety manager may serve as the primary or alternate site safety manager at multiple projects whose scope is limited to facade work, and which does not constitute facade recladding, provided such site safety manager is not contemporaneously the primary or alternate site safety manager for any construction, alteration, or demolition project, or any facade recladding project, and further provided that the site safety manager is able to fulfill all duties imposed upon the site safety manager by law and these rules.
(4) Site safety log. In addition to the requirements of subdivisions (f) and (g) of this section, the primary or alternate site safety manager working pursuant to this subdivision must:
(i) Record their presence at the jobsite by signing the site safety log and noting their time of arrival and departure from the site, immediately after arriving at the site and immediately prior to leaving the site, respectively; and
(ii) Record the results of inspections required by subdivision (c) of this section prior to leaving the site for the day.
(1) Qualified person to be present. For a project that is limited in scope to facade work, and which does not constitute facade recladding, a qualified person, who meets the requirements of paragraphs (2) and (3) of this subdivision, must be present at the site during all times active work is occurring, continuing through all phases of work, beginning with the installation of the sidewalk shed and continuing until the building is enclosed and the sidewalk shed is removed, except that such qualified person is not required to be present at the site during the following activities, provided no other work is in progress:
(i) Surveying that does not involve the disturbance of material, structure, or earth;
(ii) Use of a hoist to transport personnel only;
(iii) Use of a material hoist that is fully enclosed within the perimeter of the building;
(iv) Finish trowelling of concrete floors;
(v) When personnel are provided for temporary heat, light, or water; or
(vi) Truck deliveries to the site where the sidewalk is closed and the entrance gate is within that closed sidewalk area.
(2) Written designation of the qualified person. The designation of one or more individuals to serve as a qualified person pursuant to this subdivision must be evidenced by a written letter, signed and dated by the permit holder. Such letter must, at a minimum, contain the name and contact information for each designated individual. Such letter must be kept on site and be available for inspection by the commissioner upon request.
(3) Qualifications of qualified person. A qualified person designated in accordance with this subdivision must possess all of the following qualifications:
(i) Completed the orientation and training required by Section 3310.10 of the Building Code;
(ii) Beginning July 1, 2016, completed a department approved site safety manager training course that is least 40 hours in length, and every three years thereafter, complete a department approved site safety manager refresher course that is at least 7 hours in length;
(iii) Beginning July 1, 2016, completed the training required by Section 3314.4.5.1 of the building code for supported scaffold installers;
(iv) Beginning July 1, 2016, completed the training required by Section 3314.4.5.3 of the building code for suspended scaffold supervisors;
(v) Beginning July 1, 2016, completed a course that is at least 30 hours in length and approved by the United States Department of Labor Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) in construction industry safety and health; and
(vi) If the qualified person is not a licensed rigger or a rigging foreman, be approved by the primary site safety manager.
(4) Proof of qualifications. Evidence, acceptable to the commissioner, of completion of the licensure, training, or other qualifications required by paragraph (3) of this subdivision must be made readily available to the commissioner upon request.
(5) Site safety log. In addition to the requirements of subdivisions (f) and (g) of this section, the qualified person working pursuant to this subdivision must:
(i) Record his or her presence at the jobsite by signing the site safety log and noting the time of arrival and departure from the site, immediately after arriving at the site and immediately prior to leaving the site, respectively;
(ii) Record the results of inspections required by subdivision (c) of this section prior to leaving the site for the day; and
(iii) Record any conditions reported to the site safety manager in accordance with paragraph (8) of this subdivision.
(6) Reporting to the department. The qualified person working pursuant to this subdivision must immediately report to the department any:
(i) Accidents or incidents that require notification to the department in accordance with Section 3301.8 of the building code; and
(ii) Any items listed in Section 3310.8.2.1 of the building code.
(7) Providing a copy of the log to the site safety manager. The qualified person working pursuant to this subdivision must, at the end of the day, provide a copy of the day’s completed site safety log to the primary site safety manager, or to the alternate site safety manager where so directed by the primary site safety manager.
(8) Reporting to the site safety manager. The qualified person must immediately report the following items to the primary or alternate site safety manager:
(i) Any accidents or incidents that require notification to the department in accordance with Section 3301.8 of the building code;
(ii) Any items that fail the inspections required by subdivision (c) of this section;
(iii) Any items listed in Section 3310.8.2.1 of the building code; and
(iv) Any violations issued by the department relating to the work performed.
(1) The site safety manager or coordinator shall ensure that all daily entries in the site safety log are completed. These entries must be recorded by 7:00 a.m. on the day following the activities.
(2) The site safety manager or coordinator, or an alternate, shall sign the log at the beginning of each day, and must be present at the job at all times during ongoing construction or demolition. If at any point during the day the site safety manager or coordinator, or alternate, shall be relieved of his or her responsibilities at the site, or leave the site for any reason, he or she shall indicate this in the log and an alternate shall sign in.
(3) Log contents. At a minimum, the site safety log shall contain the following:
(i) Date and location of inspections performed in accordance with subdivision (a) of this rule;
(ii) Date and names of individuals met with to satisfy the requirements of § 3310.8.1 of the building code;
(iii) Any unsafe acts and/or conditions, and dates and locations of said unsafe acts and/or conditions;
(iv) Companies and representatives notified of unsafe acts and/or conditions;
(v) Dates of notification of unsafe acts and/or conditions;
(vi) Dates of correction of unsafe acts and/or conditions;
(vii) Any accident involving the public or damage to public or private property;
(viii) Any violations, stop work orders or summonses issued by the department, including date issued and date lifted or dismissed;
(ix) Dates and location where horizontal and vertical netting have been installed, replaced and/or repaired;
(x) Date horizontal safety netting is removed; and
(xi) Date when building reaches a height of 75 feet (22.860 mm).
(1) Required standpipe is not in place at each story below the construction or demolition floor;
(2) Required standpipe valve(s) are not in place at each story below the construction or demolition floor;
(3) Required standpipe is not capped;
(4) Required standpipe is not connected to a water source or siamese connection;
(5) Required standpipe siamese hose connection(s) is obstructed;
(6) Required standpipe siamese hose connections are not marked by a red light and a sign reading, “Standpipe Siamese Connection”
(7) A breach exists in the required standpipe risers, cross connections, or siamese connections;
(8) The standpipe alarm activates; or
(9) When a building over 75 feet (22.86 m) is being constructed or demolished and at least one elevator or hoist in a state of readiness is not available for FDNY access.
§ 3310-02 Concrete Safety Managers.
(a) Definitions. For the purposes of this chapter, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
(1) Concrete safety manager. The term “concrete safety manager” shall mean the individual registered in accordance with subdivision (c) of this section and responsible for those duties defined in subdivision (e) of this section.
(2) Job. The term “job” shall mean a major building construction project that involves the placement of two thousand (2,000) cubic yards or more of concrete including the placement of the foundation. The term job shall not include exterior non-structural on-grade flatwork, such as sidewalks, driveways, mechanical pads and curb cuts, or any other work as determined by the Commissioner.
(3) Concrete operations. The term “concrete operations” shall mean the placement of concrete and the construction and stripping of concrete forms and related concrete activities pertaining to the duties defined in paragraph (e) of this rule. For the purposes of this section, concrete operations shall not include layout, surveying, crane jumping, temporary heating, electrical, plumbing or mechanical work.
(1) Ninety (90) days after the effective date of this rule, no permit for a job shall be issued or renewed until the permittee or his or her representative has identified on the permit application form a concrete safety manager registered with the Department in accordance with the provisions of this section. Permits issued before the effective date of this rule shall not require a concrete safety manager.
(2) Where a concrete safety manager is permanently relieved of his or her duties, the concrete operations for which the designated concrete safety manager is relieved shall cease immediately until notification of a new concrete safety manager is made to the department in a manner as determined by the commissioner.
(1) Designation at a job site. A concrete safety manager shall be designated by the concrete contractor at all job sites in accordance with section 3310.9 of the New York City Building Code (“Building Code”). In accordance with section 3310.9 and any applicable Department rules, the concrete safety manager and his or her alternate shall coordinate directly with the designated site safety manager or site safety coordinator on the job site.
(2) Registration date. Ninety (90) days after the effective date of this rule, all individuals serving as concrete safety managers or alternate concrete safety managers for jobs shall be registered with the Department and subject to the provisions of Article 401 of Chapter 4 of Title 28 of the New York City Administrative Code.
(3) Qualifications. The Department shall issue a concrete safety manager registration to an individual who shall, at the time of his or her application, meet the requirements of Article 401 of Chapter 4 of Title 28 of the New York City Administrative Code and submit proof that he or she has completed the thirty- (30) hour training course required by section 3310.9, the OSHA thirty- (30) hour construction safety and health course, and:
(i) is a registered design professional and has, within the ten (10) years prior to the date of the application, five (5) years of experience in concrete operations, at least one (1) of which was in concrete operations where the concrete portion of the project(s) involved the placement of a minimum of two thousand (2,000) cubic yards of concrete; or
(ii) has, within the ten (10) years prior to the date of the application, five (5) years of experience in concrete operations, at least four (4) of which were in concrete operations where the concrete portion of the project(s) involved the placement of a minimum of two thousand (2,000) cubic yards of concrete; or
(iii) has a bachelor’s degree in engineering or an appropriate engineering technology degree from an accredited college or university and has, within the ten (10) years prior to the date of the application, five (5) years of experience in concrete operations, at least three (3) of which were in concrete operations where the concrete portion of the project(s) involved the placement of a minimum of two thousand (2,000) cubic yards of concrete; or
(iv) is a certified site safety manager and has, within the ten (10) years prior to the date of the application, five (5) years of experience in concrete operations, at least two (2) of which were in concrete operations where the concrete portion of the project(s) involved the placement of a minimum of two thousand (2,000) cubic yards of concrete.
(4) Term. Registrations shall be valid for three (3) years from the date of issuance.
(5) Fees. Registration fees shall be as set forth in 1 RCNY § 101-03.
(1) The renewal fee as set forth in 1 RCNY § 101-03 shall be submitted with the application. Renewals not submitted in a timely manner shall be subject to a late renewal fee as set forth in 1 RCNY § 101-03.
(2) Timely renewal applications shall be accompanied by proof that the applicant has, during the year prior to renewal, successfully satisfied the continued education requirements as set forth in 1 RCNY § 104-06.
(3) Renewals not filed within one (1) year of registration expiration shall be treated as new applications.
(4) Renewals are subject to the provisions of Article 401 of Chapter 4 of Title 28 of the New York City Administrative Code.
(1) being onsite and available during all concrete operations and until the removal of the reshores and horizontal safety netting is completed. A concrete safety manager need not be present for concrete operations involving exclusively sidewalks, driveways, mechanical pads or other miscellaneous areas. The concrete safety manager is not required to be onsite when no concrete operations are taking place.
(2) being available to the Department at all other times until completion of the concrete operations by email, mobile phone or other means as determined by the Department. If the registered concrete safety manager is unavailable, an alternate concrete safety manager shall be available to the Department at all times until completion of the concrete operations, by email, mobile phone or other means as determined by the Department;
(3) monitoring compliance with and notifying the contractor of any violation of:
(i) Chapter 19 and Chapter 33 of the Building Code and OSHA standards relating to concrete operations;
(ii) the use and installation of fall protection measures and personal protection equipment for all personnel engaged in concrete operations; and
(iii) safe techniques and use of equipment for installation and removal of
(A) concrete;
(B) formwork;
(C) shores; and
(D) reinforcing steel. in order to protect against falls, falling concrete and objects, collapsing floors and similar dangers;
(4) immediately notifying the site safety manager or the site safety coordinator on the job site and the Department of:
(i) any fatality;
(ii) any injury to a member of the public;
(iii) any worker injury resulting in emergency medical response or hospitalization;
(iv) any damage to public or private property occurring on or adjacent to the job site that arises from the concrete operations;
(v) any form failure; or
(vi) any material or debris falling from the concrete operations;
(5) advising the Department of contact information and changes thereto;
(6) cooperating with any investigation by the Department, or other city or law enforcement agency, into the activities at any job site under his or her supervision and providing prompt, accurate and complete responses to inquiries by the Department and other agencies about the conduct of such activities;
(7) keeping a daily log of all concrete operations pertaining to the job site including, but not limited to, the following:
(i) safety precautions put in place for concrete operation for each day;
(ii) any unsafe work or practice, the corrective action taken and the date of correction; (iii) amount of concrete poured for each day;
(iv) location of pouring, forming, stripping, and rebar tying for each day;
(v) name of the qualified person designated by the contractor to inspect the formwork for each day;
(vi) name of the foreman in charge of the formwork for each day;
(vii) the presence of the design drawings for the formwork, including shoring foundations, required for the job under section 1906.3 of the Building Code; and
(viii) visits of the site safety manager or site safety coordinator during concrete operations.
(8) ensuring that the assigned concrete testing laboratory and special inspector(s) are present as required by Chapter 17 of the Building Code; and
(9) performing inspections in accordance with the current Concrete Safety Manager General Inspections checklist prescribed by the Department.
(1) A concrete safety manager may supervise only one (1) job at a time.
(2) A concrete safety manager may also be registered as a site safety manager or a site safety coordinator but cannot serve as both a concrete safety manager and either a site safety manager or a site safety coordinator simultaneously on the same job site.
(1) All registered concrete safety managers shall immediately notify the Department in writing or other manner determined by the Commissioner upon being permanently relieved of or resigning from their duties in connection with any job on which they are designated.
(2) All permittees shall immediately notify the Department in writing or other manner determined by the Commissioner when a concrete safety manager is permanently relieved of his or her duties. The permittee shall complete the appropriate job filings to identify the new concrete safety manager and comply with the provisions of paragraph (2) subdivision (b) of this section until such application is accepted by the Department.
§ 3314-01 Mast-Climbing Work Platforms (Mast Climbers).
(a) Scope. The design, construction, permitting, installation, removal, maintenance, adjustment, repair, use, operation, and inspection of a mast climber shall conform to the requirements of the mast climber manufacturer, ANSI/SIA A92.9-1993, Section 3314.19 of the New York City Building Code ("Building Code"), and this section. Exception. A mast climber shall be exempt from the requirements of this section where a professional engineer, on behalf of the equipment owner, certifies to the department, supported by plans and calculations, that the installation, removal, and use of the mast climber at the job site meets the following conditions:
(1) The mast climber is installed, removed, and used within the confines of the job site; and
(2) The job site is closed to the public by means of a controlled access zone and protected in accordance with section BC 3307 of the Building Code; and
(3) The mast climber, in all conditions of loading, will not overload the street, ground, foundation, structure, roof, setback, or any subsurface vault, tunnel, or utility; and
(4) The mast climber is set back from the edge of the job site at a distance that is equal to or more than 125% of the height of the final most vertical member of the mast climber to be installed, as measured from the ground, roof, setback, or structure upon which the mast climber sits; or the mast climber is utilized inside a building or interior court yard, and such area where the mast climber is utilized is closed to the public by means of a controlled access zone and separated from the public by an independent wall or similar solid full height enclosure.
(1) Adjustment. The calibration or modification of equipment, including any part or component, that does not otherwise meet the definition of an installation, removal, repair, or maintenance.
(2) Approved plans. For the purposes of this section, such term shall include the approved mast climber notice application.
(3) Critical component. A mast section, platform section, the drive system, and the high/low limit stops.
(4) Equipment owner. The entity that owns the mast climber.
(5) Equipment user. The contractor or entity operating or utilizing the mast climber.
(6) Installation (install).
(i) The initial assembly, set up, or placement of a mast climber at a job site; or
(ii) following the initial installation, the addition, relocation, or removal of any part or component, including counterweights, attachments, tie-backs, anchorage, or connection to the structure, which does not otherwise constitute a repair, or does not otherwise occur automatically as part of the normal operation of the mast climber; or
(iii) any horizontal relocation of the mast climber at the job site.
(7) Job site. A construction, alteration, or demolition site within New York City.
(8) Maintenance. Regular or periodic upkeep as specified by the manufacturer to keep the mast climber, including all parts and components, in like new condition and safe working order, and that does not otherwise meet the definition of an installation, removal, or repair.
(9) Manufacturer. The entity that owns the rights to the design and manufacturing of the mast climber and possesses the capacity to build and service the mast climber, provide replacements parts or components, and provide technical support for the mast climber.
(10) Mast climber. A mast-climbing work platform as defined by Chapter 33 of the Building Code.
(11) Removal (remove). The disassembly of the mast climber at the job site.
(12) Repair. Work performed to restore a piece of equipment, part, or component to like new condition and safe working order following decay, wear, or damage. It shall also include the replacement of a part or component.
(13) Valid certificate. A department-issued certificate of approval, operation, or on-site inspection that has not expired or been suspended or revoked.
(1) Application for a certificate of approval. To request a certificate of approval, a mast climber prototype application shall be filed with the department by the mast climber manufacturer. The application shall contain the following information:
(i) Owner’s manual and operator’s manuals. The manufacturer’s owner’s manual and operator’s manual shall show all configurations for which approval is sought, general equipment specifications, installation and removal procedures, break and over speed governor test procedures, daily, frequent, and annual inspection requirements, shutdown wind criteria, maintenance procedures, and repair criteria and standards. Such manuals shall be printed in English, provided in an electronic format, and shall be in conformance with the requirements of Section 4.18 of ANSI/SIA A92.9-1993.
(ii) Capacity chart. The manufacturer’s capacity rating chart(s) shall be printed in English, show each configuration for which approval is sought and contain chart numbers and page numbers for identification.
(iii) Brochure. The advertising brochure, or drawing, shall show the general configurations and specifications for which approval is sought.
(iv) Manufacturer’s affidavit. An affidavit from the manufacturer of the mast climber that shall contain the following information:
(A) Design certification. Certification from the manufacturer that the mast climber has been designed in accordance with and meets the requirements of ANSI/SIA A92.9-1993;
(B) Free standing height. A listing of the maximum free standing height shall be provided for each configuration for which approval is sought;
(C) Tie-in spacing. Maximum and minimum tie-in spacing shall be provided for each configuration for which approval is sought;
(D) Wind speed. Maximum safe in-service and out-of-service wind speed information shall be provided for each configuration for which approval is sought;
(E) Safety devices. A listing of safety devices included in the mast climber shall be provided;
(F) Annual inspection checklist. An annual inspection checklist, based on the requirements of the manufacturer’s owner’s and operator’s manuals;
(G) Safety bulletins. Certification shall be provided by the manufacturer that all manufacturer safety bulletins and recall notices related to the mast climber shall be submitted to the department within five (5) business days of issuance; and
(H) Service information. Points of contact for technical and service questions shall be provided, including name(s), phone number(s), fax number(s), address(es), and e-mail address(es).
(v) Additional information. Any supporting data, drawings, or calculations to verify the above-required submissions shall be provided upon request.
(2) Issuance of the certificate of approval. Upon approval of the mast climber prototype application, the department shall issue a certificate of approval for the mast climber to the manufacturer. The submitted manuals, including the configurations and capacity rating chart(s) shall be considered part of the certificate of approval.
(3) Amendments. A request to amend a valid certificate of approval shall only be made by the mast climber manufacturer. Upon approval of the amendment(s), the department shall issue an amended certificate of approval. A certificate of approval is required to be amended when:
(i) Capacity ratings are altered;
(ii) Configurations are altered;
(iii) Maximum free standing mast height is altered;
(iv) Maximum or minimum tie-in spacing is altered;
(v) Maximum safe in service or out of service wind speed is altered; or
(vi) Any part, component, attachment, extension, or equipment is added that is not authorized by the manufacturer, or not accounted for in the design calculations of the manufacturer, or not provided for in the manufacturer’s manual, or is not provided for in the certificate of approval.
(4) Safety bulletins. Manufacturers of mast climbers with a valid certificate of approval shall provide to the department manufacturer safety bulletins and recall notices related to the mast climber within five (5) business days of issuance. Safety bulletins and recall notices shall not be considered an amendment to the certificate of approval and shall not impact the validity of the certificate of approval. The department may require mast climber manufacturers with a valid certificate of operation or certificate of on-site inspection, or applying for such certificates, to demonstrate compliance with the safety bulletin or recall notice.
(5) Manuals. Manufacturers shall provide updated manufacturer’s owner’s and operator’s manual(s) to the department within thirty (30) business days of issuance. Updated manuals shall replace the manuals on file with the department for the certificate of approval and shall be considered part of such certificate. No fee shall be charged to update such manuals.
(6) Manufacturer support. When points of contact for technical and/or service questions, including name(s), phone number(s), fax number(s), address(es), and e-mail address(es) change, the manufacturer shall provide updated information to the department within five (5) business days of the change. If the manufacturer of the mast climber changes, the new manufacturer shall notify the department and provide updated information to the department within five (5) business days of the change. Updated manufacturer information shall replace the information on file with the department for the certificate of approval and shall be considered part of such certificate. No fee shall be charged to update such information. Where there is no manufacturer to support the mast climber, the certificate of approval shall remain valid. However, no certificate of operation for such mast climber shall be issued or renewed unless the requirements of subparagraph (iv) of paragraph (2) of subdivision (e) of this section are met.
(7) Transferability. Where a mast climber, its configuration(s), and capacity rating chart(s) are identical to equipment already possessing a valid certificate of approval from the department and such mast climber will be configured and operated as provided in that certificate of approval, the certificate of approval issued for the initial mast climber shall be accepted for the duplicate mast climber.
(8) 2012 Amendment. Certificates of approval issued prior to the effective date of this section shall be amended by July 1, 2012, in accordance with paragraph (3) of this subdivision (d) to supply any information currently not included in the certificate of approval as required by paragraph (1) of this subdivision (d). Valid certificates of approval that are not amended by July 1, 2012 shall be deemed to be revoked.
(9) Suspension or revocation of a certificate of approval. The department may suspend or revoke a certificate of approval in accordance with Section 105.10 of Title 28 of the New York City Administrative Code (“Administrative Code”).
(1) Conformity with the certificate of approval. No certificate of operation or extension, renewal, or amendment of a certificate of operation shall be granted by the department for a mast climber that does not possess a valid certificate of approval or is not in conformance with the valid certificate of approval.
(2) Application for a certificate of operation. To request or renew a certificate of operation, the equipment owner shall sign and file with the department a mast climber device application. The application shall contain the following information:
(i) Listing of critical components. The equipment owner shall list the critical components of the mast climber, provide information regarding the dimensions and/or capacity of the critical components, and provide a unique identification number, acceptable to the department, for each critical component. Exception. An identification number is not required for the high/low limit stops.
(ii) Owner’s certification. The equipment owner shall certify that:
(A) The mast climber, including all parts and components, has passed an inspection performed by the equipment owner or an authorized person on behalf of the equipment owner who meets the definition of a qualified person. Such inspection shall consist of the inspection as required by section 6.5 of ANSI/SIA A92.9-1993, plus a full visual inspection of all parts and components of the mast climber. Such certification shall be accompanied by an inspection checklist signed and dated by the equipment owner, and shall also be accompanied by photographs in accordance with subdivision (g) of this section showing the mast climber controls, limit stops, platform(s), and typical mast section(s).
(B) The mast climber, including all parts and components, shall be delivered to the job site in good condition and safe working order, with no known hazardous conditions or maintenance problems that could compromise the safe operation of the mast climber.
(C) Inspection, adjustment, maintenance, repair, and installation work required to be performed by or on behalf of the owner shall be performed in accordance with subdivisions (h), (j), and (k) of this section.
(iii) Disclosure of history. The equipment owner shall disclose if:
(A) A repair has been made to any critical component by or with the knowledge of the equipment owner within the last five (5) years. If a repair occurred, the nature of the repair shall be disclosed and the equipment owner shall certify the repair was in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (4) of subdivision (j) of this section.
(B) The mast climber, including any critical component, has, to the knowledge of the equipment owner, been involved in an accident within the last five (5) years. If an accident occurred, the equipment owner shall disclose the address and nature of the accident.
(iv) Manufacturer support. Where there is no manufacturer to provide technical or service support for the mast climber, such circumstance shall be disclosed to the department by the equipment owner. Where there is no manufacturer to provide technical support, the equipment owner shall designate a professional engineer, acceptable to the department, to take responsibility for all technical support. Where there is no manufacturer to provide service support, the owner of the mast climber shall take responsibility for all service support. The owner and/or the engineer shall provide point of contact information for questions from the department for the specific mast climber including name(s), phone number(s), fax number(s), address(es), and e-mail address(es). This information shall be updated with the department as changes occur within five (5) business days of such change.
(3) Issuance of the certificate of operation. Upon approval of the mast climber device application, the department shall issue a certificate of operation for the mast climber to the equipment owner. The mast climber shall not be installed until it possesses a valid certificate of operation.
(4) Job specific validity. The certificate of operation for a mast climber shall be valid for only one job site and shall expire at the end of the job. The certificate must then be renewed prior to the start of a new job by filling an application in accordance with paragraph (2) of this subdivision (e).
(5) Amendments. A request to amend a valid certificate of operation shall only be made by the equipment owner. Upon approval of the amendment, the department shall issue an amended certificate of operation to the equipment owner. A certificate of operation is required to be amended when:
(i) A critical component listed in the original application is adjusted or repaired;
(ii) A critical component not listed in the original application is added;
(iii) The mast climber, or any part or component, is found not to have been repaired, adjusted, or maintained in accordance with paragraph (4) of subdivision (j) of this section;
(iv) A mast climber with a valid certificate of operation is involved in an accident; or
(v) A mast climber with a valid certificate of operation is sold to a new equipment owner; or
(vi) The manufacturer no longer provides technical or service support for the mast climber. Amendments shall be granted by the department following provision of the information required in paragraph (2) of this subdivision (e), if requested, or performance and certification of repair(s), adjustment(s), or maintenance in accordance with paragraph (4) of subdivision (j) of this section, or passage of an inspection in accordance with subdivision (k) of this section.
(6) Sale of equipment.
(i) Valid certificate of operation. When a mast climber possessing a valid certificate of operation is sold to a new equipment owner, the department shall be notified, in writing, by such new equipment owner within fourteen (14) days following the date of sale. Such notification shall include a copy of the bill of sale. The mast climber shall not be operated until the new equipment owner has filed an application to amend the certificate of operation in accordance with paragraph (5) of this subdivision (e) containing all the information required by paragraph (2) of this subdivision (e) and the department has approved an amended certificate of operation for the mast climber.
(ii) Expired certificate of operation. Where a mast climber with an expired certificate of operation is sold to a new equipment owner, the department shall be notified, in writing, by such new equipment owner when the new owner renews the certificate of operation. Such notification shall include a copy of the bill of sale.
(7) Multiple mast climbers. Where multiple mast climbers are combined together, a separate certificate of operation shall be required for each drive system.
(8) Suspension or revocation of a certificate of operation. The department may suspend or revoke a certificate of operation in accordance with Section 105.10 of Title 28 of the Administrative Code.
(1) Conformity with the certificate of approval and certificate of operation. An application for a certificate of on-site inspection may be filed with the department for a mast climber that does not possess a valid certificate of approval or certificate of operation. However, no certificate of on-site inspection or amendment to such certificate shall be granted by the department for a mast climber that does not possess a valid certificate of approval and certificate of operation, or is not in conformance with the certificate of approval and certificate of operation.
(2) Application for a certificate of on-site inspection. To apply for a certificate of on-site inspection, a professional engineer on behalf of the equipment owner shall file a mast climber notice application with the department. Accompanying plans and calculations shall include the proposed project address and be signed and sealed by the engineer. The application shall contain the following information:
(i) Ground and subsurface conditions.
(A) Certification from the engineer that he/she has inspected the ground conditions at the proposed location of the mast climber and accounted for them in his or her design;
(B) Identification of all pertinent ground and subsurface conditions, including but not limited to: elevations and slopes, all sheeting, shoring, retaining walls or excavations, all vaults, foundations, utilities, or other subsurface structures that could be impacted by the presence of the mast climber, along with identification of assumed soil, street, or sidewalk bearing values; and
(C) Certification from the engineer, supported by calculations, demonstrating that the mast climber, in all in-service and out-of-service conditions of loading, including those due to wind conditions, will not overload the street, soil, sidewalk, or any ground, utility, vault, or subsurface condition identified in subparagraph (B) above.
(ii) Footing. Plans showing the footing and any ground anchorage, outriggers, or dunnage of the mast climber, including matting necessary to support and distribute the loads of the mast climber. The engineer shall certify, supported by calculations, the adequacy of the footing for all in-service and out-of-service conditions of loading, including those due to wind conditions.
(iii) Foundations and structures. Where a foundation or structure is to support the mast climber, including but not limited to tie-in connections or setting the mast climber on a foundation, setback, or roof:
(A) Plans showing the connection of the mast climber to the foundation or structure, including tie-ins, any foundation or structure to be constructed to support the mast climber and any modifications to be made to an existing foundation or structure to support the mast climber;
(B) For tie-in connections, specification of the materials to support the loads of the tie-in connections, identification of assumed bearing values, and pull out calculations;
(C) Where the building is under construction, a copy of the mast climber plans stamped “reviewed for loads imposed” by the registered design professional for the building, or a letter from the registered design professional for the building stating that he or she has reviewed the mast climber plan(s) for the loads it will impose on the building and attesting to the adequacy of the building to support such loads;
(D) Where the mast climber is used on or connected to an existing structure, certification from the engineer that he or she has inspected the structure at the proposed location of the mast climber and accounted for it in his or her design; and
(E) Certification from the engineer, supported by calculations, of the adequacy of the foundation or structure to support the mast climber and of the adequacy of all connections, including tie-ins, to support the mast climber in all in-service and out-of-service conditions of loading, including those due to wind conditions.
(iv) Setup plan. The notice application shall include a site plan(s) and elevation plan(s) showing the following:
(A) The proposed location of the mast climber;
(B) The setup and configuration of the mast climber, including dimensions of mast sections and platforms and maximum weight-bearing capacity for each section;
(C) All phases of the installation and removal of the mast climber;
(D) Plans detailing the installation and removal of the mast climber, based on the requirements of the manufacturer;
(E) Optimal platform location when the mast climber is out of service, for all phases;
(F) Certification from the engineer, supported by calculations, that the mast climber, in all proposed configurations and phases, will be stable and able to support all conditions of loading, including those due to wind conditions;
(G) The final proposed height of the mast climber;
(H) Maximum and minimum tie-in spacing;
(I) Requirements for all bolted connections of the tie-in connections, foundation, and anchorages, including bolt grade and torque values;
(J) Netting, weather protection, or overhead protection to be installed on the mast climber;
(K) Any material or article intended to overhang from the mast climber, including building materials, or equipment including but not limited to hoisting machines or winches;
(L) The facade of the building or structure along which the mast climber will travel, including items such as balconies, and setbacks; temporary construction such as runback structures, sidewalk sheds, scaffolds, and hoists; and surrounding trees and above ground utilities including street lights, traffic lights, antennas, electrical lines with voltage values indicated, phone or other lines, bridges, viaducts, and overhead infrastructure; and
(M) Certification from the engineer that the mast climber will clear all site ob- structions.
(v) Pull out test. Where the mast climber attaches to masonry or concrete, criteria developed by the engineer for the pull out test(s).
(3) Approval. Upon approval of the mast climber notice application, a copy of such approval shall be given to the applicant. The mast climber shall not be installed until the department has given such approval. A copy of the approved notice application, along with copies of the approved plans shall be kept at the job site and shall be made available to the department upon request.
(4) Issuance of the certificate of on-site inspection.
(i) Inspections. Following the installation of the mast climber at the job site, it shall be inspected as follows:
(A) Owner’s inspection for the certificate of on-site inspection. The equipment owner, or an authorized representative of the equipment owner who meets the definition of a qualified person, shall inspect the mast climber, including all parts and components, in accordance with sections 6.4 of ANSI/SIA A92.9-1993, and shall also verify the critical components installed match those listed in the certificate of operation.
(B) Engineer’s inspection for the certificate of on-site inspection. The engineer who filed the mast climber notice application, or an authorized representative of the engineer who meets the definition of a qualified person, shall inspect the mast climber to verify the mast climber has been installed in accordance with the approved plans; verify the tie-in connections, anchorages, footing, ground conditions, and the foundation and any structural support(s) are in accordance with the approved plans; perform pull out test(s) where required by approved plans; and survey the mast climber to ensure plumbness in accordance with approved plans.
(ii) Inspection reports for a certificate of on-site inspection.
(A) Owner’s inspection report for a certificate of on-site inspection. Upon passing such owner’s inspection required by subparagraph (A) of subparagraph (i) of this paragraph (4), the owner, or the authorized representative of the owner who performed the inspection, shall complete, sign, and date an inspection report verifying passage of the owner’s inspection and detailing the results of the owner’s inspection.
(B) Engineer’s inspection report for a certificate of on-site inspection. Upon passing such engineer’s inspection required by subparagraph (B) of subparagraph (i) of this paragraph (4), the engineer who filed the mast climber notice application, or the authorized representative of the engineer who performed the inspection, shall complete, sign, and date an inspection report verifying passage of the engineer’s inspection and detailing the results of the engineer’s inspection. Such report shall subsequently be sealed by the engineer who filed the mast climber notice application. In addition, the engineer’s inspection report shall also contain the results of the survey for plumbness, a torque report for the tie-in, foundation, and/or anchorage bolts, the results of the pullout test, where required by approved plans, and photographs of the mast climber installed at the job site, along with photographs of the foundation, and typical tie-in connection(s), in accordance with subdivision (g) of this section.
(C) Record of failing an initial inspection for a certificate of on-site inspection. If the mast climber failed the owner’s inspection or the engineer’s inspection before subsequently passing an additional inspection, this shall be detailed in the passing inspection report, along with a description of any adjustment, maintenance, or repairs made to the mast climber.
(iii) Temporary certificate of on-site inspection. The mast climber may begin operation once the mast climber passes both the owner’s inspection and the engineer’s inspection, both inspection reports are completed, signed, and dated, and the engineer’s inspection report is sealed. Such reports shall be deemed a temporary certificate of on-site inspection. Copies of both reports shall be kept at the job site, and made available to the department upon request.
(iv) Submittal of reports to the department. Within two business days following the completion of the inspection reports, a completed, signed, and dated copy of the owner’s inspection report shall be submitted to the department by the equipment owner, and a completed, signed, dated, and sealed copy of the engineer’s inspection report shall be submitted to the department by the engineer who filed the mast climber notice application. If one or both reports are not submitted to the department within the required timeframe, the temporary certificate of on-site inspection shall be deemed expired and the mast climber shall not resume operation until the department issues a certificate of on-site inspection.
(v) Certificate of on-site inspection. Upon the department’s acceptance of both the owner’s inspection report and the engineer’s inspection report, the department shall issue a certificate of on-site inspection for the mast climber. A copy of the certificate of on-site inspection shall be maintained at the job site.
(vi) Rejection of the inspection report. If one or both of the inspection reports are rejected by the department, the mast climber shall cease operation and shall not resume operation until a new owner’s inspection report, engineer’s inspection report, or both, are accepted by the department and a certificate of on-site inspection is issued by the department.
(5) Amendments. An approved mast climber notice application and/or a valid certificate of on-site inspection shall only be amended by a professional engineer on behalf of the equipment owner, and shall be approved by the department. Amendments shall be approved in the order in which they were received. Amendments shall be required where the mast climber is proposed to be or has been installed, removed, located, or configured in a manner not provided for in or beyond the tolerances provided in the approved plans and cannot be brought into conformance with the approved plans.
(6) Job specific validity. The certificate of on-site inspection shall be valid for only one (1) job site and shall expire at the end of the job.
(7) Installation in phases. Where a mast climber is to be installed in phases, the continued validity of the certificate of on-site inspection shall be contingent upon the following.
(i) Inspections.
(A) Owners inspection for a phase. Following installation work subsequent to the initial installation, the equipment owner, or an authorized representative of the equipment owner who meets the definition of a qualified person, shall inspect the components added during the subsequent installation to verify their safety, correct installation, and to verify that any critical components added match those listed in the certificate of operation; run the mast climber to verify its safe operation; and inspect the safety devices and limit switches.
(B) Engineer’s inspection for a phase. Where the subsequent installation work included the attachment of a new tie-in connection, anchorage, or structural support, the engineer who submitted the mast climber notice application, or an authorized representative of the engineer who meets the definition of a qualified person, shall inspect the added tie-in connection(s), anchorage(s), or structural support(s) to verify they are in accordance with the approved plans; perform pull out test(s) where required by approved plans; and survey the mast climber to ensure plumbness in accordance with approved plans.
(ii) Inspection reports for a phase.
(A) Owner’s inspection report for a phase. Upon passing such owner’s inspection required by subparagraph (A) of subparagraph (i) of this paragraph (7), the owner, or the authorized representative of the equipment owner who performed the inspection, shall complete, sign, and date an inspection report verifying passage of the owner’s inspection and detailing the results of the owner’s inspection.
(B) Engineer’s inspection report for a phase. Upon passing such engineer’s inspection where required by subparagraph (A) of subparagraph (i) of this paragraph (7), the engineer who filed the mast climber notice application, or the authorized representative of the engineer who performed the inspection, shall complete, sign, and date an inspection report verifying passage of the engineer’s inspection and detailing the results of the engineer’s inspection. Such report shall subsequently be sealed by the engineer who filed the mast climber notice application. In addition, the engineer’s report shall also contain the results of the survey for plumbness, a torque report for the tie-in, foundation, and/or anchorage bolts, the results of the pullout test, where required by approved plans, and photographs of the mast climber installed at the job site, along with close up photographs of the foundation, and typical tie-in connection(s), in accordance with subdivision (g) of this section.
(C) Record of failing the initial inspection for a phase. If the mast climber failed the owner’s inspection or the engineer’s inspection before subsequently passing an additional inspection, this shall be detailed in the relevant inspection report, along with a description of any adjustment, maintenance, or repairs made to the mast climber.
(iii) Temporary extension of the certificate of on-site inspection. Following subsequent installation work, the mast climber shall not resume operation until the mast climber passes both the owner’s inspection and the engineer’s inspection, where required, and the inspection report(s) are completed, signed, and dated, and where required, sealed. The previously existing certificate of on-site inspection shall be deemed temporarily valid for the new configuration until an amended certificate of on-site inspection is issued, and the mast climber may resume operation. Copies of both reports shall be kept at the job site, and made available to the department upon request.
(iv) Submittal of reports to the department. Within two business days following the completion of the inspection report(s), a completed, signed, and dated copy of the owner’s inspection report shall be submitted to the department by the equipment owner, and, where required, a completed, signed, dated, and sealed copy of the engineer’s inspection report shall be submitted to the department by the engineer who filed the mast climber notice application. If one or both reports, where required, are not submitted to the department within the required timeframe, the temporarily extended certificate of on-site inspection shall be deemed expired and the mast climber shall not resume operation until the department renews the certificate of on-site inspection.
(v) Certificate of on-site inspection. Upon the department’s acceptance of the owner’s inspection report and the engineer’s inspection report, where required, the department shall issue an amended certificate of on-site inspection for the mast climber in the new configuration. A copy of the amended certificate of on-site inspection shall be maintained at the job site.
(vi) Rejection of the inspection report. If one or both of the inspection reports are rejected by the department, the mast climber shall cease operation and shall not resume operation until a new owner’s inspection report, engineer’s inspection report, or both, are accepted by the department and an amended certificate of on-site inspection for the new configuration is issued by the department.
(8) Relocation. Where a mast climber is horizontally relocated during the course of the job, this shall not be considered a phase or amendment to a certificate of on-site inspection. Such relocation shall require a new mast climber notice application and a new certificate of on-site inspection.
(9) Suspension or revocation of a certificate of on-site inspection. The department may suspend or revoke a certificate of on-site inspection in accordance with the provisions of Section 28-105.10 of the Administrative Code.
(1) Owner’s responsibility. The equipment owner, or an entity authorized by the equipment owner, shall be responsible for the installation and removal of a mast climber. All violations stemming from the actions taken, or not taken, by those installing or removing a mast climber shall be issued to the equipment owner, or the entity authorized by the equipment owner, not to an individual worker or supervisor.
(2) Insurance. All individuals involved in the installation or removal of a mast climber shall be covered by workers’ compensation and general liability insurance of the equipment owner, or the entity authorized by the equipment owner, and shall be insured by the equipment owner, or the entity authorized by the equipment owner, to the minimum requirements specified by law.
(3) Supervisor. The installation and removal of a mast climber shall be supervised by a representative of the equipment owner, or the entity authorized by the equipment owner, who is both a competent person and a qualified person. Such individual shall be present at the job site during all installation and removal work and shall have the ability to directly communicate with all individuals involved in the installation or removal work.
(4) Training. On and after July 1, 2012, individuals who install or remove a mast climber, including the person supervising such installation or removal, shall be trained in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (1) of subdivision (m) of this section.
(5) Safety meeting. Within twenty four (24) hours prior to the commencement of installation or removal operations, a safety meeting with all individuals involved in such work shall be conducted. The following topics shall be discussed during the safety meeting:
(i) Scope of work;
(ii) Roles and responsibilities;
(iii) The specific sequence of work;
(iv) Inspection of all equipment, materials, and tools to be used during the installation or removal work;
(v) Review of all mast climber equipment to be installed;
(vi) Permit validity;
(vii) Qualifications and training of personnel;
(viii) Relevant weather warnings; and
(ix) Compliance with ANSI/SIA A92.9-1993, requirements of manufacturer of the mast climber, and the approved plans.
(6) Notification to department. The equipment owner shall notify the department of the upcoming installation or removal of the mast climber within one business day, but not more than two business days, prior to the commencement of the safety meeting required by paragraph (5) of this subdivision (h).
(7) Removal of tie-ins. Tie-ins shall not be removed unless the removal is expressly authorized by the person supervising the work in accordance with paragraph (3) of this subdivision (h).
(8) Inspection. Following installation work, the mast climber shall be inspected in accordance with subdivision (f) of this section.
(1) Responsibility of owner. Following the installation of the mast climber, the equipment owner shall not be responsible for its use or operation, except where the equipment owner also meets the definition of the equipment user. The responsibility for the safe use and operation of the mast climber shall rest with the equipment user.
(2) Equipment users. The equipment user shall only use the mast climber for work related to its trade. Where a separate trade or contractor uses the mast climber, such trade or contractor shall assume responsibility for the use and operation mast climber as the equipment user. A change in equipment user during the course of the day shall be considered a new shift for the purposes of paragraph (4) of subdivision (k) of this section.
(3) Training. On and after July 1, 2012, individuals who use or operate a mast climber, including the person supervising such use and operation, shall be trained in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (2) of subdivision (m) of this section.
(4) Safety talk. Prior to their first use of the mast climber at the job site, any individual who uses or operates the mast climber shall be given a safety talk by the equipment owner, an authorized agent of the owner, or the equipment user when so authorized by the equipment owner. The safety talk shall include, but not be limited to, the following topics:
(i) Controls of the mast climber;
(ii) Emergency descent procedures; and
(iii) Site specific safety considerations.
(5) Supervision of use and operation. The equipment user shall designate a competent person to supervise the use and operation of the mast climber. Such supervisor does not need to be on the mast climber, but shall remain on site at all times the mast climber is in use or operation and shall have the ability to directly communicate with the individuals on the mast climber. Such supervisor shall also:
(i) Ensure all individuals using or operating the mast climber on and after July 1, 2012 have completed the training required by paragraph (2) of subdivision (m) of this section and have received the safety talk in accordance with paragraph (4) of this subdivision (i).
(ii) Ensure the pre-shift inspection is performed in accordance with paragraph (4) of subdivision (k) of this section.
(iii) Ensure the mast climber log is maintained in accordance with paragraph (1) of subdivision (n) of this section. The designation of a person to supervise the use and operation of a mast climber shall not relieve the liability of the equipment user for all aspects of mast climber use and operation, including but not limited to the actions of the person supervising the use and operation of the mast climber and those using or operating the mast climber. All violations stemming from actions taken or not taken by such personnel shall be issued to the equipment user, not the person supervising the use and operation of the mast climber or those using or operating the mast climber.
(6) Safe travel speeds. Safe travel speeds established by the manufacturer of the mast climber shall be followed at all times by the equipment user. Safe travel speed information shall be prominently displayed on the mast climber.
(7) Loads and capacities. The equipment user shall ensure no use or operation of a mast climber exceeds the rated load capacity of the mast climber or any part or component of the mast climber. Load capacities shall be prominently displayed on the mast climber.
(8) Stable and secure. The equipment user shall ensure the mast climber, all parts and components of the mast climber, and all materials, tools, and other articles located on and/or used from the mast climber are kept secure and stable at all times to prevent the mast climber from losing balance, overturning, collapsing, or any part, component, material, tool, or other article from falling from the mast climber.
(9) Overhang. The equipment user shall ensure no material or article overhangs from a mast climber unless provided for in plans submitted with the application for a certificate of on-site inspection and approved by the department.
(10) Rigging. Where a hoisting machine or winch located on a mast climber is used to hoist or lower materials, the mast climber shall remain stationary throughout the hoisting or lowering operation, and the requirements of the building code for rigging, hoisting, or lowering operations shall apply. Such hoisting machine or winch shall be located and installed on the mast climber in accordance with the engineer’s approved plans for the mast climber.
(11) Wind. Where sustained winds or wind gusts at the jobsite exceed 30 miles per hour, the use and operation of the mast climber shall cease. If the manufacturer of the mast climber recommends work to cease at a lower wind speed, such recommendation shall instead apply. Wind shutdown criteria from the manufacturer shall be maintained on the mast climber. Wind speed shall be determined based on data from the nearest United States weather bureau reporting station, or an anemometer located at the job site, freely exposed to the wind, and calibrated in accordance with ASTM D5096-02, 2007.
(12) Wheels. Equipment users shall not use or operate a mast climber while the mast climber is resting on wheels. It is permissible to relocate a mast climber, while it is not being used or operated, on wheels.
(13) Failsafe. No mast climber shall be used or operated that does not have a failsafe method of lowering the platform in the event of a power failure.
(14) Signs. No sign, information, pictorial representation, business, or advertising message(s), other than the name of the manufacturer or equipment owner where normally provided on the mast climber, shall be posted or displayed on a mast climber.
(15) End of shift. At the end of each shift, the mast climber shall be secured in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations, and lowered in accordance with the engineer’s approved plans.
(1) Good condition. Equipment owners shall only provide to the job site mast climbers, including all parts and components, that are in good condition and safe working order with no known hazardous conditions or maintenance problems that will compromise the safe operation of the mast climber.
(2) Locking. Mast climbers shall be provided with a positive means for preventing the unauthorized operation of such mast climber.
(3) Parts and components. All parts and components of a mast climber, including netting, wind protection, or overhead projection, shall be:
(i) Authorized by the manufacturer, or accounted for in the design calculations of the manufacturer, or provided for in the manufacturer’s manual, or provided for in the certificate of approval; and
(ii) Covered by the owner’s certification for the certificate of operation; and
(iii) Accounted for in the certificate of on-site inspection.
(4) Repairs, adjustments, and maintenance. All repairs, adjustments, or maintenance made to a mast climber, including any part or component, shall be made by a qualified person(s) in accordance with the specifications of the equipment manufacturer and the requirements of ANSI/SIA A92.9-1993, and shall provide at least the manufacturer’s original factor of safety and shall conform to the following.
(i) Job site repairs. While at the job site, equipment users shall not perform repair(s). Equipment users shall immediately notify the equipment owner of any need for a repair. The mast climber shall not resume operation until a qualified person on behalf of the equipment owner has inspected the mast climber in accordance with the requirements of the manufacturer to verify the adequacy of the repair. A description of such repair, and the results of such inspection shall be recorded in the mast climber log in accordance with paragraph (1) of subdivision (n) of this section by the person who performed the inspection, with the log entry signed and dated by such person.
(ii) Job site adjustments. While at the job site, equipment users shall not perform adjustments(s) unless so authorized, in writing, by the equipment owner. Where not so authorized by the equipment owner, the equipment user shall immediately notify the equipment owner of any need for an adjustment. The mast climber shall not resume operation until a qualified person on behalf of the equipment owner, or where the equipment user has been authorized to perform the adjustment, a qualified person on behalf of the equipment user, has inspected the mast climber in accordance with the requirements of the manufacturer to verify the adequacy of the adjustment, and the mast climber has passed such inspection. A description of such adjustment, and the results of such inspection shall be recorded in the mast climber log in accordance with paragraph (1) of subdivision (n) of this section by the person who performed the inspection, with the log entry signed and dated by such person.
(iii) Job site maintenance. Mast climbers at the job site shall be maintained in accordance with the specifications of the manufacturer and Section 6.3 of ANSI/SIA A92.9-1993. Equipment users shall not perform maintenance work on mast climbers unless so authorized, in writing, by the equipment owner. Where not so authorized, the equipment user shall immediately notify the equipment owner of any need for maintenance. The equipment owner shall develop a maintenance checklist based on the specifications of the manufacturer and Section 6.3 of ANSI/SIA A92.9-1993. Such checklist shall be maintained at the job site, and shall be signed, dated, and completed by the person who performed the maintenance.
(iv) Critical components. Where a critical component is repaired or adjusted, the certificate of operation for the mast climber shall be considered invalid. The mast climber shall not resume operation until the equipment owner discloses the work to the department and the certificate of operation is amended in accordance with paragraph (5) of subdivision (e) of this section.
(1) Inspection for a certificate of operation. Mast climbers shall be inspected in accordance with the requirements of subdivision (e) of this section.
(2) Inspection(s) for a certificate of on-site inspection. Mast climbers shall be inspected in accordance with the requirements of subdivision (f) of this section.
(3) Inspection(s) following repairs or adjustments. Following a repair or adjustment, the mast climber shall be inspected in accordance with paragraph (4) of subdivision (j) of this section.
(4) Pre-shift inspection.
(i) Inspection checklist. The equipment owner shall provide the equipment user a pre-shift inspection checklist for the mast climber. Such checklist shall be based on the manufacturer requirements for the inspection of the mast climber, as well as Section 7.4.3 of ANSI/SIA A92.9-1993, and shall also include a verification that the mast climber is located in accordance with approved plans. Such checklist shall be maintained at the job site, available for inspection by the department upon request.
(ii) Inspection performance. Inspections required by the checklist shall be performed by, and the checklist signed, dated, and completed by the person supervising the use and operation of the mast climber in accordance with paragraph (5) of subdivision (i) of this section prior to the start of each shift. A change in equipment user during the course of the day shall be deemed to be a new shift and shall require a new pre-shift inspection prior to the use of the mast climber.
(iii) Failing inspection. If the mast climber fails the inspection, it shall cease operation and shall not resume until it has been adjusted, repaired, or maintained and passed a follow up inspection. Such failure shall be detailed in the mast climber log required by paragraph (1) of subdivision (n) of this section, along with a description of any adjustment, maintenance, or repair made to the mast climber.
(5) Three-month and annual inspection.
(i) Three-month inspection. Where a mast climber remains at a job site for three months or longer, it shall be inspected by a qualified person authorized by the equipment owner. Such inspection shall be in accordance with Section 6.4 of ANSI/SIA A92.9-1993, and shall also verify that the mast climber remains installed in accordance with approved plans. Such inspection shall be performed between two and a half to three months following the issuance of the initial certificate of on-site inspection by the department for the mast climber at the job site, and every two and a half to three months thereafter.
(ii) Annual inspection. Where a mast climber remains at a job site for one year or longer, the mast climber shall be inspected by a qualified person authorized by the equipment owner. Such inspection shall be in accordance with Sections 6.4 and 6.5 of ANSI/SIA A92.9-1993, and shall also verify that the mast climber remains installed in accordance with approved plans. Such inspection shall be performed between eleven months to one year following the issuance of the initial certificate of on-site inspection by the department for the mast climber at the job site, and every eleven months to one year thereafter.
(iii) Inspection report. Upon passing such three-month or annual inspection, a report detailing the inspection results shall be signed, dated, and completed by the person who performed the inspection, and shall be maintained at the job site, and made available to the department upon request.
(iv) Failing inspection. If the mast climber fails a three-month or annual inspection, it shall cease operation and shall not resume until it has been adjusted, repaired, or maintained and passed a subsequent inspection. Such failure shall be detailed in the inspection report and the mast climber log required by paragraph (1) of subdivision (n) of this section, along with a description of any adjustment, maintenance, or repairs made to the mast climber.
(1) Installation or removal. Beginning July 1, 2012, individuals who install or remove a mast climber, including the person supervising such individuals, shall have completed manufacturer provided training for the installation and removal of the specific make and model of the mast climber.
(2) Operation or use. Beginning July 1, 2012, individuals who operate or use a mast climber, including the person supervising such individuals, shall have completed a department-approved training course that is at least four (4) hours long, and a department-approved four (4) hour refresher course every (4) years thereafter that covers areas including, but not limited to, mast climber use and operation, hazards associated with such work, pre-use inspections, start up and shut down procedures, emergency descent procedures, fall protection, mast climber stability and balance, and storage of materials on a mast climber.
(3) Examinations. Successful completion of a four (4) hour mast climber training or refresher course required by paragraph (2) of this subdivision (m) shall be dependent upon passing a written examination conducted by the training provider.
(4) Training providers. Mast climber training and refresher courses required by paragraph (2) of this subdivision (m) shall be approved by the department and conducted by a provider approved by the department. A provider shall either be:
(i) A registered New York State Department of Labor apprenticeship training program;
(ii) An educational institution or school chartered, licensed or registered by the New York State Department of Education;
(iii) The mast climber manufacturer;
(iv) The mast climber owner; or
(v) An entity otherwise acceptable to the department.
(5) Instructors. Instructors of training courses required by paragraphs (1) or (2) of this subdivision (m) shall meet the definition of a qualified person with regard to the course material being taught.
(6) Records. The training provider of training courses required by paragraphs (1) or (2) of this subdivision (m) shall maintain records of all who attended the course(s) for a period of not less than seven (7) years. Such records shall be made available to the department upon request.
(7) Identification cards. Upon successful completion of a mast climber training or refresher course required by paragraphs (1) or (2) of this subdivision (m), the individual shall be issued a wallet size identification card acceptable to the department. Such card shall be kept on the person during the course of work and shall be presented to the department upon request. Such card shall contain the following information:
(i) The name of the individual to whom it was issued;
(ii) A photograph of the individual to whom it was issued;
(iii) The name and address of the issuing organization;
(iv) The date of issuance;
(v) An indication of the type of training completed (installer, user, operator); and
(vi) The signature of the course administrator.
(1) Log. A log for each mast climber shall be maintained at the job site and shall be made available to the department upon request. All log entries shall be legible and written in English. The equipment user is responsible for ensuring the log is signed, dated, and completed. The log shall be kept up to date and contain the following information:
(i) The name and contact information of the person supervising installation or removal of the mast climber per paragraph (3) of subdivision (h) of this section;
(ii) A record of the meeting held prior to installation or removal work in accordance with paragraph (5) of subdivision (h) of this section, including the date and time of the meeting; the names, titles and company affiliations of all present at the meeting; a summary of what was discussed, including specific tasks and the name of the person to whom they were assigned; a list of the decisions made at the meeting; and a certification that all workers have completed the required training per paragraph (1) of subdivision (m) of this section;
(iii) The logging in, prior to each shift, of the person supervising the use and operation of the mast climber in accordance with paragraph (5) of subdivision (i) of this section, including the date and time, the name and signature of the person, and the business name, address, and phone number of the equipment user. Where this information changes during the day, the new person supervising the use and operation of the mast climber shall sign in;
(iv) The date, time, and names of the individuals who received a safety talk in accordance with paragraph (4) of subdivision (i) of this section, along with the name and signature of the person who conducted the safety talk;
(v) A record of any accidents involving the mast climber at the job site;
(vi) Record of repairs and adjustments made to the mast climber in accordance with paragraph (4) of subdivision (j) of this section; and
(vii) A record of any hazardous conditions discovered with the mast climber at the job site.
(2) The log shall be turned over by the equipment user to the equipment owner at the end of the job.
(1) Use or operation of such mast climber;
(2) Removal of the mast climber or any part thereof from the area of the job site; or
(3) Removal of any debris, objects or evidence involved in the accident or incident.
§ 3314-02 Suspended Scaffold Training Requirements.
On and after December 31, 2014, all individuals who install, adjust, repair, maintain, use, inspect, or remove a suspended scaffold, or who supervise such work must have completed the training specified in Section BC 3314.4.5 of the New York City Building Code.
§ 3316-01 Rigging operations and rigging equipment
(a) Applicability. This section applies to rigging operations performed in connection with the hoisting or lowering of articles on the outside of a building and all rigging equipment utilized in connection with such operations.
Exceptions: Deviations from the manufacturer specifications and rated capacities are allowed provided they are in accordance with design drawings prepared by a registered design professional who has demonstrated knowledge and experience with rigging. Such design drawings must clearly indicate the deviations from the manufacturer specifications and rated capacities.
(1) Tag lines. A tag or restraint line must be used where a load could be subject to rotation that would pose a hazard.
(2) Releasing the load. The rigging supervisor required by Section 3316.9.1 of the New York City building code is required to ensure that no load is released from the hoisting line or otherwise deposited until either:
(i) The load is securely attached in place to the building or structure; or
(ii) The load has been placed on a surface or structure capable of supporting the load.
(3) Shock loading. Precautions must be taken to avoid shock loading.
(4) Makeshift links or fasteners. Makeshift links or fasteners formed from bolts or rods, or other such attachments are prohibited.
(5) Job built equipment. Job built rigging equipment must be designed by a registered design professional who has demonstrated knowledge and experience with rigging. Signed and sealed drawings for the job built rigging equipment must be kept at the site at all times.
(1) Repairs, alterations, and modifications. Slings may only be repaired, altered, or modified by the manufacturer of the sling, or an entity authorized by the manufacturer.
Exception: Missing or illegible identification tags may be replaced by a qualified person in accordance with the requirements of the manufacturer of the sling.
(2) Inspections. The frequent inspection required by ASME B30.9 must be performed prior to each shift by the individual responsible for supervising the rigging operation in accordance with Section 3316.9 of the New York City Building Code. Where synthetic slings are utilized, the softening mechanisms must also be inspected as part of the frequent inspection. The periodic inspection and other inspections required by ASME B30.9 must be performed by a competent person designated by the owner of the sling at the intervals prescribed by ASME B30.9.
(i) Additional inspection for synthetic slings. Synthetic materials can be degraded by exposure to sunlight or ultraviolet light. Manufacturer recommendations for the inspection of synthetic slings to determine the damage from sunlight or ultraviolet light must be followed.
(3) Records. Where ASME B30.9 requires a record or documentation of an inspection or test, such record or documentation must be signed and dated by the individual who performed the inspection or test, and must be maintained by the owner of the sling.
(4) Identification. Tags or similar identification on the sling must be legible.
(5) Discarded rope. Discarded rope cannot be used for slings.
(6) Weakest component. Hooks, rings, oblong links, pear shaped links, welded or mechanical coupling links, or other attachments must have a rated capacity at least equal to that of the sling with which they are used.
(7) Protection of synthetic slings from edges, corners, or protrusions. Synthetic slings cannot be used unless softening mechanisms have been applied to all edges, corners, or protrusions.
(8) Use of synthetic slings in conjunction with climber or tower crane erection, jumping, climbing, and dismantling. Synthetic slings can only be used in conjunction with climber or tower crane erection, jumping, climbing, and dismantling if the manufacturer’s manual specifically states or recommends the use of synthetic slings.
(1) Repairs, alterations, and modifications. Below-the-hook lifting devices may only be repaired, altered, or modified by the manufacturer of the device, or an entity authorized by the manufacturer.
Exception: Missing or illegible identification tags may be replaced by a qualified person in accordance with the requirements of the manufacturer of the below-the-hook lifting device.
(2) Inspections. The frequent inspection required by ASME B30.20 must be performed prior to each shift by the individual responsible for supervising the rigging operation in accordance with Section 3316.9 of the New York City Building Code. The periodic inspection and other inspections required by ASME B30.20 must be performed by a competent person designated by the owner of the below-the-hook lifting device at the intervals prescribed by ASME B30.20.
(3) Records. Where ASME B30.20 requires a record or documentation of an inspection or test, such record or documentation must be signed and dated by the individual who performed the inspection or test, and must be maintained by the owner of the below-the-hook lifting devices.
(4) Identification. Tags or similar identification on the below-the-hook lifting device must be legible.
(1) Repairs, alterations, and modifications. Rigging hardware may only be repaired, altered, or modified by the manufacturer of the rigging hardware, or an entity authorized by the manufacturer.
Exceptions:
1. Missing or illegible identification tags may be replaced by a qualified person in accordance with the requirements of the manufacturer of the rigging hardware.
2. Safety latches may be replaced by a qualified person in accordance with the requirements of the manufacturer of the rigging hardware.
(2) Inspections. The frequent inspection required by ASME B30.26 must be performed prior to each shift by the individual responsible for supervising the rigging operation in accordance with Section 3316.9 of the New York City Building Code. The periodic inspection and other inspections required by ASME B30.26 must be performed by a competent person designated by the owner of the rigging hardware at the intervals prescribed by ASME B30.26.
(3) Records. Where ASME B30.26 requires a record or documentation of an inspection, calibration, or test, such record or documentation must be signed and dated by the individual who performed the inspection, calibration, or test, and must be maintained by the owner of the rigging hardware.
(4) Identification. Tags or similar identification on the rigging hardware must be legible.
(1) Repairs, alterations, and modifications. Hooks may only be repaired, altered, or modified by the manufacturer of the hook, or an entity authorized by the manufacturer. Repairs, alterations, or modifications by welding or reshaping are not acceptable unless prior written approval of the department is obtained.
Exception: Safety latches may be replaced by a qualified person in accordance with the requirements of the manufacturer of the hook.
(2) Inspections. The frequent inspection required by ASME B30.10 must be performed prior to each shift by the individual responsible for supervising the rigging operation in accordance with Section 3316.9 of the New York City Building Code. The periodic inspection and other inspections required by ASME B30.10 must be performed by a competent person designated by the owner of the hook at the intervals prescribed by ASME B30.10.
(3) Records. Where ASME B30.10 requires a record or documentation of an inspection or test, such record or documentation must be signed and dated by the individual who performed the inspection or test, and must be maintained by the owner of the hook.
(4) Identification. Tags or similar identification on the hook must be legible.
(5) Latches and self-locking mechanisms. Hooks without a latch or self-locking mechanism are prohibited.
| Standard | Name | Year |
|---|---|---|
| American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) | ||
| ASME B30.9 | Slings | 2014 |
| ASME B30.10 | Hooks | 2014 |
| ASME B30.20 | Below-the-hook lifting devices | 2013 |
| ASME B30.26 | Rigging hardware | 2015 |
~
§ 3319-01 Cranes and Derricks.
(a) Applicability. The design, construction, permitting, installation, removal, adjustment, repair, inspection, maintenance, operation and use of cranes and derricks must conform to the requirements of Section 3319 of the New York City Building Code and this section. This includes, but is not limited to, cranes and derricks used for hoisting and/or rigging purposes; or used for construction, alteration, demolition, excavation and maintenance purposes, including for buildings, highways or sewers; or used for the installation of piles; or used for the hoisting or lowering of any article on the outside of any building or structure. This also includes any equipment that meets the definition of a crane or derrick, including, but not limited to. dedicated pile drivers and manufactured or custom designed hoisting machines.
Exception: Cranes and derricks listed in the exceptions set forth in Section 3319.3 of the New York City Building Code.
ACCEPTANCE OR ACCEPTED (Construction documents). See Section 28-101.5 of the Administrative Code.
ACCESSORY. A secondary part or assembly of parts which contributes to the overall function and usefulness of a machine.
ANGLE INDICATOR (boom). An accessory which measures the angle of the boom to the horizontal.
APPOINTED. Assigned specific responsibilities by the employer or by the employer’s representative.
APPROVAL OR APPROVED (Construction documents). See Section 28-101.5 of the Administrative Code.
ARCHITECT. A person licensed and registered to practice the profession of architecture under the education law of the state of New York.
ASSEMBLY/DISASSEMBLY (ASSEMBLED OR DISASSEMBLED). The installation or removal of structural components or attachments to a crane or derrick, or the installation or removal of elements that connect or attach a crane or derrick to a building or structure. The term assembly/disassembly includes the erection, climbing, jumping, or dismantling of a tower crane. The term assembly/disassembly does not include operations exclusive to the installation or removal counterweights, or to the unfolding and pinning of a boom or swing-away jib. The term assembly/disassembly also does not include the setup or breakdown of a self-erecting tower crane provided the setup of the self-erecting tower crane does not require a boom, mast, or jib section, or other attachment, to be installed at the site.
ATTACHMENTS. Elements that can be readily added to or removed from a crane or derrick and which expand the range or function of the crane or derrick. Examples include, but are not limited to: an auger, boom extension, clamshell, drill, jib, jib extension, or pile-driver.
AXIS OF ROTATION. The vertical axis around which the crane superstructure rotates.
AXLE. The shaft or spindle with which or about which a wheel rotates. On truck and wheel mounted cranes it refers to an automotive type of axle assembly including housing, searing, differential, bearings and mounting appurtenances.
AXLE (bogie). Two or more automotive type axles mounted in tandem in a frame so as to divide the load between the axles and permit vertical oscillation of the wheels.
BASE (mounting). The base or carrier on which the rotating superstructure is mounted such as a truck, crawler or platform.
BOOM. A section or strut, of which the heel (lower end) is affixed to a base, carriage or support, and whose upper end supports a cable and sheaves where the load is lifted by means of wire rope and a hook.
BOOM ANGLE. The angle between the longitudinal centerline of the boom and the horizontal. The boom longitudinal centerline is a straight line between the boom foot pin (heel pin) centerline, and boom point sheave pin centerline.
BOOM HARNESS. The block and sheave arrangement on the boom point to which the topping lift cable is reeved for lowering and raising the boom.
BOOM HOIST. A hoist drum and rope reeving system used to raise and lower the boom.
BOOM POINT. The outward end of the top section of the boom, containing the hoist sheave assembly.
BOOM STOP. A device used to limit the angle of the boom at the highest position.
BRAKE. A device used for retarding or stopping motion by friction or power means.
CAB. A housing which covers the rotating superstructure machinery and/or operators station.
CABLEWAY. A power operated system for moving loads in a generally horizontal direction in which the loads are conveyed on an overhead cable, track or carriage.
CERTIFICATE OF APPROVAL. A certificate issued by the department upon review and approval of the engineering and testing of a specific make and model of hoisting equipment to ensure compliance with the applicable provisions of this code and its referenced standards.
CERTIFICATE OF OPERATION. A certificate issued by the department annually upon satisfactory inspection of the hoisting equipment holding a certificate of approval to ensure that the equipment continues to be in compliance with this code and its referenced standards.
CERTIFICATE OF ON-SITE INSPECTION. A certificate issued by the department based on a site-specific approval of the placement, founding and operation of hoisting equipment.
CLAMSHELL. A shovel bucket with two jaws that clamp together by their own weight when it is lifted by a closing line.
CLIMBING/JUMPING. The raising or lowering of a tower or climber crane to different floors or levels of a building or structure.
CLUTCH. A friction, electromagnetic, hydraulic, pneumatic or positive mechanical device for engagement of power.
COMPETENT PERSON. One who is capable of identifying existing predictable hazards in the surroundings or conditions that are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous, and who has authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate such hazards.
COMPONENT. A structural part or mechanical system that is integral to the crane or derrick, or an element that supports an integral structural part or mechanical system. Examples include, but are not limited to: a-frame, attachments, boom, boom tip, braking system, climbing frame or section, climbing mechanism, collar, counter jibs, counterweight, counterweight support system, engine, heel boom, hoist drum, hoist motor, machine deck or platform, mast, operator’s cabin, pendant bars (excluding wire rope pendants), suspension system, tower base/base frame, tower top, and turntable. For a derrick, a component also includes base plates, junctions, poles and other uprights, seats, and stiff legs.
COUNTERWEIGHT. Weight used to supplement the weight of the machine in providing stability for lifting working loads.
CRANE. A power-operated machine for lifting or lowering a load and moving it horizontally which utilizes wire rope and in which the hoisting mechanism is an integral part of the machine. The definition of a crane shall also include articulating boom crane, regardless of whether it has a hoisting mechanism integral to the machine.
ARTICULATING BOOM CRANE. A power-operated machine for lifting or lowering a load and moving it horizontally that utilizes a boom consisting of a series of folding pin connected structural members, typically manipulated to extend or retract by power from hydraulic cylinders, with or without a hoisting mechanism integral to the machine.
MOBILE CRANE. A commercial truck mounted crane, crawler crane, wheel mounted crane (multiple control stations’), or wheel mounted crane (single control station).
COMMERCIAL TRUCK MOUNTED CRANE (BOOM TRUCK). A crane consisting of a rotating superstructure (center post or turntable), boom, operating machinery, and one or more operator’s stations mounted on a frame attached to a commercial truck chassis, usually retaining a payload hauling capability whose power source usually powers the crane. Its function is to lift, lower, and swing loads at various radii.
CRAWLER CRANE. A crane consisting of a rotating superstructure with a power plant, operating machinery, and boom, mounted on a base and equipped with crawler treads for travel. Its function is to lift, lower, and swing loads at various radii.
WHEEL MOUNTED CRANE (MULTIPLE CONTROL STATIONS). A crane consisting of a rotating superstructure, operating machinery, and operator’s station and boom, mounted on a crane carrier equipped with axles and rubber-tired wheels for travel, a power source(s), and having separate stations for driving and operating. Its function is to lift, lower, and swing loads at various radii.
WHEEL MOUNTED CRANE (SINGLE CONTROL STATION). A crane consisting of a rotating superstructure, operating machinery, and boom, mounted on a crane carrier equipped with axles and rubber-tired wheels for travel, a power source, and having a single control station for driving and operating. Its function is to lift, lower, and swing loads at various radii.
SERVICE CRANE. A mobile crane utilized exclusively to perform one or more of the following auxiliary tasks at a site: (1) repairing or maintaining construction machinery, (2) delivering material within the confines of the site, (3) moving material within the site to a central location so that it may be lifted to the required areas of construction, or (4) moving within the site matting, dunnage, or equivalent from one location to another. A service crane does not include a crane used to make a delivery to the site by hoisting it into the site from a point external to the site, or a crane used to hoist or lower articles to or from a building or structure during the course of construction or demolition.
TOWER CRANE. A power-operated hoisting machine that utilizes a vertical tower with a rotating superstructure and includes a load boom (jib) in order to lift or lower a load and move it horizontally.
CLIMBER CRANE. A tower crane that can be raised to a new working height, either by adding tower sections to the top of the crane (top climbing) or by a system in which the entire crane is raised inside the structure (inside climbing).
SELF-ERECTING TOWER CRANE. A tower crane that adjusts its operating radius by means of a trolley traversing a jib and that; (i) possesses a vertical or nearly vertical tower or mast that is bottom slewing and mounted on fixed, traveling, or mobile bases; and (ii) is capable of folding and unfolding to facilitate transit from site to site with minimal assembly. A self-erecting tower crane is not considered to be a mobile crane, even if the self-erecting tower crane otherwise meets the definition of a mobile crane.
CRANE OR DERRICK NOTICE ENGINEER. The engineer, licensed and registered to practice the profession of engineering under the education law of the state of New York, who filed the crane or derrick notice application.
DEDICATED PILE DRIVER. A power-operated machine that is designed primarily to drive, hammer, press, or vibrate piles into the earth (“pile drive”) and which typically possess the ability to both hoist the material that will be pile driven and to pile drive that material.
DELIVERY. The dropping off or retrieval of materials or equipment to or from a site. Delivery does not include the performance of any construction or demolition work, including but not limited to holding steel, HVAC equipment, hoist towers, scaffolding, sidewalk shed components, or any other loads in place while they are bolted or otherwise affixed, or to the securing or lowering materials during the course of demolition work.
DERRICK. An apparatus consisting of a mast or equivalent member held at the top by guys or braces, with or without a boom, for use with a hoisting mechanism and operating ropes, for lifting or lowering a load and moving it horizontally. The definition of a derrick includes but is not limited to: A-frame derrick, basket derrick, breast derrick, Chicago boom derrick, gin pole derrick, guy derrick, shearleg derrick, and stiffleg derrick.
A-FRAME DERRICK. A derrick in which the boom is hinged from a cross member between the bottom ends of two upright members spread apart at the lower ends and joined at the top; the boom point secured to this junction of the side members, and the side members are braced or guyed from the junction point.
BASKET DERRICK. A derrick without a boom, similar to a gin pole with its base supported by ropes attached to corner posts or other parts of the structure. The base is at a lower elevation than its supports. The location of the base of a basket derrick can be changed by varying the length of the rope supports. The top of the pole is secured with multiple reeved guys to position the top of the pole to the desired location by varying the length of the upper guy lines. The load is raised and lowered by ropes through a sheave or block secured to the top of the pole.
BREAST DERRICK. A derrick without a boom. The mast consists of two side members spread farther apart at the base than at the top and tied together at top and bottom by rigid members. The mast is prevented from tipping forward by guys connected to its top. The load is raised and lowered by ropes through a sheave or block secured to the top crosspiece.
CHICAGO BOOM DERRICK. A derrick with a boom which is attached to a structure, an outside upright member of the structure serving as the mast, and the boom being stepped in a fixed socket clamped to the upright. The derrick is complete with toad, boom and boom point swing line falls.
GIN POLE DERRICK. A derrick that consists of a boom without a mast and which has guys arranged from its top to permit leaning the mast in one or more directions. The load is lifted and lowered by ropes reeved through sheaves or blocks at the top of the mast and the lower block.
GUY DERRICK. A fixed derrick consisting of a mast capable of being rotated, supported in a vertical position by guys, and a boom whose bottom end is hinged or pivoted to move in a vertical plane with a reeved rope between the head of the mast and the boom point for raising and lowering the boom, and a reeved rope from the boom point for raising and lowering the load.
SHEARLEG DERRICK. A derrick without a boom. The mast, wide at the bottom and narrow at the top, is hinged at the bottom and has its top secured by a multiple reeved guy to permit handling loads at various radii by means of load tackle suspended from the mast top.
STIFFLEG DERRICK. A derrick similar to a guy derrick except that the mast is supported or held in place by two or more stiff members, called stifflegs, which are capable of resisting either tensile or compressive forces. Sills are generally provided to connect the lower ends of the stifflegs to the foot of the mast.
DIRECT AND CONTINUING SUPERVISION. See Section 28-401.3 of the Administrative Code.
DISMANTLING. The final process of taking apart, piece by piece, in a specific sequence, the components of a crane. Dismantling shall include climbing and jumping.
DRUM. The cylindrical member around which a rope is wound for raising and lowering the load or boom.
DYNAMIC (loading). Loads introduced into the machine or its components by forces in motion.
ENGINEER. A person licensed and registered to practice the profession of engineering under the education law of the state of New York; except that the certifications for matters relating to the manufacturer’s design and applications for prototyping a crane or derrick may be made by an engineer who is (1) employed full time by the crane or derrick manufacturer and (2) who is licensed to practice the profession of engineering under the law of any state or foreign jurisdiction, or who submits proof, acceptable to the commissioner, of his or her professional qualifications.
ERECTION. The assembly and placement of crane sections and components into place, including all operations incidental thereto. Erection shall include climbing and jumping.
EXTENSION. See “Attachment.”
GANTRY(A-Frame). A structural frame, extending above the superstructure of a crane, to which the boom support ropes are reeved.
GUDGEON PIN. A pin connecting the mast cap to the mast, allowing rotation of the mast.
GUY. A rope used to steady or secure the mast or other members in the desired position.
HOISTING EQUIPMENT. Equipment used to raise and lower personnel and/or material with intermittent motion. Hoisting equipment does not include scaffolds, mast climbers, and elevators.
HOISTING MACHINE. A power operated machine used for lifting or lowering a load, utilizing a drum and wire rope, excluding elevators. This shall include but not be limited to a crane, derrick, and cableway and hydraulic lifting system, and articulating booms.
HOISTING MECHANISM. A hoist drum and rope reeving system used for lifting and lowering loads.
JIB. An extension attached to the boom point to provide added boom length for lifting specified loads. The jib may be in line with the boom or offset to various angles in the vertical plane of the boom.
JUMP (jumping). The process of adding or removing mast or tower sections to equipment that has already been erected.
LAY. That distance measured along a wire rope in which one strand makes one complete helical convolution about the core or center.
LOAD (working). The external load, in pounds (kilograms), applied to the crane or derrick, including the weight of auxiliary load attaching equipment such as load blocks, shackles, and slings.
LOAD BLOCK (upper). The assembly of hook or shackle, swivel, sheaves, pins, and frame suspended from the boom point.
LOAD BLOCK (lower). The assembly of hook or shackle, swivel, sheaves, pins and frame suspended by the hoisting ropes.
LOAD HOIST. A hoist drum and rope reeving system used for hoisting and lowering loads.
LOAD INDICATOR. A device that measures the weight of the load.
LOAD MOMENT INDICATOR. A system that aids the operator by sensing (directly or indirectly) the overturning moment of the crane or derrick. It compares this lifting condition to the equipment’s rated capacity, and indicates to the operator the percentage of capacity at which the equipment is working.
LOAD MOMENT LIMITER. A system which aids the operator by sensing (directly or indirectly) the overturning moment of the crane or derrick. It compares this lifting condition to the equipment’s rated capacity, and when the rated capacity is reached, it shuts off power to those equipment functions which can increase the severity of loading on the equipment.
LOAD RATINGS. Crane and derrick ratings in pounds (kilograms) established by the manufacturer in accordance with standards set forth in rules promulgated by the commissioner.
LOAD RATING CHART. A full and complete range of manufacturer’s crane load ratings at all stated operating radii, boom angles, work areas, boom lengths and configurations, jib lengths and angles (or offset), as well as alternative ratings for use and nonuse of optional equipment on the crane, such as outriggers and extra counterweights, that affect ratings.
MANUFACTURER. A person, firm, or corporation that (i) builds or assembles, or has built or assembled, a crane or derrick, (ii) may lawfully sell and/or distribute such crane or derrick under its own name or trademark, and (iii) provides, either by itself or through authorized representatives, replacement parts, service support, technical support, safety bulletins, and recall notices for such crane or derrick.
MAST (derrick). The upright member of a derrick.
MAST (boom). A frame hinged at or near the boom hinge for use in connection with supporting a boom. The head of the mast is usually supported and raised or lowered by the boom hoist ropes.
MAST (jib). A frame hinged at or near the boom point for use in connection with supporting a jib.
MAST (tower). See “Tower.”
OPERATION (OPERATED). Any work or activity performed by a crane or derrick, including but not limited to the lifting, lowering, or swinging of loads.
OUTRIGGERS (crane). Extendable or fixed members attached to the mounting base that rest on supports at the outer ends used to support the crane.
PILE DRIVER. A dedicated pile driver; or a crane or derrick equipped with an attachment or otherwise outfitted to drive, hammer, press, or vibrate piles into the earth (“pile drive”). However, the definition of a pile driver does not include excavating or earth-moving equipment fitted with a pile driving attachment.
QUALIFIED PERSON. A person who by possession of a recognized degree, certificate or professional standing, or who by knowledge, training and experience, has successfully demonstrated his or her ability to solve or resolve problems related to the subject matter, the work, or the project.
REEVING. A rope system in which the rope travels around drums and sheaves.
REGISTERED DESIGN PROFESSIONAL. An architect or engineer.
RIGGING FOREMAN. See 1 RCNY § 104-20.
ROPE. A continuous line of material comprised of a number of twisted or braided strands of fiber (natural or synthetic) or metal wire.
SIDE LOADING. A load applied at an angle to the vertical plane of the boom.
SILL. A member connecting the foot block and stiffleg or a member connecting the lower ends of a double member mast.
STANDING (GUY) ROPE. A supporting rope which maintains a constant distance between the points of attachment to the two components connected by the rope.
SUPERSTRUCTURE. The rotating upper frame structure of the machine and the operating machinery mounted thereon.
SWING. Rotation of the superstructure for movement of loads in a horizontal direction about the axis of rotation.
SWING MECHANISM. The machinery involved in providing rotation of the superstructure.
TACKLE. An assembly of ropes and sheaves arranged for hoisting and pulling.
TELESCOPIC BOOM. A boom constructed of sections of diminishing cross sections in which the sections fit within each other. The boom may be extended in a manner similar to a telescope.
TOWER. A vertical structural frame consisting of columns and bracing that are capable of supporting working and dynamic loads and transmitting them to the support(s).
TRANSIT. The moving or transporting of a crane from one job site to another.
TRAVEL. The function of the machine moving from one location to another on a job site.
TRAVEL MECHANISM. The machinery involved in providing travel power.
TWO-BLOCKING. A condition in which the lower load block or hook assembly comes into contact with the upper load block or boom point sheave assembly.
WHEEL BASE. Distance between centers of front and rear axles. For a multiple axle assembly the axle center wheel base measurement is taken as the midpoint of the assembly.
WHIPLINE. A separate hoist rope system of lighter load capacity and higher speed than provided by the main hoist.
WINCH HEAD. A power driven spool for handling of loads by means of friction between fiber or wire rope and spool.
(1) Certificates of approval, operation, and on-site inspection. Cranes and derricks must possess a certificate of approval, certificate of operation, and certificate of on-site inspection when required by Section 3319 of the Building Code.
Exceptions:
1. A certificate of on-site inspection is not required for:
1.1 A pile driver that:
1.1.1 Is set up and operated entirely within a site that is closed to the public; and
1.1.2 Does not impart a load on the ground in excess of 500 psf (23.94 kPa), including the load of the platform, matting, or dunnage utilized to support the equipment.
1.2 A clamshell that:
1.2.1 Is set up and operated entirely within a site that is closed to the public;
1.2.2 Is set up and operated at locations within the site that are set back from the edge of the excavation by a distance that is equal to or greater than the depth of the excavation; and
1.2.3 Does not impart a load on the ground in excess of 500 psf (23.94 kPa), including the load of the platform, matting, or dunnage utilized to support the equipment.
1.3 A mobile crane that has a boom length of 135 feet (41.15 m) or less, and is utilized at the site exclusively to:
1.3.1 Install, adjust, maintain, repair, or remove a sidewalk shed; or
1.3.2 Install or dismantle the initial level of a single or dual cab hoist, provided:
1.3.2.1 Such installation or dismantling is limited to the hoist cars, counterweights, and initial mast sections needed for the car;
1.3.2.2 Car or motor components to be hoisted are equipped with lifting lugs; and
1.3.2.3 No object is hoisted more than 20 feet (6.1 m) above the bed of the delivery truck during such installation or dismantling operation.
2. A certificate of on-site inspection is not required for a mobile crane that is utilized under the direct and continuing supervision of a licensed master rigger, provided:
2.1 Onsite supervision is provided by the licensee or a master rigging foreman, except that for a critical pick the licensee must provide the onsite supervision;
2.2 A drawing indicating pertinent site features, obstacles, and restrictions, the location and configuration of the crane at the site, required matting or dunnage, and pedestrian and traffic control to be provided as per the requirements of the Department of Transportation, is prepared by or on behalf of the licensed master rigger and kept at the site, available to the commissioner upon request;
2.3 The licensed master rigger is responsible for ensuring compliance with the drawing; and
2.4 Such mobile crane:
2.4.1 Does not exceed 250 feet (76.2 m) in boom length, including jibs and any other attachments;
2.4.2 Is utilized for work that is not related to the construction of a new building, the full demolition of an existing building, or the vertical or horizontal enlargement of an existing building, including but not limited to the installation or removal of boilers or tanks at a new building, full demolition, or vertical or horizontal enlargement site;
2.4.3 In all conditions of loading, is provided with adequate footing so as to not exceed the bearing capacity of the ground or subsurface elements;
2.4.4 Does not impose a bearing pressure, including dunnage, exceeding 3,500 psf (167.85 kPa);
2.4.5 Is not set up on a vault or similar subsurface structure;
2.4.6 Is not set up on a steel platform, excluding mats or dunnage at the street or ground level; and
2.4.7 Is not set up and operated in a location that requires approval of the New York City Transit Authority.
3. Provided an engineer, licensed and registered to practice the profession of engineering under the education law of the state of New York, files an on-site waiver with the department on behalf of the equipment user, supported by plans and calculations upon request, certifying compliance with the items specified below, a certificate of on-site inspection is not required for:
3.1 A mobile crane that:
3.1.1 Is located at the site for no more than 48 hours;
3.1.2 Does not exceed 160 feet (48.76 m) in boom length, including jibs and any other attachments;
3.1.3 Is set up and operated entirely within a safety zone where the distance from the crane to the boundary of the safety zone is equal to or greater than the length of the boom, jib, and any other attachments, and all areas and structures within the safety zone are closed to the public; and
3.1.4 In all conditions of loading, is provided with adequate footing so as to not exceed the bearing capacity of the ground or subsurface elements.
3.2 A service crane that:
3.2.1 Is set up and operated entirely within a site that is closed to the public;
3.2.2 Does not exceed 110 feet (33.53 m) in boom length, including jibs and any other attachments; and
3.2.3 In all conditions of loading, is provided with adequate footing so as to not exceed the bearing capacity of the ground or subsurface elements.
3.3 A pile driver or clamshell that:
3.3.1 Is set up and operated entirely within a site that is closed to the public;
3.3.2 Imparts a load on the ground in excess of 500 psf (23.94 kPa) but not exceeding 2,500 psf (119.7 kPa), including the load of the platform, matting, or dunnage utilized to support the equipment;
3.3.3 In all conditions of loading, is provided with adequate footing so as to not exceed the bearing capacity of the ground or subsurface elements; and
3.3.4 Is set up on ground that is able to support the load, as demonstrated to the satisfaction of the department on the basis of borings filed by the engineer.
(2) Temporary construction equipment permit. A temporary construction equipment permit, such as an Alt II permit or a CD-5 permit, is required for:
(i) A mobile crane that meets exception numbers 3 or 4 of Section 3319.3 of the New York City Building code, but does not meet any other exception of Section 3319.3 of the New York City Building code, and is used in conjunction with the construction, alteration, or demolition of a building.
(ii) Cranes and derricks with a manufacturer’s rated capacity of 1 ton (907 kg) or less and used in conjunction with the installation, alteration, maintenance, repair, or removal of a building, building systems, or equipment located on a building.
(3) Noncompliance. Where a crane or derrick requiring one or more of the certificates or permits is found not to be in compliance with one or more of the required certificates or permits, the use of such crane or derrick must cease. The crane or derrick must not be used until it has been brought into conformance with the certificates or permits, or amended certificates or permits have been issued by the department to reflect the state of the crane or derrick.
(4) Construction documents. Plans, calculations, inspection reports, and other documents filed in conjunction with a certificate of approval, certificate of operation, certificate of on-site inspection, on-site waiver, or temporary construction equipment permit are considered to be construction documents subject to the provisions of Article 104 of Title 28 of the Administrative Code. Expect as otherwise specified, the terms “approval” or “approved” in conjunction with such plans, calculations, inspection reports, and other documents will also mean “acceptance” or “accepted.”
(5) Notification.
(i) Notification prior to certain activities. For a crane or derrick that requires a certificate of on-site inspection or an on-site waiver, or that is used under the direct and continuing supervision of a licensed master rigger, the equipment user must notify the department at least one day, but no more than two days, before an activity listed below:
(A) The arrival of the crane or derrick at the site;
(B) Any assembly/disassembly operation; except that for the erection, climbing, jumping, or dismantling of tower crane, the notification requirements of Section 3319.8.4 of the Building Code instead apply; or
(C) The pouring of a concrete foundation for a tower crane.
(ii) Cancellation and rescheduling of notification. If a scheduled activity pursuant to subparagraph (i) of this paragraph above is canceled after a notification is made to the department, the equipment user must notify the department no later than the date for which the activity was scheduled. The equipment user must notify the department of the new intended commencement date at least one day but no more than two days before such activity.
(iii) Notification of departure of equipment. For a crane or derrick that requires a certificate of on-site inspection or an on-site waiver, or that is used under the direct and continuing supervision of a licensed master rigger, the equipment user must notify the department of the departure of the crane or derrick from the site no more than two days following such departure.
Exception: Where the crane or derrick is anticipated to be at the site for 48 hours or less, notification of departure of the equipment pursuant to this subparagraph is not required provided the anticipated short duration of the crane or derrick at the site is indicated at the time of notification pursuant to subparagraph (i) of this paragraph. However, if the job extends for more than 48 hours, the department must be immediately notified of such extension, and notification of the departure of the equipment pursuant to this subparagraph is required.
(1) Application for a certificate of approval. To request a certificate of approval in accordance with Section 3319.4 of the New York City Building Code, a prototype application must be filed on behalf of the manufacturer or equipment owner by an engineer who meets the requirements of paragraph (2) of subdivision (d) of this section. The application and all associated content must be provided in English, with United States customary units, or where acceptable to the commissioner, metric units. When required by the department, the application must be submitted in an electronic format acceptable to the commissioner. The application must include the following information:
(i) Manuals. One or more manufacturer-furnished manuals, as necessary, to supply the information listed below. Required information is generic and does not have to provide specific part or model numbers:
(A) All configurations for which approval is sought.
(B) Overall dimensions of the crane or derrick, including for the boom, mast, jib, and attachments, or individual sections thereof, for which approval is sought.
(C) Where applicable, information on the carrier type, overall carrier length and width, and tailswing, both with outriggers extended and without.
(D) Rope information, including cable sizes and the number of drums, for both the main hoist line and the whipline.
(E) A generic listing of all safety devices and operational aids provided with the crane or derrick.
(F) Required configurations and procedures to secure the crane or derrick for unattended or out-of-service conditions. For a tower crane, other than a self-erecting tower crane, this must include boom configurations for weathervaning, information or limitations/prohibitions on locking or restricting the boom, and procedures to secure the tower crane in advance of a hurricane type wind event.
(G) For a tower crane, other than a self-erecting tower crane, erection, jumping, climbing, and dismantling procedures. Torque values for all bolted connections located on the crane and installed or modified during such work must be included. Collar details and information on how to support, install, and dismantle the collar must also be provided.
(H) For all cranes or derricks, other than a tower crane that is not a self-erecting tower crane, assembly, disassembly, and travel procedures, including, as applicable, installation and removal procedures for all attachments for which approval is sought. Torque values for all bolted connections installed or modified during crane set up or the installation of an attachment must be included.
(I) Operating instructions.
(J) Inspection criteria, including a schedule of manufacturer-recommended inspections.
(K) Maintenance criteria, including a schedule of manufacturer-recommended maintenance.
(ii) Brochure. A manufacturer-furnished advertising brochure or drawing showing the general configuration and specifications for which approval is sought.
(iii) Load rating charts. Manufacturer-furnished load rating charts showing each configuration for which approval is sought.
(iv) Inspection checklists. Manufacturer-furnished checklists for the inspection of the crane or derrick. Such checklists must account for all components for which approval is sought and all phases of the manufacturer’s recommended schedule of inspections, for example, daily, monthly, and annual.
(v) Maintenance checklists. Manufacturer-furnished checklists for the maintenance of the crane or derrick. Such checklists must account for all components for which approval is sought and all phases of the manufacturer’s recommended schedule of maintenance, for example, daily, monthly, and annual.
(vi) Listing of components. Manufacturer-furnished list of all components for which approval is sought. The list is generic and does not have to provide specific part or model numbers. The list must also be accompanied by:
(A) For a tower crane, other than a self-erecting tower crane, manufacturer-furnished drawings indicating the weight, dimensions, center of gravity, and lifting points for the boom, mast, jib, collar, and all attachments, or individual sections thereof, for which approval is sought.
(B) For all cranes or derricks, other than a tower crane that is not a self-erecting tower crane, manufacturer-furnished drawings indicating, as applicable, the weight, dimensions, center of gravity, and lifting points for the lattice boom, jib, and all attachments, or individual sections thereof, for which approval is sought.
(C) In addition to the provisions of clauses (A) and (B) above, for a crane or derrick with a telescoping boom, manufacturer-furnished drawings indicating the weight, dimensions, and center of gravity for the entire crane or derrick with the boom fully retracted and fully extended.
(vii) Counterweight tables. Manufacturer-furnished table of all counterweight combinations and counterweight attachments for each configuration for which approval is sought.
(viii) Tables of allowable installation and use.
(A) Tower cranes, other than self-erecting tower cranes. For tower cranes, other than self-erecting tower cranes, the manufacturer must submit tables that include the following data for the tower crane at its maximum free standing height in each separate standard configuration indicated in the submitted load rating charts:
1. The maximum in-service moment, based on a 45 mph in-service wind.
2. The maximum out-of-service moment, based on a 98 mph out-of-service wind.
3. The slewing moment, based on a 45 mph in-service wind.
4. Corresponding vertical loads at the foundation.
Such data must be calculated in accordance with ASCE 7-2005, and be provided at Exposures B, C, and D. The maximum free standing height must be clearly indicated, and must be based on a 98 mph out-of-service wind, or a 45 mph in-service wind when such in-service wind produces a lower free standing height.
Special conditions in which the crane may not be used or installed (e.g. crane configuration, height, exposure, etc.) must be clearly indicated.
(B) All other cranes and derricks. For all cranes or derricks, other than tower cranes that are not self-erecting tower cranes, the manufacturer must provide tables showing the maximum in-service and out-of-service boom, mast and attachment lengths for each configuration for which approval is sought.
(ix) Technical certification. A certification from the engineer who files the prototype application that:
(A) The crane or derrick for which approval is sought was designed and constructed in accordance with an applicable standard listed in paragraph (1) of subdivision (e) of this section. The standard and the year of the standard utilized must be noted.
(B) The manuals and load rating charts filed as part of the prototype application are in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (2) of subdivision (e) of this section.
(C) For a tower crane, other than a self-erecting tower crane, the data provided per subparagraph (viii) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (d) of this section conforms to ASCE 7-2005.
(D) For a crane, the crane, in all configurations for which approval is sought, successfully passed the prototype testing required by paragraph (3) of subdivision (e) of this section.
(x) Contact information. The manufacturer must supply contact information for the following:
(A) Technical questions. For technical questions, an individual, employed full-time by the manufacturer, who is authorized by the manufacturer to provide answers to technical questions related to the crane or derrick.
(B) Service questions. For service questions, a 24/7 telephone hotline that is maintained or authorized by the manufacturer.
(C) Service support. For jobsite service support, a manufacturer authorized service center, distributor, or authorized service provider located within a four hour travel window of New York City, which must be able to dispatch a factory trained service technician to New York City in the event of an emergency or major malfunction, as determined by the department, with the crane or derrick.
(xi) Safety bulletins and recall notices. Certification from the manufacturer that safety bulletins and recall notices for the crane or derrick will be provided in accordance with paragraph (6) of subdivision (d) of this section.
(xii) ISO certification. The manufacturer must certify that it possesses the International Organization for Standardization (ISO), or equivalent, certification required by paragraph (4) of subdivision (c) of this section. A copy of the ISO certification, or equivalent, must be submitted.
(2) Engineer. The engineer who files the application for the certificate of approval must be either:
(i) A full-time employee of the manufacturer who is licensed to practice the profession of engineering under the law of any state or foreign jurisdiction, or who submits proof, acceptable to the commissioner, of his or her professional qualifications; or
(ii) A person licensed and registered to practice the profession of engineering under the education law of the state of New York.
(3) Issuance of the certificate of approval. Upon approval of the prototype application, the department will issue an initial certificate of approval for the crane or derrick. The manuals, load rating charts, and other information submitted with the prototype application and accepted by the department are considered part of the certificate of approval.
(4) Amendments to the certificate of approval.
(i) When required. A certificate of approval must be amended in any of the following circumstances:
(A) Information provided in the load rating charts is no longer valid or will be altered.
(B) A configuration that was not provided for in the certificate of approval will be utilized.
(C) A component that was not provided for in the certificate of approval will be utilized. This includes, but is not limited to, components that have weights, dimensions, centers of gravity, or lifting points that are different from those listed in the certificate of approval.
(D) Information supplied per subparagraph (vii) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (d) of this section is no longer valid or will be altered.
(E) For a crane or derrick whose initial certificate of approval was issued on or after January 1, 2016, information supplied per subparagraph (viii) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (d) of this section is no longer valid or will be altered.
(ii) Amendment request. A request to amend a certificate of approval must be filed:
(A) On behalf of the manufacturer. On behalf of the manufacturer by an engineer who meets the requirements of paragraph (2) of subdivision (d) of this section; or
(B) On behalf of the owner. On behalf of the equipment owner by an engineer licensed and registered to practice the profession of engineering under the education law of the state of New York, provided:
1. The manufacturer is no longer in business; or
2. The equipment owner has submitted to the manufacturer a detailed description of the proposed amendment, and has asked the manufacturer to request the amendment, but:
A. The manufacturer has not rejected the request. A rejection must be in the form of a written explanation from the manufacturer that rejects the request and explains the reasons for the rejection; and
B. The manufacturer declines to review the request; or
C. The manufacturer, within 30 days of the request, fails to acknowledge the request or initiate a review of the request; or
D. The manufacturer acknowledges the request or begins a review of the request, but, within 120 days of the request, fails to submit an amendment to the department.
(iii) Content of amendment request. Amendment requests, and all associated content, must be provided in English, with United States customary units, or where acceptable to the commissioner, metric units. When required by the department, the application must be submitted in an electronic format acceptable to the commissioner. The amendment request must include the following information:
(A) A listing of revisions to the certificate of approval necessary to accord with the proposed amendment.
(B) Where load ratings are altered, revised load rating charts, along with a certification from the engineer who files the amendment request that the revised load rating charts are in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (2) of subdivision (e) of this section.
(C) Where applicable, revised component information in accordance with subparagraph (vi) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (d) of this section.
(D) Where applicable, revised counterweight information in accordance with subparagraph (vii) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (d) of this section.
(E) Where applicable, revised data in accordance with subparagraph (viii) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (d) of this section. For a tower crane, other than a self-erecting tower crane, the engineer who files the amendment request must certify that the revised data conforms to ASCE 7-2005.
(F) Where changes are made that decrease the structural stability or structural strength of a crane, or increase the loads or stresses upon the crane, including but not limited to adding configurations, booms, or jibs, certification from the engineer who files the amendment request that the crane, as proposed to be amended, has successfully passed the prototype testing required by paragraph (3) of subdivision (e) of this section.
(G) In addition to the requirements of clauses (A) through (F) above, where the amendment request is filed on behalf of the manufacturer, any other supplements, as applicable, to the certificate of approval in accordance with paragraph (5) of subdivision (d) of this section.
(H) In addition to the requirements of clauses (A) through (F) above, where the amendment request is filed on behalf of the equipment owner:
1. A certification from the equipment owner that the manufacturer is no longer in business; or a copy of the request made to the manufacturer, along with any response from the manufacturer, as required by item 2 of clause (B) of subparagraph (ii) of paragraph (4) of subdivision (d) of this section.
2. When any information in the manufacturer’s supplied manuals has to be revised, one or more revised manuals, as necessary, along with a certification from the engineer who files the amendment request that the revised manuals are in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (2) of subdivision (e) of this section. Deviations and modifications from the manufacturer’s original materials must be clearly indicated.
3. When any of the checklists required by subparagraphs (iv) or (v) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (d) of this section has to be revised, one or more revised checklists, as necessary. Deviations and modifications from the manufacturer’s original materials must be clearly indicated.
4. Certification from the engineer who files the amendment request, based upon a review of the design calculations and testing of the crane or derrick manufacturer by the engineer, or by sufficient calculations made by the engineer, or by testing acceptable to the commissioner, that:
A. The manufacturer’s original safety factor of the equipment is not reduced by the proposed amendment.
B. The crane or derrick, as proposed to be modified by the amendment, complies with the applicable design and construction standard for the crane or derrick, as listed in paragraph (1) of subdivision (e) of this section.
5. Plates, tags, and decals as necessary to accord with the proposed amendment, along with instructions for their use. Such items must be developed, signed, and sealed by the engineer who files the request for the amendment.
6. Certification from the engineer who files the request for amendment that the engineer approves the modification/addition stipulated in the amendment, and specifies the equipment configuration to which the approval applies.
7. Certification from the equipment owner that such owner will comply with the provisions of the amendment, including but not limited to ensuring their cranes or derricks which utilize the amendment are provided with the revised load rating charts and manuals, as well as plates, tags, and decals as necessary to accord with the proposed amendment.
(iv) Issuance. Upon approval of the amendment by the department, the department will issue an amended certificate of approval for the crane or derrick.
(A) Special provisions for an amendment filed by an equipment owner. Where an amendment request is filed by an equipment owner on or after January 1, 2016, only equipment owned by such owner may utilize the amendment. However, nothing in this clause will prohibit a separate equipment owner from filing, and the department approving, a separate amendment covering the same material.
(5) Manufacturer supplements to the certificate of approval. When required by subparagraphs (i) through (iv) below, the manufacturer must provide supplements to the certificate of approval. Such supplements, and all associated content, must be provided in English, with United States customary units, or where acceptable to the commissioner, metric units. When required by the department, the supplement must be submitted in an electronic format acceptable to the commissioner. Supplements must be filed by an engineer who meets the requirements of paragraph (2) of subdivision (d) of this section. No fee will be charged to file a supplement. When accepted by the department, a supplement will be considered pari of the certificate of approval; except that any supplement filed under the provisions of subparagraph (iv) below will be applicable only for the specific job detailed in the certificate of on-site inspection.
(i) Manual updates. When the manufacturer revises any of the information required by subparagraph (i) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (d) of this section, the manufacturer must provide to the department one or more revised manuals, as necessary. The engineer who files the revised manual must certify that the manual is in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (2) of subdivision (e) of this section.
(ii) Updates to inspection and maintenance checklists. When the manufacturer revises any of the checklists required by subparagraphs (iv) or (v) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (d) of this section, the manufacturer must provide to the department one or more revised checklists, as necessary.
Exception. Cranes or derricks whose initial certificate of approval was issued prior to January 1, 2016.
(iii) Contact information updates. When any manufacturer contact information required by subparagraph (x) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (d) of this section changes, the manufacturer must provide updated points of contact within five (5) business days of the change.
(A) Exception. Cranes or derricks whose initial certificate of approval was issued prior to January 1, 2016.
(B) No manufacturer support. Where there is no manufacturer to support a crane or derrick, the certificate of approval will remain valid.
(iv) Site specific wind analysis for a tower crane. For a tower crane, other than a self-erecting tower crane, the manufacturer must submit a site specific wind analysis to the department prior to the approval of the crane or derrick notice application. Such analysis must:
(A) Cover each configuration for which crane or derrick notice application approval is sought;
(B) Be based upon the following information, with such information submitted to the manufacturer by the engineer who files the crane or derrick notice application:
1. Project address;
2. Crane make and model;
3. Maximum lifting capacity;
4. Distance of the crane from the building;
5. Proposed tie-in spacing;
6. Elevations and sections detailing the location and configuration of the crane at the site, in both plan view and elevation view, with dimensions indicated;
7. Where an environmental load reduction is utilized in accordance with Chapter 16 of the New York City Building Code:
7.1. A copy of the action plan required by Chapter 16 of the New York City Building Code;
7.2. Proposed tie-in spacing for the action plan configuration; and
7.3. Elevations and sections detailing the action plan configuration of the crane at the site, in both plan view and elevation view, with dimensions indicated.
8. New York City wind load conditions, including exposure category and height distribution of the wind. Such information must be in accordance with Chapter 16 of the New York City Building Code, and based on the following:
8.1. An in-service wind speed of at least 45 mph;
8.2. An out-of-service wind speed that is not less than that allowed by Chapter 16 of the New York City Building Code; and
8.3. Where an environmental load reduction is utilized in accordance with Chapter 16 of the New York City Building Code, an out-of-service wind speed equal to that required by Chapter 16 of the New York City Building Code for the full, unreduced, design wind speed.
(C) Contain the following information from the manufacturer for the given in-service, out-ofservice, and, where applicable, full, unreduced, design wind speed:
1. The maximum moment;
2. The slewing moment; and
3. Corresponding vertical loads at the foundation.
(D) Contain a certification from the manufacturer that the information provided per clause (C) above is based on the information provided by the engineer per clause (B) above;
(E) Contain a certification from the manufacturer that, in accordance with the requirements of the standard listed in the certificate of approval for the design and construction of the crane , the boom, mast, jib, attachments, and working deck of the crane will sustain the wind loads specified in (B)(8) above; and
(F) Note any special conditions in which the crane may not be used or installed (e.g. crane configuration, height, exposure, etc.).
(6) Safety bulletins and recall notices. The department will provide to each manufacturer a list containing the serial numbers of all cranes and derricks registered in New York City manufactured by such manufacturer. The manufacturer in turn must provide to the department all safety bulletins and recall notices issued by such manufacturer related to cranes and derricks found on the list provided by the Department when the safety bulletin or recall notice is issued. No fee will be charged to file such bulletin or notice with the department.
Safety bulletins and recall notices will not be considered part of a crane or derrick’s certificate of approval and will not impact the validity of any such certificate. The department may require proof that a crane or derrick with a certificate of operation or a certificate of on-site inspection, or a crane or derrick for which such certificate(s) are sought complies with the safety bulletin or recall notice.
(7) ISO certification. If the manufacturer loses its International Organization for Standardization (ISO), or equivalent, certification for the make and model of the crane or derrick, this loss must be reported to the department within ten (10) business days after it occurs.
Exception. Cranes or derricks whose initial certificate of approval was issued prior to January 1, 2016.
(8) Current certificate of approval holders. Any crane or derrick that conforms with a previously issued, currently valid certificate of approval need not apply for a new certificate of approval.
(9) Previously issued temporary certificates of approval. Temporary certificates of approval issued prior to January 1, 2016, are deemed to be approved as an initial certificate of approval, retroactive to the date of issuance of the temporary certificate of approval, provided such temporary certificate of approval was not otherwise revoked prior to January 1, 2016, and provided that the prototype application for such temporary certificate of approval contained a certification from the manufacturer of the crane or derrick, or a person licensed and registered to practice the profession of engineering under the education law of the state of New York, that the crane or derrick was designed and constructed in accordance with one of the standards listed in clauses (A) through (F) of sub paragraph (i) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (e) of this section.
(10) Suspension or revocation of a certificate of approval. The department may suspend or revoke a certificate of approval in accordance with Section 28-105.10 of the New York City Administrative Code.
(1) Design and construction standards.
(i) Design and construction standards for cranes or derricks whose prototype application is submitted on or after January 1, 2016. Cranes and derricks, and their components, whose prototype application is submitted on or after January 1, 2016 must, in their entirety, be designed and constructed in accordance with the following:
(A) Mobile cranes, other than an articulating boom crane. For a mobile crane, other than an articulating boom crane, ASME B30.5 (2004, 2007, 2011, or 2014 editions), or EN 13000 (2004, 2010, or 2014 editions).
(B) Tower cranes, other than a self-erecting tower crane. For a tower crane, other than a self-erecting tower crane, ASME B30.3 (2004, 2009, 2012, or 2016 editions’), or EN 14439 (2006 or 2009 editions).
(C) Derricks. For a derrick, ASME B30.6 (2003, 2010, or 2015 editions).
(D) Articulating boom crane. For an articulating boom crane, ASME B30.22 (2005, 2010, or 2016 editions).
(E) Self-erecting tower crane. For a self-erecting tower crane, ASME B30.29 (2012 edition), or EN 14439 (2009 edition).
(F) Dedicated pile drivers. EN 996 (2009 or 2014 editions) or EN 16228 (2014 edition).
(G) Equivalent standards. For any type of crane or derrick, such other standard as the commissioner deems equivalent to the ASME or EN standards listed above.
(ii) Design and construction standards for cranes and derricks whose prototype application was submitted prior to January 1, 2016. Cranes and derricks, and their components, whose prototype application was submitted prior to January 1, 2016 must have been designed and constructed in accordance with the following:
(A) Mobile cranes manufactured prior to October 1, 2006 and whose prototype application was submitted prior to October 1, 2006. Mobile cranes, and their components-manufactured prior to October 1, 2006 and whose prototype application was submitted prior to October 1, 2006 must, in their entirety, be designed and constructed in accordance with ASME B30.5-1968.
(B) Mobile cranes manufactured on or after October 1, 2006 and whose prototype application was submitted on or after October 1, 2006 but prior to January 1,2016. Mobile cranes, and their components, manufactured on or after October 1, 2006 and whose prototype application was submitted on or after October 1, 2006 but prior to January 1, 2016, must, in their entirety, be designed and constructed in accordance with ASME B30.5 – 2004 Chapter 5-1 except Section 5-1.9.9, or EN 13000 (2004) except Section 4.2.6.
(C) Mobile cranes manufactured prior to October 1, 2006 and whose prototype application was submitted on or after October 1, 2006 but prior to January 1, 2016. Mobile cranes, and their components, manufactured before October 1, 2006 and whose prototype application was submitted on or after October 1, 2006 but prior to January 1, 2016, must, in their entirety, be designed and constructed in accordance with one of the following standards:
(i) ASME B30.5 – 2004 Chapter 5-1 except Section 5-1.9.9;
(ii) ASME B30.5 – 2000 Chapter 5-1 except Section 5-1.9.9;
(iii) ASME B30.5 – 1994 Chapter 5-1 except Section 5-1.9.9;
(iv) ASME B30.5 – 1989 Chapter 5-1 except Section 5-1.9.9;
(v) ASME B30.5 – 1982 Chapter 5-1 except Section 5-1.9.9;
(vi) EN 13000 (2004) except Section 4.2.6; or
(vii) Such other standard as the Commissioner deems appropriate.
(2) Manuals and load rating chart standards. Manuals and load rating charts for cranes and derricks must be in English, with United States customary units, or where acceptable to the commissioner, metric units, and be in accordance with an applicable standard listed in paragraph (1) of subdivision (e) of this section. Manuals and load rating charts must also include manual or chart numbers, and page numbers.
(i) De-rating. Load rating charts, and amendments to load rating charts, submitted on or after January 1, 2016, may not be de-rated to circumvent licensing provisions, or to meet exemptions contained within this section or within the New York City Construction Codes.
(3) Prototype testing standards.
(i) Prototype testing of mobile cranes submitted prior to October 1, 2006. A prototype of each mobile crane, and their components, submitted before October 1, 2006 must be tested for strength and stability in accordance with ASME B30.5-1968. Lattice boom cranes must also be tested in accordance with SAE J987 - 1967 and all mobile cranes with lattice or telescopic booms must also be tested in accordance with SAE J765 - 1990.
(ii) Prototype testing of mobile cranes submitted on or after October 1, 2006. A prototype of each mobile crane, and their components-submitted on or after October 1, 2006 must meet the prototype testing requirements in Test Option A or Test Option B as outlined below:
(A) Test Option A; SAE J1063 or SAE J987,
1. The following applies to equipment with cantilevered booms (such as telescopic boom cranes): All tests listed in SAE J1063 - 1993, Table 1, must be performed to load all critical structural elements to their respective limits. All the strength margins listed in SAE J1063 - 1993. Table 2 must be met.
2. The following applies to equipment with pendant supported lattice booms: All the tests listed in SAE J987-2003. Table 1, must be performed to load all critical structural elements to their respective limits. All the strength margins listed in SAE J987 - 2003, Table 2 must be met.
(B) Test Option B: EN 13000. All testing and verification requirements of EN 13000 (2004) must be met. In applying EN 13000 (2004), the following additional requirements must be met:
1. The following applies to equipment with cantilevered booms (such as telescopic boom cranes): The analysis methodology, such as computer modeling, must demonstrate that all load cases listed in SAE J1063 - 1993 meet the strength margins listed in SAE J1063-1993 Table 2.
2. The following applies to equipment with pendant supported lattice booms: The analysis methodology, such as computer modeling, must demonstrate that all load cases listed in SAE J987 - 2003 meet the strength margins listed in SAE J987-2003 Table 2.
3. Analysis verification. The physical testing requirements under SAE J1063 - 1993 and SAE J987 - 2003 must be met unless the reliability of the analysis methodology, such as computer modeling, has been demonstrated by a documented history of verification through strain gauge measuring or strain gauge measuring in combination with other physical testing.
(iii) Prototype testing of tower cranes manufactured on or after November 8, 2010. Tower cranes manufactured on or after November 8, 2010, must meet the prototype testing requirements in EN 14439 (2006).
(4) Manufacturing standards. Cranes and derricks, and their components, whose application for prototype approval is submitted on or after January 1, 2016 must, in their entirety, be manufactured by an entity that possesses an ISO 9001 certification, or an equivalent international certification acceptable to the commissioner.
(1) Conformity with the certificate of approval and certificate of operation. No certificate of on-site inspection, or an extension, renewal, or amendment to such certificate, will be granted for a crane or derrick which requires, but does not possess, a certificate of approval or certificate of operation, or which is not in conformance with the certificate of approval or certificate of operation.
(2) Application for a certificate of on-site inspection. To apply for a certificate of on-site inspection in accordance with Section 3319.6 of the New York City Building Code, an engineer, licensed and registered to practice the profession of engineering under the education law of the state of New York, must file, on behalf of the equipment user, a crane or derrick notice application with the department.
(i) Crane or derrick notice plans. The application must be accompanied by one or more plans, as applicable, showing the following information for each configuration for which crane or derrick notice application approval is sought:
(A) Ground and subsurface elements. Elevations and sections detailing all pertinent ground and subsurface elements, with dimensions, slopes, estimated bearing values, loads imposed, and surcharges indicated, including, as applicable:
1. Soil;
2. Streets, sidewalks, public plazas, and equivalent spaces;
3. Foundations;
4. Retaining walls;
5. Excavations;
6. Sheeting, shoring, and bracing;
7. Vaults;
8. Manholes;
9. Subways, stations, and entrances;
10. Tunnels; and
11. For a tower crane:
11.1. Utilities impacted by the tower crane foundation; and
11.2. The water table level.
(B) Site conditions. Elevations and sections detailing all pertinent site conditions, with dimensions indicated, including, as applicable:
1. North arrow;
2. Buildings and structures at the site and adjacent to the site, with projections, setbacks, and equipment and structures located on the roof or setback indicated;
3. Temporary construction, such as platforms, runback structures, scaffolds, mast climbers, hoists, horizontal netting, cocoon systems, climbing formwork, sidewalk sheds, fences, and barricades;
4. Pedestrian and traffic control to be provided as per the requirements of the Department of Transportation;
5. Other cranes or derricks at the site, with swing radii indicated;
6. Trees and other natural obstructions; and
7. Above ground utilities and infrastructure, including but not limited to, street lights, traffic lights, bollards, bus shelters, street furniture, traffic signs, hydrants, electrical lines with voltage values indicated, phone lines, bridges, viaducts, subway exits, elevated subways and railroads, elevated transit platforms, and towers.
(C) Location and configuration. Elevations and sections detailing the location and configuration of the crane or derrick at the site, in both plan view and elevation view, with dimensions indicated, including, as applicable:
1. The proposed location of the crane or derrick, including areas where the crane or derrick will be assembled, disassembled, operate, or travel;
2. The configuration of the crane or derrick;
3. Outrigger location and configuration;
4. The swing radius of the tail or counterweights;
5. The maximum and minimum swing radius and load path of the boom and load;
6. Minimum clearances for the boom/jibs/ attachments and counterweights. If necessary, operation restrictions necessary to prevent contact must be clearly shown; and
7. Pick and landing zones.
(D) Footing, foundation, tie-ins, and supporting elements. Elevations and sections detailing the footing or founding of the crane or derrick and any foundations, tie-ins, or other structures supporting the crane or derrick, with dimensions, materials, bearing values, loads imposed, reactions, and concrete strengths to be obtained prior to installation indicated, including, as applicable:
1. For a crane:
1.1. Matting, dunnage, or equivalent;
1.2. Ramps;
1.3. Platforms, and all connections between the platform and the base building or structure;
1.4. Foundations and all connections between the foundation, the base building or structure, and the crane; and
1.5. Tie-in connections, including but not limited to the tie-in, base building or structure, collar, pin, inner bracings or similar reinforcement, and any rope or structure supporting the tie-in collar to the tower leg.
2. For a derrick, platforms or dunnage, and all connections between the platforms or dunnage, the base building or structure, and the derrick.
3. For any crane or derrick:
3.1. Bracing;
3.2. Roofs, setbacks, or equivalent upon which the crane or derrick is located;
3.3. Modifications required to the base building or structure, other structural elements, or to adjacent retaining walls, excavations, or foundations; and
3.4. Level or plumb tolerances, which may not exceed the recommendations of the crane or derrick manufacturer.
(E) Bolted connections. For a bolted connection utilized in a platform or dunnage that supports a crane or derrick, or utilized in the footing, foundation, tie-ins, or supporting elements of a derrick or a tower crane, details of such bolted connection, including elevations and sections, with dimensions indicated, including, as applicable:
1. Bolts;
2. Bolt hole sizes;
3. Bolt grades and specifications;
4. Bolt torque values;
5. Re-torqueing schedule and procedures;
6. Plates;
7. Rods, with pre-tensioning information;
8. Dowels;
9. Clamping forces; and
10. Grout or steel bushings.
(F) Anchors. Elevations and sections detailing anchored connections to a structure, with dimensions indicated, including, as applicable:
1. Type of anchor;
2. Anchor size;
3. Anchor hole size;
4. Epoxy or grout specifications;
5. Installation instructions; and
6. Pull out testing criteria.
(G) Welded connections. For a welded connection utilized in a platform or dunnage that supports a crane or derrick, or utilized in the footing, foundation, tie-ins, or supporting elements of a derrick or a tower crane, details of such welded connection, including elevations and sections, with dimensions indicated, including, as applicable:
1. Material information;
2. Welding specifications; and
3. Welding procedures.
(H) Structural steel. Where the plans call for the use of structural steel, for example in the foundation, platform, dunnage, or tie-in connections, and such structural steel is not provided by the manufacturer of the crane or derrick, or an entity authorized by the manufacturer, the shape, size, and grade of the steel must be specified on the plans.
(I) Counterweights. Where a crane utilizes removable counterweights, or where a derrick requires counterweights, the required weight, dimensions, and acceptable materials for the counterweights must be specified on the plans. Such information must be based on the requirements of the manufacturer of the crane or derrick.
(J) Aviation hazards. Aircraft warning lights and markings must be indicated on the plans when such lights and markings are required by the Federal Aviation Administration.
(K) Electrical information. For a tower crane, other than a self-erecting tower crane, the crane’s electrical requirements must be indicated on the plans, including voltage, amperage, phasing, grounding, and any other electrical information specific to the tower crane.
(L) Special inspections. All materials, equipment, installation, fabrication, erection, or placement of components and connections, as well as construction operations subject to special inspection in accordance with paragraph (6) of subdivision (k) of this section must be identified on the plans.
(M) Range of tolerances. Where a plus or minus range of tolerances is considered to be acceptable by the crane or derrick notice engineer, specific values indicating the numerical range of tolerance must be indicated.
(ii) Assembly/disassembly plan. For a crane or derrick that requires components to be assembled or disassembled at the site, the application must include an assembly/disassembly plan.
(A) Content. The assembly/disassembly plan must include the following information:
1. All information listed in subparagraph (i) of paragraph (2) of this subdivision for a crane or derrick notice plan that is relevant to the assembly/disassembly operation, including but not limited to:
1.1. Location where the crane or derrick will be assembled/disassembled, including any areas of travel;
1.2. Pertinent ground, subsurface, and site conditions, including but not limited to pedestrian and traffic control to be provided as per the requirements of the Department of Transportation; and
1.3. The configuration of the crane or derrick at the start and completion of the assembly/disassembly operation, and at all phases throughout the work.
2. Procedures, including sequencing, for the assembly/disassembly operation, including but not limited to counterweight placement or removal;
3. Weight, dimensions, and center of gravity for components that will be hoisted or lowered during the assembly/disassembly operation;
4. Location and configuration of assist cranes or derricks;
5. The maximum wind threshold at which assembly/disassembly operations may occur; and
6. For the erection, climbing, jumping, or dismantling of a tower crane, information required by Section 3319.8.1 of the New York City Building Code.
(B) Self-contained document. The assembly/ disassembly plan must be a complete, self-contained document.
(C) Maximum assembly/disassembly wind threshold. The maximum assembly/ disassembly wind threshold listed in the assembly/disassembly plan cannot exceed 30mph (3-second gust). This threshold must take into account the wind action plans for each assist crane or derrick, and where such a threshold is lower than that for the assembly/ disassembly operation generally, this lower threshold must be listed as the threshold for the assembly/disassembly operation.
(D) Specific to configurations. The assembly/ disassembly plan must include all applicable information for each configuration for which crane or derrick notice application approval is sought. Where multiple configurations are included, the assembly/disassembly plan must clearly identify the applicable procedures for each configuration.
(E) Able to be fully implemented based upon site conditions. The assembly/disassembly plan must account for all site conditions and be able to be fully implemented based upon site conditions. Where the manufacturer’s specifications can be fully implemented at the site, the plan must incorporate this information. Where site conditions prevent full implementation of the manufacturer’s specifications, the engineer must contact the manufacturer and develop alternate procedures, as appropriate, and incorporate them into the assembly/disassembly plan.
(iii) Pre-operational test procedures, including load test. For a tower crane and a derrick, the application must be accompanied by procedures for the pre-operational test. The pick zones for the load test portion of the pre-operational test must also be indicated. For a tower crane, the application must also be accompanied by procedures for the setting of prelimiting and limiting devices. The procedures required by this sub paragraph must be in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications and the following, and in no case may the weight utilized during the load test exceed the manufacturer’s specifications:
(A) For a tower crane, other than a self-erecting tower crane, ASME B30.3 (2016 edition) Section 3-1.7.
(B) For a self-erecting tower crane, ASME B30.29 (2012 edition) Section 29-1.1.3.
(C) For a derrick, ASME B30.6 (2015 edition) Sections 6-2.2.1 and 6-2.2.2.
(iv) Loads imposed. Where the crane or derrick imparts a load on a building or structure, the application must be accompanied by either:
(A) Crane or derrick notice plans that:
1. Are sealed and stamped “reviewed for loads imposed” by the registered design professional of record for the project; and
2. Contain a note, signed and sealed by the registered design professional of record for the project, indicating that all permanent modifications or supporting elements required to be added to the base building or structure, including but not limited to rebar, have been incorporated into the plans and/or shop drawings for the base building or structure;
(B) A signed and sealed letter from the registered design professional of record for the project that includes the following:
1. A statement that he or she has reviewed the submitted crane or derrick notice plans for the loads imposed on the building or structure;
2. The drawing numbers and dates of the crane or derrick notice plans indicating the bracing and modifications required for the building or structure to support the loads imposed;
3. A statement attesting to the adequacy of the building or structure to support the loads imposed; and
4. A statement that all permanent modifications or supporting elements required to be added to the base building or structure, including but not limited to rebar, have been incorporated into the plans and/or shop drawings for the base building or structure; or
(C) For a project for which there is no registered design professional of record for the project, a signed and sealed letter from the crane or derrick notice engineer that includes the following:
1. A statement that he or she has investigated the design of the building or structure;
2. The drawing numbers and dates of the crane or derrick notice plans indicating the bracing and modifications required for the building or structure to support the loads imposed;
3. A statement attesting to the adequacy of the building or structure to support the loads imposed; and
4. A statement that he or she will verify that such bracing and modifications have been completed in accordance with the approved crane or derrick notice plans before loads are imposed by the crane or derrick.
(v) Wind action plan. The application must be accompanied by a wind action plan.
(A) Content. The wind action plan must include the following information:
1. Load reductions, if any, due to wind;
2. The maximum in-service wind threshold;
3. Wind thresholds, configurations, and procedures, including angles and sequencing, for parking and securing the crane in each applicable out-of-service position (e.g. retracted, parked, jackknifed, laid down, and/or other special protective measures for wind); and
4. The communication protocol for safeguarding the crane or derrick in the event of changes of forecasts over weekends or longer stoppage periods.
(B) Self-contained document. The wind action plan must be a complete, self-contained document.
(C) Maximum in-service threshold. The maximum in-service wind threshold listed in the wind action plan cannot exceed 30 mph (3-second gust) or the threshold specified by the manufacturer, whichever is lower.
Exceptions: The 30 mph (3-second gust) criterion does not apply to:
1. A mobile crane where the crane is set up and operated entirely within a safety zone, provided:
1.1. The distance from the crane to the boundary of the safety zone is equal to or greater than the length of the boom, jib, and any other attachments; and
1.2. All areas and structures within the safety zone are closed to the public.
2. A tower crane, where the crane is set up and operated entirely within a safety zone, provided:
2.1. The distance from the crane to the boundary of the safety zone is equal to or greater than the height of the mast and the length of the boom, jib, and any other attachments; and
2.2. All areas and structures within the safety zone are closed to the public.
(D) Specific to configurations. The wind action plan must include all applicable thresholds and procedures for each configuration for which crane or derrick notice application approval is sought. Where multiple configurations are included, the wind action plan must clearly identify the applicable thresholds and procedures for each configuration.
(E) Able to be fully implemented based upon site conditions. The wind action plan must account for all site conditions and be able to be fully implemented based upon site conditions. Where the manufacturer’s specifications can be fully implemented at the site, the plan must incorporate this information. Where site conditions prevent full implementation of the manufacturer’s specifications (e.g. site conditions make it impossible to point the boom into the wind), the engineer must contact the manufacturer and develop alternate procedures and/or thresholds, as appropriate, and incorporate them into the wind action plan.
(F) Emergency action plan. Where load reductions are utilized in accordance with Section 1618 of the Building Code, the emergency action plan required by Section 1618.3 of the Building Code must also be included in the wind action plan.
(vi) Certifications. The application must be accompanied by the following certifications:
(A) Investigation of conditions. Certification from the crane or derrick notice engineer that he or she has investigated the ground, subsurface, and site conditions, and has accounted for them in the submitted plans and procedures.
(B) Loads. Certification from the crane or derrick notice engineer that:
1. The loads, surcharges, and values indicated in the crane or derrick notice application account for all conditions of loading, including wind.
2. The crane or derrick, including any footing, foundation, tie-in, or supporting element, in all proposed conditions of loading, including assembly/disassembly or traveling, will not exceed the bearing capacity of the ground or subsurface elements, or any footing, foundation, tie-in, or supporting element.
3. The crane or derrick, including any footing, foundation, tie-in, or supporting element, when secured and stowed in accordance with the submitted procedures will be able to sustain, without failure, the specified wind loads.
(C) Clearances. Certification from the crane or derrick notice engineer that the crane or derrick, in all proposed configurations, including assembly/disassembly or traveling, will clear all site obstructions.
(vii) Calculations. The application must be accompanied by the following calculations from the crane or derrick notice engineer, verifying:
(A) The stability of the crane if outriggers must be set at asymmetrical positions.
Exception: Calculations are not required if an analysis, conducted by a computer program authorized by the crane manufacturer, verifies the stability of the crane.
(B) Indicated loads imposed and surcharges.
(C) Indicated reaction forces.
(D) Any other supporting calculations upon request.
(viii) Power lines. When operating near overhead power lines, including during assembly/disassembly or traveling, the crane or derrick notice plan or the assembly/disassembly plan, as applicable, must indicate compliance with the applicable provisions of paragraph (3) of subdivision (s) of this section, and, where applicable, the application must be accompanied by the determination and procedures required by paragraph (3) of subdivision (s) of this section.
(3) Approval of the crane or derrick notice application. The crane or derrick notice application will be approved in accordance with the provisions of Article 104 of Chapter 1 of Title 28 of the Administrative Code.
(i) Transit authority approval. For a crane or derrick that requires approval of the New York City Transit Authority, no crane or derrick notice application will be approved by the department until a copy of the approval from the Transit Authority has been filed with the department.
(ii) Site specific wind analysis for tower cranes. For a tower crane, other than a self-erecting tower crane, no crane or derrick notice application will be approved by the department until the information required by subparagraph (iv) of paragraph (5) of subdivision (d) of this section has been submitted to the department.
(4) Phased filings. Information required to be filed with the crane or derrick notice application per paragraph (2) of subdivision (g) of this section may be filed in phases, and approval of the crane or derrick notice application per paragraph (3) of subdivision (g) of this section may be granted in phases, provided all information filed for the phase is complete and covers all aspects of the crane or derrick in such phase.
(5) Amendments. See Article 104 of Title 28 of the Administrative Code.
(6) Prohibition on arrival at the site. No crane or derrick that requires a certificate of on-site inspection may be present at a site until the department has approved the crane or derrick notice application.
Exceptions:
1. Tower crane foundation. Where a tower crane foundation needs to be constructed, the foundation may be installed prior to the approval of a crane or derrick notice application, provided:
1.1. Plans for the tower crane foundation, signed and sealed by the crane or derrick notice engineer, are filed with and accepted by the department prior to the installation of the tower crane foundation. Such plans do not need to reference a specific crane or crane configuration, however, the plans must indicate the dimensions, materials, and bearing value of the foundation, along with anticipated loads imposed and reaction forces of the tower crane on the foundation;
1.2. Special inspection reports for the installed foundation are filed with the department prior to the approval of the crane or derrick notice application; and
1.3. The foundation, as installed, and any subsequent modifications required to account for the specific tower crane to be utilized, is indicated on the crane or derrick notice plans.
2. Tower crane anchor stool and first mast section. The anchor stool and first mast section of a tower crane, other than a self-erecting tower crane, may be installed prior to the approval of a crane or derrick notice application and the crane or derrick device application, provided:
2.1. The anchor stool and first mast section are indicated on the plans filed and accepted under exception 1.1 above;
2.2. An inspection report for the anchor stool and first mast section is accepted by the department prior to their installation;
2.3. A survey report, attesting that the anchor stool and first mast section, as installed, is plumb, is submitted as part of the crane or derrick notice application. Such survey report must be based upon a survey performed by a surveyor who meets the definition of a qualified person, and must be signed and dated as accepted by the licensed rigger who supervised the installation of the anchor stool and first mast section;
2.4. Where a special inspection is required by paragraph (6) of subdivision (k) of this section, the special inspection reports for the foundation are submitted as part of the crane or derrick notice application;
2.5. Where the anchor stool is not provided by the manufacturer of the crane, the crane or derrick notice engineer notes, on the crane or derrick notice plans, his or her acceptance of the anchor stool; and
2.6. The anchor stool and first mast section, as installed, and any subsequent modifications required to account for the specific tower crane to be utilized, is indicated on the crane or derrick notice plans.
(7) Issuance, renewal, and continued validity of the certificate of on-site inspection.
(i) Issuance of the certificate of on-site inspection. Prior to the initial use at the site of a crane or derrick that requires a certificate of on-site inspection, the crane or derrick must be inspected and tested as required by subparagraphs (i) and (ii) of paragraph (8) below. Upon successful passage of such inspections and tests, and submittal of the inspection report in accordance with subparagraph (iv) of paragraph (8) below, a certificate of on-site inspection is deemed to be issued.
(ii) Continued validity of the certificate of on-site inspection for a phase. Where a crane or derrick project includes multiple phases, the continued validity of the certificate of on-site inspection is contingent upon the crane or derrick passing the inspection and tests required by subparagraphs (i) and (ii) of paragraph (8) below for each phase. Upon successful passage of such inspections and tests, and submittal of the inspection report in accordance with subparagraph (iv) of paragraph (8) below, the certificate of on-site inspection is deemed to cover such phase.
Exception: A phase does not include the relocation of a mobile crane to another location at the site, provided such relocation is indicated on the approved crane or derrick notice plans, and provided such relocation does not require the crane to be assembled or disassembled.
(iii) Renewal of the certificate of on-site inspection after one year. Where the crane or derrick remains at the site for a period of one (1) year or longer, the continued validity of the certificate of on-site inspection is contingent upon the crane or derrick passing the inspections and tests required by subparagraph (iii) of paragraph (8) below, and submittal of the inspection report in accordance with subparagraph (iv) of paragraph (8) below, at least eleven (11) months but no more than one (1) year following the last inspection performed in accordance with subparagraphs (i) or (ii) above or this subparagraph.
(8) Inspections and tests for a certificate of on-site inspection.
(i) Inspections and tests required for the issuance of the certificate of on-site inspection and the continued validity of the certificate of on-site inspection for a phase. When required by subparagraphs (i) or (ii) of paragraph (7) of subdivision (g) of this section, the following inspections and tests must be performed.
(A) Engineer’s inspection. Prior to and following the setup, assembly, erection, jumping, or climbing of a crane or derrick, the crane or derrick notice engineer, or a qualified person employed and supervised by such engineer, must perform an inspection and verify compliance with the approved crane or derrick notice plans, including but not limited to:
1. Ground, subsurface, and site conditions match the approved crane or derrick notice plans;
2. Loads imposed conditions match those as indicated on the approved crane or derrick notice plans;
3. Modifications, including bracing, required for the base building or structure, other structural elements, or to adjacent retaining walls, excavations, or foundations have been completed and are in accordance with the approved crane or derrick notice plans;
4. Concrete elements that will sustain crane or derrick loads, for example, foundations or tie-in floors, have obtained sufficient strength in accordance with the approved crane or derrick notice plans; and
5. The footing, foundation, and supporting elements of the crane or derrick, including but not limited to, ramps, platforms, matting, dunnage, or installed tie-in connections are free from damage or deformation, free from debris and standing water, and are in accordance with the approved crane or derrick notice plans. This inspection may be accomplished by visual observation. Where bolts, anchors, welds, or steel for such items are detailed on such approved plans, this includes verification that such elements are in accordance with the approved plans.
Exceptions:
1. The engineer’s inspection is not required prior to the installation of a tower crane foundation, anchor stool, or first mast section installed in accordance with the provisions of the exceptions to paragraph (6) of subdivision (g) of this section.
2. The engineer’s inspection does not have to include items required inspected by another entity, as indicated in the clauses below.
(B) Inspection of bolts, pins, links, and straps.
1. Tower cranes. Where a tower crane was erected, climbed, or jumped, the licensed rigger responsible for supervising such operation must perform an inspection prior to and following such operation and verify that all bolts and pins installed on the tower crane during the course of erection, jumping, or climbing, including during previous such sessions, as well as all tie-in collars, inner bracings or similar reinforcement for the tie-in connection, and ropes or structures supporting the tie-in collar to the tower leg:
1.1. Are in place;
1.2. Are free from damage or deformation. This inspection may be accomplished by visual observation; and
1.3. Meet the requirements and tolerances of the manufacturer and, where applicable, the approved crane or derrick notice plans.
Exception: Bolts and pins located beyond the connection point of the tie-in connection to the collar, or below the first mast section. Such bolts and pins must instead be inspected as part of the engineer’s inspection per clause (A) above.
2. Self-erecting tower cranes. Following the setup of a self-erecting tower crane, including any subsequent setup operations at the site, a qualified person designated by the equipment user must verify that the pins and interlocks have been placed and set in accordance with the manufacturer specifications.
Exception: Where the self-erecting tower crane was set up by or under the direct and continuing supervision of a licensed master or tower crane rigger, such licensed rigger must perform the inspection.
3. All other cranes and derricks. Prior to and following the assembly of a crane or derrick, the assembly/disassembly director must perform an inspection and verify that all bolts, pins, links, and straps installed on the crane or derrick during the setup or assembly, including during previous such sessions:
3.1. Are in place (or, if applicable, removed, e.g. from areas if luffing jib is not to be utilized);
3.2. Are free from damage or deformation. This inspection may be accomplished by visual observation; and
3.3. Meet the requirements and tolerances of the manufacturer and, where applicable, the approved crane or derrick notice plans.
Exceptions:
1. Tower cranes and self-erecting tower cranes are subject to the applicable provisions of items numbers 1 or 2 above.
2. For a derrick, bolts, pins, links, and straps located at or beyond the connection point to the base building or structure. Such bolts and pins must instead be inspected as part of the engineer’s inspection per clause (A) above.
(C) Surveyor’s inspection for a tower crane. Following the erection, jumping, or climbing of a tower crane, other than a self-erecting tower crane, a surveyor who meets the definition of a qualified person and who is acceptable to the licensed rigger responsible for climbing or jumping the tower crane must survey the tower crane and verify it is plumb within tolerances specified on the approved crane or derrick notice plans.
(D) Pre-operational test, including load test. Following the initial setup, assembly, or erection of a tower crane or a derrick, and following any subsequent setup, assembly, erection, jumping, or climbing that would necessitate a pre-operational test, the crane or derrick must pass a pre-operational test in accordance with the approved pre-operational test procedures submitted with the crane or derrick notice application. The pre-operational test must be witnessed by, and verification that the crane or derrick has passed the test made by either:
1. The crane or derrick notice engineer;
2. A qualified person employed and supervised by such engineer;
3. A qualified person employed by the equipment owner;
4. A qualified person employed by the crane or derrick manufacturer or a manufacturer authorized service center, distributor, or service provider; or
5. For a derrick, a licensed master rigger, or a master rigging foreman.
(E) Special inspections. Special inspections must be completed in accordance with paragraph (6) of subdivision (k) of this section. Prior to and following the setup, assembly, erection, jumping, or climbing of a crane or derrick, the crane or derrick notice engineer, or a qualified person employed and supervised by such engineer, must verify required special inspections have been successfully completed.
(F) Unassembled inspection. Prior to an assembly/disassembly operation, the assembly/ disassembly director must perform an unassembled inspection to verify that:
1. The components to be installed match those listed on the Certificate of Operation; and
2. Structural components to be installed are free from damage or deformation. This inspection may be accomplished by visual observation.
(G) Assembled inspection. Following an assembly/disassembly operation, the assembly/ disassembly director must perform an assembled inspection to verify that:
1. Mechanical, hydraulic, and electrical components of the crane or derrick (e.g. rope reeving system, electrical and hydraulic connections) are properly assembled and connected; and
2. Structural components, except for those inspected as part of the engineer’s inspection per clause (A) above, are free from damage or deformation. This inspection may be accomplished by visual observation.
(ii) Inspection of tie-in connection to the base building or structure. When required by subparagraphs (i) or (ii) of paragraph (7) of subdivision (g) of this section, the crane or derrick notice engineer, or a qualified person employed and supervised by such engineer, must observe the tiein installation during the installation of a tie-in connection for a tower crane and verify that the tiein is connected to the base building or structure in accordance with the approved crane or derrick notice plans. This includes, but is not limited to, the location and size of bolt holes, the condition of the floor slab, the leveling of the tie-in, that bolts and threaded rods have been pre-tensioned, and that specified bolts and plates have been installed.
(iii) Inspections and tests required for annual renewal. When required by subparagraph (iii) of paragraph (7) of subdivision (g) of this section, the following inspections and tests must be performed to renew the certificate of on-site inspection.
(A) Engineer’s inspection. The crane or derrick notice engineer, or a qualified person employed and supervised by such engineer, must perform an inspection and verify:
1. Continued compliance with the approved crane or derrick notice plans, except for those items required to be inspected by another entity, as indicated in the clauses below; and
2. Where a temporary load reduction is utilized per Section 1618 of the New York City Building Code, that the installation complies with the requirements of the approved construction documents for the temporary installation and the action required plan required by Section 1618.3 of the New York City Building Code:
2.1. Is still in effect;
2.2. Has been revised to reflect current conditions of the installation; or
2.3. Is no longer required, as the installation has been retrofitted to comply with the loads for new construction without any reduction.
(B) Inspection of bolts, pins, links, and straps. Where the crane or derrick was assembled at the site, a qualified person designated by the equipment user must perform an inspection and verify the applicable items listed in clause (B) of subparagraph (i) of paragraph (8) of subdivision (g) of this section.
Exception: For a tower crane that was erected, climbed, or jumped by or under the direct and continuing supervision of a licensed master or tower crane rigger, the inspection must be performed by a licensed master or tower crane rigger, or a master rigging foreman.
(C) Surveyor’s inspection for a tower crane. For a tower crane, other than a self-erecting tower crane, a surveyor who meets the definition of a qualified person and who is acceptable to the licensed rigger responsible for inspecting the tower crane in accordance with clause (B) above must survey the tower crane and verify it is plumb within tolerances specified on the approved crane or derrick notice plans.
(D) Pre-operational test for a derrick, including load test. A derrick must pass a pre-operational test in accordance with the approved pre-operational test procedures submitted with the crane or derrick notice application, or where the approved crane or derrick notice application did not include specifications for the test, in accordance ASME B30.6 (2015 edition) Sections 6-2.2.1 and 6-2.2.2, except that in no case may the weight of the load exceed 100% of the rated capacity of the derrick. The pre-operational test must be witnessed by, and verification that the crane or derrick has passed the test made by either:
1. The crane or derrick notice engineer;
2. A qualified person employed and supervised by such engineer;
3. A qualified person employed by the equipment owner;
4. A qualified person employed by the crane or derrick manufacturer or a manufacturer authorized service center, distributor, or service provider; or
5. A licensed master rigger or a master rigging foreman.
(iv) Certificate of on-site inspection report. The results of the applicable inspections and tests required by subparagraphs (i) through (iii) above must be documented in a certificate of on-site inspection report.
(A) Content. The report must, at a minimum:
1. Detail the results of the applicable inspections or tests required by subparagraphs (i) through (iii) above, and contain a certification of the results from the individual who performed the inspection; and
2. If the crane or derrick initially failed an inspection or test, including but not limited to a deviation from the approved crane or derrick notice plans, before passing a subsequent inspection or test, this information must be detailed, along with a description of any adjustment, modification, maintenance, repair, or other corrective action taken, including amending the approved crane or derrick notice plans.
(B) Signing, dating, and sealing. The certificate of on-site inspection report must be signed and dated by the individuals who performed the inspection or witnessed the test. Where such individual is required to be supervised or authorized by a professional engineer or a licensed rigger, such licensed individual must also sign and date such sections of the report, and for a professional engineer, affix his or her seal to such sections of the report.
(C) Submitting and maintaining reports. After the crane or derrick successfully passes the inspections and tests required by subparagraphs (i) through (iii) above, the certificate of on-site inspection report must be submitted to the department.
(v) Reporting a failed inspection or test. If the crane or derrick fails an inspection or test required by subparagraphs (i) through (iii) above, and the condition that led to the failure is not corrected by the end of the inspection or test, such condition must be reported to the department at the conclusion of the inspection or test.
Exception: Issues that pose an immediate hazard to the safety of the public or property must immediately be reported to the department.
(9) Deviation from approved plans. Where deviations from the approved crane or derrick notice plans are identified, the crane or derrick may not operate until it is brought into compliance with the approved plans, or an amendment to the crane or derrick notice plans to reflect conditions at the site has been approved by the department.
(10) Suspension or revocation of a certificate of on-site inspection. The department may suspend or revoke a certificate of on-site inspection in accordance with the provisions of Section 28-105.10 of the New York City Administrative Code.
(11) United States customary units. All calculations and measurements submitted as part of a crane or derrick notice application, amendment, inspection or test report, or similar documentation, must be in United States customary units.
(12) Conformance with the building code. All loads, material strengths, and calculations provided or utilized in connection with the crane or derrick notice application, or an amendment to such application, must be in accordance with the New York City Building Code.
Exception: Loads, material strengths, and calculations provided by the manufacturer of the crane or derrick.
(1) Equipment user custody of the crane or derrick, as evidenced by an entry noting the corporate name of the equipment user and the date and time the equipment user takes or relinquishes custody over the crane or derrick. Such entry must be signed and dated by an authorized representative of the equipment user;
(2) Records of inspections required by paragraphs (1) and (2) of subdivision (k) of this section. Such records must be signed and dated by the hoisting machine operator who performed the inspection;
(3) The meeting log for the erection, climbing, jumping, or dismantling of a tower crane required by Section 3319.8.6 of the New York City Building Code;
(4) The date and time of pre-shift meetings held in accordance with 1 RCNY § 3319-02(j), along with the names, titles, and company affiliations of those who participated in the meeting; and
(5) The assembly/disassembly director for the assembly/ disassembly operation, as evidenced by an entry noting the name and contact information of the assembly/disassembly director. Such entry must be signed and dated by the assembly/disassembly director. If the assembly/disassembly director changes prior to the completion of the operation, this must be noted in the log, with the name and contact information of the new assembly/disassembly director entered, signed and dated by the new assembly/disassembly director.
(1) Operators. Operators of cranes and derricks must be licensed in accordance with Article 405 of Title 28 of the Administrative Code.
Exceptions:
1. Operators exempted by Article 405 of Chapter 4 of Title 28 of the Administrative Code.
2. Operators exempted by Section 3319 of the New York City Building Code.
3. Learners in the presence of and under the direct supervision of a licensed operator in accordance with 1 RCNY § 104-23.
4. Operators of cranes described in exceptions 3 and 4 of Section 3319.3 of the New York City Building Code, provided the crane is used in connection with the installation or maintenance of street lighting or public utility overhead power distribution systems.
5. Operators of a mobile crane that has a boom length of 135 feet (41.15 m) or less, and that is utilized at the site to exclusively to:
5.1. Install, adjust, maintain, repair, or remove a sidewalk shed; or
5.2. Install or dismantle the initial level of a single or dual cab hoist, provided:
5.2.1. Such installation or dismantling is limited to the hoist cars, counterweights, and initial mast sections needed for the car;
5.2.2. Car or motor components to be hoisted are equipped with lifting lugs; and
5.2.3. No object is hoisted more than 20 feet (6.1 m) above the bed of the delivery truck during such installation or dismantling operation.
6. Operators of dedicated pile drivers, provided that, beginning January 1, 2019, such operator possesses a valid certification for the operation of the pile driver issued by an organization acceptable to the commissioner and accredited by the National Commission for Certifying Agencies (NCCA) or the American National Standards Institute (ANSI).
7. On or before January 1, 2022, operators of mobile cranes with telescoping or hydraulic booms, including jibs and any other extensions to the boom, not exceeding 50 feet (15.24 m) in length with a manufacturer’s rated capacity of 3 tons (2.72 t) or less, provided:
7.1. The work does not meet the definition of a critical pick as set forth in Section 3302.1 of the Building Code;
7.2. The work is not related to steel erection; and
7.3. The operator holds a valid certification for the operation of the crane, acceptable to the commissioner, issued by the manufacturer of the crane for the specific make and model of crane to be operated; or
7.4. The operator holds a valid certification for the operation of a mini crane issued by an organization acceptable to the commissioner and accredited by the National Commission for Certifying Agencies (NCCA) or the American National Standards Institute (ANSI).
(2) Rigging supervisor. Rigging work must be supervised in accordance with Section 3316.9.1 of the New York City Building Code, and where required, riggers must be licensed in accordance with Chapter 4 of Title 28 of the New York City Administrative Code.
(3) Rigging crew. Members of the rigging crew, including signalpersons, must be trained or certified in accordance with Section 3316.9.2 of the New York City Building Code, or must work under the direct and continuing supervision of a licensed rigger.
(4) Lift director. Where a lift director is designated, the lift director will possess the responsibility and authority as indicated in 1 RCNY § 3319-02.
(5) Flagpersons and pedestrian traffic managers. Flagpersons and pedestrian traffic managers must meet the requirements of the Department of Transportation.
(6) Assembly/disassembly director. No crane or derrick that requires a certificate of on-site inspection may be assembled or disassembled unless an assembly/disassembly director provides continuous, onsite supervision of such assembly/ disassembly operation, and ensures compliance with the approved assembly/disassembly plan, and as applicable, relevant rigging plans.
(i) Designation and qualifications. The assembly/ disassembly director must be designated by the equipment user and must be a person who meets the criteria for both a competent person and a qualified person, or a competent person who is assisted by one or more qualified persons; where the assembly/ disassembly operation is to be supervised by a licensed master or tower crane rigger or a master rigging foreman, such licensee or foreman must be designated as the assembly/disassembly director.
(ii) Training and licensing. Where the assembly/ disassembly operation involves the hoisting or lowering of articles, the assembly/disassembly director must either be a licensed master or tower crane rigger, a master rigging foreman, be trained or certified as a rigging supervisor in accordance with Section 3316.9.2 of the New York City Building Code, or have completed the training requirements of Section 3319.10 of the New York City Building Code. Exception: For the erection, jumping, climbing, or dismantling of a tower crane, the assembly/ disassembly director must be the licensed master or tower crane rigger who is supervising the erection, jumping, climbing, or dismantling work; such licensed rigger must be trained in accordance with Section 3319.10 of the New York City Building Code.
(iii) Review of the assembly/disassembly plan. The assembly/disassembly director must review the approved assembly/disassembly plan, and as applicable, relevant rigging plans, immediately prior to the commencement of the assembly/disassembly operation. It is the responsibility of the equipment user to verify that the assembly/disassembly director has reviewed the materials, as required above.
(7) Assembly/disassembly crew. Before beginning assembly/ disassembly operations for a crane or derrick that requires a certificate of on-site inspection, the assembly/disassembly director must ensure that all members of the assembly/ disassembly crew, including signalpersons, understand their tasks and hazards associated with their tasks. Where the assembly/disassembly operation involves the hoisting or lowering of articles, the individuals who attach or detach articles from the hook of hoisting equipment utilized in conjunction with the assembly/disassembly operation, and signalpersons, must either be trained or certified as a rigging crew member in accordance with Section 3316.9.2 of the New York City Building Code, or have completed the training requirements of Section 3319.10 of the New York City Building Code.
Exception: Individuals who erect, jump, climb, or dismantle a tower crane must be trained in accordance with Section 3319.10 of the New York City Building Code.
(8) Specialty crews. Notwithstanding the foregoing, specialty crews must comply with the requirements of 1 RCNY § 104-20.
(1) Frequent inspection. Prior to each shift the hoisting machine operator must perform a frequent inspection.
(i) Inspection items. The frequent inspection must include a check of the following:
(A) Mobile cranes, other than an articulating boom crane, and dedicated pile drivers. For a mobile crane, other than an articulating boom crane, and for dedicated pile drivers:
1. Items (a)-(c), (e) and (g)-(j) of Section 5-2.1.2 of ASME B30.5 (2014 edition);
2. Safety devices and operational aids for malfunction;
3. Attachments for damage or deformation. This inspection may be accomplished by observation from the ground without lowering the boom unless deficiencies are suspected;
4. Ground conditions around the equipment for proper support, including ground settling under and around outriggers/ stabilizers and supporting foundations, ground water accumulation, or similar conditions;
5. The equipment for level position within the tolerances specified in the approved crane or derrick notice plans, or, where plans are not required, by the equipment manufacturer’s recommendations. This inspection must be performed both before each shift and after each move and setup;
6. Operator cab windows for significant cracks, breaks, or other deficiencies that would hamper the operator’s view;
7. For a dedicated pile driver, pile driving rig for cracks, damage, deformation, or excessive wear;
8. For a friction crane, deterioration or leakage in air systems; and
9. For a friction crane, hoist brakes, clutches, and operating levers for proper functioning.
(B) Tower cranes, other than a self-erecting tower crane. For a tower crane, other than a self-erecting tower crane:
1. Items (a) – (h) and (j) – (l) of Section 3-2.1.3 of ASME B30.3 (2016 edition); and
2. Operator cab windows for significant cracks, breaks, or other deficiencies that would hamper the operator’s view.
(C) Derricks. For a derrick, items (a) – (e) and (g) – (i) of Section 6-2.1.2 of ASME B30.6 (2015 edition).
(D) Articulating boom cranes. For an articulating boom crane:
1. Items (a) – (d) and (f) – (l) of Section 22-2.1.3 of ASME B30.22 (2016 edition); and
2. Items 3 through 6 in clause (A) above.
(E) Self-erecting tower cranes. For a selferecting tower crane:
1. Items 1-4, 6-7, and 9 of Section 29-2.1.3(b) of ASME B30.29 (2012 edition);
2. Items 3 through 6 in clause (A) above;
3. Structural members for damage or deformation. This inspection may be accomplished by observation from the ground without lowering the mast/boom unless deficiencies are suspected; and
4. Rope reeving for compliance with crane manufacturer’s specifications.
(ii) Record of inspection. Where the crane or derrick requires a certificate of on-site inspection, at the conclusion of the inspection, the hoisting machine operator must record the results of the inspection in the crane or derrick log required by subdivision (h) of this section. Any deficiencies must be clearly noted.
(iii) Defects. Any defects revealed by the inspection must be corrected. Where such defects constitute a safety hazard, the crane or derrick cannot be operated until such defects are corrected.
(2) Parking/securing inspection. The hoisting machine operator must perform a parking/securing inspection at the end of the shift, including the end of an assembly/disassembly operation where the crane or derrick will not immediately begin operation, and any other time the crane or derrick is taken out of service and parked or secured, including but not limited due to inclement weather.
Exceptions:
1. When the crane or derrick is removed from the site.
2. When the telescopic or articulating boom is fully retracted.
3. When the self-erecting tower crane has been fully broken down.
(i) Inspection items. The inspection must verify that the crane or derrick is in a proper out of service configuration for occurring and forecasted winds and weather conditions, and its controls have been secured.
(ii) Record of inspection. Where the crane or derrick requires a certificate of on-site inspection, at the conclusion of the inspection, the hoisting machine operator must record the following information in the crane or derrick log required by subdivision (h) of this section:
(A) The out of service configuration in which the crane was left (e.g. boomed up with boom and jib angles specified, boom or boom/jib combination laid down, boom or boom/jib combination jackknifed, or other special protective measures implemented);
(B) A reference to the approved wind action plan drawing, or, where such a plan is not required, the page of the manufacturer’s manual that specifies the indicated out of service configuration; and
(C) The maximum wind speed allowed for such configuration as indicated in the approved wind action plan, or, where such a plan is not required, the manufacturer’s manual.
(3) Periodic inspection. A periodic inspection of the crane or derrick must be performed at one to twelve month intervals, or as specifically recommended by the manufacturer, depending upon its activity, severity of service, and environment.
(i) Inspection items. At a minimum, the periodic inspection must include a check of all of the items listed for a frequent inspection by paragraph (1) above, and a check for the following:
(A) Deformed, cracked or corroded members in the crane or derrick structure and boom.
(B) Loose bolts or rivets.
(C) Cracked or worn sheaves and drums.
(D) Worn, cracked or distorted parts such as pins, bearings, shafts, gears, rollers and locking devices.
(E) Excessive wear on brake and clutch system parts, linings, pawls and ratchets.
(F) Load, boom angle and other indicators over their full range, for any significant inaccuracies.
(G) Gasoline, diesel, electric or other power plants for improper performance or non-compliance with safety requirements.
(H) Excessive wear of chain drive sprockets and excessive chain stretch.
(I) Crane or derrick hooks. Magnetic particle or other suitable crack detecting inspection should be performed at least once each year by an approved inspection agency retained by the owner. Certified inspection reports are to be made available to the department upon request.
(J) Travel steering, braking and locking devices, for malfunction.
(K) Excessively worn or damaged tires.
(L) Derrick gudgeon pin for cracks, wear and distortion each time the derrick is to be erected.
(M) Foundation or supports must be inspected for continued ability to sustain the imposed loads.
(ii) Defects. Any defects revealed by inspection must be corrected. Where such defects constitute a safety hazard the crane or derrick must not be operated until such defects are corrected.
(4) Cranes and derricks not in regular use.
(i) Where a crane or derrick has been idle for one month or more, but less than six months, the equipment owner must perform an inspection that meets the requirements of paragraph (1) of this subdivision and subparagraph (i) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (m) of this section (a “frequent inspection” for the crane or derrick and for the ropes) before submitting an application for a certificate of on-site inspection in accordance with Section 3319.6 of the New York City Building Code.
(ii) Where a crane or derrick has been idle for six months or longer, the equipment owner must perform an inspection that meets the requirements of paragraph (3) of this subdivision and subparagraph (ii) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (m) of this section (a “periodic inspection” for the crane or derrick and for the ropes) before submitting an application for a certificate of on-site inspection in accordance with Section 3319.6 of the New York City Building Code.
(5) Inspections for a certificate of on-site inspection. See paragraph (8) of subdivision (g) of this section.
(6) Special inspections. Special inspections for cranes and derricks, as well as special inspectors and special inspection agencies must meet the requirements of Chapter 1 of Title 28 of the Administrative Code, Chapter 17 of the New York City Building Code, and any rules thereunder promulgated by the commissioner.
(i) Special inspection required. The following special inspections are required for cranes and derricks:
(A) Inspection of fabricated steel. Fabricated steel, including welds made at the fabricators facility, must be in accordance with Section 1704.2 of the New York City Building Code.
Exceptions:
1. Steel fabricated by the manufacturer of the crane or derrick, or an entity authorized by the manufacturer.
2. Fabricated steel for which the shop drawings for the steel are signed, sealed, and stamped as reviewed by the crane or derrick notice engineer, and such shop drawings are kept at the site and made available to the commissioner upon request.
(B) Tower crane foundations. Foundations for a tower crane are subject to the following types of special inspection, as applicable:
1. Steel welding of field welds;
2. Structural steel high strength bolts, except for those provided or authorized by the crane manufacturer;
3. Concrete construction;
4. Subsurface conditions; and
5. Deep foundations.
(C) Modifications to the base building or structure, other structural elements, or to adjacent retaining walls, excavations, or foundations. Modifications to the base building or structure, other structural elements, or to adjacent retaining walls, excavations, or foundations, including but not limited to reinforcing provided to sustain tie-in connection loads, are subject to the following types of special inspection, as applicable:
1. Steel welding of field welds;
2. Structural steel high strength bolts;
3. Concrete construction;
4. Subsurface conditions;
5. Deep foundations; and
6. Excavations.
(D) Platforms, dunnage, or ramps. Platforms, dunnage, or ramps that support a crane or derrick, and connections between such platform, dunnage, or ramp and the base building or structure are subject to the following types of special inspection, as applicable:
1. Steel welding of field welds;
2. Structural steel high strength bolts; and
3. Concrete construction.
(ii) Concrete placement less than 50 cubic yards. Concrete special inspections are required even if the total concrete placement on the given project is less than 50 cubic yards (38 m
3
).
(iii) Permanent elements. Special inspection of items listed in subparagraph (i) above and that will remain as permanent construction with the base building or structure, including but not limited to tower crane foundations and rebar embedded in floors, must be performed by the special inspector for the base building or structure.
(iv) Providing copies of records to the crane or derrick notice engineer. The special inspector must provide all documentation relating to the special inspection, including but not limited to documentation of the inspection results, to the crane or derrick notice engineer upon request by such engineer.
(1) Preventive maintenance.
(i) A preventive maintenance program based on the crane or derrick manufacturer’s recommendations shall be established. Dated and detailed records shall be readily available to the department.
(ii) It is recommended that replacement parts be obtained from the original equipment manufacturer.
(2) Maintenance procedure.
(i) Before adjustments and repairs are started on a crane or derrick, the following precautions shall be taken as applicable:
(A) Crane or derrick placed or arranged where it will cause the least interference with other equipment or operations in the area.
(B) All controls at the “off ” positions.
(C) Starting means rendered inoperative.
(D) Warning or “out of order” signs placed on the crane or derrick and hoist.
(E) Power plant stopped or disconnected at take-off.
(F) Boom lowered to the ground if possible or otherwise secured against dropping.
(G) Lower load block lowered to the ground or otherwise secured against dropping.
(ii) After adjustment and repairs have been made, the crane or derrick shall not be operated until all guards have been reinstalled, safety devices reactivated and maintenance equipment removed.
(3) Adjustments and Repairs.
(i) Any unsafe conditions disclosed by the inspection requirements of subdivision (k) of this section shall be corrected before operation of the crane or derrick is resumed. Adjustments and repairs shall be done only by a competent person.
(ii) Adjustments shall be maintained to assure correct functioning of components. The following are examples:
(A) All functional operating mechanisms.
(B) Safety devices.
(C) Control systems.
(D) Power plants.
(E) Tie downs or anchorages.
(F) Signal system.
(G) Guys.
(iii) Repairs or replacements shall be provided promptly as needed for safe operation. The following are examples:
(A) All critical parts of functional operating mechanisms which are cracked, broken, corroded, bent or excessively worn.
(B) All critical parts of the crane or derrick structure which are cracked, bent, broken or excessively corroded.
(C) Crane or derrick hooks showing defects described in 15.3.5 shall be discarded. Repairs by welding or reshaping are not acceptable unless written approval of the department is obtained.
(D) Pitted or burned electrical contacts should be corrected only by replacement and in sets. Controller parts should be lubricated as recommended by the manufacturer.
(iv) All replacement parts or repairs shall have at least the original safety factor and be in accordance with the specifications of the manufacturer. Approval of the department shall be required for the replacement or repair of main structural members as listed below, for which no fee will be required:
(A) Boom or mast;
(B) Jib or extensions;
(C) Gantries;
(D) Counterweight supports and attachments;
(E) Rope; and
(F) Overturning stability.
Exception: Only clauses (A), (B) and (E) above apply to derricks.
(4) Lubrication of Cranes and Derricks.
(i) All moving parts of the crane or derrick and hoist for which lubrication is specified, including rope and chain, shall be regularly lubricated. Lubricating systems shall be checked for proper delivery of lubricant. Particular care should be taken to follow manufacturer’s recommendations as to point and frequency of lubrication, maintenance of lubricant levels and types of lubricants to be used. Lubrication shall be performed under the supervision of the crane operator, oiler or maintenance engineer.
(ii) Machinery shall be stationary while lubricants are being applied and protection provided as called for in clauses (B) through (E) of subparagraph (i) of paragraph (2) of subdivision (1) of this section inclusive, unless such machinery is equipped for automatic lubrication.
(1) Rope Inspection.
(i) Frequent Inspection.
(A) All ropes in continuous service shall be visually inspected once every working day. A visual inspection shall consist of observation of all rope that can reasonably be expected to be in use during the day’s operation. This visual inspection shall be directed towards discovering gross damage that may be an immediate hazard, including the following:
1. Distortion of the rope such as kinking, crushing, unstranding, birdcaging, main strand displacement, or core protrusion. Loss of rope diameter in a short rope length or unevenness of outer strands should provide evidence that the rope or ropes must be replaced.
2. General corrosion
3. Broken or cut strands
4. Number, distribution and type of visible broken wires (See subparagraph (ii) of paragraph (2) of subdivision (m) of this section for further guidance)
5. Core failure in rotation-resistant ropes. When such damage is discovered, the rope shall be either removed from service or given an inspection as detailed in subparagraph (ii) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (m) of this section.
(B) Care shall be taken when inspecting sections of rapid deterioration such as flange points, crossover points, and repetitive pickup points.
(C) Care shall be taken when inspecting the following types of rope:
1. Rotation-resistant rope.
2. Boom hoist rope.
(ii) Periodic Inspection.
(A) There shall be periodic inspections performed at least annually. The inspection frequency shall be determined by a qualified person and shall be based on such factors as expected rope life as determined by experience on the particular installation or similar installations, severity of the environment, percentage of capacity lifts, frequency rates of operation, and exposure to shock loads. Inspections need not be at equal calendar intervals and should be more frequent as the rope approaches the end of its useful life.
(B) In the event a periodic inspection is not feasible within a 12-month period due to existing set-up and configuration of the equipment or due to site conditions, such periodic inspection shall be performed as soon as it becomes feasible but no longer than an additional 6 months for running ropes and, for standing ropes, at the time of disassembly. Written notification and approval of the commissioner must be obtained prior to extending the use of the rope beyond the 12-month inspection period.
(C) Periodic inspections shall be performed by a qualified person. This inspection shall cover the entire length of rope. Only the surface wires of the rope shall be inspected. Any deterioration resulting in an appreciable loss of original strength shall be noted and determination made as to whether further use of the rope would constitute a hazard. The periodic inspection shall include examination of the following:
1. Points listed in clause (A) of subparagraph (i) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (m) of this section.
2. Reduction of rope diameter below nominal diameter due to loss of core support, internal or external corrosion, or wear of outside wires.
3. Severely corroded or broken wires at end connections.
4. Severely corroded, cracked bent, worn or improperly applied end connections.
(D) Care shall be taken when inspecting sections of rapid deterioration, such as the following:
1. Sections in contact with saddles, equalizer sheaves, or other sheaves where rope travel is limited.
2. Sections of the rope at or near terminal ends where corroded or broken wires may protrude.
(E) All rope that has been idle for a period of six months or more shall be given a periodic inspection before it is placed into service.
(2) Rope Replacement.
(i) When a rope reaches any one of the specified removal criteria, it may be allowed to operate to the end of the work shift, based on the judgment of a qualified person. The rope shall be replaced after that work shift, at the end of the day, or at the latest time prior to the equipment being used by the next work shift.
(ii) Removal criteria for rope replacement shall meet manufacturer’s specification or as follows:
(A) Broken Wires:
1. In running ropes, six randomly distributed broken wires in one lay or three broken wires in one strand in one lay.
2. In rotation-resistant ropes, two randomly distributed broken wires in six diameters or four randomly distributed broken wires in 30 rope diameters.
3. One outer wire broken at the point of contact with the core rope that has worked its way out of the rope structure and protrudes or loops out from the rope structure. Additional inspection of this section is required.
4. Kinking, crushing, birdcaging, or any other damage resulting in distortion of the rope structure.
5. Evidence of heat damage from any cause.
6. Reductions from nominal diameter of more than the following:
A. 1/64 in. for diameters up to and including 5/16 in.
B. 1/32 in. for diameters up to and including ½ in.
C. 3/64 in. for diameters up to and including 3/4 in.
D. 1/16 in. for diameters up to and including 1 1/8 in.
E. 3/32 in. for diameters up to and including 1 ½ in.
7. In standing ropes, more than two broken wires in one lay in sections beyond end connections or more than one broken wire at an end connection.
(iii) Replacement rope shall have strength rating at least as great as the original rope furnished or recommended by the crane manufacturer. Any deviation from the original size, grade, or construction shall be specified by the rope manufacturer, the crane manufacturer, or a qualified person.
(iv) Discarded rope shall not be used for slings.
(3) Rope Maintenance.
(i) Rope shall be stored to prevent damage or deterioration.
(ii) Unreeling or uncoiling of rope shall be done as recommended by the rope manufacturer and with extreme care to avoid kinking or inducing a twist.
(iii) Before cutting a rope, seizings shall be placed on each side of the place where the rope is to be cut to prevent unlaying of the strands. On preformed rope, one seizing on each side of the cut is required. On non-preformed ropes of 7/8 inch diameter or smaller, two seizings on each side of the cut are required, and for non-preformed rope of one inch diameter or larger, three seizings on each side of the cut are required.
(iv) During installation care shall be observed to avoid dragging of the rope in dirt or around objects which will scrape, nick, crush, or induce sharp bends in it.
(v) Rope should be maintained in a well lubricated condition. It is important that lubricant applied as part of a maintenance program shall be compatible with the original lubricant and to this end the rope manufacturer should be consulted. Those sections of rope which are located over sheaves or otherwise hidden during inspection and maintenance procedures require special attention when lubricating rope. The object of rope lubrication is to reduce internal friction and to prevent corrosion. Periodic field lubrication is particularly important for non-rotating rope.
(1) Indicators or Limiters. All mobile cranes with a maximum rated capacity of 3 tons or more shall be equipped with a load indicator, load moment indicator, or a load moment limiter.
(i) Cranes with a total boom length including jibs and any other extensions not exceeding 150 feet shall be exempt.
(ii) Cranes manufactured before December 30, 1993 shall be exempt. The margin of stability for determination of load ratings of these cranes shall be established at 75 percent of the load, which will produce a condition of tipping or balance with the boom in the least stable direction relative to the mounting where overturning stability governs the lifting performance.
(iii) Cranes shall have a radius or boom angle indicator provided in conjunction with a load indicator.
(2) Anti-Two Blocking Features. All mobile cranes with a maximum rated capacity exceeding one ton manufactured after February 28, 1992, shall be equipped with anti-two-blocking features as follows:
(i) Telescopic Boom Cranes shall have an anti-two-block device for all points of two-blocking that automatically prevents damage from contact between the load block, overhaul ball, or similar component, and the boom and/or jib tip.
(ii) Lattice Boom Cranes shall have an anti-two-block device for all points of two-blocking that either automatically prevents damage from contact between the load block, overhaul ball, or similar component, and the boom and/or jib tip or warns the operator in time for the operator to prevent two-blocking.
(3) Additional Safety Devices Required. All mobile cranes with a maximum rated capacity exceeding one ton shall be equipped with the following additional safety devices:
(i) A deadman control on the control levers in the cab or crane operator’s station, where the crane is electrically powered.
(ii) An effective audible warning and operating signal on the outside of the cab.
(iii) Boom stops and boom hoist safety shutoffs. However, boom stops shall not be required for telescopic booms.
(iv) An indicator for leveling the crane.
(v) Hoist drum rotation indicator if the drum is not visible from the operator’s station.
(4) Malfunctioning Safety Devices. The load indicator, load moment indicator, load moment limiter, hoist drum rotation indicator, and the anti-two blocking devices shall also be known as operational aids, which provide information to facilitate the operation of a crane or that take control of particular functions without action of the operator when a limiting condition is sensed. When any of these operational aids are inoperative or malfunctioning, the following alternative measures shall be implemented to allow continued use of the crane:
(i) Load indicator, load moment indicator, or load moment limiter: The weight of the load shall be determined from a reliable source (such as the manufacturer’s equipment specification), by a reliable calculation method (such as calculating a steel beam from measured dimensions and a known per foot weight) or by other equally reliable means before the load is hoisted. To ensure that the weight of the load does not exceed the crane ratings at the maximum radius at which the load is to be handled, the radius shall be determined through the use of a boom angle indicator, radius indicator or by measurement.
(ii) Hoist drum rotation indicator: Mirrors and/or remote video cameras and displays shall be provided so that the operator can see the drum.
(iii) Anti-two-block device: The cable shall be clearly marked (so that it can easily be seen by the operator) at a point mat will give the operator sufficient time to stop the hoist to prevent two-blocking or an additional signal person shall be utilized to monitor the position of the load block or overhaul ball.
(iv) Recalibration or repair of the safety device shall be accomplished as soon as is reasonably possible, as determined by a qualified person.
(5) Tower Cranes and Climber Cranes. All tower cranes and climber cranes excluding truck-mounted tower cranes shall have the following:
(i) Warning light activated at 100% allowable overturning moment,
(ii) Acoustic signal sounding at 105% allowable overturning moment,
(iii) Automatic stop if 110% allowable overturning moment is reached,
(iv) Automatic stop if load exceeds maximum rated load in high gear,
(v) Automatic stop if load exceeds maximum rated load in intermediate gear,
(vi) Automatic stop if load exceeds maximum rated load in low gear,
(vii) Predeceleration before top position of the hook.
(viii) Limit switch for top position of the hook,
(ix) Predeceleration before low position of the hook,
(x) Limit switch for the trolley traveling out,
(xi) Limit switch for the trolley traveling in,
(xii) Acceleration limit on the hoisting movement,
(xiii) Acceleration limit on the swing movement,
(xiv) Acceleration limit on the trolley movement, and
(xv) Deadman control on both control levers in box.
(6) Derricks. Safety devices for derricks shall be approved by the commissioner and shall be installed within six months after said devices are accepted. However, where electrically powered, a deadman control on control levers shall be installed prior to applying for a certificate of operation pursuant to Section 3319.5 of the New York City Building Code.
(1) Rated load marking.
(i) For derricks, a substantial, durable and clearly legible load rating chart shall be provided for each particular installation. The rating chart shall be securely affixed where it is visible to personnel responsible for the operation of, the equipment. The chart shall include but not be limited to the following data:
(A) Manufacturer’s load ratings as approved by the department at corresponding ranges of boom angle or operating radii.
(B) Specific lengths of components on which the load ratings are based.
(C) Required parts for hoist reeving.
(D) Size and construction of all ropes shall be shown either on the rating chart or in the operating manual.
(ii) For all other derricks, the manufacturer shall provide sufficient information from which capacity charts can be prepared and approved by the department for the particular installation. The capacity charts shall be located either at the derrick or the job site office.
(2) Construction.
(i) General. Derricks shall be constructed to adequately meet all stresses imposed on all members and components.
(ii) Guy derricks.
(A) The minimum number of guys is six. Preferably, the guys should be equally spaced around the mast.
(B) The manufacturer shall furnish complete information recommending:
1. The number of guys:
2. The spacing around the mast;
3. The maximum vertical slope and initial tension or sag of all guys;
4. The size and construction of rope to be used in each.
(C) The mast base shall permit free rotation of the mast with allowance for slight tilting of the mast caused by guy slack.
(D) The mast cap shall:
1. Permit free rotation of the mast:
2. Adequately withstand tilting and cramping action imposed by the guy loads;
3. Be secured to the mast to prevent disengagement during erection; and
4. Be provided with means for attachment of guy ropes. Stiff leg derrick.
(A) The mast shall be supported in the vertical position by two stiff legs one end of each being connected to the top of the mast and the other end securely anchored. The stiff legs shall be capable of withstanding the loads imposed by the boom at any point within its range of swing.
(B) The mast base shall:
1. Permit free rotation of mast;
2. Permit slight inclination of the mast without binding; and
3. Provide means to prevent the mast from lifting out of its socket when the mast is in tension.
(C) The stiff leg connecting member at the top of the mast shall:
1. Permit free rotation of the mast;
2. Adequately withstand the loads imposed by the action of the stiff legs; and
3. Be so secured as to oppose lift off forces at all times.
(3) Ropes and reeving accessories.
(i) Guy ropes.
(A) Guy ropes shall be of suitable size, grade and construction to withstand the maximum load imposed.
(B) The nominal breaking strength of each rope shall be no less than three times the load applied to the rope.
(C) Tie downs or kicker devices which may be easily loosened shall have locknuts or other suitable provision to prevent loosening.
(ii) Boom hoist ropes.
(A) Boom hoist ropes shall be of suitable size, grade and construction to withstand the maximum load imposed.
(B) The live rope reeving system in a boom suspension shall withstand the maximum load imposed and be of sufficient length to permit lowering the boom point to horizontal position with at least three full wraps of rope remaining on the hoist drum.
(C) The nominal breaking strength of the most heavily loaded rope in a system shall be no less than three and a half times the loads applied to that rope.
(iii) Main hoist ropes.
(A) Main hoist ropes shall be of a suitable size and construction to withstand the maximum load imposed.
(B) Ropes in the main hoisting system shall be of sufficient length for the entire range of movement specified for the application with at least three full wraps of rope on the hoist drum at all times.
(C) The nominal breaking strength of the most heavily loaded rope in a system shall be no less than three and a half times the load applied to that rope.
(iv) Reeving accessories.
(A) Socketing shall be done in the manner specified by the manufacturer of the assembly.
(B) Rope end shall be anchored securely to the drum.
(C) Eves shall be made in an approved manner and rope thimbles should be used in the eye.
(D) U-bolt clips shall have the U-bolt on the dead or short end, and the saddle on the live or long end of the rope. Spacing and number of all types of clips shall be in accordance with the clip manufacturer’s recommendation and submitted to the department-Clips shall be drop-forged steel in all sizes manufactured commercially. When a newly installed rope has been in operation for an hour, all nuts on the clip bolts shall be retightened. and they should be checked for tightness at frequent intervals thereafter.
(E) Swaged, compressed, or wedge-socket fittings shall be applied as recommended by the rope, derrick, or fitting manufacturer.
(F) Where a half wedge socket is used it shall be of a positive locking type.
(G) If a load is supported by more than one rope, the tension in the parts shall be equalized.
(v) Sheaves.
(A) Sheave grooves shall be smooth and free from surface defects which could cause rope damage. The cross sectional radius at the bottom of the groove should be such as to form a close fitting saddle for the size rope used and the sides of the groove should be tapered outwardly to facilitate entrance of the rope into the groove. Flange corners should be rounded and the rims should run true about the axis of rotation.
(B) Sheaves carrying ropes which can be momentarily unloaded shall be provided with close fitting guards or other suitable devices to guide the rope back into the groove when the load is applied again.
(C) The sheaves in the lower load block shall be equipped with close-fitting guards that will prevent ropes from becoming fouled when the block is lying on the ground with ropes loose.
(D) Means should be provided, if necessary, to prevent chafing of the ropes.
(E) All running sheaves shall be equipped with means for lubrication. Permanently lubricated, sealed and/or shielded bearings shall be acceptable.
(F) Boom and hoisting sheaves shall have pitch diameters not less than eighteen times the nominal diameter of the rope used.
(G) Boom point sheaves should be provided with suitable guides to limit the offlead angle of the rope when entering the grooves from either side.
(4) Anchoring and guying.
(i) Guy derricks.
(A) The mast base shall be securely anchored. Maximum horizontal and downward vertical thrusts encountered when handling rated loads with the particular guy slope and spacing stipulated for the application are among the design factors for which provision must be made.
(B) The guys shall be secured to the ground or other firm anchorage. Maximum horizontal and vertical pulls encountered while handling rated loads with the particular guy slope and spacing stipulated for the application are among the factors for which provision must be made.
(ii) Stiff leg derricks.
(A) The mast base shall be securely anchored. Maximum horizontal and upward and downward vertical thrusts encountered while handling rated loads stipulated for the application with the particular stiff-leg spacing and slope are among the factors for which provision must be made.
(B) The stiff legs shall be securely anchored. Maximum horizontal and vertical upward and downward thrusts encountered while handling rated loads with the particular stiff-leg arrangement stipulated for the application are among the factors for which provision must be made.
(5) Hoist. The hoist shall be suitable for the derrick work intended and shall be securely anchored to prevent displacement from the imposed loads.
(1) Operators.
(i) Cranes and derricks shall be operated only by the following persons:
(A) Persons licensed as operators by the department of buildings in accordance with Section 28-405 of the Administrative Code of the City of New York.
(B) Learners in the presence of and under the direct supervision of a licensed operator.
(ii) No person other than those listed under subparagraph (i) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (p) of this section and persons such as oilers and supervisors, whose duties require them to do so, shall enter the cab of a crane and then only in the performance of his duties and with knowledge and consent of the operator.
(2) Operating practices.
(i) The operator shall not engage in any practice which will divert his attention while actually engaged in operating the crane or derrick hoist.
(ii) The operator shall respond to signals only from the appointed signal men.
(iii) The operator shall be responsible for the operation of the crane or derrick hoist.
(iv) For mobile cranes, the warning signal shall be sounded each time before on-site traveling and intermittently during such travel, particularly when approaching workmen.
(v) Before leaving his crane or derrick unattended, the operator shall:
(A) Land any attached load, bucket, lifting magnet, or other device.
(B) Disengage clutches.
(C) Set travel, swing, boom brakes and other locking devices.
(D) Put controls in the “off ” position.
(E) Stop the engine.
(F) Secure mobile cranes against accidental travel.
(G) Lock and secure the equipment against unauthorized operation.
(vi) On leaving a mobile crane overnight, ground chocks shall be set and crane booms shall be lowered to ground level or otherwise fastened securely against displacement by wind loads or other external forces.
(vii) If there is a warning sign on the switch or engine starting controls, the operator shall not close the switch or start engine until the warning sign has been removed by the person placing it there.
(viii) Before closing the switch, or starting the engine, the operator shall see to it that all controls are in the “off” position and all personnel are in the clear.
(ix) If power fails during operation, the operator shall:
(A) Set all brakes and locking devices.
(B) Move all clutch or other power controls to the “off” position.
(C) Communicate with the appointed individual in charge of operations.
(D) If practical, the suspended load should be landed under brake control.
(x) The operator shall familiarize himself with the equipment and its proper care. If adjustments or repairs are necessary, or any defects are known he shall report the same promptly to his employer or other person responsible for the equipment and shall also notify the next operator of the defects upon changing shifts.
(xi) All controls shall be tested by the operator at the start of a new shift. If any controls do not operate properly, they shall be adjusted or repaired before operations are begun.
(xii) Booms of mobile cranes which are being assembled or disassembled on the ground with or without support of the boom harness (equalizing sheaves, bridal and boom pendants) should be securely supported by proper blocking to prevent dropping of the boom sections.
(3) Load rating chart for tower and climber cranes. A substantial, durable and clearly legible rating chart must be provided with each tower and climber crane and securely affixed in the cab. The chart must include load ratings approved by the department for specific lengths of components, counterweights, swing, and radii.
(1) Size of load. On all operations involving cranes or derricks which are not equipped with those safety devices which make use of load measuring systems, there shall be a competent appointed individual assigned on a full-time basis to be responsible for determining the magnitude of loads to be lifted or lowered. The operator shall not make a lift unless he has first determined the weight of the load or is informed of such weight by the appointed person responsible for the operation.
(2) Attaching the load.
(i) The hoist rope shall not be wrapped around the load.
(ii) The load shall be attached to the hook by means of slings or other approved devices.
(3) Moving the load.
(i) The appointed individual directing the lift shall see that:
(A) In the case of a mobile crane, the crane is level and where necessary, chocked properly.
(B) The load is well secured and properly balanced in the sling or lifting device before it is lifted more than a few inches.
(ii) Before starting to hoist, he shall take care that:
(A) Hoist ropes are not kinked.
(B) Multiple part lines are not twisted around each other.
(C) The hook is brought over the load in such a manner as to prevent swinging.
(D) If there is a slack rope condition, the rope is properly seated on the drum and in the sheaves.
(iii) During hoisting, care should be taken that:
(A) There is no sudden acceleration or deceleration of the moving load.
(B) The load does not contact any obstructions.
(iv) Side loading of booms shall be limited to freely suspended loads. Cranes shall not be used for dragging loads sideways. Derricks shall not be used for side loading.
(v) The operator shall not lift, lower, swing or travel while any person is on the load or hook unless notification is filed with the Department pursuant to paragraph (6) of subdivision (q) of this section. The operator shall not carry loads over people or over any occupied building unless the top two floors are vacated or overhead protection with a design live load of 300 psf is provided.
(vi) On truck cranes, loads shall be lifted over the front area only as recommended by the manufacturer and submitted to the department of buildings.
(vii) The operator shall test the brakes each time a load approaching the rated load is handled by raising it a few inches and applying the brakes.
(viii) For mobile cranes, outriggers shall be used when the load to be handled at that particular radius exceeds the rated load without outriggers as given by the manufacturer for that crane and approved by the department of buildings.
(ix) Neither the load nor the boom shall be lowered below the point where less than three full wraps of rope remain on their respective drums.
(x) When two or more cranes are used to lift one load, one appointed person shall be responsible for the operation. He shall analyze the operation and instruct all personnel involved in the proper positioning, rigging of the load, and the movements to be made.
(xi) In transit, the following additional precautions for mobile cranes shall be exercised:
(A) The boom shall be carried in line with the direction of motion.
(B) The superstructure shall be secured against rotation. When negotiating turns or when the boom is supported on a dolly, the superstructure may be rotated by a licensed crane operator only.
(C) The empty hook shall be lashed or otherwise restrained so that it cannot swing freely.
(xii) Before traveling a crane with a load, proposed travel should be shown on a plan of operation and approved by the department. Such data shall be filed with an application for on-site inspection.
(xiii) A crane shall not be traveled with the boom so high that it may bounce back over the cab.
(xiv) When rotating the crane or derrick, sudden stops shall not be made. Rotational speed shall be such that the load does not swing out beyond the radii at which it can be controlled. A tag or restraint line shall be used when rotation of the load is hazardous.
(xv) When a crane is to be operated at a fixed radius, the boom hoist pawl or other positive locking device shall be engaged.
(xvi) Use of winch heads:
(A) Ropes shall not be handled on a winch head without knowledge of the operator.
(B) While a winch is being used, the operator shall be within convenient reach of the power unit control lever.
(4) Holding the load.
(i) The operator shall not leave his position at the controls while the load is suspended.
(ii) People shall not be permitted to stand or pass under a load.
(iii) If the load must remain suspended for any considerable length of time, the operator shall hold the drum from rotating in the lowering direction by activating the positive controllable means at the operator’s station.
(iv) In all cases, when booms are raised or lowered from the horizontal, load blocks including hooks and weight balls shall be left on the ground or deposited to the ground before raising or lowering booms.
(5) Securing derrick booms.
(i) Dogs, pawls, or other positive braking mechanism on the hoist shall be engaged. When not in use, the derrick boom shall:
(A) Be laid down;
(B) Be secured to a stationary member, as nearly under the head as possible, by attachment of a sling to the load block; or
(C) Hoisted to a vertical position and secured to the mast.
(6) Hoisting Personnel. Written notification shall be submitted to the commissioner at least three (3) business days prior to the date the hoisting equipment may be used to move personnel. In addition to the requirements of this section, the applicant shall also comply with all applicable OSHA requirements.
(i) The applicant shall be an engineer or a licensed master rigger. However, where the boom length, including jibs and any other extensions, is greater than 250 ft, the applicant shall be an engineer.
(ii) The notification shall include the following:
(A) A description of work,
(B) The start date and duration of the work,
(C) Manufacturer’s information on the personnel platform used to perform the work,
(D) The number of people who will be on the platform,
(E) The actual pick load and the maximum radius of the pick,
(F) The allowable pick load for maximum radius from load chart approved by the commissioner,
(G) Description of how the person/people on the platform and the hoisting machine operator will communicate,
(H) Designation of Site Safety coordinator,
(I) Equipment user’s company name, and address, and
(J) The name and title of principal from the equipment user company.
(iii) Where the applicant is an engineer, the request shall also include a copy of the Certificate of On-Site Inspection.
(iv) Where the applicant is a master rigger, the request shall also include:
(A) The make, model number and Certificate of Operation of the Hoisting Machine.
(B) A sketch or description of the foundation for the hoisting machine.
(v) Exception: If the boom length, including jibs and any other extensions, is less than 100 ft and the lift is supervised by a master rigger, written notification is not required.
(1) Requirements. Signals must comply with the following:
(i) Mobile cranes, other than an articulating boom crane, and dedicated pile drivers. For a mobile crane, other than an articulating boom crane, and for dedicated pile drivers, ASME B30.5 (2014 edition) Section 5-3.3, except for Sections 5-3.3.3 and 5-3.3.7.
(ii) Tower cranes, other than a self-erecting tower crane. For a tower crane, other than a self-erecting tower crane, ASME B30.3 (2016 edition) Section 3-3.3, except for Section 3-3.3.3;
(iii) Derricks. For a derrick, ASME B30.6 (2015 edition) Section 6-3.4;
(iv) Articulating boom crane. For an articulating boom crane, ASME B30.22 (2016 edition) Section 22-3.3, except for Section 22-3.3.3.
(v) Self-erecting tower crane. For a self-erecting towe crane, ASME B30.29 (2012 edition) Section 29-3.2, except for Section 29-3.2.3.
(2) Qualifications. All signalpersons must complete the training or certification required by Section 3316.9.2 of the New York City Building Code, or, where working under the direct and continuing supervision of a licensed rigger or sign hanger, have been deemed by the licensee to be knowledgeable as to the operations to be undertaken and the signals to be utilized.
(1) Ballast or counterweight. No crane may be assembled, operated, or disassembled without the amount and position of counterweight and/or ballast in place as specified by the approved crane or derrick notice plans, or the approved assembly/disassembly plan, or, where such plans are not required, by the specifications of the crane or derrick manufacturer.
(A) Labeling or stenciling of removable counterweight modules. Where counterweight modules can be removed, each counterweight module must be labeled or stenciled in a format acceptable to the commissioner to indicate the weight of the module. The label or stencil must be visible when the module is in its assembled state.
(B) Certified weight for removable counterweight modules. A certified weight for each removable counterweight module must be provided to the department upon request. The certified weight must be determined by the manufacturer, an entity authorized by the manufacturer, or an entity acceptable to the commissioner.
Exception: Removable counterweight modules provided by the crane manufacturer, or a manufacturer authorized service center, distributor, or service provider.
(C) Enclosing concrete counterweights. Concrete counterweights must be enclosed to protect against damage and spalling.
(2) [Reserved.]
(3) Operating near electric power lines. Operations near overhead power lines, including during assembly or disassembly, must be in accordance with the following.
(i) Power line safety (up to 350 kV) – assembly and disassembly.
(A) Options. Before assembling or disassembling equipment, the equipment user must determine if any part of the equipment, load line, or load (including rigging and lifting accessories) could get, in the direction or area of assembly/ disassembly, closer than 20 feet (6.1 m) to a power line during the assembly/disassembly process. If so, the equipment user must meet the requirements in Option (1), Option (2), or Option (3), as follows:
1. Option (1) – Deenergize and ground. Confirm from the utility owner/operator that the power line has been deenergized and visibly grounded at the site.
2. Option (2) – 20 foot clearance. Ensure that no part of the equipment, load line or load (including rigging and lifting accessories), gets closer than 20 feet (6.1 m) to the power line by implementing the measures specified in clause (B) below.
3. Option (3) – Table A clearance.
3.1. Determine the line’s voltage and the minimum clearance distance permitted under Table A of this paragraph; and
3.2. Determine if any part of the equipment, load line, or load (including rigging and lifting accessories), could get closer than the minimum clearance distance to the power line permitted under Table A of this paragraph. If so, then the equipment user must follow the requirements in clause (B) below to ensure that no part of the equipment, load line, or load (including rigging and lifting accessories), gets closer to the line than the minimum clearance distance.
(B) Preventing encroachment/electrocution. Where encroachment precautions are required under Option (2), or Option (3) of this subparagraph, all of the following requirements must be met:
1. Conduct a planning meeting with the assembly/disassembly director, hoisting machine operator, assembly/disassembly crew and the other workers who will be in the assembly/disassembly area to review the location of the power line(s) and the steps that will be implemented to prevent encroachment/electrocution.
2. If tag lines are used, they must be nonconductive.
3. At least one of the following additional measures must be in place. The measure selected from this list must be effective in preventing encroachment. The additional measures are:
3.1. Use a dedicated spotter who is in continuous contact with the equipment hoisting machine operator. The dedicated spotter must:
3.1.1. Be equipped with a visual aid to assist in identifying the minimum clearance distance. Examples of a visual aid include, but are not limited to: A clearly visible line painted on the ground; a clearly visible line of stanchions; a set of clearly visible line-of-sight landmarks (such as a fence post behind the dedicated spotter and a building corner ahead of the dedicated spotter);
3.1.2. Be positioned to effectively gauge the clearance distance;
3.1.3. Where necessary, use equipment that enables the dedicated spotter to communicate directly with the hoisting machine operator; and
3.1.4. Give timely information to the hoisting machine operator so that the required clearance distance can be maintained.
3.2. [Reserved.]
3.3. A device that automatically warns the hoisting machine operator when to stop movement, such as a range control warning device. Such a device must be set to give the hoisting machine operator sufficient warning to prevent encroachment.
3.4. A device that automatically limits range of movement, set to prevent encroachment.
3.5. An elevated warning line, barricade, or line of signs, in view of the hoisting machine operator, equipped with flags or similar high-visibility markings.
(C) Assembly/disassembly below power lines prohibited. No part of a crane or derrick, load line, or load (including rigging and lifting accessories), whether partially or fully assembled, is allowed below a power line unless the equipment user has confirmed that the utility owner/operator has deenergized and (at the site) visibly grounded the power line.
(D) Assembly/disassembly inside Table A clearance prohibited. No part of a crane or derrick, load line, or load (including rigging and lifting accessories), whether partially or fully assembled, is allowed closer than the minimum approach distance under Table A of this paragraph to a power line unless the equipment user has confirmed that the utility owner/operator has deenergized and (at the site) visibly grounded the power line.
(E) Voltage information. Where Option (3) of this subparagraph is used, the utility owner/operator of the power lines must provide the requested voltage information within two working days of the equipment user’s request.
(F) Power lines presumed energized. The equipment user must assume that all power lines are energized unless the utility owner/operator confirms that the power line has been and continues to be deenergized and visibly grounded at the site.
(G) Posting of electrocution warnings. There must be at least one electrocution hazard warning conspicuously posted in the hoisting machine operator’s cab or at the operator’s station so that it is in view of the operator and (except for overhead gantry and tower cranes) at least two on the outside of the equipment.
(ii) Power line safety (up to 350 kV) – equipment operations.
(A) Hazard assessments and precautions inside the work zone. Before beginning equipment operations, the equipment user must:
1. Identify the work zone by either:
1.1. Demarcating boundaries (such as with flags, or a device such as a range limit device or range control warning device) and prohibiting the hoisting machine operator from operating the equipment past those boundaries; or
1.2. Defining the work zone as the area 360 degrees around the equipment, up to the equipment’s maximum working radius.
2. Determine if any part of the equipment, load line or load (including rigging and lifting accessories), if operated up to the equipment’s maximum working radius in the work zone, could get closer than 20 feet (6.1 m) to a power line. If so, the equipment user must meet the requirements in Option (1), Option (2), or Option (3), as follows:
2.1. Option (1) – Deenergize and ground. Confirm from the utility owner/operator that the power line has been deenergized and visibly grounded at the site.
2.2. Option (2) – 20 foot clearance. Ensure that no part of the equipment, load line, or load (including rigging and lifting accessories), gets closer than 20 feet (6.1 m) to the power line by implementing the measures specified in clause (B) below.
2.3. Option (3) – Table A clearance.
2.3.1. Determine the line’s voltage and the minimum approach distance permitted under Table A of this paragraph; and
2.3.2. Determine if any part of the equipment, load line or load (including rigging and lifting accessories), while operating up to the equipment’s maximum working radius in the work zone, could get closer than the minimum approach distance of the power line permitted under Table A of this paragraph. If so, then the equipment user must follow the requirements in clause (B) below to ensure that no part of the equipment, load line, or load (including rigging and lifting accessories), gets closer to the line than the minimum approach distance.
(B) Preventing encroachment/electrocution. Where encroachment precautions are required under Option (2) or Option (3) of this subparagraph, all of the following requirements must be met:
1. Conduct a planning meeting with the hoisting machine operator and the other workers who will be in the area of the equipment or load to review the location of the power line(s), and the steps that will be implemented to prevent encroachment/ electrocution.
2. If tag lines are used, they must be non-conductive.
3. Erect and maintain an elevated warning line, barricade, or line of signs, in view of the hoisting machine operator, equipped with flags or similar high-visibility markings, at 20 feet (6.1 m) from the power line (if using Option (2) of this subparagraph) or at the minimum approach distance under Table A of this paragraph (if using Option (3) of this subparagraph). If the hoisting machine operator is unable to see the elevated warning line, a dedicated spotter must be used as described in 4.2 below in addition to implementing one of the measures described in 4.3 or 4.4 below.
4. Implement at least one of the following measures:
4.1. [Reserved.]
4.2. A dedicated spotter who is in continuous contact with the hoisting machine operator. Where this measure is selected, the dedicated spotter must:
4.2.1. Be equipped with a visual aid to assist in identifying the minimum clearance distance. Examples of a visual aid include, but are not limited to: A clearly visible line painted on the ground; a clearly visible line of stanchions; a set of clearly visible line-of-sight landmarks (such as a fence post behind the dedicated spotter and a building corner ahead of the dedicated spotter);
4.2.2. Be positioned to effectively gauge the clearance distance;
4.2.3. Where necessary, use equipment that enables the dedicated spotter to communicate directly with the hoisting machine operator; and
4.2.4. Give timely information to the hoisting machine operator so that the required clearance distance can be maintained.
4.3. A device that automatically warns the hoisting machine operator when to stop movement, such as a range control warning device. Such a device must be set to give the hoisting machine operator sufficient warning to prevent encroachment.
4.4. A device that automatically limits range of movement, set to prevent encroachment.
4.5. [Reserved.]
Exception: The requirements of item number 4, above, do not apply to electric power transmission and distribution work.
(C) Voltage information. Where Option (3) of this subparagraph is used, the utility owner/ operator of the power lines must provide the requested voltage information within two working days of the equipment user’s request.
(D) Operations below power lines. No part of the equipment, load line, or load (including rigging and lifting accessories) is allowed below a power line unless the hoisting machine operator has confirmed that the utility owner/ operator has deenergized and (at the site) visibly grounded the power line.
Exceptions:
1. Electric power transmission and distribution work.
2. For equipment with non-extensible booms: The uppermost part of the equipment, with the boom at true vertical, would be more than 20 feet (6.1 m) below the plane of the power line or more than the Table A of this paragraph minimum clearance distance below the plane of the power line.
3. For equipment with articulating or extensible booms: The uppermost part of the equipment, with the boom in the fully extended position, at true vertical, would be more than 20 feet (6.1 m) below the plane of the power line or more than the Table A of this paragraph minimum clearance distance below the plane of the power line.
4. The equipment user determines that compliance is infeasible and meets the requirements of subparagraph (iv) of this paragraph; except that where the crane or derrick requires a certificate of on-site inspection, the determination must be made by an engineer, licensed and registered to practice the profession of engineering under the education law of the state of New York, who is also a qualified person with respect to electrical power transmission and distribution. Such determination must be filed with the crane or derrick notice application.
(E) Power lines presumed energized. The equipment user must assume that all power lines are energized unless the utility owner/ operator confirms that the power line has been and continues to be deenergized and visibly grounded at the site.
(F) Working near transmitter/communication towers. When working near transmitter/ communication towers where the equipment is close enough for an electrical charge to be induced in the equipment or materials being handled, the transmitter must be deenergized or the following precautions must be taken:
1. The equipment must be provided with an electrical ground; and
2. If tag lines are used, they must be non-conductive.
(G) [Reserved.]
(H) Manufacturer specifications. Devices originally designed by the manufacturer for use as a safety device, operational aid, or a means to prevent power line contact or electrocution, when used to comply with this paragraph, must meet the manufacturer’s procedures for use and conditions of use.
Table A – Minimum Clear Distances
| Voltage(nominal, kV, alternating current)1 | Minimum clearance distance(feet) |
|---|---|
| up to 50 | 10 |
| over 50 to 200 | 15 |
| over 200 to 350 | 20 |
| over 350 to 500 | 25 |
| over 500 to 750 | 35 |
| over 750 to 1,000 | 45 |
| over 1,000 | (as established by the utility owner/operator or an engineer, licensed and registered to practice the profession of engineering under the education law of the state of New York, who is also a qualified person with respect to electrical power transmission and distribution) |
~
1Note: The value that follows “to” is up to and includes that value. For example, over 50 to 200 means up to and including 200kV.
(iii) Power line safety (over 350 kV). The requirements of subparagraphs (i) and (ii) of this paragraph apply to power lines over 350 kV.
Exceptions:
1. For power lines at or below 1,000 kV, wherever the distance “20 feet (6.1 m)” is specified in subparagraphs (i) or (ii) above, the distance “50 feet” (15.24 m) must be substituted.
2. For power lines over 1,000 kV, the minimum clearance distance must be established by the utility owner/operator or an engineer, licensed and registered to practice the profession of engineering under the education law of the state of New York, who is also a qualified person with respect to electrical power transmission and distribution.
(iv) Power line safety (all voltages) – equipment operations closer than the Table A zone. Equipment operations in which any part of the equipment, load line, or load (including rigging and lifting accessories) is closer than the minimum approach distance under Table A of this paragraph to an energized power line is prohibited, except where the equipment user demonstrates that all of the following requirements are met:
(A) The equipment user determines that it is infeasible to do the work without breaching the minimum approach distance under Table A of this paragraph.
Exception: Where the crane or derrick requires a certificate of on-site inspection, the determination must be made by an engineer, licensed and registered to practice the profession of engineering under the education law of the state of New York, who is also a qualified person with respect to electrical power transmission and distribution. Such determination must be filed with the crane or derrick notice application.
(B) The equipment user determines that, after consultation with the utility owner/operator, it is infeasible to deenergize and ground the power line or relocate the power line.
Exception: Where the crane or derrick requires a certificate of on-site inspection, the determination must be made by an engineer, licensed and registered to practice the profession of engineering under the education law of the state of New York, who is also a qualified person with respect to electrical power transmission and distribution. Such determination must be filed with the crane or derrick notice application.
(C) The power line owner/operator or an engineer, licensed and registered to practice the profession of engineering under the education law of the state of New York, who is also a qualified person with respect to electrical power transmission and distribution, determines the minimum clearance distance that must be maintained to prevent electrical contact in light of the on-site conditions. The factors that must be considered in making this determination include, but are not limited to: Conditions affecting atmospheric conductivity; time necessary to bring the equipment, load line, and load (including rigging and lifting accessories) to a complete stop; wind conditions; degree of sway in the power line; lighting conditions, and other conditions affecting the ability to prevent electrical contact.
Exception: Electric power transmission and distribution work.
(D) A planning meeting with the equipment user and utility owner/operator (or an engineer, licensed and registered to practice the profession of engineering under the education law of the state of New York, who is also a qualified person with respect to electrical power transmission and distribution) is held to determine the procedures that will be followed to prevent electrical contact and electrocution; except that where the crane or derrick requires a certificate of on-site inspection, such procedures must be developed by an engineer, licensed and registered to practice the profession of engineering under the education law of the state of New York, who is also a qualified person with respect to electrical power transmission and distribution. Where a crane or derrick requires a certificate of on-site inspection, such procedures must be filed with the crane or derrick notice application. At a minimum these procedures must specify the following:
1. If the power line is equipped with a device that automatically reenergizes the circuit in the event of a power line contact, before the work begins, the automatic reclosing feature of the circuit interrupting device must be made inoperative if the design of the device permits.
2. A dedicated spotter who is in continuous contact with the hoisting machine operator. The dedicated spotter must:
2.1. Be equipped with a visual aid to assist in identifying the minimum clearance distance. Examples of a visual aid include, but are not limited to: A line painted on the ground; a clearly visible line of stanchions; a set of clearly visible line-of-sight landmarks (such as a fence post behind the dedicated spotter and a building corner ahead of the dedicated spotter);
2.2. Be positioned to effectively gauge the clearance distance;
2.3. Where necessary, use equipment that enables the dedicated spotter to communicate directly with the hoisting machine operator; and
2.4. Give timely information to the hoisting machine operator so that the required clearance distance can be maintained.
3. An elevated warning line, or barricade (not attached to the crane), in view of the hoisting machine operator (either directly or through video equipment), equipped with flags or similar high-visibility markings, to prevent electrical contact. However, this provision does not apply to electric power transmission and distribution work.
4. An insulating link/device installed at a point between the end of the load line (or below) and the load; except that an insulating link/device is not required for electric power transmission and distribution work.
5. Nonconductive rigging if the rigging may be within the Table A of this paragraph distance during the operation.
6. If the equipment is equipped with a device that automatically limits range of movement, it must be used and set to prevent any part of the equipment, load line, or load (including rigging and lifting accessories) from breaching the minimum approach distance established under clause (C) above.
7. If a tag line is used, it must be of the nonconductive type.
8. Barricades forming a perimeter at least 10 feet (3.05 m) away from the equipment to prevent unauthorized personnel from entering the work area. In areas where obstacles prevent the barricade from being at least 10 feet (3.05 m) away, the barricade must be as far from the equipment as feasible.
9. Workers other than the hoisting machine operator must be prohibited from touching the load line above the insulating link/ device and crane. Hoisting machine operators remotely operating the equipment from the ground must use either wireless controls that isolate the hoisting machine operator from the equipment or insulating mats that insulate the hoisting machine operator from the ground.
10. Only personnel essential to the operation are permitted to be in the area of the crane and load.
11. The equipment must be properly grounded.
12. Insulating line hose or cover-up must be installed by the utility owner/operator except where such devices are unavailable for the line voltages involved.
(E) The procedures developed to comply with clause (D) above are documented and immediately available on-site.
(F) The equipment user and utility owner/operator (or an engineer, licensed and registered to practice the profession of engineering under the education law of the state of New York, who is also a qualified person with respect to electrical power transmission and distribution) meet with the hoisting machine operator and the other workers who will be in the area of the equipment or load to review the procedures that will be implemented to prevent breaching the minimum approach distance established in clause (C) above and prevent electrocution.
(G) The procedures developed to comply with clause (D) above are implemented.
(H) The utility owner/operator (or an engineer, licensed and registered to practice the profession of engineering under the education law of the state of New York, who is also a qualified person with respect to electrical power transmission and distribution) and all employers of employees involved in the work must identify one person who will direct the implementation of the procedures. The person identified in accordance with this clause must direct the implementation of the procedures and must have the authority to stop work at any time to ensure safety.
(I) [Reserved.]
(J) If a problem occurs implementing the procedures being used to comply with clause (D) above, or indicating that those procedures are inadequate to prevent electrocution, the equipment user must safely stop operations and either develop new procedures to comply with clause (D) above or have the utility owner/ operator deenergize and visibly ground or relocate the power line before resuming work.
(K) Devices originally designed by the manufacturer for use as a safety device, operational aid, or a means to prevent power line contact or electrocution, when used to comply with this paragraph, must comply with the manufacturer’s procedures for use and conditions of use.
(L) [Reserved.]
(M) [Reserved.]
(v) Power line safety – while traveling under or near power lines.
(A) Traveling with a load. When traveling under or near a powerline with a load, the traveling operation must comply with the applicable requirements of subparagraphs (ii), (iii), or (iv) of this paragraph. In addition the requirements of subparagraph (xii) of paragraph (3) of subdivision (q) of this section also apply.
(B) Traveling without a load. When traveling under or near a powerline without a load, the equipment user must ensure that:
1. The boom/mast and boom/mast support system are lowered sufficiently to meet the requirements of this subparagraph.
2. The clearances specified in Table T of this paragraph are maintained.
3. The effects of speed and terrain on equipment movement (including movement of the boom/mast) are considered so that those effects do not cause the minimum clearance distances specified in Table T of this paragraph to be breached.
4. If any part of the equipment while traveling will get closer than 20 feet (6.1 m) to the power line, the equipment user must ensure that a dedicated spotter who is in continuous contact with the driver/ operator is used. The dedicated spotter must:
4.1. Be positioned to effectively gauge the clearance distance;
4.2. Where necessary, use equipment that enables the dedicated spotter to communicate directly with the driver/operator; and
4.3. Give timely information to the driver/operator so that the required clearance distance can be maintained.
5. When traveling at night, or in conditions of poor visibility, in addition to the measures specified in items 1 through 4 above, the equipment user must ensure that:
5.1. The power lines are illuminated or another means of identifying the location of the lines is used; and
5.2. A safe path of travel is identified and used.
Table T – Minimum Clearance Distances While Traveling with No Load
| Voltage(nominal, kV, alternating current)1 | While traveling – minimum clearance distance(feet) |
|---|---|
| up to 0.75 | 4 |
| over 0.75 to 50 | 6 |
| over 50 to 345 | 10 |
| over 345 to 750 | 16 |
| over 750 to 1,000 | 20 |
| over 1,000 | (as established by the utility owner/operator or an engineer, licensed and registered to practice the profession of engineering under the education law of the state of New York, who is also a qualified person with respect to electrical power transmission and distribution) |
~
1Note: The value that follows “to” is up to and includes that value. For example, over 50 to 200 means up to and including 200kV.
(4) Electrical equipment.
(i) General.
(A) Wiring and equipment shall comply with the electrical code of the City of New York.
(B) The voltage used on control circuits shall not exceed 750 volts.
(ii) Equipment.
(A) Electric equipment shall be so located or enclosed that live parts will not be exposed to accidental contact.
(B) All motor, controller and switch frames shall be grounded.
(C) Electric equipment shall be thoroughly protected from dirt, grease and oil, and where exposed to the weather, shall be thoroughly protected therefrom.
(D) Guards for live parts shall be substantial and so located that they cannot be defonned so as to make contact with the live parts.
(E) Name plates shall not be removed.
(iii) Controllers.
(A) Each cage operated crane and derrick shall be provided with a device which will disconnect all motors from the line on failure of power and will not permit any motor to be restarted until the controller handle is brought to the “off ” position, or a reset switch or button is operated.
(B) Lever operated controllers shall be provided with a notch or latch which in the “off position prevents the handle from being inadvertently moved to the “on” position.
(C) The controller operating handle shall be located within convenient reach of the operator.
(D) As far as practicable, the movement of each controller handle shall be in the same general directions as the resultant movements of the load.
(E) For floor operated cranes and derricks, the controller or controllers, if rope operated, shall automatically return to the “off ” position when released by the operator.
(5) Demolition. Where a crane or derrick is utilized to facilitate the mechanical demolition of a building or structure, the requirements of Section 3306 of the New York City Building Code will apply.
(6) Footing. Mobile cranes must be provided with adequate footing, including but not limited timber, cribbing, plates, mats, or other structural members, in order to distribute the load so as not to exceed the allowable bearing capacity the ground, subsurface elements, or structure.
(7) Special provisions for cranes operating on a sidewalk or roadway. Where a crane is operated on the sidewalk or roadway, a permit from the New York City Department of Transportation must be obtained. The pressure on such surface must not exceed 3,500 psf (167.85 kPa).
(8) Storage.
(i) Necessary clothing and personal belongings must be stored in or about the crane or derrick in such a manner as to not interfere with access or operation.
(ii) Tools, oil cans, waste, extra fuses, and other necessary articles must be stored in a tool box and must not be permitted to lie loose in or about the cab or cage.
(9) Refueling.
(i) Refueling must comply with Section 3320.3.2 of the New York City Building Code. For the purposes of satisfying this requirement, the term “material handling equipment” in such section must be read to mean “crane or derrick.”
(ii) Machines must not be refueled with the engine running.
(10) Fire Extinguishers.
(i) A carbon dioxide, dry chemical or equivalent fire extinguisher must be kept in the cab or in the vicinity of the crane or derrick.
(ii) Operating and maintenance personnel must be familiar with the use and care of the fire extinguishers provided.
(1) Wind action plan and manufacturer procedures. The hoisting machine operator must follow the approved wind action plan, where a wind action plan is required, and the applicable manufacturer procedures related securing the crane or derrick against wind and weather.
(2) Hoisting machine operator to review wind action plan and manufacturer procedures. The hoisting machine operator must review the approved wind action plan, where a wind action plan is required, and the applicable manufacturer procedures related to securing the crane or derrick against wind and weather prior to the operator’s initial commencement of work with the crane or derrick at the job, each time the crane or derrick enters into a new phase, and each time the wind action plan is amended. It is the responsibility of the equipment user to verify that the hoisting machine operator has reviewed the approved wind action plan and the applicable manufacturer procedures, as required above, and to notify the hoisting machine operator each time the wind action plan is amended.
(3) Start of work. No hoisting machine operator may start a pick when:
(i) The wind speed exceeds the threshold specified in the approved wind action plan, or where such a plan is not required, 30 mph (3-second gust) or the threshold specified by the manufacturer, whichever is lower; or
(ii) As otherwise warranted by weather conditions or weather forecasts.
(4) In-service. The following must be observed at all times the crane or derrick is in service.
(i) During picks, it is the responsibility of the hoisting machine operator to safely bring the pick to a stop and safely land the load:
(A) When the wind speed exceeds the threshold specified in the approved wind action plan, or where such a plan is not required, 30 mph (3-second gust) or the threshold specified by the manufacturer, whichever is lower; or
(B) As otherwise warranted by weather conditions or weather forecasts.
(ii) At the end of the shift, or as weather conditions otherwise warrant, the hoisting machine operator must properly park or secure the crane or derrick for occurring or forecasted winds in accordance with the approved wind action plan, or where such plan is not required, in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications.
(5) Assembly/disassembly operations. Assembly/ disassembly operations may not begin if the wind speed exceeds the thresholds specified in the approved assembly/ disassembly plan, or if winds are forecast to exceed the thresholds specified in the approved assembly/disassembly plan before the crane or derrick that is to assembled/ disassembled, and all assist cranes or derricks involved in such operation, can be parked or secured. The provisions of paragraphs (3) and (4) of this subdivision above also apply to all hoisting machine operators engaged in the assembly/ disassembly operation; except that the term “approved wind action plan” means “approved assembly/disassembly plan.”
Exception: Where an assembly/disassembly plan is not required, the thresholds established by the manufacturer will govern.
(6) Inspection to verify the crane or derrick has been secured. An inspection must be performed when required by, in accordance with, the requirements of paragraph (2) of subdivision (k) of this section.
(7) Measuring wind. For the purposes of this subdivision, wind speed must be determined in accordance with one of the options listed in subparagraphs (i) through (iii) of this paragraph.
Exceptions:
1. For a crane, other than a pile driver or clamshell, that requires a certificate of on-site inspection and that utilizes a lattice boom, lattice jib, or lattice mast at the site, only the option listed in subparagraph (i) of this paragraph may be utilized; except, however, should the anemometer on the crane malfunction, the option listed in subparagraph (ii) of this paragraph may be utilized.
2. For a derrick that requires a certificate of on-site inspection, only the options listed in subparagraphs (i) or (ii) of this paragraph may be utilized.
(i) Anemometer on the crane or derrick. An anemometer provided by the crane or derrick manufacturer, or an entity acceptable to the manufacturer, and installed at the top of the boom or other location specified by the manufacturer. The anemometer must measure a 3-second gust wind. A real time display of the anemometer must be available to the hoisting machine operator at the operator’s station.
(ii) Anemometer at the site. An anemometer located at a high point of the site approximate to the height and location of the crane or derrick boom/jib, freely exposed to the wind, and calibrated in accordance with ASTM D5096-02. The anemometer must measure a 3-second gust wind. A real time display of the anemometer must be available to the hoisting machine operator at the operator’s station, or a person designated by the hoisting machine operator must be provided to monitor the display and alert the hoisting machine operator when measurements near, meet, or exceed the thresholds specified in the approved wind action plan.
(iii) Nearest weather station. The most recent gust wind speed reported at the nearest National Weather Service weather station. The equipment user must establish a system to ensure the hoisting machine operator is notified when reported wind gusts near, meet, or exceed the thresholds specified in the approved wind action plan. An acceptable system may include engaging a metrological service to provide a text or similar alert to a person designated by the equipment user when wind thresholds are neared, met, or exceeded, and have such designated person notify the hoisting machine operator.
(iv) Anemometer as operational aid. The anemometer required by subparagraphs (i) and (ii) of this paragraph is to be considered an operational aid and must be checked prior to each shift as part of the frequent inspection required by paragraph (1) of subdivision (k) of this section.
(1) Plans to be available to hoisting machine operators. The equipment user must ensure that a copy of the approved crane or derrick notice plan, the approved assembly/disassembly plan, and the approved wind action plan are kept in the hoisting machine cab or at the operator’s station at all times, easily accessible to the hoisting machine operator.
(2) Plans to be available to the lift director and the assembly/disassembly director. The equipment user must ensure that a copy of the approved crane or derrick notice plan, the approved assembly/disassembly plan, and the approved wind action plan are separately kept at the site at all times, easily accessible to the lift director and the assembly/disassembly director, as appropriate.
~
| American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) | ||
|---|---|---|
| ASCE 7 | Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures | 2005 |
| American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) | ||
| ASME B30.3 | Tower Cranes | 2004, 2009, 2012, & 2016 |
| ASME B30.5 | Mobile Cranes | 1968, 1982, 1989, 1994, 2000, 2004, 2007, 2011, & 2014 |
| ASME B30.6 | Derricks | 2003, 2010, & 2015 |
| ASME B30.22 | Articulating Boom Cranes | 2005, 2010, & 2016 |
| ASME B30.29 | Self-Erecting Tower Cranes | 2012 |
| European Standards (EN) | ||
| EN 996 | Piling Equipment | 2009 & 2014 |
| EN 13000 | Mobile Cranes | 2004, 2010, & 2014 |
| EN 14439 | Tower Cranes | 2006 & 2009 |
| EN 16228 | Drilling and foundation equipment | 2014 |
| American Society for the Testing of Materials | ||
| ASTM D5096-02 | Standard Test Method for Determining the Performance of a Cup Anemometer or Propeller Anemometer | 2011 |
| International Organization for Standardization (ISO) | ||
| ISO 9001 | 2008 | |
| SAE International (SAE) | ||
| SAE J765 | Crane Load Stability Test Code | 1990 |
| SAE J987 | Lattice Boom Cranes - Method of Test | 1967 & 2003 |
| SAE J1063 | Cantilevered Boom Crane Structures - Method of Test | 1993 |
~
Editor’s note: Section 31 of the amending rule provides: “These amendments shall take effect 30 days after the final version is published, except that (i) the notification requirements in paragraph (5) of subdivision (c) of Section 3319-01 of Chapter 3300 of Title 1 of the Rules of the City of New York (Section 6 of this rule) shall not take effect until May 1, 2018, (ii) the requirements of paragraphs (7) and (8) of subdivision (g) of Section 3319-01 of Chapter 3300 of Title 1 of the Rules of the City of New York (Section 11 of this rule) shall not take effect until May 1, 2018, and (iii) the requirement in paragraph (7) of subdivision (t) of Section 3319-01 of Chapter 3300 of Title 1 of the Rules of the City of New York (Section 24 of this rule) for certain cranes to be equipped with an anemometer shall not apply to a crane that is not a crawler crane and whose certificate of on-site inspection was issued before such effective date.”
§ 3319-02 Lift Directors.
(a) Applicability. This rule applies to the designation of a lift director and to the responsibility and authority of any person designated as a lift director.
(1) Lift directors required. It shall be unlawful for a crane or derrick that requires or possesses a certificate of on-site inspection, or which, in accordance with rules promulgated by the commissioner, is subject to supervision by a licensed master rigger in lieu of a certificate of on-site inspection, to perform any of the following tasks unless a lift director is present at the site during all times when:
(i) The crane or derrick is picking a load;
(ii) The crane is traveling at the site, including but not limited to being moved onto or off of cribbing or up or down a ramp;
(iii) The crane or derrick is being placed into a parked condition or otherwise being taken out of service;
(iv) The crane’s or derrick’s boom/jib is being laid down or jackknifed;
(v) The crane’s or derrick’s boom/jib is being raised from a laid down or jackknifed position; or
(vi) Other special protective measures for wind are being installed or removed.
Exception. The requirement for a lift director does not apply to the assembly or disassembly of a crane or derrick, nor to the use of an assist crane or derrick during assembly/disassembly, provided an assembly/disassembly director is supervising the assembly/disassembly operation in accordance with rules promulgated by the commissioner.
(2) Qualified and competent. The equipment user may only designate a qualified and competent person to serve as the lift director.
(3) Jobs supervised by a master rigger. Where a crane or derrick that requires a lift director is supervised by a licensed master rigger, the equipment user must designate as the lift director either:
(i) The licensed master rigger; or
(ii) A master rigging foreman who is designated as a rigging foreman by the licensed rigger in accordance with 1 RCNY § 104-20.
(4) Designation of existing personnel. Personnel at the site who perform other tasks, including but not limited to the rigging supervisor required by Section 3316.9 of the New York City Building Code, may be designated to serve as the lift director, provided they meet the qualification requirements for a lift director and can fulfill the responsibilities of a lift director.
Exceptions:
1. Hoisting machine operators may not serve as the lift director at the same time they are operating a hoisting machine or supervising the operation of a hoisting machine by a trainee.
2. A site safety manager, site safety coordinator, registered construction superintendent, concrete safety manger, or construction site fire safety manager who is serving in such role at the site may not serve as the lift director.
Exception: For a crane or derrick whose crane or derrick notice application was submitted prior to July 1, 2018, notification to the department is not required. A letter designating the lift director, signed and dated by the equipment user, must be kept at the site and available for inspection by the commissioner upon request.
(1) That the crane or derrick is located and configured in accordance with the approved crane or derrick notice plans prior to the start of each shift and whenever the crane or derrick is relocated or reconfigured;
(2) That site conditions match the approved crane or derrick notice plans prior to the start of each shift and whenever the crane or derrick is relocated or reconfigured;
(3) That traffic and pedestrian controls are in place, prior to the start of and throughout:
(i) The work shift;
(ii) Any crane or derrick relocation;
(iii) Any laying down or jackknifing of the crane’s or derrick’s boom/jib;
(iv) Any raising of the crane’s or derrick’s boom/jib from a laid down or jackknifed position; or
(v) Any other special protective measures for wind are being installed or removed.
(4) That the hoisting machine operator, rigging supervisor, and rigging crew members, including signalpersons, possess the proper license, foreman card, certification card, or training card, as appropriate, prior to their commencement of work at the site;
(5) That the hoisting machine operator and rigging supervisor are present throughout the shift;
(6) That weather conditions and forecasts are monitored as warranted;
(7) That, in coordination with the hoisting machine operator and the rigging supervisor, operations cease when warranted by weather conditions or forecasts and an evaluation of current crane or derrick operations, anticipated pick times, and the lead time required to stop picks and park or secure the crane or derrick in accordance with the approved wind action plan, or where a wind action plan is not required, in accordance with the specifications of the crane or derrick manufacturer;
(8) That, at the end of the shift, or as weather conditions warrant, the hoisting machine operator has ceased operations;
(9) That, where required by 1 RCNY § 3319-01(k)(2), the hosting machine operator has completed a written record prior to leaving the site;
(10) That, when warranted during out of service periods, appropriate personnel return to the site and take further steps to secure the crane or derrick;
(11) That, when carrying loads over an occupied building, the top two floors are vacated or proper roof protection is in place prior to the start of such operation in accordance with 1 RCNY § 3319-01(q)(3)(v);
(12) That, prior to a critical pick as defined in Section 3302.1 of the New York City Building Code, a master rigger or registered design professional verified compliance with the critical pick plan in accordance with Section 3316.9.1 of the New York City Building Code;
(13) That, prior to operating near overhead power lines, there is compliance with 1 RCNY § 3319-01(s)(3);
(14) That, prior to hoisting personnel with a crane or derrick, there is compliance with 1 RCNY § 3319-01(q)(6);
(15) That required frequent inspections of the crane, derrick, and rigging equipment are performed prior to the start of the shift;
(16) That the crane operator is informed of the weight of loads to be lifted, as well as the lifting, moving, and placing locations for these loads;
(17) That the crane operator’s verification has been obtained that this weight does not exceed the crane’s rated capacity;
(18) That constant communication is maintained between the operator, rigging supervisor, and signalpersons; and
(19) That the load is properly rigged for the lifting conditions before it is lifted more than a few inches.
(1) The following topics must be discussed at every meeting:
(i) The day’s planned operations;
(ii) Pedestrian and traffic controls;
(iii) Current weather conditions and forecasts; and
(iv) As applicable, signaling/communication protocols for tandem picks, multiple crane or derrick operations, and operating in the blind.
(2) The following topics must also be discussed at the initial meeting, and at any subsequent meeting where tasks, personnel, or crane or derrick configurations have changed:
(i) Roles of personnel;
(ii) Objects to be lifted/lowered, including a review of their weights, lifting points, and any special considerations;
(iii) Rigging equipment to be used;
(iv) Site conditions;
(v) Pick and landing zones;
(vi) Fall, crush, electrical, and other hazards;
(vii) In-service and out-of-service wind thresholds for the crane or derrick; and
(viii) Permit validity.
(3) Record of meeting. See 1 RCNY § 3319-01(h)(4).
Exception: Where a certificate of on-site inspection is not required, all of the above requirements apply, except that in lieu of the above requirement to review the applicable sections of the approved crane or derrick notice plan and the applicable sections of the wind action plan, the lift director must instead review the applicable sections of the crane or derrick manual with regards to the setup, founding, lift or swing restrictions, and the wind speed threshold for the crane or derrick configuration to be utilized, as well as, where prepared, any plans or drawings with regards pertinent site features, obstacles, and restrictions, the location and configuration of the crane or derrick at the site, and matting or dunnage.
Editor’s note: Section 2 of the enacting rule provides: “This rule shall take effect 30 days after the final version is published, except that this rule shall not apply to the use of a mobile crane at a construction site where a certificate of on-site inspection for the use of such crane at such site is issued prior to July 1, 2017; provided that this exception shall not apply to a mobile crane that is a crawler crane. As used in this section the terms certificate of on-site inspection, mobile crane and crawler crane are as defined in Chapter 33 of the New York city building code.”
§ 3320-01 Cableways
(a) Applicability. Cableways subject to the jurisdiction of the department must conform to the requirements in this section and in ASME B30.19.
| Standard | Name | Year |
|---|---|---|
| American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) | ||
| ASME B30.19 | Cableways | 2011 |
~
§ 3321-01 Construction Site Safety Training (SST).
(a) Required training. Permit holders at building sites for which a construction superintendent, site safety manager or site safety coordinator is required must ensure that each worker at the site has completed the site safety training provided by approved course providers pursuant to 1 RCNY § 105-03 and as required by section 3321 of the Building Code.
(1) Beginning March 1, 2018, workers must have completed either:
(i) An OSHA 10-hour class, as defined in section 3302.1 of the Building Code;
(ii) An OSHA 30-hour class, as defined in section 3302.1 of the Building Code; or
(iii) A 100-hour training program that DOB determines meets or exceeds the training in (i) or (ii).
(2) By December 1, 2019, or June 1, 2020 if the Department determines that there is insufficient capacity to provide the training required by section 3321 of the Building Code, workers must have completed either (i), (ii), (iii), or (iv) of this paragraph (2):
(i) Temporary SST Card as defined in section 3302.1 of the Building Code, for workers who provide a written statement that they have not ever been issued a Limited SST, Temporary SST or SST Card;
(ii) Limited SST Card as defined in section 3302.1 of the Building Code;
(iii) SST Card as defined in section 3302.1 of the Building Code; or
(iv) If serving as a site safety manager, site safety coordinator, concrete safety manager, construction superintendent or a competent person designated by the construction superintendent at such site, an SST Supervisor Card as defined in section 3302.1 of the Building Code.
(3) By September 1, 2020, workers must have either (i), (ii), or (iii) of this paragraph (3):
(i) SST Card;
(ii) Temporary SST Card as defined in section 3302.1 of the Building Code, for workers who provide a written statement that they have not ever been issued a Limited SST, Temporary SST or SST Card; or
(iii) If serving as a site safety manager, site safety coordinator, concrete safety manager, construction superintendent or a competent person at such site, an SST Supervisor Card as defined in section 3302.1 of the Building Code.
§ 3500-01 American Concrete Institute (ACI) 318 – Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete amendment.
Pursuant to Section 28-103.19 of the New York City Administrative Code, ACI 318 as added by Section BC 3502 of the New York City Building Code is hereby deleted and a new ACI 318 is added to read as follows:
Table 1
| ACI | American Concrete Institute38800 Country Club DriveFarmington Hills, MI 48331 | |
|---|---|---|
| StandardReferenceNumber | Referenced in codesection number | |
| 318 – 11 | Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete | 406.5.4, 721.2.4.3, 1604.3.2, Table 1613.8, Table 1704.3, 1704.3.1.3, Table 1704.4, 1704.4.1 Table 1704.32, 1805.5.7.2, 1805.9, Table 1808.2.13, 1808.9.2.1, 1808.9.3, 1808.9.3.1, 1809.6.3.2, 1809.6.3.2.2, 1810.1.2.5.1, 1810.1.2.5.2, 1810.7.4.1, 1810.8.3, 1810.8.4, 1901.2, 1901.3, 1901.4, 1902.1, 1903.1, 1903.2, 1903.3, 1903.4, 1903.5, 1903.5.1, 1903.5.2, 1903.6, 1903.7, 1904.1, 1904.2, 1904.3, 1904.4.1, 1904.5, 1905.1.1, 1905.1.4, 1905.3, 1905.4, 1905.5, 1905.6.5.5, 1905.6.6, 1905.8.3, 1905.11.3, 1906.1, 1906.2, 1906.3, 1906.4, 1907.1, 1907.2, 1907.4.1, 1907.6, 1907.7.2, 1907.7.3, 1907.7.4, 1907.7.5, 1907.7.6, 1907.8, 1907.9, 1907.10, 1907.11, 1907.12, 1907.13, 1908, 1908.1, 1908.1.1, 1908.1.2, 1908.1.3, 1908.1.4, 1908.1.5, 1908.1.6, 1908.1.7, 1908.1.8, 1908.1.9, 1908.1.11, 1908.2, 1908.2.1, 1909.1, 1909.3, 1909.4, 1909.5, 1909.6, 1912.1, 1912.1.1, 1915.2, 1915.3, 1915.4, 1915.6, 1916.2, 1916.3.1, 2108.3, 2205.3, 3305.3.2 |
~
§ 2. This rule takes effect on December 31, 2014. [;As amended City Record Nov. 19, 2014 § 7, see also T1 § 102-01 Note 16];
§ 3500-02 American National Standards Institute (ANSI) A10.4 – Safety Requirements for Personnel Hoists amendment.
Pursuant to Section 28-103.19 of the New York City Administrative Code, ANSI 10.4 as added by Section BC 3502 of the New York City Building Code is hereby deleted and a new ANSI 10.4 is added to read as follows:
Table 2
| ANSI | American National Standards Institute25 West 43rd Street, Fourth FloorNew York, NY 10036 | |
|---|---|---|
| StandardReferenceNumber | Referenced in codesection number | |
| A10.4 – 07 | Safety Requirements for Personnel Hoists | 3010.3 |
~
Subchapter G: Flood-resistant Construction
§ 3606-01 Alteration Applications; Determinations of Market Value and Substantial Improvement.
(a) Scope. This rule provides application submission requirements for alterations to structures located in areas of special flood hazard, provides the method for determining the market value of a structure, and provides the method for determining whether repairs, reconstructions, rehabilitations, additions or improvements constitute a substantial improvement.
(1) Assessment roll option. Applicants shall utilize dollar amounts provided by the Department of Finance’s most recent “Final Assessment Roll” by multiplying the total market value by the ratio (market value of structure to total market value):
| Market Value of Structure | = | Estimated Market Value (Total) | × | Actual AV (Total) - Actual AV (Land)Actual AV (Total) | (See Example 1) | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| or | ||||||
| Market Value of Structure | = | Estimated Market Value (Total) | × | 6-20% Limitation (Total) - 6-20% Limitation (Land) 6-20% Limitation (Total) | (See Example 2) | |
| or | ||||||
| Market Value of Structure | = | Estimated Market Value (Total) | × | 8-30% Limitation (Total) - 8-30% Limitation (Land) 8-30% Limitation (Total) | (See Example 3) |
~
or, at the option of the owner, or where the assessment roll method would not reflect the market value of structure because more than one building occupies a single tax lot,
(2) Appraisal option. Applicants shall utilize dollar amounts obtained from an appraisal performed by a New York State licensed Real Estate Appraiser and performed within one year of the filing of the alteration application:
~
(1) The costs for the given application, regardless of the time it takes to complete the work, plus
(2) The cost of all other work to be performed during the same period, including work filed under separate application(s) and including any minor alterations and ordinary repairs.
(1) Example 1; Actual A/V. For the purposes of this example, the assessed values for both the land and the total for the property are indicated as follows:
| DESCRIPTION | LAND | TOTAL |
|---|---|---|
| ESTIMATED MARKET VALUE | 814,000 | |
| ACTUAL AV | 135,000 | 366,300 |
| ACTUAL EX AV | 0 | 136,080 |
| TRANS AV | 135,000 | 363,150 |
| TRANS EX AV | 0 | 136,080 |
~
The example property assessment roll indicates that the ESTIMATED MARKET VALUE is $814,000 for both the land and the structure. Using the values in the prescribed formula, the market value of only the structure is calculated as follows:
| Market Value of Structure | = | Estimated Market Value (Total) | × | Actual AV (Total) - Actual AV (Land) Actual AV (Total) |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Market Value of Structure | = | $814,000 | × | 366,300 - 135,000 366,300 |
| = | $814,000 | × | 63.15% | |
| = | $514,041 |
~
(2) Example 2; 6-20% Limitation. For the purposes of this example, the assessed values for both the land and the total for the property are indicated as follows:
| DESCRIPTION | LAND | TOTAL |
|---|---|---|
| ESTIMATED MARKET VALUE | 144,000 | |
| 6-20% LIMITATION | 2,040 | 5,702 |
| ACTUAL EX AV | 1,570 | 1,570 |
~
The example property assessment roll indicates that the ESTIMATED MARKET VALUE is $144,000 for both the land and the structure. Using the values in the prescribed formula, the market value of only the structure is calculated as follows:
| Market Value of Structure | = | Estimated Market Value (Total) | × | 6-20% Limitation (Total) - 6-20% Limitation (Land)6-20% Limitation (Total) |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Market Value of Structure | = | $144,000 | × | 5,702 - 2,040 5,702 |
| = | $144,000 | × | 64.22% | |
| = | $92,481 |
~
(3) Example 3; 8-30% Limitation. For the purposes of this example, the assessed values for both the land and the total for the property are indicated as follows:
| DESCRIPTION | LAND | TOTAL |
|---|---|---|
| ESTIMATED MARKET VALUE | 391,000 | |
| 8-30% LIMITATION | 13,050 | 30,427 |
| ACTUAL EX AV | 0 | 0 |
~
The example property assessment roll indicates that the ESTIMATED MARKET VALUE is $391,000 for both the land and the structure. Using the values in the prescribed formula, the market value of only the structure is calculated as follows:
| Market Value of Structure | = | Estimated Market Value (Total) | × | 8-30% Limitation (Total) - 8-30% Limitation (Land) 8-30% Limitation (Total) |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Market Value of Structure | = | $391,000 | × | 30,427 - 13,050 30,427 |
| = | $391,000 | × | 57.11% | |
| = | $223,302 |
~
§ 3606-02 Letters of map change.
(a) Scope. This section establishes procedures for processing letters of map change, including Letters of Map Amendment and Letters of Map Revision based on Fill.
(1) Submit application for construction document approval. Work to re-grade a site in an A-Zone in order to remove land from an area of special flood hazard shall be performed pursuant to a work permit issued by the Department. Such work shall be allowed as either a separate earthwork application or as part of a new building or alteration application. The application for construction document approval shall include (i) through (v) below:
(i) The check-off in the box on the application that the work is located in an area of special flood hazard;
(ii) An “Initial Survey” of existing conditions showing 1’-0” contour lines;
(iii) No fewer than three sections traversing the entire parcel showing the base flood elevation, any proposed structures (including elevation of lowest floor), required yards and rear yard equivalents, levels of existing natural grade, levels of grade to be removed, final levels of compacted fill, and final levels of uncompacted topsoil. Additional sections shall be required when necessary to adequately depict that the work proposed complies with the code. All levels shall be indicated in NGVD with borough datum in parentheses;
(iv) An “Initial LOMR-F Flood Zone Certification” by the registered design professional who is the applicant, stating:
“In accordance with FEMA’s Technical Bulletin 10-01 and in accordance with accepted professional practice, I, ________, certify that the design for the aforementioned development is reasonably safe from flooding and that the design of the development will not increase the risk of flooding to surrounding areas. Additionally, I certify that the design complies with the requirements of Appendix G of the Building Code, and that the level of compacted fill adjacent to all structures in the development, exclusive of uncompacted topsoil, is proposed to be at or above the base flood elevation. Further, I certify that no fill is proposed to be placed in the regulatory floodway or in an area designated as a V-Zone. Further I certify that all applicable Federal, State, and local laws shall be complied with, and all Federal, State, and local permits required for the proposed work have been obtained and submitted into the folder for this job” and
(v) Identification of special inspection for fill placement and of evaluation of in-place density in accordance with Sections BC 1704.7.2 and 1704.7.3 (to be certified prior to sign-off). Compaction standards shall be as referenced in FEMA Technical Bulletin 10-01.
(2) Obtain approval of construction documents.
(3) Submit application to FEMA for Conditional LOMR-F (CLOMR-F) (optional). While the CLOMR-F is an optional step, it provides preconstruction assurance that FEMA will approve the Final LOMR-F if constructed in accordance with the approved plans. At any time after construction document approval, the applicant may present to the Borough Commissioner for the Borough Commissioner’s review and signature a FEMA “Community Acknowledgement Form” (which shall indicate “Conditional LOMR-F” in the “Community Comments” section), along with the approved construction documents. The owner may submit this signed Community Acknowledgement Form to FEMA. If the owner elects not to undertake the actions specified in this paragraph three, the owner must nonetheless follow the procedures and take the actions specified in paragraphs four through eight of this subdivision, however, in such case, there will be no preconstruction assurance that FEMA will ultimately approve the Final LOMR-F.
(4) Obtain work permit.
(5) Complete all grading, fill, and foundation work.
(6) Present Community Acknowledgement Form to Borough Commissioner. After the completion of all grading, fill and foundation work, the applicant shall present to the Borough Commissioner for review and signature a FEMA Community Acknowledgement Form, along with the approved plans and following list of additional required items:
(i) A “Final Survey” of completed conditions showing 1’-0” contour lines;
(ii) Certification of completion for the special inspections for fill placement and of evaluation of in-place density. Compaction standards shall be as referenced in FEMA Technical Bulletin 10-01; and
(iii) A “Final LOMR-F Flood Zone Certification” by the registered architect or professional engineer who is the applicant on the PW-1, stating:
“In accordance with FEMA’s Technical Bulletin 10-01 and in accordance with accepted professional practice, I, __________________________ , certify that all grading, fill and foundation work is complete, that the design for and construction of the aforementioned development is reasonably safe from flooding and that the design for and construction of the development will not increase the risk of flooding to surrounding areas. I have thoroughly reviewed the annexed “Initial Survey”, “Final Survey” and the special inspection reports for fill placement and evaluation of in-place density. Further, I certify that all the work complies with the requirements of Appendix G of the Building Code, and that the level of compacted fill adjacent to all structures in the development, exclusive of uncompacted topsoil, is at or above the base flood elevation. Additionally, I certify that no fill has been placed in the regulatory floodway or in a designated V-Zone. Further, I certify that all applicable Federal, State, and local laws have been complied with, and all Federal, State, and local permits required for the work have been obtained and submitted into the folder for this job”.
(7) Apply to FEMA for Final LOMR-F. After the Borough Commissioner signs the Community Acknowledgement Form, the owner shall submit such signed form to FEMA.
(8) Submit to the Department the approved LOMR-F and either a signed elevation certificate or dry floodproofing certificate as required pursuant to Section BC G 105.3. No certificate of occupancy or other final signoff shall be issued by the Department unless and until the applicant submits to the Department the Final LOMR-F approved by FEMA and either a signed elevation certificate or dry floodproofing certificate, and until all documents and submissions required by this rule are microfilmed into the permanent records of the Department. Certificates of occupancy shall comply with Section BC G 106.5.
§ 3606-03 Federal Emergency Management Agency (“FEMA”) Letters of Map Revision.
Pursuant to § 28-103.19 of the Administrative Code, the reference standard FEMA FIRMs 360497, as identified in Section BC G402 of the Building Code, is modified for New York City to read as follows:
~
§ 3606-04 American Society of Civil Engineers (“ASCE”) 24 amendments relating to mandatory freeboard. [Repealed]
**Subchapter K: Modified Industry Standards For Elevators and Conveying Systems**
§ 3610-01 Safety Code for Existing Elevators and Escalators. [Repealed]
*§ 3610-02 Safety Code for Machine-room-less Elevators. [Repealed]* ::
§ 3610-03 Emergency Operation and Signaling Devices.
Pursuant to Section 28-103.19 of the New York City Administrative Code and Section BC 3008 of the New York City Building Code, Section 2.27 of American Society of Mechanical Engineers A17.1-2000, with supplements A17.1 a-2002 and A17.1 b-2003, as modified by Chapter K1 of Appendix K of the New York City Building Code, is hereby amended to read as follows:
SECTION 2.27EMERGENCY OPERATION AND SIGNALING DEVICES
2.27.5 Firefighters’ emergency operation: automatic elevators with designated-attendant operation
Delete and revise Section 2.27.5.1 to read as follows:
2.27.5.1 When designated-attendant operation is not in effect, elevators shall conform to 2.27.3 and when Occupant Evacuation Operation is provided shall also conform to 2.27.11.6.
Delete and revise Section 2.27.5.2 to read as follows:
2.27.5.2 When operated by a designated attendant in the car.
Exception. The provisions of Section 2.27.5.2 do not apply to hospital service.
Delete and revise Section 2.27.5.3 to read as follows:
2.27.5.3 When an elevator that is provided with Firefighters’ Emergency Operation or Occupant Evacuation Operation is on hospital service, a visual signal as shown in Fig. 2.27.3.1.6(h) shall illuminate and a continuous audible signal, audible within the car, shall sound when a “FIRE RECALL” switch (see 2.27.3.1 and 2.27.11.1.2) is in the “FIREMEN SERVICE” position, or when a fire alarm initiating device (see 2.27.3.2) is activated to alert the operator of an emergency. There may be a means located in the car for manually silencing the audible signal, after the signal has been active for at least 5 seconds.
The signal shall be automatically reactivated when the doors open.
The car shall remain under control of the operator until removed from hospital service. An elevator on Firefighters’ Emergency Operation or Occupant Evacuation Operation shall not be placed on hospital service.
Delete and revise Section 2.27.6 to read as follows:
2.27.6 Firefighters’ emergency operation, occupant evacuation operation: inspection operation
When an elevator that is provided with Firefighters’ Emergency Operation or Occupant Evacuation Operation is on inspection operation (see 2.26.1.4 and 2.26.1.5) or when a hoistway access switch has been enabled (see 2.12.7.3.3(a)), a continuous audible signal, audible at the location where the inspection operation is activated, shall sound when a “FIRE RECALL” switch (see 2.27.3.1 and 2.27.11.1.2) is in the “ON” position or when the fire alarm initiating device (see 2.27.3.2 and 2.27.11.5) is activated to alert the operator of an emergency. The car shall remain under the control of the operator until removed from inspection operation or hoistway access operation. Inspection operation or hoistway access operation shall take precedence over Phase I Emergency Recall Operation, Phase II Emergency In-Car Operation, and Occupant Evacuation Operation.
Add new Section 2.27.11 to read as follows:
2.27.11 Occupant evacuation operation
Where elevators are provided for occupant evacuation, Occupant Evacuation Operation (OEO) shall be provided to function prior to Firefighter’s Emergency Operation and shall conform to 2.27.11.1 through 2.27.11.6.
Note: See also Nonmandatory Appendix V for additional information.
2.27.11.1 The requirements of 2.27.3.1 are modified as follows.
2.27.11.1.1 The two-position switch in the lobby (2.27.3.1.1) and two-position switch in the fire command center (2.27.3.1.2) shall be labeled “BANK FIRE RECALL” and indicate the elevator bank that they control.
2.27.11.1.2 An additional two-position key operated individual “CAR FIRE RECALL” switch per elevator, that will not change position without a deliberate action by the user, shall be located in the lobby at the designated level adjacent to the elevator it controls. Each switch shall be labeled “CAR FIRE RECALL” (with the car identification, as specified in 2.29.1, inserted), and its positions marked “NORMAL” and “FIREMEN SERVICE” (in that order) in letters a minimum of 5 mm (0.25 in.) high. Text shall be black on a yellow background. Each switch shall control the associated elevator in conformance with 2.27.3.1.6, but shall not control the other elevators controlled by the “BANK FIRE RECALL” switch (see 2.27.11.1.1).
2.27.11.1.3 Each individual “CAR FIRE RECALL” switch shall terminate Occupant Evacuation Operation for the elevator it controls when placed in the “FIREMEN SERVICE” position. Each “BANK FIRE RECALL” switch shall terminate Occupant Evacuation Operation for the elevators it controls when placed in the “FIREMEN SERVICE” position.
2.27.11.1.4 Each individual “CAR FIRE RECALL” switch shall be provided with an illuminated visual signal to indicate when Phase I Emergency Recall Operation is in effect for that car (see 2.27.3.1.5).
2.27.11.1.5 To remove an individual elevator from Phase I Emergency Recall Operation, the individual “CAR FIRE RECALL” switch shall be rotated to the “NORMAL” position, provided that
(a) the “BANK FIRE RECALL SWITCH” and the additional two-position “BANK FIRE RECALL” switch, where provided, are in the “NORMAL” position; and
(b) no fire alarm initiating device is activated (see 2.27.3.2).
2.27.11.1.6 A car with its individual “CAR FIRE RECALL” switch in the “FIREMEN SERVICE” position shall not be removed from Phase I Emergency Recall Operation when the “BANK FIRE RECALL” switch is rotated to the “NORMAL” position.
2.27.11.1.7 At the elevator designated level, only the door(s) serving the lobby where the “BANK FIRE RECALL” switch is located shall open.
2.27.11.2 The sign required by 2.27.9 shall not be installed. A variable message sign, as defined in ANSI/ICC A117.1, shall be installed for each elevator bank on each landing served It shall be located not less than 2 130 mm (84 in.) and not more than 3 000 mm (120 in.) above the floor and in a central visible location within the elevator lobby. Message text shall be a minimum of 50 mm (2 in.) high and conform to ANSI/ICC A117.1. The variable message signs shall be powered by the same power supply as the elevator, including emergency or standby power.
When the elevators are not on Occupant Evacuation Operation or Firefighters’ Emergency Operation, the variable message signs shall not display other elevator system status messages.
2.27.11.3 Where hoistway pressurization is provided, a car on Phase I Emergency Recall, after completing the requirements of 2.27.3.1.6, shall conform to the following:
2.27.11.4 A position indicator shall be provided at the elevator designated level above or adjacent to the entrance for each car. The position indicator shall be powered by the same power supply as the elevator, including emergency or standby power.
2.27.11.5 Fire alarm system interface.
2.27.11.5.1 Upon activation of an automatic fire alarm initiating device in the building in any area that does not initiate Phase I recall in this bank, the fire alarm system shall provide signals to the elevator system in conformance with NFPA 72, as modified by Appendix Q of the New York City Building Code and any applicable rules, indicating the floors to be evacuated. The floors to be evacuated shall be a contiguous block of floors, consisting of at least the floor with an active alarm, one floor above and one floor below. The elevator system shall initiate Occupant Evacuation Operation in accordance with 2.27.11.6 for the indicated floors. If activation of an automatic fire alarm initiating device which does not initiate Phase I recall in this bank occurs on any additional floor at any time while Occupant Evacuation Operation in accordance with 2.27.11.6 is in effect, the evacuation zone shall be expanded to include all floors with an active alarm, all floors between the highest and lowest floor with an active alarm plus one floor above the highest floor with an active alarm and one floor below the lowest floor with an active alarm. If the active alarm is on the elevator designated level, automatic initiation of Occupant Evacuation Operation in accordance with 2.27.11.6 shall not be permitted. Initiation by authorized or emergency personnel shall be provided through manual operation of the fire alarm system.
For the purposes of this section, an active alarm refers to the condition caused by the activation of an automatic fire alarm initiating device.
2.27.11.5.2 A means to initiate total building evacuation, labeled “ELEVATOR TOTAL BUILDING EVACUATION,” shall be provided at the fire command center location and installed in accordance with NFPA 72, as modified by Appendix Q of the New York City Building Code and any applicable rules. When this means is actuated, the fire alarm system shall provide a signal to the elevator system indicating that all floors are to be evacuated. The means to initiate total building evacuation shall be keyed as New York City standard #2642 and FDNY standard key.
2.27.11.6 When any of the signals provided in 2.27.11.5 actuate, the elevators shall conform to 2.27.11.6.1 through 2.27.11.6.10 in order to move occupants from the floors affected by the fire to the elevator designated level.
2.27.11.6.1 The variable message signs required by 2.27.11.2 shall indicate one of the following messages:
(a) On all floors being evacuated, they shall indicate that the elevators are available for evacuation and the estimated time duration in minutes for the next elevator to arrive.
Text shall read: “Elevators and stairs available for evacuation. Next car in about “X” minutes.”
(b) On all floors not being evacuated, they shall indicate that elevator service is not available.
Text shall read: “Elevators temporarily dedicated to other floors”
(c) On the elevator designated level, they shall indicate that the cars are in evacuation mode and that passengers should not use elevators.
Text shall read: “Elevators dedicated to evacuation. Do not enter elevator.”
(d) If no elevators are available for Occupant Evacuation Operation (fire service, inspection, shut off, etc.), they shall indicate that elevator service is not available.
On all floors being evacuated they shall also indicate that occupants should use the stairs.
Text for floors being evacuated: “Elevators out of service. Use stairs to evacuate.” Text for other floors: “Elevators out of service.”
2.27.11.6.2 Automatic visual signal or variable message sign, and voice notification in each car shall indicate that the car is being used to evacuate the building.
In the event that the car stops to pick up passengers at a floor other than the elevator designated level, the signals shall instruct the passengers to remain in the car.
Upon or prior to arrival at the elevator designated level, passengers shall be notified that they have arrived at the exit floor and to exit quickly. Message text shall be a minimum of 25 mm (1 in.) high and conform to ANSI/ICC A117.1. Voice notification shall be at least 10 dBA above ambient but not more than 80 dBA measured 1 525 mm (60 in.) above the floor, at the center of the car.
2.27.11.6.3 All landing calls outside of the contiguous block of floors being evacuated shall be canceled and disabled. Building security systems that limit service to these floors shall be overridden. Any landing call within the contiguous block of floors shall call an elevator or elevators to that landing. Landing calls entered at the floor with an active alarm shall be given higher priority than the calls at the floors above and below it. If a subsequent active alarm is received from a different floor, the evacuation priority shall be assigned in the sequence received. Once passengers have entered an elevator, it shall proceed only towards the elevator designated level. When total building evacuation is in effect and no calls are entered at an affected floor, priority shall be based on distance from the elevator designated level, with the furthest floor served getting highest priority.
2.27.11.6.4 Car calls for all floors, except for the elevator designated level, shall be canceled and disabled.
A car call for the elevator designated level shall be automatically entered when any landing call is answered.
2.27.11.6.5 Cars that are unoccupied when Occupant Evacuation Operation is actuated shall move without delay to a floor that is being evacuated, and park with their doors closed until a landing call is registered. If the car is in motion away from the floors being evacuated, it shall stop at or before the next available floor, without opening the doors, reverse direction, and move to a floor that is being evacuated.
2.27.11.6.6 Cars that are occupied when Occupant Evacuation Operation is actuated shall proceed without delay to the elevator designated level. Any reversal of travel direction that is needed shall be done at or before the next available floor without opening the doors. After opening and closing the doors at the elevator designated level, the cars shall proceed without delay to a floor that is being evacuated and park with their doors closed until a landing call is registered.
2.27.11.6.7 When a car answers a landing call at a floor being evacuated, a car call for the elevator discharge level shall be automatically registered. The system shall accept a new landing call as soon as the doors have opened to permit loading at that floor, or sooner. If a new landing call is registered at this floor, it shall be assigned to another car, and not canceled until that car arrives. Actuation of the landing call device shall not prevent a loaded car from closing its doors and leaving the floor.
2.27.11.6.8 While passengers are entering the car at a floor being evacuated, when the load reaches no greater than 80% of car capacity, the door reopening device(s) shall be disabled and the doors shall initiate closing at reduced kinetic energy in accordance with 2.13.4.2.1(c). If the doors stall while closing, they shall reopen fully, then close. An audible signal shall sound until the doors are closed. If the load exceeds 100% of capacity, the doors shall reopen and remain open and a voice notification and visual signal shall indicate that the car is overloaded.
2.27.11.6.9 Once the block of floors being evacuated has been evacuated, as indicated by a 60 second period in which no landing calls are registered, one car shall park with its doors closed at the lowest floor of the block of floors ready to answer subsequent landing calls within the block of floors: the rest shall park with doors closed at the elevator designated level. A car parked at the elevator designated level shall replace the car at the lowest floor of the block that has answered a landing call.
2.27.11.6.10 Occupant Evacuation Operation shall be terminated when the fire alarm system is reset or the signals provided in 2.27.3.2 are actuated (see 2.27.11.1.3).
Add new Section 2.27.12 to read as follows:
2.27.12 Inspections and tests
2.27.12.1 Annual inspections and tests. All elevators provided with Occupant Evacuation Operation shall be subjected, by authorized personnel, to a check of the operation in conjunction with the fire alarm system testing in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 72. as modified by Appendix Q of the New York City Building Code and any applicable rules. Deficiencies shall be corrected. A record of findings shall be available to elevator personnel and the authority having jurisdiction. These tests and inspections are not part of the Category 1 or Category 5 tests or inspections.
2.27.12.2 Acceptance tests. Acceptance tests shall be performed jointly by the fire alarm installer and the elevator system installer in conjunction with NFPA 72, as modified by Appendix Q of the New York City Building Code and any applicable rules. Acceptance tests shall also verify conformance with 2.27.11.
§ 3610-04 Multicompartment elevators.
Pursuant to Section 28-103.19 of the New York City Administrative Code and Section BC 3001.2 of the New York City Building Code, Section 2.27.3.5 of American Society of Mechanical Engineers A17.1-2000, with supplements A17.1a-2002 and A17.1b - 2003, as modified by Chapter K1 of Appendix K of the New York City Building Code, is hereby amended to read as follows:
SECTION 2.27EMERGENCY OPERATION AND SIGNALING DEVICES
Delete and revise Section 2,27,3.5 to read as follows:
2.27.3.5 Multicompartment Elevators. Multicompartment elevators shall also conform to 2.27.3.5.1 through 2.27.3.5.10 and shall be designed to have a usable hoistway entrance for the lower compartment when the upper compartment is at the designated or alternate level. When the upper compartment has been recalled to the designated or alternate level and Phase I Emergency Recall Operation is in effect, the car and hoistway doors for both compartments shall open.
Delete and revise Section 2.27.3.5.1 to read as follows:
2.27.3.5.1 The “FIRE RECALL” switch (2.27.3.1) shall be located at the designated level served by the upper compartment. Where a sky lobby exists, a “FIRE RECALL” switch shall also be located at the floor served by the upper compartment that is immediately above the sky lobby level. This level above the sky lobby level shall be the sky lobby designated level.
Delete and revise Section 2.27.3.5.2 to read as follows:
2.27.3.5.2 The Phase II Emergency In-Car Operation switch (see 2.27.3.3) shall be located in the upper compartment.
Add new Sections 2.27.3.5.3 through 2.27.3.5.10 to read as follows:
2.27.3.5.3 A visual and audible signal (see 2.27.3.1.6(h)) shall be provided in the main car operating panel of both the upper and lower compartments.
2.27.3.5.4 A minimum 3” diagonal video display shall be installed in the car operating panel of the upper compartment so that the entire floor area in the lower compartment is visible. The display shall show the lower compartment when the upper deck is on Phase I Emergency Recall Operation and is at the designated level with the car doors open and shall remain on during Phase II Emergency In-Car Operation.
2.27.3.5.5 Moving the Phase II Emergency In-Car Operation key switch to the “FIREMAN SERVICE” position shall result in locking out the lower compartment.
(1) disable all door reopening devices in the lower compartment; and
(2) initiate closing of the lower compartment doors in accordance with 2.13.4.2.1(c).
2.27.3.5.6 Two-way hands-free voice communication shall be established between the upper and lower compartments when the elevator is on Phase I Emergency Recall Operation, the upper compartment is at the designated or alternate level, and the car and hoistway doors are open. Voice communication between the two compartments shall be maintained until such time as the elevator is returned to normal service.
2.27.3.5.7 A switch labeled “LOWER COMPARTMENT RECOVERY” with two positions marked “OFF” and “ON” shall be located adjacent to the elevator at the designated level. The key shall only be removable when the switch is in the “OFF” position.
(1) The doors of the upper compartment shall remain open until:
(i) the elevator is placed on Phase II Emergency In-Car Operation; or
(ii) the elevator is returned to normal operation.
(2) The doors of the lower compartment shall remain closed until such time as:
(i) the elevator is returned to normal operation:
(ii) the “LOWER COMPARTMENT RECOVERY” switch is operated and the lower compartment has returned to the designated level; or
(iii) the elevator is on “FIREMAN SERVICE” Phase I Emergency Recall Operation.
2.27.3.5.8 Activation of a fire alarm initiating device at either the designated level or the level below the designated level shall cause the elevator(s) to travel to the alternate level.
2.27.3.5.9 Activation of a fire alarm initiating device at the sky lobby or the level above the sky lobby (which is the sky lobby designated level) shall cause the elevator(s) to travel to the sky lobby alternate level.
2.27.3.5.10 Alternate levels shall be located in accordance with the following provisions:
§ 3610-05 Capacity and loading.
(a) New and altered elevator devices must comply with the requirements of this rule.
SECTION 1.3DEFINITIONS
1.3
Add a new definition of “balanced load” as follows:
BALANCED LOAD. The amount of weight measured as a percentage of the car capacity that must be placed in the elevator such that the suspended load of the car side is equal to the suspended load of the counterweight side.
SECTION 2.16CAPACITY AND LOADING
2.16.3.2 Information Required on Plates
Revise Section 2.16.3.2.1, and add a new Subsection (c) to Section 2.16.3.2.1, to read as follows:
2.16.3.2.1 Capacity plates must indicate the rated load of the elevator in pounds or kilograms and pounds (see Appendix D). In addition, this plate or a separate plate must indicate
Add new Subsection (f) to Section 2.16.3.2.2 to read as follows:
Add new Section 2.16.10 to read as follows:
2.16.10 Detection of Overload on Passenger Elevators and Freight Elevators Permitted by 2.16.4 to Carry Passengers.
Passenger elevators and freight elevators permitted by 2.16.4 to carry passengers must be designed with the means to detect if the load exceeds the rated capacity of the elevator. If an overload is detected, the elevator doors must reopen and remain open and a voice notification and visual signal must indicate that the car is overloaded.
Subchapter Q: Modified National Standards For Automatic Sprinkler, Standpipe, and Fire Alarm Systems
§ 3616-01 National Fire Protection Association (“NFPA”) 13 Amendment Relating to Elevator Hoistways and Machine Rooms. [Repealed]
*§ 3616-02 National Fire Protection Association ("NFPA") 13 Amendment Relating to Closets and Pantries. [Repealed]* ::
§ 3616-03 National Fire Protection Association (“NFPA”) 14 Amendment Relating to Hydrostatic Tests. [Repealed]
*§ 3616-04 National Fire Protection Association ("NFPA") 72 Amendment Relating to the National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code.* ::
Pursuant to Section 28-103.19 of the New York City Administrative Code, NFPA 72 (2010 edition) is hereby amended as follows:
Chapter 1 – Administration No changes.
Chapter 2 – Referenced Publications
2.1 Add at end the following: Where a referenced publication has been modified for the City of New York by the New York City Building Code or the rules of the Department of Buildings, every reference to such publication shall be deemed to include all such modifications.
2.2 Revise references to NFPA 13, 70 and 720, to read as follows: NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems, as referenced in and modified by Appendix Q of the New York City Building Code. NFPA 70, National Electrical Code, as referenced in and modified by the New York City Electrical Code. NFPA 720, Standard for the Installation of Carbon Monoxide (CO) Detection and Warning Equipment, as referenced in and modified by 1 RCNY 908-01.
2.3.1 Revise references to ANSI/ASME A17.1a/CSA B44a, to read as follows: ANSI/ASME A17.1a/CSA B44a, Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators, as referenced in and modified by Appendix K of the New York City Building Code.
2.4 Delete reference to NFPA 5000, and revise reference to NFPA 70, to read as follows: NFPA 70, National Electrical Code, as referenced in and modified by the New York City Electrical Code.
Chapter 3 – Definitions No changes.
Chapter 4 – [Reserved] No changes.
Chapter 5 – [Reserved] No changes.
Chapter 6 – [Reserved] No changes.
Chapter 7 – [Reserved] No changes.
Chapter 8 – [Reserved] No changes.
Chapter 9 – [Reserved] No changes.
Chapter 10 – Fundamentals
10.4.1.1 Delete and replace with the following: Fire alarm system and emergency communication system plans and specifications shall be developed in accordance with the New York City Building Code by persons licensed and registered to practice the profession of engineering under the Education Law of the State of New York, who are also experienced in the proper design, application, installation, and testing of the system.
10.4.1.2 Delete.
10.4.2.1 Add at beginning the following: Fire alarm installations shall be performed by a New York City licensed electrical contractor.
10.4.3.1 Add at beginning the following: Fire alarm inspection, testing and maintenance shall be performed by a New York City licensed electrical contractor holding a New York State registration for “Business of Installing, Servicing or Maintaining Security or Fire Alarm Systems” or those fire alarm companies holding a New York State registration for “Business of Installing, Servicing or Maintaining Security or Fire Alarm Systems,” and in accordance with rules and regulations promulgated by the Fire Commissioner.
10.5.3.1 Delete and replace with the following: Refer to the New York City Electrical Code for requirements.
10.5.3.2 Delete and replace with the following: Refer to the New York City Electrical Code for requirements.
10.5.3.3 Delete and replace with the following: Refer to the New York City Electrical Code for requirements.
10.5.3.4 Delete and replace with the following: Refer to the New York City Electrical Code for requirements.
10.5.4.1 Delete and replace with the following: Refer to the New York City Electrical Code for requirements.
10.5.4.2 Delete and replace with the following: Refer to the New York City Electrical Code for requirements.
10.5.4.3 Delete and replace with the following: Refer to the New York City Electrical Code for requirements.
10.5.5.1 Delete and replace with the following: Refer to the New York City Electrical Code for requirements.
10.5.5.2 Delete and replace with the following: Refer to the New York City Electrical Code for requirements.
10.5.5.3 Delete and replace with the following: Refer to the New York City Electrical Code for requirements.
10.5.5.4 Delete and replace with the following: Refer to the New York City Electrical Code for requirements.
10.5.6.1 Delete and replace with the following: Refer to the New York City Electrical Code for requirements.
10.5.6.2 Delete and replace with the following: Refer to the New York City Electrical Code for requirements.
10.5.6.3.1 Delete and replace with the following: The secondary power supply for fire alarm systems and supervising station facilities shall have sufficient capacity to operate the system in accordance with the New York City Electrical Code. The secondary power supply for other systems shall have sufficient capacity to operate the system under quiescent load (system operating in a nonalarm condition) for a minimum of 24 hours and, at the end of that period, shall be capable of operating all alarm notification appliances used for evacuation or to direct aid to the location of an emergency for 5 minutes, unless otherwise permitted or required by the following:
(1) [Reserved.]
(2) [Reserved.]
(3) [Reserved.]
(4) The secondary power supply for high-power speaker arrays used for wide-area mass notification systems shall be in accordance with 24.4.3.4.2.2.
(5) The secondary power supply for textual visible appliances shall be in accordance with 24.4.3.4.7.1.
(6) The secondary power supply capacity for central control stations of a wide-area mass notification systems shall be capable of supporting operations for a minimum of 24 hours.
(7) The secondary power supply for in-building mass notification systems shall be capable of operating the system under quiescent load for a minimum of 24 hours and then shall be capable of operating the system during emergency condition for a period of 15 minutes at maximum connected load.
Chapter 11 – [Reserved] No changes.
Chapter 12 – Circuits and Pathways No changes.
Chapter 13 – [Reserved] No changes.
Chapter 14 – Inspection, Testing and Maintenance
14.1.1 Delete and replace with the following: The inspection, testing and maintenance of systems, their initiating devices, and notification appliances shall comply with the requirements of this chapter and the New York City Fire Code.
14.1.2 Delete and replace with the following: The inspection, testing and maintenance of single- and multiple-station smoke and heat alarms and household fire alarm systems shall comply with the requirements of this chapter and the New York City Fire Code.
14.6.3 Delete and replace with the following: Supervising Station Records. For supervising station alarm systems, records pertaining to signals received at the supervising station that result from maintenance, inspection, and testing shall be maintained in accordance with the New York City Fire Code.
14.6.3.1 Delete.
14.6.3.2 Delete.
14.6.4 Delete.
Chapter 15 – [Reserved] No changes.
Chapter 16 – [Reserved] No changes.
Chapter 17 – Initiating Devices No changes.
Chapter 18 – Notification Appliances No changes.
Chapter 19 – [Reserved] No changes.
Chapter 20 – [Reserved] No changes.
Chapter 21 – Emergency Control Functions and Interfaces
21.3.3 Delete and replace with the following: Unless otherwise required by the authority having jurisdiction, only the elevator lobby, elevator hoistway, and elevator machine room smoke detectors, sprinkler waterflow alarm-initiating devices, or other automatic fire detection as permitted by 21.3.7, and initiating devices used to initiate shutdown of elevator power in accordance with 21.4 shall be used to recall elevators for fire fighters’ service.
21.3.12 Delete and replace with the following: Separate outputs from the fire alarm systems to the elevator controller(s) shall be provided to implement elevator Phase 1 Emergency Recall Operation in accordance with ANSI/ASME A17.1a/CSA B44a, Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators.
21.3.12.1 Delete and replace with the following: See ANSI/ASME A17.1a/CSA B44a, Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators, for designated and alternate levels of elevator recall.
21.3.12.2 Delete and replace with the following: See ANSI/ASME A17.1a/CSA B44a, Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators, for designated and alternate levels of elevator recall.
21.3.12.3 Delete and replace with the following: See ANSI/ASME A17.1a/CSA B44a, Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators, for designated and alternate levels of elevator recall.
21.4.2 Delete and replace with the following: If heat detectors are used to shut down elevator power prior to sprinkler operation, they shall be placed within 24 in. (610 mm) of each sprinkler head and be installed in accordance with the requirements of Chapter 17. Upon activation of the heat detector used for elevator power shutdown, there shall be permitted to be a delay in the activation of the power shunt trip. This delay should be the time that it takes the elevator cab to travel from the top of the hoist way to the lowest recall level. Alternatively, engineering methods, such as those specified in Annex B, shall be permitted to be used to select and place heat detectors to ensure response prior to any sprinkler head operation under a variety of the growth rate scenarios.
21.4.3 Delete and replace with the following: Pressure or water flow switches shall not be used to shut down elevator power.
21.6 Delete and replace with the following:
21.6 Occupant Evacuation Elevators.
21.6.1 Elevator Status. Any elevator specifically designated and marked for use by occupants for evacuation during fires shall comply with all of the provisions of Sections 21.5 and 21.6.
21.6.2 Elevator Occupant Evacuation Operation (OEO). Outputs from the fire alarm system to the elevator controller(s) shall be provided to implement elevator occupant evacuation operation in accordance with Section 2.27 of ASME A17.1/CSA B44 as modified by Chapter K1 of Appendix K of the New York City Building Code, as required in 21 6.2.1 and 21.6.2.2.
21.6.2.1 Partial Evacuation. Where an elevator or group of elevators is designated for use by occupants for evacuation, the provisions of 21.6.2.1.1 through 21.6.2.1.4 shall apply for partial evacuation.
21.6.2.1.1 Initiation. Output signal(s) shall be provided to initiate elevator occupant evacuation operation upon automatic or manual detection of a fire on a specific floor or floors as a result of either or both of the following:
(2)* Activation of manual means at the fire command center by authorized or emergency personnel.
21.6.2.1.2* Floor Identification.
(1) The floor with the first activated automatic initiating device.
(2) Floors with any subsequently activated automatic initiating devicefs).
(3) Floors identified by manual means from the fire command center.
(4) One floor above the highest floor identified by 21.6.2.1.2(B)(1) through 21.6.2.1.2(B)(3).
(5) One floor below the lowest floor identified by 21.6.2.1.2(B)(1) through 21.6.2.1.2(B)(3).
21.6.2.1.3 Manual Floor Selection.
21.6.2.1.4* Occupant Notification.
The in-building fire emergency voice/alarm communications system shall transmit coordinated messages throughout the building.
(C)* Live voice messages shall be transmitted to the floors identified in 21.6.2.1.2 to indicate that elevator service is not available when all elevators have been recalled on Phase I Emergency Recall Operation.
21.6.2.2 Total Evacuation. Where an elevator or group of elevators is designated for use by occupants for evacuation, the provisions of 21.6.2.2.1 through 21.6.2.2.3 shall apply for total evacuation.
21.6.2.2.1 Output(s) to signal elevator occupant evacuation operation for total evacuation shall be manually activated from the fire command center bv a means labeled “ELEVATOR TOTAL BUILDING EVACUATION.”
21.6.2.2.2 The output(s) shall identify that all floors are to be evacuated.
21.6.2.2.3 A live voice evacuation message shall be transmitted from the in-building fire emergency voice/alarm communication system throughout the entire building to indicate the need to evacuate.
21.7.3* Delete and replace with the following: Fan Shutdown and Restart.
21.7.3* Delete and replace with the following: Fan Shutdown and Restart.
Add 21.7.3.1 Connections between fire alarm systems and the HVAC systems for the purpose of monitoring and control shall be arranged such that primary control (the control that all other controls are secondary or subservient to) capability rests with the fire alarm control unit(s) under all circumstances and in addition shall operate and be monitored in accordance with the New York City Building Code. Exception – Primary control of HVAC systems may rest with approved smoke control systems.
Add 21.7.3.2 HVAC fans or fan systems which have been automatically shut down by the activation of any fire alarm control unit or device shall be arranged and equipped not to automatically restart when the fire alarm control unit or device is resent. At least two manual means of restarting the fans or fan systems shall be required, such as manually resetting the fire alarm control unit or device and subsequently manually resetting the fan or fan system controls.
Add 21.7.3.3 Fans or fan systems that were automatically shut down by the fire alarm control unit or device in high rise fire alarm systems shall be manually enabled to start by means of overriding the fan shut down through the use of city wide standard key located at the Fire Command Center and/or Fire Fighters’ Smoke Control Station. The actual start of the fans shall be accomplished manually through HVAC controls at the Fire Command Center, Fire Fighters’ Smoke Control Station and locally at the fan rooms.
Add 21.7.3.4 Smoke Exhaust control means shall be enabled through the use of city wide standard key located at the Fire Command Center, Fire Fighters’ Smoke Control Station, fire alarm control unit or, in the entrance lobby of the building adjacent to the fire alarm remote annunciator, when provided.
21.9.1 Delete and replace with the following: Where permitted by the New York City Building Code, any device or system intended to electrically lock a required means of egress door in the direction of egress shall be connected to the fire alarm system serving the protected premises.
21.9.3 Delete and replace with the following: Where permission is obtained from the Commissioner, for all means of egress doors connected in accordance with 21.9.1, and where batteries are used in accordance with 10.5.6.1.1(1) as the secondary power supply, the batteries shall not be utilized to maintain these doors in the locked condition, unless the fire alarm control unit is arranged with circuitry and sufficient secondary power to ensure the exits will unlock within 10 minutes of loss of primary power.
Chapter 22 – [Reserved] No changes.
Chapter 23 – Protected Premises Fire Alarm Systems
23.3.2 Delete and replace with the following: Nonrequired Systems. The features for a nonrequired system shall be established by the system designer on the basis of the goals and objectives intended by the system owner and subject to approval of the Building Department and Fire Department.
23.8.1.2.2(3) Delete and replace with the following: (3) Subsequent system operation shall be subject to approval of the Fire Department.
Add Section 23.8.1.2.3 Group A Occupancies. Presignal systems in Group A Occupancies required by Section 907.2.1.1 of the New York City Building Code shall operate in the “Event/Non-Event Mode,” as follows:
(1) For the purposes of this section, Event Mode is defined as an assembly space occupied by public members. The Event Mode and Non-Event Mode shall be selectable positions in a two position key switch operated by city wide standard key with visual indication of mode status at the fire alarm control panel. A log record shall be maintained for all mode operations identifying the operator, time and date of each such operation of mode and the selected duration of time for Event Mode.
(2) In the Event Mode no automatic alarm audible or visual notification signals shall be transmitted to the public or occupants of the place of assembly and support areas - manual live voice announcements shall be made by the designated Fire Guard(s) supervising the fire alarm panel during all publicly attended place of assembly for direction and implementation of emergency procedures including evacuation.
(3) The Event Mode shall be adjustable up to a maximum time period duration of twelve hours, and shall automatically revert to Non-Event Mode at the expiration of the time period unless manually switched to Non-Event Mode prior to such expiration time. A supervisory signal in addition to the foregoing is not prohibited.
(4) In the Non-Event Mode all speakers, horns and visual appliances shall emit alarm notification signals for public notification purposes - the audible signal shall be a temporal code three signal pattern.
(5) In the Event Mode an unacknowledged alarm actuation shall, after the expiration of 180 seconds (3 minutes), automatically revert to Non-Event Mode and cause all alarm appliances to emit notification signals throughout the entire premises without exception, including publicly occupied assembly and support areas. Prerecorded or synthesized voice messages are prohibited.
(6) The fire alarm system shall be accessible within or adjacent to the assembly space to permit the assigned Fire Guard(s) to assess conditions and effectively direct evacuation of the admitted public.
(7) The Fire Alarm Panel with voice communication shall be manned by a Fire Guard(s), with a Certificate of Fitness issued by the Fire Department, during all times that the fire alarm system is in Event Mode.
(8) A central station connection for manual, automatic and waterflow valve alarm and trouble shall be provided for the fire alarm system, activated automatically in either Event or Non-event Mode.
23.8.5.1.2 Delete Exception.
23.10.1 Delete and replace with the following: The requirements of Section 23.10 shall apply to both audible (tone and prerecorded voice) and visible notification appliance circuits when permitted with the approval of the New York City Department of Buildings in concurrence with the Fire Department.
Chapter 24 – Emergency Communications Systems (ECS)
24.3.5.4.1 Add the following exception: Exception – Pathway survivability Level 1 is permitted when pathway is designated as Class A or Class X with redundant pathways separated by a minimum of 15 feet.
Add 24.4.1.10 One-Way Emergency Voice Communications System.
Add 24.4.1.10.1 Scope. One-way emergency voice communications equipment shall be installed in accordance with section 24.4.1.10.
Add 24.4.1.10.2 Fire Department Use. One-way emergency voice communications service, where provided, shall be for use only by the Fire Department or by building personnel authorized to use such service who have obtained a Certificate of Fitness from the Fire Department.
Add 24.4.1.10.2.1 Activation. The voice communication panel at the annunciator panel shall be operated only by the Fire Department with activation of city wide standard key .
Add 24.4.1.10.2.2 Building Personnel Use. If requested by a building owner, building personnel who have obtained a FDNY Certificate of Fitness shall be permitted to utilize the system from a panel at the concierge or security desk.
Add 24.4.1.10.2.3 Permitted Variation. Any variation of equipment and system operation, if permitted by the Fire Commissioner, provided in order to facilitate additional uses of any one-way emergency voice communications service shall not adversely affect performance when used by those authorized pursuant to section 24.4.1.10.2 of this chapter.
Add 24.4.1.10.2.4 Speaker Stations. Speaker stations shall be installed in each dwelling unit and on at least every other story in every required vertical exit enclosure.
Add 24.4.1.10.2.5 System Zones. One-way emergency voice communication systems shall, at a minimum, have the capability for an all-call function to all speaker stations, and shall have the capability of permitting simultaneous operation of any and all of the following selectable zones:
(1) All speaker stations within the dwelling units on any given floor; and
(2) All speaker stations within a given required vertical exit enclosure.
Add 24.4.1.10.2.6 Dwelling Unit Intercoms. One-way emergency voice communication systems may share wiring, speaker stations and other components with an intercommunication system required by section 1008.4.4 of the New York City Building Code provided the entire system otherwise complies with the provisions of this chapter.
24.5.1.11 Delete and replace with the following: In buildings provided with a two-way telephone communications system, at least one telephone station shall be provided where required by the New York City Building Code.
24.5.1.15 Delete and replace with the following: Telephone jacks are prohibited in new buildings and new fire alarm systems in existing buildings.
24.5.2* Two-way Radio Communications Enhancement Systems (In-Building Auxiliary Radio Communication System (ARCS)).
Add 24.5.2.1.3 Definitions. The following definitions are applicable to this section only.
Delivered Audio Quality (DAQ). A measure of audio quality over a transmission medium as defined in standards published in TIA/TSB-88C. The following table shows the DAQ descriptions as published in the document:
| Delivered Audio Quality (DAQ) | Faded Subjective Performance Description |
|---|---|
| 1 | Unusable, speech present but unreadable. |
| 2 | Understandable with considerable effort. Frequent repetition due to noise/distortion. |
| 3 | Speech understandable with slight effort. Occasional repetition required due to noise/distortion. |
| 3.4 | Speech understandable with repetition only rarely required. Some noise/distortion. |
| 4 | Speech easily understood. Occasional noise/distortion. |
| 4.5 | Speech easily understood. Infrequent noise/distortion. |
| 5 | Speech easily understood. |
~
Dedicated Radio Console (DRC). A fixed location console that contains at least the following components:
(1) A handset or headset to broadcast and/or receive voice communications from/to ARCS.
(2) A visual display to identify all signals transmitted from the Firefighter handheld units and supervisory signals.
(3) Fire Department city wide standard key to enable/disable radio transmission.
In-Building Auxiliary Radio Communication System (ARCS). Wireless two-way radio communication enhancement system installed in buildings to propagate Fire Department wireless frequencies for the use of the Fire Department in case of an emergency.
Repeater Channel System. A repeater system utilizing channels with paired receive and transmit frequencies. When a user within the building transmits on a repeater channel, the repeater system rebroadcasts the users’ signal to the DRC and all users within the building on that channel. This transmission increases the distance from which users can directly talk with each other. A user at the DRC must enable repeater channel for users to communicate.
Simplex Channel System. A simplex system utilizing channels with the same frequencies for transmit and receive. Users communicate on simplex channels radio-to-radio without going through infrastructure. However, their radios need to be within a certain distance to be picked up by one another. A simplex system allows a user at the DRC to communicate with a user on a simplex channel anywhere in the building, even though the distance between the DRC and the user would typically be prohibitive. A simplex system only extends the transmission’s reach for the DRC. It does not improve coverage between individual user radios.
24.5.2.2.1 Delete and replace with the following: Critical Areas. Critical areas, such as the fire/emergency command center(s), the fire pump room(s), exit stairs, exit passageways, elevator lobbies, standpipe cabinets, sprinkler sectional valve locations, and other areas deemed critical by the authority having jurisdiction at the time of plan examination, shall be provided with 100 percent floor area radio coverage.
24.5.2.2.2 Delete and replace with the following: General Building Areas. General building areas shall be provided with 95 percent floor area radio coverage in accordance with rules promulgated by the Fire Department.
24.5.2.2.3 Delete and replace with the following:
System Types. Buildings and structures that cannot support the required level of radio coverage shall be equipped with either a repeater channel system or a simplex channel system.
24.5.2.3.1 Delete and replace with the following: Inbound. A minimum inbound signal strength of -95 dBm, or other signal strength as required by the authority having jurisdiction, shall be provided throughout the coverage area and provide a minimum intelligible DAQ of 3.4.
24.5.2.3.2 Delete and replace with the following: Outbound. A minimum outbound signal strength of -95 dBm at the donor site, or other signal strength as required by the authority having jurisdiction, shall be provided from the coverage area and provide a minimum intelligible DAQ of 3.4.
24.5.2.4 Delete and replace with the following: System Radio Frequencies. The ARCS shall be capable of transmitting all public safety radio frequencies assigned by the Fire Department and be capable of using any modulation technology.
24.5.2.4.1 Delete and replace with the following: List of Assigned Frequencies. The Fire Department shall maintain a list of all inbound/outbound frequency pairs for distribution to system designers and installers.
24.5.2.4.2* Delete and replace with the following: Frequency Changes. Systems shall be capable of upgrade, to allow for instances where the Fire Department changes or adds system frequencies, in order to maintain radio system coverage as originally designed.
Add 24.5.2.4.3 Perimeter Coverage. The design of the ARCS shall minimize RF radiation beyond the intended building’s limits so as to avoid interference, in compliance with FCC regulations.
24.5.2.5.1 Delete and replace with the following: Component Approval. Components utilized in the installation of the public safety radio enhancement system, such as repeaters, transmitters, receivers, signal boosters, cabling, and fiber-distributed antenna systems, shall be FCC compliant, listed by a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and shall be compatible with the Fire Department radio system.
24.5.2.5.2 Delete and replace with the following: Component Enclosures. All active components including but not limited to repeater, transmitter, receiver, and signal booster components remotely located from the Fire Command Center shall be contained in a NEMA 4- or 4X- type enclosure(s).
Add 24.5.2.5.2.1 The enclosure shall be painted Fire Department Red.
Add 24.5.2.5.2.2 The enclosure shall have a locking mechanism that utilizes Fire Department city wide standard key .
Add 24.5.2.5.2.3 A tamper switch shall monitor all active components in non-secure locations located remotely from the Fire Command Center such as amplifiers and repeaters. The notification for the tamper switch shall be monitored at the DRC.
24.5.2.5.3 Delete and replace with the following: Power Supply. Power supply to the ARCS shall be in accordance with section 760.41 of the New York City Electrical Code. Exception – Where power supply for the building fire alarm system has adequate capacity to support the ARCS power requirements, connection to the fire alarm system power supply via dedicated branch circuits with appropriate overcurrent protection is permitted.
Add 24.5.2.5.4.1 External filters. Permanent external filters and attachments shall not be permitted.
Add 24.5.2.5.5 Labeling.
Add 24.5.2.5.5.1 Cables.
Add 24.5.2.5.5.1.1 Cables utilized in the ARCS shall be labeled as “FDNY Communications Use”.
Add 24.5.2.5.5.1.2 Where continuously accessible, the cable shall be marked every 8 feet.
Add 24.5.2.5.5.1.3 Wherever the cable is intermittently accessible, each accessible point shall be labeled.
Add 24.5.2.5.5.1.4 Field labeling of the cables shall be acceptable.
Add 24.5.2.5.5.2 Dedicated Radio Console Enclosure. The DRC shall be enclosed and the outside of the enclosure shall be labeled the following in white lettering contrasted against a Fire Department Red background:
~
Add 24.5.2.5.5.3 Cable Rating. All ARCS cables shall be protected such that the circuit shall maintain its electrical function during fire conditions for at least a 2-hour period and the protection shall not interfere with the normal operation of the system as a whole. Exception-Radiating ARCS cables running horizontally that are not part of the main trunk connecting to a vertical riser shall have a plenum rating with a minimum temperature of 125C.
24.5.2.6.1 Delete and replace with the following: Supervisory signals shall be provided in the form of visual indications (e.g., LED, alpha-numeric display) at the DRC with at minimum for the following system functions:
(a) Low transmit power
(b) Over temperature
(c) High Voltage Standing Wave Ratios (VSWR)
(a) Loss of alternating-current power source
(b) Overall base-station failure
(c) Low battery capacity, alarming at 70 percent of battery capacity
(d) Antenna malfunction, where applicable
(e) Signal amplification failure, where applicable
(f) Tamper switch as required
24.5.2.7 Delete and replace with the following: Technical Criteria. The Fire Department shall maintain a document of technical information specific to its requirements. This document shall contain, at a minimum, the following:
24.5.2.8 Delete and replace with the following: Inspection and Testing. Inspection and testing shall be performed in accordance with testing frequencies and methods set forth in the rules of the Fire Department.
Chapter 25 – [Reserved] No changes.
Chapter 26 – Supervising Station Alarm Systems
26.3.8.2 Delete and replace with the following: Testing and maintenance records shall be retained as required by the New York City Fire Code.
26.3.9 Delete and replace with the following: Testing and maintenance for central station service shall be performed in accordance with the New York City Fire Code.
26.4.1 Delete and replace with the following: Application. Where permitted by the Fire Department, supervising facilities of proprietary alarm systems shall comply with the operating procedures of Section 26.4. The facilities, equipment, personnel, operation, testing, and maintenance of the proprietary supervising station shall also comply with 26.4.
26.6.5 Delete and replace with the following: Testing and maintenance of communications methods shall be in accordance with the requirements of the New York City Fire Code.
Chapter 27 – Public Emergency Alarm Reporting Systems No changes.
Chapter 28 – [Reserved] No changes.
Chapter 29 – Single- and Multiple-Station Alarms and Household Fire Alarm Systems
29.1.4 Delete and replace with the following: The requirements of this chapter shall not apply to one- and two-family manufactured homes.
29.5 Delete, including subsections, and replace with the following: Smoke alarm detection and notification requirements shall be in accordance with Section 907 of the New York City Building Code.
29.6.3(2) Delete and replace with the following: (2) All electrical systems shall be installed by a New York City licensed electrical contractor.
§ 3616-05 National Fire Protection Association (“NFPA”) 13R Amendment Relating to Exemption from Fire Department Connection Requirements in One- and Two-family Residential Buildings. [Repealed]
§ 4000-01 Electrical work review.
(a) Electrical review. Electrical review is required in the following circumstances:
(1) Electrical installations. Electrical review is required where service equipment totals 1000 Kilo-Volt Amperes (“KVA”) or greater, or where any new alteration or addition to an electric service installation causes the altered installation to total 1000 KVA or greater, as further detailed below:
(A) A new installation of equipment totaling 1000 KVA or higher;
(B) Any change in an installation with a rating of 1000 KVA or higher, up to and including the second level overcurrent protection, unless it was fully described and approved as “future” on the original approved plan.
(C) Any addition to an existing installation which would bring the total to 1000 KVA or higher.
(D) A new installation or revised installation above 600 volts, irrespective of KVA rating.
(E) The addition of any equipment in a room, which would affect clearances around the equipment of a 1000 KVA installation.
(2) Electrical equipment. Electrical review is required for electrical equipment not specifically addressed in the Electrical Code Technical Standards and any other electrical equipment not bearing the label of approval of an electrical testing laboratory acceptable to the Commissioner.
(1) Electrical installations 1000 KVA or greater, or new or revised installations above 600 volts. Filings for electrical installations 1000 KVA or greater, or new or revised installations above 600 volts must comply with the following:
(i) Submission must be made in a manner prescribed by the Department, including electronically, by a New York State Licensed and Registered Professional Engineer, New York State Licensed and Registered Architect, or an individual with comparable qualifications from an outside jurisdiction.
(ii) A filing fee of $650.00 must be paid for each submission.
(iii) All submissions for service equipment totaling 1000 KVA or more or above 600 Volts must include the following plans/drawings:
- One line diagram
- Plan view / service equipment room layout
- Submissions must be in accordance with, and include, the following requirements:
(A) All drawings must be clear, legible, and use standard notations.
(B) Installations that are not all new must clearly mark what is new and what is existing. In addition, all new work must be encircled by a ‘bubble’ or ‘cloud’ on the drawings.
(C) For residential installations, the calculations justifying a de-rating of the neutral must be submitted.
(D) The plan view must be drawn to scale, showing the point of service entrance into the building. If the building sets back from the property line, the underground service feeder must be shown, including wire and raceway sizes.
(E) The arrangement of service equipment and its proximity to the point of service entrance must be shown, including the manner in which service will be extended to the service equipment. If the switchboard is free standing, the clearance around the switchboard must be shown.
(F) The location of the main switchboard and/or distribution panels in relation to the service equipment must be shown.
(G) The location of the electric service room with respect to the surrounding areas must be shown.
(H) The means of egress from the switchboard room and where it leads to must be shown. The legal exit(s) to which egress door(s) lead must also be shown.
(I) When there is more than one service location within a building, drawings must contain a notation indicating that signs are posted at the entrance door of each switchboard room showing the location of all the other switchboard rooms. The location and wording of the signs must be specified.
(J) If the existing service equipment and/or point of service entrance is to be discontinued, the drawings must so state.
(K) If existing service equipment is to remain in conjunction with new service equipment and is to be supplied by the same service entrance, the drawing must indicate the make and size of the existing service equipment, and the type and size of the fuses in the existing equipment.
(L) The drawing must show grouping of service equipment at the point of service entrance.
(M) The drawing must show ventilation of the room when the service equipment totals 2000 KVA or larger (this may be in the form of a note on the drawing).
(N) The drawing must show the available short circuit current at the point of service entrance and at the point of change in the interrupting rating of the overcurrent protection. Where used, series ratings must be indicated.
(O) A statement confirming that all fuses and/or circuit breakers have been coordinated for selective short circuit overcurrent protection must be on the drawing.
(P) A one line diagram must be submitted indicating the service equipment and the distribution equipment up to the 2nd level overcurrent protection, showing all overcurrent devices with their ampere rating, make and type, interrupting current ratings and bus and wire sizes. Frame and trip sizes for circuit breakers must be indicated.
(Q) Drawings must indicate that transformers are properly grounded. Service and distribution equipment proposed for future installation must be marked on the drawings as “future.”
(R) All voltages must be clearly shown on the drawings, which must include voltages pertaining to all of the equipment overcurrent protection up to and including the second level protection.
(S) When a generator (or other non-utility source) is part of a 1000 KVA submission and the generator itself is rated below 1000 KVA, a one line diagram must be submitted showing how the generator is connected to the normal service. The drawings must include the grounding of the generator frame and neutral bonding if needed (four pole transfer device). If the generator is rated 1000 KVA or larger, a room layout must be submitted along with a one line diagram.
(iv) A selective coordination report prepared by a professional engineer must be filed with the Department prior to electrical inspection. Such engineer may be different from the applicant.
(v) Where installation of equipment differs from the original approved drawings, amended drawings showing the as-built condition must be filed with the Department prior to electrical inspection.
(2) Special permission. Request for special permission must be made electronically and comply with the following:
(i) Demonstrate practical difficulty and provide supporting documentation.
(ii) Proposed equally safe alternative methods must be included.
(iii) A filing fee of $350.00 must be paid for each submission made where an objection was issued due to failure to obtain prior special permission.
(3) Office of Technical Certification and Research (“OTCR”) review. Filings for OTCR review of electrical equipment not otherwise approved for use by the New York City electrical code must comply with the following:
(i) The submission, including a cover letter, notarized application and check, must be filed with OTCR or electronically, as the Commissioner may require.
(ii) A filing fee of $600.00 must be paid for each submission.
(iii) Payment must be made” in a form and manner as provided by the Commissioner.
(iv) The submission must contain the following:
(A) A cover letter indicating the following:
1. Type/model numbers of material/equipment being submitted for approval.
2. Items included in support of the submittal.
3. Explanatory information/comments, if applicable.
(B) A completed and notarized application for review.
(C) Two (2) brochures, or catalog data sheets, and a set of unmounted photographs or photographs.
(D) A complete test report that includes a conclusion sheet from a laboratory acceptable to the Commissioner.
(E) Equipment samples only when requested by OTCR.
§ 4000-06 Fire Alarm Wiring and Power Sources. [Repealed]
Subchapter H: Referenced Standards [Repealed]
§ 6008-01 American Society of Mechanical Engineers (“ASME”), Boiler & Pressure Vessel Code Edition Amendment. [Repealed]
§ 7000-01 National Fire Protection Association, Flammable Combustible Code Edition Amendment. [Repealed]
§ 8000-01 Building Water Conservation Reports, Plans and Waterless Urinals.
(a) Scope. This rule sets forth the criteria for the approval of building water conservation plans in accordance with Section PC C102.1 of Appendix C of the New York City Plumbing Code ("Plumbing Code"), which permits the use of waterless urinals only as part of an approved building water conservation plan.
(1) Baseline water use. Water use calculated from the minimum number of plumbing fixtures required by the Plumbing Code and all additional fixtures as added by the design and/or as existing in the building, using the maximum flow rates permitted by Section PC 604 of the Plumbing Code and excluding the water-conserving strategies proposed in the building water conservation plan.
(i) The calculation for new buildings shall be in accordance with LEED NC Version 2.2, WE Credit 3, using Tables 2 and 5; Table 1 shall be replaced by PC Table 604.4; Tables 3 and 4 are not applicable.
(ii) The calculation for existing buildings shall be in accordance with LEED EB Version 2.0, WE Prerequisite 1, using Tables 3 and 4; Table 1 shall be replaced by PC Table 604.4; where existing fixtures are water-conserving, Table 2 shall be replaced by the flow rate listed on the fixture or published by the manufacturer.
(2) Design water use. Baseline water use, except that flow rates shall be the lesser of the manufacturer’s published flow rates or the maximum flow rates permitted by Section PC 604 of the Plumbing Code, including all water-conserving strategies proposed in the building water conservation plan.
(i) The calculation for new buildings shall be in accordance with LEED NC Version 2.2, WE Credit 3, using Tables 2 and 4; Table 1 shall be replaced by PC Table 604.4; Table 3 shall be replaced by the lesser of the manufacturers’ published flow rates or the maximum flow rates permitted by PC Table 604.4; Table 5 shall not apply.
(ii) The calculation for existing buildings shall be in accordance with LEED EB Version 2.0, WE Prerequisite 1, Table 3, and WE Credit 3, Table 4. Tables 1 in each of the prerequisite and the credit shall be replaced by PC Table 604.4. Flow rates for water-conserving flush and flow fixtures shall be taken from the manufacturers’ published flow rates. Other tables in WE Prerequisite 1 and WE Credit 3 shall not apply.
(3) Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (“LEED”). A set of building standards for sustainability, published by the United States Green Building Council.
(4) LEED NC Version 2.2. LEED for New Construction and Major Renovation (“NC”), Version 2.2, dated October 2007.
(5) LEED EB Version 2.0. LEED for Existing Buildings (“EB”), Version 2.0, dated October 2006.
(6) Waterless urinals. Urinals that discharge into a sanitary drainage system, but are not fed by the potable water supply system.
(1) A building water conservation analysis, demonstrating the means by which the building or tenant space will achieve the water reduction targets set forth below.
(i) New buildings. Potable water consumption, as projected by the design water use, shall be reduced by twenty (20) percent from the baseline water use calculated for the entire building, excluding irrigation supplied from the building.
(ii) Existing buildings. For alterations in buildings erected pursuant to plans approved under the 1968 building code or prior codes, potable water consumption, as projected by the design water use, shall be reduced by twenty (20) percent from the baseline water use calculated for the area of work of the alteration. For alterations in buildings erected pursuant to plans approved under the 2008 New York City Construction Codes, potable water consumption, as projected by the design water use, shall be reduced by twenty (20) percent from the baseline water use calculated for the entire building, excluding irrigation supplied from the building.
(iii) Water conservation measures. Water conservation measures utilized to achieve the efficiencies set forth in subparagraphs (i) and (ii) of this paragraph may include but are not limited to low-flow fixtures, waterless urinals, fixture sensors, metering controls and water recycling systems in compliance with Section PC C101 of Appendix C of the Plumbing Code.
(2) Manufacturer’s specifications, installation recommendations and recommended maintenance procedures for the waterless urinals; and
(3) The building owner’s or tenant’s maintenance plan for the waterless urinals.
§ 8001-01 Individual Private On-Site Sewage Disposal Systems.
(a) Applicability and scope. This rule governs the construction and installation of new individual private on-site sewage disposal systems and alteration and maintenance of existing individual private on-site sewage disposal systems. This rule applies to on-site wastewater treatment systems serving residential (one- and two-family) and non-residential (other than one- and two-family) properties receiving less than 1,000 gallons of sewage per day which does not include industrial wastes or other wastes as defined in the Code of Federal Regulations, the Clean Water Act, the Safe Drinking Water Act, the Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act, the Toxic Substances Control Act, the New York State Environmental Conservation Law and the New York Code of Rules and Regulations.
Exception: Pursuant to ECL § 17-0803 and 6 NYCRR 750-1.4, the New York State Department of Environmental Conservation (DEC) has the authority to issue permits for a new or modified disposal system discharging any amount of sewage with the presence of such industrial waste or other wastes, or for a residential or non-residential use whose total discharge of sewage is 1,000 gallons or more per day. DOB will not issue a permit to construct and use any such system until a DEC State Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (SPDES) permit is provided to the department.
Absorption area. An area to which wastewater is distributed for infiltration to the soil.
Aggregate. Washed gravel or crushed stone 3/4 - 1-1/2 inches in diameter.
Application rate. The rate at which septic tank effluent is applied to a subsurface absorption area, for design purposes, expressed in gallons per day per square foot (GPD/sq. ft.).
Baffle. A flow deflecting device used in septic tanks and distribution boxes to inhibit the discharge of floating solids, reduce the amount of settle-able solids that exit, and reduce the exit velocity of the wastewater.
Cesspool. A covered excavation in the ground that receives the discharge of domestic sewage or other organic wastes from a drainage system, so designated as to retain the organic matter and solids, but permitting the liquid to seep through the bottom and sides.
Cleanout. An opening providing access to part of the sewage system.
Daily flow rate (Q). The design flow of the system expressed in units of Gallons Per Day (GPD).
Distribution box. A chamber into which the septic effluent discharges and from which the sewage enters the subsurface distribution lines.
Distribution line. The perforated pipe used to distribute wastewater to the absorption area.
Gas deflection baffle. A device on the outlet of a septic tank which deflects gas bubbles away from the outlet and reduces the carryover of solid particles from the septic tank.
GPD. Gallons per day.
GPF. Gallons per flush. Unit used to describe amount of water used in each toilet flush.
GPM. Gallons per minute. Unit used to describe flow rate of plumbing fixtures.
Groundwater. Subsurface water occupying the saturation zone from which wells and springs are fed.
Individual private on-site sewage disposal system. A system designed for use apart from a public sewer for the disposal of sewage by means of piping and a septic tank or tanks that discharge into a disposal field or seepage pit and serving properties discharging less than 1,000 gallons of sewage per day.
Infiltration. The flow or movement of water into the interstices or pores of a soil through the soil interface.
Invert. The floor, bottom, or lowest point of the inside cross section of a pipe.
Percolation. The movement of water through the pores of a soil or other porous medium following infiltration through the soil interface.
Piping. Piping includes fittings, valves, and other accessories or appurtenances required to make a complete installation.
Registered design professional. An architect or engineer licensed and registered under the New York State Education Law.
Seepage pit. A covered pit with open jointed or perforated lining into which the septic tank effluent is discharged. The liquid portion of the sewage seeps into the surrounding porous soil. The remaining solids or sludge is retained in the pit.
Septic tank. A watertight receptacle that receives the discharge of a drainage system or part thereof, and is designed and constructed so as to separate solids from the liquid, digest organic matter during a period of detention, and allow the liquids to discharge into the soil outside of the tank through a system of open-joint or perforated piping, or seepage pit.
Sewage. The combination of human and household waste with water which is discharged to the home plumbing system including the waste from a flush toilet, bath, sink, lavatory, dishwashing or laundry machine, or the water-carried waste from any other fixture, equipment or machine.
Stack. A general term for any vertical line of soil, waste, vent or inside conductor piping that extends through at least one story with or without offsets.
Wastewater. Any water discharged from a house through a plumbing fixture to include, but not limited to, sewage and any water or waste from a device (e.g., water softener brine) which is produced in the house or property.
Watercourse. A visible path through which surface water travels on a regular basis. Drainage areas which contain water only during and immediately after a rainstorm are not considered a watercourse.
Wellpoint. A well used to measure groundwater levels.
Wetland. An area(s) of marshes or swamps which have been designated as such by DEC or other agency having jurisdiction. Marshes or swamps that have not been classified by an agency as a wetland cannot be treated for design purposes as a wetland.
Exception: Applications for permits to construct and maintain private sewage disposal systems serving tax lots or zoning lots containing 15 or more dwelling units must be submitted to the New York City Department of Health and Mental Hygiene (DOHMH) unless such agency determines by reason of physical or engineering difficulties, estimated cost of construction or other pertinent considerations, that it is more practicable to construct individual systems, in accordance with 24 RCNY Health Code § 143.11.
(1) Connection to City sewer. No permit will be issued for an individual private on-site sewage disposal system where a public sanitary or combined sewer is available and connection thereto is feasible as determined by the New York City Department of Environmental Protection (DEP) in accordance with Section 107.11 of the New York City Building Code (BC) and PC Section 106.6.
(2) Field testing. No permit will be issued until the sand column meets the requirements of subdivision (g) of this section and an absorption test has been performed in accordance with subdivision (h) of this section.
(3) Applicant. All construction documents filed in connection with a permit application for a new, replacement of, or substantially altered individual private on-site sewage disposal system must be prepared by a registered design professional.
Exception: Applicants for plumbing work consisting of in- kind repairs or replacements of “like-for-like” components may be licensed master plumbers.
(4) Construction documents.
(i) Lot diagram. A lot diagram must indicate all information as appropriate to the nature and extent of the work proposed including the size, height and location of proposed plumbing work; all existing structures on the zoning lot and their distances from lot and street lines; the established grade and existing curb elevations; and the proposed final grade elevations of the site shown by contours or spot grades at reasonable intervals. The lot diagram must be drawn using an accurate boundary survey to the city datum and must be attached to the application.
(ii) Application. An application for a permit must include all necessary forms and construction documents as required by the department. These include but are not limited to:
(A) Two complete topographical surveys with original seal and signature by a licensed surveyor.
(B) Three site plans, sealed and signed by a registered design professional, showing the following: lot dimensions, location of existing dwelling and proposed expansion, septic tank, seepage pit and drywell and proposed expansions, if any, their distance in relation to stream, lake, water course or DEC designated wetlands.
(C) A fee as specified in 1 RCNY § 101-03.
(D) Alteration plan showing existing building.
(E) Computations showing existing hydraulic load on the existing septic system and the proposed hydraulic load as a result of the expansion.
(F) Calculations showing the daily flow rate (Q).
(G) Calculations showing the proposed tank capacity, in gallons.
(iii) Documents required from other agencies. Prior to construction document approval for an individual on-site private sewage disposal system, the applicant must submit applicable documents from other agencies having jurisdiction over such system, including:
(A) DEP Certification of unavailability or nonfeasibility per PC Section 106.6.1.2.
(B) A copy of the site connection proposal certified by the DEP Bureau of Water and Sewer Operations.
(C) A DEC permit for systems located in freshwater wetlands, coastal wetlands and coastal zone erosion hazard areas per 28-104.9.
(D) City Planning Commission. Certification for systems located within a special natural area district per New York City Zoning Resolution Article X, Chapter 5.
(E) Board of Standards and Appeals. Waiver for the construction of systems located within the bed of a mapped street per NYS General City Law 35.
(1) Discharge of effluent. Individual private on-site sewage disposal systems must be located, designed, constructed, installed, altered or operated in a manner that will prevent the discharge of effluent onto the surface of the ground or into any watercourse or groundwater;
(2) Location and access. The entire system must be located outside the building footprint, within the lot line of the premises for which the system is installed, and in front of the building. Clear access must be provided to the disposal system for servicing.
Exception: Installing a system in a location other than the front yard requires a waiver from the commissioner. In such case dry piping, with trap, properly plugged, must be carried from the house plumbing stack through the front foundation wall to preclude the need for rearranging plumbing when sewers become available.
(3) Site grading. The slope of the finished grade above the proposed individual private on-site sewage treatment system may not be greater than 15 percent.
(4) Separation of piping. Separation of sewage and water piping must comply with Sections PC 603 and 703.
(5) Minimum separation. The minimum permissible distance between the various components of the sewage system and between the components and various encumbrances must comply with Table 1.
Exception: The separation distance between the outer perimeter of the aggregate collar of the seepage pit or the outer perimeter of the sand collar of the outermost edge of the sand filter field and the front property line adjacent to the street may be zero feet provided that one of the following conditions is met:
(i) Ten feet of horizontal clearance to any water main in the street is maintained via a direct measurement; or
(ii) A watertight pipe/sleeve is installed around the water main in the street if it is located within ten feet of an absorption facility; or
(iii) The presence of at least two feet of relatively impermeable soil which has a percolation rate greater than 120 minutes/inch is verified as being located between the water main in the street and the seepage pit through performance of a percolation test in the on-site soil at the approximate depth of the water main in the street. Percolation test documentation must be submitted by the applicant for inclusion in the permit file when two feet of relatively impermeable on-site soil is used in lieu of ten feet of horizontal clearance or a water main protective sleeve.
Table 1Minimum Distances Between Sewage System Components and Between Components and Encumbrances
| Building Foundation Wall | Property Line | Sand Filter Field | Seepage Pit | Drywell | Water Service Line | Water Course/ Wetland | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Septic Tank | 10 ft | 10 ft | 5 ft | 5 ft | – | – | – |
| Sand Filter Field | 20 ft | 10 ft | 20 ft | 20 ft | 20 ft | 10 ft | 100 ft |
| Seepage Pit | 20 ft | 10 ft | 20 ft | 20 ft | 20 ft | 10 ft | 100 ft |
| Drywell | 10 ft | 5 ft | 20 ft | 20 ft | – | – | – |
~
(6) Minimum lot area and frontage. The minimum lot area and frontage requirements are 10,000 square feet and 100 feet respectively.
Exception: The minimum lot area and frontage requirements do not apply to a tax lot for which title was recorded in the applicable county clerk’s office prior to August 1, 1968 where recorded dimensions of such lots are less than 10,000 square feet and/or the frontage of which is less than 100 feet, provided that only one individual private on-site sewage disposal system is permitted on each such lot.
(1) Sand column dimensions. A sand column must be constructed by excavating a hole not less than three feet in width and seven feet in length. Necessary measures must be taken to prohibit surface water from entering the excavation.
(2) Minimum depth of sand column. The excavation must continue vertically until a suitable permeable soil stratum of virgin, sandy material is reached. Where an unsatisfactory impermeable stratum is encountered, the excavation must extend through such stratum. The excavation for the proposed absorption test sand column must extend to a minimum depth of five feet into that permeable soil stratum. The minimum depth of the sand column must be 15 feet when measured from ground surface. The area at the bottom of the excavation must be a minimum of 21 square feet and confirmed by visual inspection. The depth of the permeable sand stratum and surface, trapped, or perched water must be recorded by a special inspector.
(3) Support of excavation. The applicant may use a caisson or other means for the construction of the sand column if water enters the excavation or if a “flowing clay” stratum is penetrated.
(4) Serpentine rock. If serpentine rock is encountered, the special inspector must document the presence of the serpentine rock, submit a laboratory test report and certify that he/she or the contractor has taken all required safety measures to protect the environment and the public health.
(5) Backfilling the excavation. When the required depth for the sand column has been reached, as determined by the applicant, the excavation must be immediately backfilled with clean, coarse concrete sand that complies with ASTM C 33. A certified report from a testing laboratory signed by the supplier must be submitted to the department and serve to verify that the sand backfill delivered to the site meets ASTM C 33. The special inspector must witness the placement of the sand into the sand column and must verify that the material is consistent with ASTM C 33. Measures to prevent cave-ins must be taken prior to and during backfilling.
(1) Field Testing. The following tests must be performed at the site of a proposed individual private on-site sewage disposal system:
(i) Groundwater depth verification. Groundwater depth verification must be conducted on sand columns constructed at the site of a proposed subsurface disposal system in accordance with subdivision (g) of this section. The depth of the groundwater is determined by installing a wellpoint within the sand column at the time of sand column construction. Wellpoint construction must be in accordance with paragraph (2) of this subdivision. Groundwater verification must be conducted in accordance with paragraph (3) of this subdivision.
(ii) Absorption test/percolation test (AT/PT). AT/ PT must be conducted on sand columns constructed at the site of a proposed subsurface disposal system in accordance with subdivision (g) of this section. The number of AT/PT must be in accordance with paragraph (4) of this subdivision. The results of the test must be documented by the special inspector on forms provided by the department.
(2) Wellpoint construction. A pipe with a minimum diameter of 1-1/4 inches must be inserted through the sand column to serve as a wellpoint to test the groundwater level. The pipe must be driven or placed into the column to a depth of at least one foot below the bottom of the sand column with sufficient piping to extend three feet above the existing grade. The bottom four feet of the pipe must have a screen with holes of a sufficient size to admit water and exclude the surrounding sand. (See Figure 1.)
Figure 1WellPoint
(3) Groundwater verification. The presence of accumulated water in the wellpoint pipe, indicating groundwater level, must be determined by the department representative and the special inspector using an approved probe. The special inspector shall also note the type of water table - perched, apparent, or artesian. The wellpoint must be maintained for 72 hours so that the level of water accumulation can be monitored and measured. A reading of the water level in the wellpoint must be taken 72 hours after the setting of the wellpoint and must be performed as follows:
(i) Timing. The groundwater level in a wellpoint must be performed between March 15th and June 30th.
(ii) High tide. The groundwater level must be determined during the time of daily high tide between March 15th and June 30th, in the following tidal areas:
(A) On Staten Island, the areas on the Raritan Bay and Arthur Kill sides of Hylan Boulevard and Arthur Kill Road.
(B) In all other locations, if the individual private onsite sewage disposal system is to be constructed within 1,000 feet of the shoreline or tidal wetland line, whichever is closest to such systems. This subparagraph applies only to those systems where the bottom of the sand column is within three feet of mean sea level.
(iii) Acceptable sand column. If no water is found in the wellpoint after 72 hours have elapsed, the sand column is deemed a dry hole and the site is acceptable for installation of a seepage pit system.
(iv) Additional check if water is found. If water is found in the wellpoint after 72 hours have elapsed and the water level is no higher than five feet below the impervious soil layer, or three feet below the impervious soil layer in tidal areas, as specified in subparagraph (ii) of paragraph (3) of this subdivision, the department representative must check again for the presence of water after a gallon of water is poured down the wellpoint.
(A) If the department representative observes the complete exit of the gallon of water from the wellpoint within 30 minutes, then the sand column is considered a dry hole, and the site is acceptable for installation of a seepage pit system.
(B) If the gallon of water does not exit the wellpoint within 30 minutes, the applicant must remove, examine, clean and reset the wellpoint in the sand column and perform the groundwater verification again in accordance with this subdivision.
(v) Unacceptable site. If water is found in the wellpoint, following resetting, a seepage pit system is not appropriate for the site.
(vi) Invalid sand column. If a reading cannot be taken for any reason, the sand column is invalid and cannot be used for further testing.
(4) Number of AT/PT for seepage pit and sand field systems. The number of AT/PT must be as specified in subparagraphs (i) and (ii), below. The commissioner may require additional AT/PT to confirm the suitability of subsurface conditions.
(i) Seepage pit type system with one sand column. Where a seepage pit- type system is designed with one sand column a minimum of one AT/PT must be conducted within the sand column. Sand columns must be constructed in accordance with subdivision (g) of this section. AT/PT must be conducted in accordance with paragraph (5) of this subdivision.
(ii) Seepage pit and sand filter type systems with two sand columns. Where a system is proposed and two sand columns are required per subdivision (g) of this section each sand column is subject to the AT/ PT described in paragraph (5) of this subdivision. The requirements to install a wellpoint set forth in paragraph (2) of this subdivision are not applicable to the second sand column.
Exception: In those cases where the second sand column is within 25 feet of the first sand column, AT/ PT testing is not required subject to the submission by the applicant of the following:
(A) Proof that satisfactory excavation, wellpoint and AT/PT were performed on sand column 1 and witnessed by the department; and
(B) Data prepared by a special inspector confirming compliant construction of the second sand column.
(iii) Seepage pit and sand filter type systems with sand column depth of 35 feet or deeper. Where a system is proposed with one or more sand columns having a depth of 35 feet or deeper, all required AT/ PT(s) must be performed on two consecutive days.
(5) AT/PT on sand column backfill material. Where a sand column is constructed in accordance with subdivision (g) of this section, an AT/PT must be performed on the clean sand backfill. An acceptable sand column must pass a four-hour AT/PT following a pre-soak performed onsite in the following manner:
(i) Timing; supervision; forms. The AT/PT may be performed any time during the year provided the air temperature is above freezing. The AT/PT must be performed under the supervision of a department employee as well as subject to continuous special inspection. The result of the AT/PT must be filed on forms provided by the department, stating the suitability of the site and the capacity of the subsoil for the proposed use.
(ii) Scheduling. At the time of scheduling an AT/PT, the registered design professional must inform the department of the date and time the pre-soak will start, the date and time that the saturation point will be reached, and the start of the four-hour test.
(iii) AT/PT procedure. The pre-soak and four-hour test must be performed in the following manner:
(A) The sand column must be pre-soaked prior to the scheduled AT/PT. The required volume of water for the pre-soak is 80 gallons for every foot of dry depth, as determined using a water level sensor or other analogous device. Where the base of the sand column exceeds 21 square feet, the volume must be increased proportionately.
(B) The pre-soak must be conducted by using a one-inch diameter or larger hose. Where the hose is connected to a potable water supply, a certified reduced pressure zone (RPZ) backflow preventer must be used.
(C) Following the pre-soak, the four-hour AT/PT must absorb twice the daily flow rate (Q) as determined by Table 2. In no case may the absorption rate be less than 1.5 gallons per minute (GPM).The rate of water flow into the sand column during the AT/ PT must be recorded using a calibrated water meter with all necessary control valves. Where connected to a potable water supply, a certified reduced pressure zone backflow preventer must be used.
Table 2Seepage Pits – Required Absorptive Area for Seepage Pit Systems (Square Feet)
~
a For one and two-family properties, minimum daily flow rate (Q) is based on the efficiency of water fixtures employed multiplied by the number of bedrooms:
Water saving fixtures 1.6 GPF max. water closets and 3.0 GPM max. faucets/showerheads: 110 GPD per bedroom.
Standard fixtures 3.5 GPF max. water closets and 3.0 GPM max. faucets/showerheads: 130 GPD per bedroom.
Standard fixtures 3.5+ GPF max. water closets and 3.0+ GPM max. faucets/showerheads: 150 GPD per bedroom.
b Where daily flow rate (Q) differs from values shown, round up to the next value indicated in the table.
(D) Readings must be observed and recorded by the special inspector at intervals of 60 minutes or less for the duration of the test. Records of readings must be maintained on site during testing. In no case may the absorption rate be less than 1.5 gallons per minute (GPM). The test must be terminated if there is an absorption rate which does not meet the requirements of subparagraph (iii) at any time during the four-hour test. In such case, the sand column is deemed unacceptable.
(iv) AT/PT failure and retesting. If the sand column fails the AT/PT, the registered design professional has the option to:
(A) Clean out the sand column to any depth, pre-soak and re-test, or
(B) Construct a second sand column, pre-soak and perform the AT/PT on the newly constructed sand column. The original sand column must be entirely backfilled.
The retest must be performed on the following day. If a lot fails the AT/PT twice, the lot is considered unbuildable.
(6) AT/PT termination. The AT/PT must be terminated if any of the following conditions occur:
(i) Water flow stops. If the water flow stops for any reason for 15 minutes in a test that has no sign of failure.
(ii) Termination of test. If the special inspector terminates the test for any reason before reaching 50% of the saturation.
(iii) Malfunctions. If the meter or the water supply system malfunctions and cannot be repaired within 15 minutes in a test that has no sign of failure.
(iv) Failure to protect potable water. If the special inspector does not use the required properly tested and certified reduced pressure zone backflow preventer where connection is made to a potable water system.
(v) Unforeseen circumstances. If the AT/PT is impossible to complete for any unforeseen circumstance.
(7) AT/PT failure criteria. The AT/PT is deemed a failure if any of the following conditions occurs:
(i) Average rate. If the average rate for any given hour falls below 1.5 GPM while maintaining a steady water puddle on the top of the hole during the four-hour test.
(ii) Percolation rate. If the percolation rate is faster than one minute per inch unless the site is modified by blending with a less permeable soil to reduce the infiltration rate throughout the area to be used.
(iii) Overflow or leakage. If the water consistently overflows or leaks outside the perimeter of the hole during pre-soak or during the four-hour AT/PT.
(iv) Vertical flow. If the water penetrates the clay perimeter of the hole instead of flowing vertically into the sand column at any time during the four-hour AT/ PT.
(v) Interruption of test. If the registered design professional or his/her representative manipulates the water flow rate or stops the water at any time during a test.
(1) Piping. All piping associated with the installation of individual private on-site sewage disposal systems must be shown on construction documents. In addition, the following requirements apply:
(i) House drain connection slope. The slope of a house drain connection to a septic tank must not be less than 1/4” per foot and must be extra heavy cast iron pipe, not less than four inches in diameter.
(ii) Outlet pipe slope. The slope of an outlet pipe from a septic tank to an absorption facility or distribution box must not be less than 1/8” per foot and must be constructed of plastic, extra strength vitrified clay or other noncorrosive material. The use of cast iron, ductile iron or concrete pipe is prohibited.
(iii) Bends and venting. The piping must be laid in accordance with Section PC 306. The house drain must have no more than two bends. Any bend 45 degrees or greater must be equipped with a cleanout and a properly fitted plug. The house connection must allow for venting of gases from the septic tank. Cleanouts must be provided in accordance with Section PC 708.
(2) Septic tanks. The following requirements apply to all septic tanks unless otherwise specified:
(i) Design criteria. The following requirements apply to all septic tanks regardless of material:
(A) Driveways or other facilities may not be constructed above tanks unless the tank is specially designed and reinforced to safely carry the load imposed.
(B) All septic tanks must be enclosed.
(C) Septic tank capacities for one and two-family properties must be based upon the number of household bedrooms. Table 3 specifies minimum tank capacities and minimum liquid surface areas. For the purpose of calculating the required capacity of a tank, a finished attic is considered an additional bedroom.
Table 3Minimum Septic Tank Capacities for One- and Two-Family Homes
| Number of Bedrooms | Minimum Tank Capacity (gallons) | Minimum Liquid Surface Area (sq. ft) |
|---|---|---|
| 1,2,3 | 1,000 | 27 |
| 4 | 1,250 | 34 |
| 5 | 1,500 | 40 |
| 6 | 1,750 | 47 |
~
Note: Tank size requirements for more than 6 bedrooms is calculated by adding 250 gallons and 7 square feet of surface area for each additional bedroom. A garbage grinder shall be considered equivalent to an additional bedroom for determining tank size.
(D) Septic tank capacities for sites other than one and two-family homes must be sized based on the daily flow rate (Q) of the proposed occupancy. Table B-3 of the New York State Design Standards for Intermediate Sized Wastewater Treatment Systems specifies the typical per-unit hydraulic loading rates for various occupancies and uses. When an establishment includes several different types of uses from the table, each use must be computed separately and the daily flow rate (Q) is the sum of the individual rates. The minimum effective tank capacity must be calculated in accordance with Table D-2 of the New York State Design Standards for Intermediate Sized Wastewater Treatment Systems, as follows:
Minimum Effective Tank Capacity (gal) = 1.5 x Q
Where a non-residential facility has a significant delivery period, it may be necessary to increase tank size and guidance is provided in section D.6 of the New York State Design Standards for Intermediate Sized Wastewater Treatment Systems. Additionally, no tank may have a capacity less than 1,000 gallons.
(E) An additional 250 gallons of capacity and seven square feet of surface area is required when a garbage grinder is to be installed at the time of construction or in the future. A gas deflection baffle or other acceptable outlet modification, and a dual compartment tank or two tanks in series must also be provided.
(F) A tank must contain a minimum depth of 30 inches for liquid. The maximum depth for determining the allowable capacity of a tank is 60 inches. A tank deeper than 60 inches may provide extra sludge storage, but no credit may be given toward tank capacity when such a tank is used.
(G) The minimum distance between the inlet and the outlet in a tank must be six feet. A tank must meet the minimum surface area requirement for the tank capacity specified in Table 3. The effective length of a rectangular tank must not be less than two nor greater than four times the effective width.
(H) Installed tanks must be able to support at least 300 pounds per square foot (psf).
(I) A tank must have a top opening with a minimum of 20 inches in the shortest dimension to permit cleaning and maintenance.
(J) A tank must have inlet and outlet baffles or sanitary tees or other devices to prevent the passage of floating solids and to minimize the disturbance of settled sludge and floating scum by sewage entering and leaving the tank. An outlet design, such as a gas deflection baffle, is required in a tank. An inlet and outlet baffle must extend a minimum of 12 inches and 14 inches, respectively, below the liquid level in a tank with a liquid depth of less than 40 inches, and 16 and 18 inches respectively, in a tank with a liquid depth of 40 inches or greater. The distance between an outlet baffle and the outlet must not exceed six inches. A baffle must be constructed of durable material not subject to corrosion, decay or cracking.
(K) There must be a minimum of one-inch clearance between the underside of the top of a tank and the top of all baffles, partitions and/or tees to permit venting of tank gases through the building stack. Multi-chamber and multi-tank systems must also be designed to permit the venting of tank gases.
(L) There must be a minimum drop in elevation of two inches between the inverts of the inlet and outlet pipes.
(ii) Construction. The following requirements apply to all septic tanks regardless of material:
(A) A tank must be watertight and constructed of durable material that is not subject to corrosion, decay, frost damage or cracking. A tank must be constructed of concrete, fiberglass or polyethylene.
(B) A tank must be placed on a three-inch bed of sand or pea gravel to provide for proper leveling and bearing. Additional instructions provided by the manufacturer must also be followed.
(iii) Dual-compartment tanks. Dual compartments are recommended for all tanks and are required on all tanks with an interior length of ten feet or more. In addition to meeting the requirements of subparagraph (i) of paragraph (2) of this subdivision, dual-compartment tanks must be designed as follows:
(A) The first compartment (inlet side) must account for 60-75% of the required total design volume.
(B) The baffle separating the compartments must extend from the bottom of the tank to at least six inches above the invert of the outlet pipe.
(C) Compartments must be connected by a four-inch vertical slot at least 18 inches in width, a six-inch elbow, or two four-inch elbows located at a distance below the liquid level equal to 1/3 the distance between the invert of the outlet and the bottom of the tank. At least one access cover must be provided into each compartment.
(D) For the purposes of Table 3, the capacity and surface area must be based upon the total capacity and surface areas of both compartments.
(iv) Tanks in series. In addition to meeting the requirements of subparagraph (i) of paragraph (2) of this subdivision, tanks in series must be designed as follows:
(A) The first tank must account for 60-75% of the required total design volume.
(B) Tanks must be connected by a single pipe with a minimum diameter of four inches.
(C) For the purposes of Table 3, the capacity and surface area must be based upon the total capacity and surface areas of all the tanks and chambers.
(v) Concrete tanks. In addition to meeting the requirements of subparagraph (i) of paragraph (2) of this subdivision, concrete tanks must be designed as follows:
(A) The concrete tank must have a water surface at the flow line that is rectangular in plan with the length at least 2 times but no more than four times the width. (See Figure 2.)
(B) Concrete must have a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 pounds per square inch (psi) at 28 days set.
(C) Wall thickness must be a minimum of three inches unless the design has been certified by a New York State licensed professional engineer as complying with all appropriate requirements for thin-wall construction. All walls, bottom and top must contain reinforcing to assure support for 300 psf.
(D) The design of the concrete tank must be certified by a New York State licensed professional engineer as adequate for the expected loads. Specifications for installation and backfill must be established by the applicant.
(E) All joints, pipe penetrations and access ports must be sealed so that the concrete tank is watertight. Joints below the liquid level must be tested for watertightness prior to backfilling. A hydrostatic air pressure or vacuum test must be performed to confirm watertightness. This test must be performed under the supervision of a special inspector.
1. If a hydrostatic test is used, it must be run for 28 hours. A tank that shows no water loss during such time period is watertight.
2. If a vacuum test is used, it must apply five inches of mercury vacuum for ten minutes. A concrete tank that demonstrates no detectable vacuum loss during such time period is watertight.
(F) The walls and floor of a cast-in-place concrete tank must be poured at the same time (monolithic pour).
Figure 2Typical Concrete Septic Tank
(vi) Fiberglass and polyethylene tanks. In addition to meeting the requirements of subparagraph (i) of paragraph (2) of this subdivision fiberglass and polyethylene tanks must comply with the following:
(A) A fiberglass or polyethylene tank must not be installed in areas where the groundwater level can rise to the level of the bottom of the septic tank.
(B) The manufacturer’s installation instructions must be followed during installation, bedding, and backfilling of a fiberglass or polyethylene septic tank so as to prevent damage to tank walls and bottom.
(C) A fiberglass or polyethylene tank must be delivered to the site completely assembled.
(D) All pipe penetrations and access ports must be sealed so that the tank is watertight. A hydrostatic air pressure or vacuum test must be performed to confirm watertightness. This test must be performed under the supervision of a special inspector.
1. If a hydrostatic test is used, it must be run for 28 hours. A tank that shows no water loss during such time period is watertight.
2. If a vacuum test is used, it must apply five inches of mercury vacuum for ten minutes. A tank that demonstrates no detectable vacuum loss during such time period is watertight.
(vii) Metal septic tanks. In addition to meeting the requirements of subparagraph (i) of paragraph (2) of this subdivision metal septic tanks must be designed as follows:
(A) Metal tanks must be labeled indicating conformance with UL 70.
(B) Any damage to the interior or exterior tank coating must be refinished with an equivalent coating of material prior to placement or backfill.
(C) Metal tanks must have a minimum diameter of five feet. The length must be at least two but not more than four times the diameter.
(D) See Figure 3 for typical metal tanks.
Figure 3Typical Metal Septic Tank
(3) Associated system components.
(i) Manholes. Manholes must comply with one of the following:
(A) All manholes in paved areas must have a cast iron watertight frame and a cover that can be locked to prevent tampering that is flush with the finished paved surface.
(B) All manholes in other than paved areas that are more than 12 inches below final grade must have an extension collar over each opening. Extension collars may not be brought flush with the ground surface unless the cover of the access opening can be locked to prevent tampering. If the cover of an access opening cannot be locked to prevent tampering, the extension collar must be terminated 12 inches below existing grade.
(C) Where drop manholes are used on sloping sites with gravity distribution to reduce the velocity of flow to lower distribution lines, drop manholes must comply with the following: 1. Baffles are required at the inlet end of the manhole and approximately four inches from the inlet. 2. The inverts of all outlets in each manhole must be at the same level.
(ii) Manhole covers. Manhole covers must comply with the following:
(A) A septic tank must have one access opening with a manhole cover over the inlet, and one access opening with a manhole cover over the outlet of the tank as per Figures 2 and 3.
(B) The top of the manhole cover must either be set within 12 inches of the finished grade or, where a cover is located more than 12 inches below the finished grade, an extension collar must be provided over each access opening to bring the manhole cover to a point within 12 inches of the finished grade.
(C) The manhole cover must be installed so as to prevent unauthorized entry and must be accessible for inspection, maintenance and cleaning. No person other than a licensed master plumber or person engaged in sewer services (one who renders sewer services, including but not limited to installing, altering, repairing, cleaning and pumping sewers and septic tanks as part as one’s regular business or employment) may remove or open the cover of any tank unless otherwise authorized during an emergency by an officer or employee of a city agency.
(D) Manhole covers must be designed for a live load of at least 300 pounds per square foot.
(E) Concrete manhole covers, when used, must be reinforced and at least four inches thick.
(F) An access opening with cover must be at least 20 inches square for non-concrete tanks and at least 24 inches in diameter for concrete tanks.
(4) Seepage pit design and construction.
(i) Design requirements. A seepage pit system must be designed in accordance with the following requirements:
(A) Seepage pit units must have a liquid capacity (volume below inlet line) at least two times that of the septic tank.
(B) Seepage pits must contain a sand column constructed in accordance with subdivision (h) of this section. A second sand column must be provided if the permeable stratum at the bottom of the test hole for the seepage pit is deeper than 15 feet.
(C) Seepage pits must include an absorptive area. The required absorptive area is the interface area between the outside of the aggregate collar in the pit and the surrounding sand collar which transmits the effluent to the sand column below. As shown in Figure 4, the aggregate collar must be at least one foot in width, and the sand collar must be at least two feet in width.
(D) The percolation rate, determined by the AT/PT on the concrete sand used in backfilling the test hole and absorption facilities, must be used to calculate the minimum required absorptive area in the seepage pit for a given sewage application rate and daily flow rate (Q) in accordance with Table 2.
(E) In addition Table 4 applies to seepage pit designs which utilize cylindrical rings. The bottom area of the seepage pit cannot be included in calculating the required absorptive area. For those designs utilizing Table 4, the effective diameter of a seepage pit is the outside diameter of the aggregate ring surrounding the inside perforated concrete rings. Effective depth is measured from the invert of the seepage pit inlet to the floor of the seepage pit.
Table 4Cylindrical Seepage Pits – Required Absorptive Area (Sq Ft)
| Diameter of Seepage Pit (feet) | Effective Strata Depth Below Frost Line (below inlet) | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1’ | 2’ | 3’ | 4’ | 5’ | 6’ | 7’ | 8’ | 9’ | 10’ | |
| 3 | 9.4 | 19 | 28 | 38 | 47 | 57 | 66 | 75 | 85 | 94 |
| 4 | 12.6 | 25 | 38 | 50 | 63 | 75 | 88 | 101 | 113 | 126 |
| 5 | 15.7 | 31 | 47 | 63 | 79 | 94 | 110 | 126 | 141 | 157 |
| 6 | 18.8 | 38 | 57 | 75 | 94 | 113 | 132 | 151 | 170 | 188 |
| 7 | 22 | 44 | 66 | 88 | 110 | 132 | 154 | 176 | 198 | 220 |
| 8 | 25.1 | 50 | 75 | 101 | 126 | 151 | 176 | 201 | 226 | 251 |
| 9 | 28.3 | 57 | 85 | 113 | 141 | 170 | 198 | 226 | 254 | 283 |
| 10 | 31.4 | 63 | 94 | 126 | 157 | 188 | 220 | 251 | 283 | 314 |
| 11 | 34.6 | 69 | 104 | 138 | 173 | 207 | 242 | 276 | 311 | 346 |
| 12 | 37.7 | 75 | 113 | 151 | 188 | 226 | 264 | 302 | 339 | 377 |
~
Absorptive Area for Cylinder = 3.14 * D * h
Absorptive Area for Rectangular Pit = (2W + L) h
h = effective depth (invert of inlet to bottom of seepage pit)
D = outside diameter in feet
W = outside width in feet
L = outside length in feet
(F) If more than one seepage pit of circular design is required to dissipate the effluent from a septic tank, the separation distance between the outside edges of the sand collars of the seepage pits must be 3 times the effective seepage pit dimension of the largest pit. The effective seepage pit dimension must be the distance between the opposite outer perimeters of the sand collar. For the purpose of determining separation distances, a seepage pit is permitted to contain multiple leaching rings.
(G) For seepage pits of non-circular shapes, the separation distance between the outer edges of the sand collars of the seepage pits must be 3 times the average of the length times the width. Either separation distance must be measured as the soil, undisturbed when construction is complete, between pit excavations. For the purpose of determining separation distances, a seepage pit is permitted to contain multiple leaching rings.
(H) See Figure 4 for depiction of typical seepage pit.
Figure 4Typical Seepage Pit with Single Ring
(ii) Construction requirements. A seepage pit system must be constructed in accordance with the following requirements:
(A) A seepage pit must contain either perforated precast reinforced concrete rings or perforated cast-in-place reinforced concrete rings. The concrete used must have a minimum compressive strength of 3,000 psi. Seepage pits must be designed with sufficient structural stability to withstand lateral soil forces as well as vertical loads.
(B) A seepage pit cover slab must be made of either precast reinforced concrete or cast-in-place reinforced concrete. An access way with an opening of at least 20 inches in the shortest dimension with a cover must be provided for inspection and cleaning. The cover of the access way must be structurally sound so as to withstand anticipated loads.
(C) Seepage pits must be built upon a two-foot thick foundation of concrete sand meeting the requirements of ASTM C 33 and Table 5, as shown in Figure 4. The foundation must cover the entire bottom of the seepage pit excavation regardless of over excavation and must underlay all components including the sand collar.
(D) Inlet pipes to the seepage pits must be solid piping with a minimum diameter of four inches on a minimum slope of 1/8 inch per foot. Seepage pits may not be connected in series. When more than one seepage pit is required, a distribution box must be provided and installed in accordance with subparagraph (iv) of paragraph (5) of this subdivision.
(E) No trees or shrubs may be planted within ten feet of the perimeter of a seepage pit.
Table 5Specification for Sand and Aggregate
| Specification for Concrete Sand Used in the Sand Collar around the Seepage Pit and in the Sand Columns (ASTM C-33) | |
|---|---|
| Sieve Size | Percent Passing (Weight %) |
| 3/8 “ (9.5 mm) | 100 |
| No. 4 (4.75 mm) | 95-100 |
| No. 8 (2.36 mm) | 80-100 |
| No. 16 (1.18 mm) | 50-85 |
| No. 30 (600 um) | 25-60 |
| No. 50 (300 um) | 10-30 |
| No. 100 (150 um) | 0-10 |
| No. 200 (75 um) | 0-3 |
| Specification for Filter Sand Used in Sand Filter Field | |
| U.C. < 4 | |
| D10 = .25 to 1.0 mm | |
| 100% passing 1/4” sieve | |
| Specifications for Aggregate Used in Seepage Pit and Sand Filter Field (ASTM D 448)% By Weight Passing | |
| 100 | 1-1/2 inch |
| 75 to 90 | 1 inch |
| 35 to 50 | 3/4 inch |
| less than 100 | 1/2 inch |
~
(5) Sand filter field. Where a seepage pit is not permissible because groundwater is encountered in the sand column, a sand filter field type septic system may be used. The system must contain a septic tank, sand filled columns and either a gravity system with a distribution box or a sand filter field designed to accommodate a pressure distribution pump chamber. The system must be designed and installed in accordance with the following requirements:
(i) Testing. Testing for sand filter field systems must comply with paragraph (1) of subdivision (h) of this section.
(ii) Sand columns. A minimum of two sand columns is required under sand filter field systems. Construction of the sand column must comply with subdivision (g) of this section.
(iii) Septic tanks. Septic tanks must comply with the requirements of paragraph (2) of this subdivision.
(iv) Distribution box and piping. A distribution box must precede all gravity sand filter field systems. The distribution box and related piping must comply with the following requirements:
(A) The box must be of concrete or steel. If steel, it must be 12-gage minimum, bituminous-coated in accordance with UL 70.
(B) The floor area of the box must be sized to allow for maximum head of sewage for equal distribution to all outlet lines.
(C) The top of the box must be at least 9 inches above the invert of the outlet lines.
(D) To minimize frost action and reduce the possibility of movement once installed, distribution boxes must be set on a bed of sand or pea gravel at least 12 inches thick.
(E) A baffle at the inlet must be provided to prevent short circuiting of the flow.
(F) The box must be high enough so that the cover is within 12 inches of the finished grade.
(G) All outlet inverts must be set two inches below the inlet invert.
(H) There shall be a minimum two inch clearance between the inverts of the outlets and the bottom of the box to prevent short-circuiting and reduce solids carry-over.
(I) Lines from the distribution box to the disposal field must be not less than four inches in diameter and must be laid with tight joints on a uniform slope not less than 1/8 inch per foot.
(J) Gravity perforated distributors must be four inches in diameter SDR 35 PVC, sloped 1/16 to 1/32 inch per foot, less than or equal to 50 feet long, and spaced three feet on center and 1-1/2 feet from sidewalls. Perforations must be 5/8 inch in diameter and placed at the 4 o’clock and 8 o’clock positions every six inches along the length of the pipe.
(K) Perforated distributors must be laid in an eight-inch deep bed of aggregate meeting the requirements of ASTM D 448 and Table 5.
(L) The distributor aggregate must be covered with Mirafi 140 or equivalent permeable geotextile under at least 12 inches of soil which must be seeded or sodded with grass.
(M) At least two feet of filter sand meeting the requirements of ASTM C 33 and Table 5 must be placed under the aggregate and distribution pipes in the sand filter field.
(N) The application rate of septic tank effluent to the sand filter field, using gravity flow, must not exceed one GPD/sf.
(v) Pressure distribution pump chamber and related piping. Where a sand filter field cannot rely on gravity to distribute waste, a pressure distribution system designed by a professional engineer must be used. The design must incorporate the following requirements:
(A) Pressure perforated and capped distributors must be 1-1/2 to three inches in diameter, installed level, less than or equal to 100 feet in length, and spaced three feet on center and 1-1/2 feet from trench sidewalls.
(B) The minimum dose volume is ten times the delivery and distributor pipe volume. The filter must be uniformly dosed at least twice daily based upon the daily flow rate (Q).
(C) Distributor perforations must be sized to deliver a minimum of one GPM of effluent at a head of two feet.
(D) The discharge head must be not less than two feet and not more than six feet.
(E) Perforated distributors must be laid in an eight-inch deep bed of aggregate meeting the requirements of ASTM D 448 and Table 5.
(F) The distributor aggregate must be covered with Mirafi 140 or equivalent permeable geotextile under at least 12 inches of soil which must be seeded or sodded with grass.
(G) At least two feet of filter sand meeting the requirements of ASTM C 33 and Table 5 must be placed under the aggregate and distribution pipes in the sand filter field.
(H) The application rate of septic tank effluent to the sand filter field, using pressure distribution, must not exceed 1.15 GPD/sf.
(vi) Sand filter field. The bottom of the sand filter field must have a slope equal to or greater than 5 percent toward the sand filled columns. (See Figure 5.)
Figure 5Typical Sand Filter Field
(vii) Daily flow. Daily flow rate (Q) for one- and two-family properties must be in accordance with water conservation fixtures (i.e., 150 or 130 or 110 GPD per bedroom as noted in Table 6).
Table 6Sand Filter Field Design Flow
| Sewage Application (GPD/SF) | Daily Flow Rate (Q) (GPD) a,b | |||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 220 | 260 | 300 | 330 | 390 | 440 | 450 | 520 | 550 | 600 | 650 | 660 | 750 | 780 | 900 | <1,000 | |
| 1.15 | 191 | 226 | 261 | 287 | 339 | 383 | 391 | 452 | 478 | 522 | 565 | 574 | 652 | 678 | 782 | 885 |
| 1 | 220 | 260 | 300 | 330 | 390 | 440 | 450 | 520 | 550 | 600 | 650 | 660 | 750 | 780 | 900 | 1,015 |
~
a For one and two-family properties, minimum daily flow rate (Q) is based on the efficiency of water fixtures employed multiplied by the number of bedrooms:
Water saving fixtures 1.6 GPF max. water closets and 3.0 GPM max. faucets/showerheads: 110 GPD per bedroom.
Standard fixtures 3.5 GPF max. water closets and 3.0 GPM max. faucets/showerheads: 130 GPD per bedroom.
Standard fixtures 3.5+ GPF max. water closets and 3.0+ GPM max. faucets/showerheads: 150 GPD per bedroom.
b Where daily flow rate (Q) differs from values shown, round up to the next value indicated in the table.
(viii) Driveways and paved areas. Driveways and paved areas may not be located above absorption facilities including subsurface sand filters unless the requirements listed below are met:
(A) Lateral vent piping must be installed between each distribution lateral. A minimum spacing of 18 inches must be provided between vent piping and distribution laterals. Lateral vent pipe must be four-inch SDR 35 perforated PVC or equally acceptable material.
(B) The lateral vent pipes must connect to a vent pipe. The vent pipe must be a minimum of four inches in diameter and must not be connected to the house vent stack.
(C) See Figure 6 for typical sand filter field beneath paved areas.
Figure 6Typical Sand Filter Field (Beneath Paved Areas)
(ix) Serpentine rock. Sand filter fields are required whenever serpentine rock is proposed as the medium for the ultimate disposal of the effluent. Sand columns must be dry with a minimum of four feet of filter sand above serpentine rock. Sand filter field system over serpentine rock must be designed and installed in accordance with the following requirements:
(A) The system design must include at least six feet of vertical separation between finished grade and the serpentine rock.
(B) Sand filter fields located above dry sand columns at locations where serpentine rock is less than six feet below finished grade must be modified to provide a minimum of four feet of sand filter both horizontally and vertically from distributor aggregate to serpentine rock.
(6) Alternative systems. Alternative subsurface treatment systems must comply with the requirements contained in Chapter II Subchapter I Part 75 Appendix 75-A.9 of 10 NYCRR 75.
(7) Repairs. A permit is required for repair to any system or associated components, including the repair or replacement of any type of absorption field that involves relocating or extending an absorption area to a location not previously approved, the installation of a new subsurface treatment system at the same location, or the use of an alternative system. A licensed master plumber may file a Limited Alteration Application (LAA) with the department for plumbing work consisting of in-kind repairs or like-for-like replacements. Exception. Cesspools may not be repaired. Cesspools must be replaced with an acceptable system in accordance with the requirements of this section.
(8) Expansion of existing septic systems. Where an alteration is proposed that will result in an increase in the number of bedrooms in one- and two-family properties or the daily flow rate (Q) in all other properties, thereby increasing the load on that system, the requirements of this paragraph apply. Exception. Cesspools may not be expanded. Cesspools must be replaced with an acceptable system in accordance with the requirements of this section.
(i) Evaluation of existing septic system. A special inspector must perform an inspection of the individual private on-site sewage disposal system to demonstrate that the existing system is functioning properly. A report of the inspection must be submitted to the department with the application for expansion of the system. The inspection must include:
(A) Inspection of the premises to verify that there is no evidence of surface failure of the existing system;
(B) Inspection of all piping leading from the residence to the system. If piping is damaged it must be replaced prior to testing;
(C) Inspection of the interior of the system to verify that the system is free of structural damage and debris; and
(D) Inspection of additional parts of the system.
(ii) Cleaning and pumping of existing septic systems. Prior to testing the septic tank as required by subparagraph (iii) of this paragraph, a septage hauler with a valid permit from the DEC must pump all sludge and debris from the septic tank and remove such contents from the site.
(iii) Infiltration testing of existing septic systems. A test of the system must be performed by flowing a volume of water equal to the estimated daily design volume plus the estimated volume of the system, but not less than 3,000 gallons. Following this initial charge of water a continuous stream of dyed water must be pumped into the system at a rate of 1.5 gallons per minute for a period of not less than four hours. The special inspector must observe the test and verify that the system is functioning, continuously accepting water without backflow and that no dyed water is observed above ground surface. Dyed water observed breaking the ground surface is a failed test. Where applicable, the infiltration test must be performed during high tide.
(iv) Damaged or malfunctioning septic systems. Where testing and inspection indicate that a system has been damaged or has failed the infiltration test, a permit application must be filed with the department for the repair or replacement of the system. A new infiltration test must be conducted on the repaired system to verify if expansion is feasible.
(v) Application. A registered design professional must submit an application showing the details of the proposed expanded system. Existing portions of the individual private on-site sewage disposal system which are found to be in good working order may be incorporated into the expanded system. The expanded system must comply with the requirements of this section.
(1) Abandoned existing septic systems. An individual private on-site sewage disposal system must be abandoned and a connection made to a newly constructed sanitary or combined sewer when such sewer fronts the subject property. Connection must be made within six months of the sewer being placed into service.
(2) Waste removal and backfilling of abandoned septic systems. When an individual private on-site sewage disposal system is abandoned after a sewer connection is made, all septic tanks, dosing tanks, seepage pits, distribution boxes, cesspools and any other structure that may have held sewage or sewage solids must be pumped free of wastes. Wastes must be removed by a septage hauler licensed by the DEC. All component portions of the abandoned system must be exposed and backfilled with gravel or sand. The site of the abandoned system must be returned to a level, finished grade.
(1) Maintenance. The owner must maintain the septic system in good working order and must have the septic system inspected and pumped as needed.
(2) Use. An individual private on-site sewage disposal system must be used only for the disposal of sewage.
(i) Detrimental or dangerous materials. Ashes, cinders or rags; flammable, poisonous or explosive liquids or gases; oil, grease or any other insoluble material capable of obstructing, damaging or overloading the building drainage or sewer system, or capable of interfering with the normal operation of the sewage treatment processes, may not be deposited, by any means, into such systems.
(3) Discharge of groundwater and storm water. Groundwater infiltration and/or storm water run-off from sources including but not limited to basement floors, footings, garages, roofs, or heating and cooling systems must not be discharged to the individual private on-site sewage disposal system and must be diverted away from the vicinity of the absorption area.
(4) Repair of leaks. All plumbing leaks from fixtures connected to individual private on-site sewage disposal systems must be repaired promptly to prevent hydraulic overloading of the system and the development of a surface discharge.
(5) Malfunctioning septic systems. Malfunctioning systems must be repaired immediately. A permit application must be filed with the department for the repair or replacement of the system. Conditions that constitute a malfunctioning system include but are not limited to:
(i) Contamination. Evidence of contamination of groundwater or surface water bodies by sewage or effluent;
(ii) Ponding. Ponding or breakout of any wastewater, sewage, septic tank effluent or any liquid from the existing on-site system onto the surface of the ground;
(iii) Seepage. Seepage of sewage or effluent into portions of buildings below ground; or
(iv) Sewage back-up. Back-up of sewage into the building connected to the system which is not caused by a physical blockage of the internal plumbing.
(6) Department notice of need for special inspector. The department may issue a notice directing the owner of an individual private on-site sewage disposal system to engage a special inspector to verify the condition of the system. The special inspector must observe and document the results of dye tests or other diagnostic measures on fixtures connected to the suspected malfunctioning systems. The special inspector must furnish inspection reports to the department.
Table 7Special Inspection
| CATEGORY | TOPIC | SECTION |
|---|---|---|
| Sand column construction | Minimum depth of sand columnSerpentine rockBackfilling the excavation | 1 RCNY § 8001-01(g)(2)1 RCNY § 8001-01(g)(4)1 RCNY § 8001-01(g)(5) |
| Soil and groundwater testing | Absorption test/percolation test (AT/PT)Groundwater verificationNumber of AT/PT for seepage pit and sand field systemsAT/PT on sand column backfill materialAcceptance criteria for absorption testsAT/PT termination | 1 RCNY § 8001-01(h)(1)(iii)1 RCNY § 8001-01(h)(3)1 RCNY § 8001-01(h)(4)1 RCNY § 8001-01(h)(5)(i)1 RCNY § 8001-01(h)(5)(iii)(B)1 RCNY § 8001-01(h)(6) |
| Design and construction standards for all types of systems | Septic tanks, Concrete tanksSeptic tanks, Fiberglass and polyethylene tanksEvaluation of existing system Infiltration testing of existing individual private on-site sewage disposal systems | 1 RCNY § 8001-01(i)(2)(v)(E)1 RCNY § 8001-01(i)(2)(vi)(D)1 RCNY § 8001-01(i)(8)(i)1 RCNY § 8001-01(i)(8)(iii) |
| Maintenance and operation | Dye tests or other diagnostic measures to verify the condition of the system | 1 RCNY § 8001-01(k)(6) |
~
| Standard | Name | Year |
|---|---|---|
| American Standard Test Method (ASTM) Standards: | ||
| C 33 | Specifications for concrete aggregates | 2003 |
| D 448 | Standard classification for sizes of aggregate for road and bridge construction | 2003a |
| D 1586 | Specifications for penetration test and split-barrel sampling of soils | 1999 |
| Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Standard | ||
| 70 | Standard for septic tanks, bituminous coated metal | 2001 |
~
§ 9000-01 Adult Establishments.
Dates of establishment and discontinuance of adult establishments, houses of worship, and schools for the purposes of §§ 32-01 and 42-01 of the zoning resolution. In determining whether an adult establishment may lawfully be established at a location pursuant to §§ 32-01 and 42-01 of the zoning resolution, the department will use the following criteria to determine the dates of establishment and discontinuance for adult establishments, houses of worship and schools located or proposed to be located within 500 feet of each other.
(1) With respect to a new building permit or alteration permit:
(i) significant progress must be shown toward completion of the work under the permit. For the purposes of this paragraph, the term “significant progress” means the issuance of a temporary certificate of occupancy or, if applicable, department signoff of the work within one year of issuance of the permit, except that upon application, the commissioner or his or her designee, may extend the one year period in accordance with subdivision c of this section for a period of time not exceeding one year, and
(ii) the use or operation for which the building is constructed or altered must commence within six months after the issuance of a temporary certificate of occupancy or, if applicable, within six months after a department signoff that the work has been completed, except that upon application, the commissioner or his or her designee, may extend the six month period in accordance with subdivision c of this section for a period of time not exceeding six months.
(2) With respect to applications for permits filed solely to establish priority, where no work requiring a building permit is proposed, the use or operation for which the permit is issued must commence within two months of the issuance of such permit, except that upon application, the commissioner or his or her designee may extend such two month period in accordance with subdivision c of this section for a period of time not exceeding two months.
FAIR USE NOTICE. The Website may contain copyrighted material the use of which may not always be specifically authorized by the copyright owner. In such a case we are making the material available in our efforts to advance understanding of environmental, political, human rights, economic, democracy, scientific, and social justice issues, etc. We believe this constitutes a 'fair use' of any such copyrighted material as provided for in section 107 of the US Copyright Law. If you wish to use copyrighted material from this site for purposes of your own that go beyond 'fair use', you must obtain permission from the copyright owner. Read the full Fair Use Declaration. Please contact us at wegov.nyc/get-involved with questions, comments, requests, offers, etc.